Ae | re Dene ya tte Wet hE sete Nolet stale Qa reliant May Fons qpekoae ree nated § set keoateten gga a AD J YO Get Oe Gath hug kar get Pare ware eo Aw on AOR ASHI KITE RPA RL air ARORA WECM CON ven Wika ed weer PL FU eae eee i! Bt PO LH ria BG perce OU NER TON Ei, cpa path hayys Om te "' nae Ae Ap re te Red DOTS yok gt a say aye NEMS 8 Arerenictre: Asano rb ht a yee wes gee Qaiee ws ‘ te Wt ae pH te se Sua ald eee Coe ey veo DUA feet wee ya eh aye we era) Wepre PC mon aR a tes a F Pen OH ik Gor Ra vi Ace? iy ware RSS. FS Parris Rien ce Le ov get re ded eee recep pure weganee@aty ll i ap beatae ‘ seer : ey bee ee a Ba hehehe et deals OG S Ser tnieen Wy Datla Societe Ramet he ari wy ' F ere RCC MOR eA veoh ete eta eta Tete Og apuaiet rare mend ooran h \ Peta ie A Pe Vib ba ee at lh ee a Aosget geyt neth oe Apa ibea ae be ru pe vageh Vee eRe eb ate teh runes 2 er TAT D NCIC RURAL Pr CT SCL Weer rts eowe arp oeeteete att a7 Ve cee \ ALP SAN aha LPL Be AL PPT NCW ICE 8 Dt H an sheteeibe delat Die eet AC OU DRL ALA Ain eueh te PRURCIET EMT LA ee on ah ae Leen PURO OL L L erate eey bet Gee en es vey he Vein hte VN AG Noongih dootse toed Veove row as ve ‘ ee ee COE EG TL ALPer Te a ee DLN Pee ve ee ab tetera Fete at Va tae yy PUTER AAEM ERA Roe ier Un a gtk 8 Cas swe eo ee the A are eC Vinee mere we Aye RO MCE ie Hee iH WN ae Pesta lte ips goth Siiaslategiesas tng! ‘ ee Ten Re We a ove ee enn ‘ Pe ek aon Va tt Voie SONY oV rh he Meee as poet AP ca egies Pe rarer al Ae tas veyed tee be Wa Hef see oh AWS Fh whee Um th Saget bet PAH RUNWAN SCS. PC TA aos Oh Peo re oh aby bade Be trtt elt et Voom be Gy act ata Cathe te met et Beg ERENT et i yu ve MU a eo Ss ek eC a sie say ay HN Lede tits Wel FED yan ens pty Lemp O48 Pa rarer etre it by Vea Deh Aga CMT PS oe a ’ ue " epee vee Tete retrtal Pea MRT aC a re ne) Ve yeaa te eo AT PReROL UTE KH ie Teal Ana A Praeger vee ALBA TON OG OSL ARUP Sey ip ied arte ret Aanert, Re ROL eg irate he ate Te any Bye B Oe Sr Tecan ae reste eH © Pea egarn ends Wang tevtgig Ite UHI IRE Ce RAN forecnn fete eC) sie ae Ne ted Gite oomeipe ated v mae ee Pe yet LOL eg arhaeh > eure tte Ihe WN tens ty ep den at Peres ee Oe ae Ae a vauy ret Haars toate Oe ure FOr rhe Tete ho ata ate gettefek mas bobs nieny eter ROD LAE ey Pb at peeve |P wera ed) yao in Week hs ryt ' pone ON TPT ee VU ea pat aah ta vaste Ret Tee S arve seg eq a DES Ae teat eb adap ate b ye teen ike bal tel eed ora) & yeh yoda teat Soe bag OYE aged steygaey, eo SPICER RL RL DAM ti ie ie SoH Ts VN shea ie a ke Ph te eet Niece RT) yeaiae} eet ooo ny get etek? Pree yejeanastultet Vey as: yeh? ee a AY Take Bethe de! gtd pete syne e hte on a MN apt eb bee Medea dS ath Ate rey elt Pete ERO SL CM PAM VU eh pe he ety a) rate Vepreg yy eats af Ra vety Lea eee ity eh woe! Vs Daag A Dekihs Brite aro: Mees bag Hii Nelo eb) byte te & Sette vanes ake ys ito te ah PO Pre RR PUY TAYE 4h | Stk aA RCS be) SY | ne eS 4 ere: fae 4 oy sar Paar Tanta a MVa eri sged Bunsen ee he Bale NSD bee rym arn ayy wud ae oes Ae eat or Ht PUR LR "Cn a) a : i dbo ae , A APR CH at Ceres oe petri shit errr rar dina k ri eu ohwl bebe ashe Wer ee ED ihe PGR aren NS Rue wat ae se RO ald poh mine wert 4 sow doth woe CEE Sa ai pe bod Beane ed New aoe aa Pie sided Byanld’ rons wee YG veiw wah ee wees ear te Wi ieteaea Or Gee nero Teg rie weed ferers We gle vets fren ete to ited Ve ita fal coral yihaiond a ua renee hii wtih ot roeor rece RAN honey vat vation yale ik Gwe od ph kee Ge Vert Pe Lead ” “ Phanieugi ee rete ont de yee Pree rn a mesh wen Roby Die bel Vea bat ty Perey lana Best ah bade oe ee Pare re vai Pee Seen bebe Ted ae oe das Re yaw woes vesie qa few PeCrue ee so een t i Pee ke peiteg Bayt Bate ards hg ep Bt ate® bent a oo bk Veh ei Beth dong eo wae tag) Een adi, be tets, ® vat pete EY wie Bee We aed ands Hark seal 0 Martie We ie AL aa Tat gota ae Whe he Lege: tase, tht AM BOF VN dg yee spayed Heat we Deen Oh Be LAL Sada she eet aed “ alee wei Weyer feted outs ga rae woe Or E : Arachne Mua oe nde sya alte BRIER S CAL Ua Mee Lt ater des de® ‘ wi RUPP ar ees i Mcrek oe KURA feb bly sa ube’ got Aste ok @ te pt ee ea te sod, Wve aeles Wid i vesitetea he @ jhe wells eon i i ! PROCEEDINGS OF THE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS LLE 2 OF THE ZVOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1906, pp. 1-462. (JANUARY—APRIL.) PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE, LONDON: MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO, PATERNOSTER ROW. eel 4 | gas bes te B OF THE QV! £3 COUNCIE AND “OFFICERS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1906, COUNCIL. His Grace THe DuKe or Beprorp, K.G., President. Srr ALEXANDER BatirD, Br. JoHN Rose Braprorp, Esq., M.D., “D.8c., > F.RS., Vice- President. Major The Hon. Wruuiam E. CAVENDISH. F, Dawtrey Drewirtr, Esq., | M.A., M.D. CHARLES DrumMmonn, EsqQ., Treasurer. Sir Epwarp DuraAnp, Br., C.B. FREDERICK GILLETT, Esq., Vice- President. W. R. Ociivie-Grant, Esq. Major Tur Marquis oF Hamitron, M.P. | JosepH Jackson Lister, EsqQ., M.A, ERS. Sir Epmunb Gives Loper, Br., Vice-President. _ E.G. B. Mrapre-Watpo, Esq. P. Cuatmers MircuHetty, Ksq., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary. E. Lort Puiturrs, Esa. Howarp SAunpers, Esq., Vice- President. Davin Seru-Smiru, Esq. | OLDFIELD Tuomas, Esq., F.R.S. CHARLES 8. Tomes, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President. Aveustus F, WIENER, Esq. Henry Woopwarp, Esq.,LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President. PRINCIPAL OFFICERS. P, CHaLMErs MircueEtt, Esq., M.A.,D.8c., F.R.S., Secretary. FrANK E. BeppArp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector. R. I. Pococr, Esq., F.LS., Superintendent of the Gardens. CHARLES GABRIEL SELIGMANN, Esq., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Pathologist. Mer. F. H. Wavernouse, Librarian. Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant. Mr. W. H. Coxz, Chief Clerk. Mr. Georce ArtuHur Douptepay, Clerk of Publications. Mr. Gardens. Artuur THOMSON, Assistant Superintendent of the | ate fy [i A mH Af A, say / LIST OF CONTENTS. January 16, 1906. The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1905 ......... Prof. E. A. Minchin, F.Z.8. © Exhibition of a living specimen of a Lemur (Galago) from Uganda ............ cece Dr. F. G. D. Drewitt, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a white variety Ge TN Olorananoray IWIN: Sor seeeuabatodneson sbecoaonsarueceocpe dud Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a new Forest-Pig ......-++-1seeeeseee es 1. On Mammals from South Johore and Singapore collected by Mr. C. B. Kloss. By J. Lewis Bonuore, M.A.,, B.L.S., F.Z.S. (Plate LD.) 2... eee cee eee ee cee ee teen eee nees 2. Contributions to the Anatomy of the Ophidia. By Frank EB. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society 3 On the Minute Structure of the Teeth of Creodonts, with especial reference to their suggested resemblance to Marsupials, By Cuarues 8. Tomes, M.A., F.R.S., Vice- [DISS WAAS | senddablbrbausadcdocrane sogbeeec psdnapameaucosbaneneaesn Page 1 bo bo bo iv Page 4, Synopsis of the Toads of the Genus Vectophryne B. & P., with special Remarks on some known Species and Description of a new Species from German East Africa. By Dr. Jean Roux, Curator in the Basle Museum of Natural History. (Plate IT.) ............:.eeseeeeeeeeeneeeees 58 5. On some Bones of the Lynx from Cales Dale, Derbyshire. By W. Storrs Fox, M.A., F.Z.8. .......0.0-seeeesnereteonee 65 February 6, 1906. Mr. Frederick Gillett, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a case of mounted cubs ot the “Timber Wolfie ce tackess or cdaneaceer eee eee 73 Dr. C. W. Andrews, F.Z.S. Exhibition of some models of the skulls and mandibles of Meritheriwm and Paleo- PUDSEOMONG © sides Bae CaP TOT ONS Se RT ee 73 Dr. Walter Kidd, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a series of lantern- slides of sections of skin from the palmar and plantar surfaces of Mammals:amnd) Birdsis.cucac (Plate Lee). he SUA aes. Peas Weasenees : see ehiene 168 Doncaster, Lronarp, M.A., F.Z.8., Mackinnon Student of the Royal Society, and Raynor, Rev. G. H., M.A., On Breeding Experiments with Lepidoptera. MP la bemVabInl 2), i515. sich tian e'aese states s seh ep aes peek eee eet Ree 125 X1 Page Drewitt, Freperic Gxrorce Dawtrey, M.A., M.D., F.R.C.P., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a white variety of the Common Mole ... 2 Fox, Wiutram Storrs, M.A., F.Z.8, On some Bones of the Lynx from Cales Dale, Derbyshire. 65 Gapow, Hans, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8. A Contribution to the Study of Evolution based upon the Mexican Species of Cnemidophorus. (Plate XX.) ... 277 GemMiLL, JAMES F., M.A., M.D., Embryological Laboratory, University, Glasgow. On Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes. (Plate XX XIT.)...... 443 Notes on Supernumerary Eyes, and Local Deficiency and Reduplication of the Notochord in Trout Embryos. GET Gp NO NONCTNIET tes eed a re rae canes Sian oisarad ap dalccrts aie ours 449 GiLuerT, FreDErRIcK, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a case of mounted cubs of the Timber- INO liver ieaca te tice caer t Cr Aan SM eth ae Se hace ations 73 Gtntuer, R. T., of Magdalen College, Oxford. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, Medusze from Lake pibeinne crmnivallicaye sy tee snc store caine wiacaietcal Caden sales ecient caine su uelenas 79 Henperson, W. A., M.A., B.Sc., Carnegie Fellow, Uni- versity of Aberdeen, and Tuomson, Prof. J. ARTHUR, M.A., University of Aberdeen. The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa, from Collections made by Cyril Crossland, M.A., B.Sc., F.Z.8., in the Years 1901 and 1902.—Alcyonaria. (Plaites ; NEKCVi LRN IRET eRe aie WON he et eda ck 393 Ho.pine, R. E. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens illustrating anomalies ang variatlons ane teeull wes. serene eeeeenenetets JENKINSON, J. W., M.A., D.Sc., Assistant to the Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy, Oxford. Notes on the Histology and Physiology of the Placenta miUnoulate. (Plate: VEE.) 0). o.cacsasece ces scoeaenea eens Kipp, Watter, M.D., M.R.C.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a series of lantern-slides of sections of skin from the palmar and plantar surfaces of Mammals Bnd: Birds. es fico Pokacecosne tle acok oe RE Ee eee Exhibition of lantern-slides of sections of skin from the palmar and plantar surfaces of Mammals .................. Kirkpatrick, Ranpoten, F.Z.S., of the British Museum (Natural History). Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904—1905.— Report on the Porifera, with Notes on Species from the Nile and Zambesi. (Plates XV.-XVIT.) .............0.08. Larry, Percy I., F.Z.S., F.E.S. On Three New Forms of Butterfly of the Genus Heliconius.’. (Plate XXORTV,.) fig. wet ad 8, Mieke Lover, Sir Epmunp Gites, Bt., V.P.Z.S. Note on the Cavies of the Genus Dolichotis, and on Living Specimens of D. salinicola. (Plate IV.)..........4. Page 233 73 73 231 218 452 96 X1li Page LyprkKeEr, Ricuarp, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. On a Central African evel and Water-Chevrotain. GE TeIbe RAV NIE) i. Sits k era eaten teh anrat ae ei acre MEM at ch hana rt le 112 MarsHatt, Guy A. K., F.Z.8. A Monograph of the Coleoptera of the Genus Sciobius Schh. (Curculionide). (Plates XVIII. & XIX.) ......... 236 Mincuin, Prof. E. A., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a living specimen of a Lemur (Galago) HOT MU SATAC AN cco cic sete aa oe sermon yy hee Sa nn yee 2 Mircuet, P. Cuautmers, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1905 ....................000. 1 Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie durine; the month of January 1906 235342022. ae.. we see atin e un 123 Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1906........................005 230 Exhibition of a paper cutting representing the print of ihe oot omanpe indian Mlephamteneneeene ee kaccsnecnaee 230 Pocock, Recinaup Innes, F.L.8., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens. Exhibition of a photograph of a Ring-tailed Lemur GRAMMING THES, OMT? OO. TUES IORVOLS! Soon ronedeboncudecdsodscchoonono 124 Exhibition of the skull of a Horse showing preorbital POUUSE face cece sage a serene sath cei eee seen He a cweM aI EI aaa 377 PycraFrr, WitLiAM Puane, F.Z.8., A.L.S., of the British Museum (Natural History). Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part VIII. The ‘‘ Tracheophone” Passeres ; with Remarks on Families Cullbvevd le Maver He ROME BAM RCH ACHSS GaSe SBS aaron Tee tet Sere era iaaers NBS XIV Page Raynor, The Rev. G. H., M.A., F.E.S., and Doncaster, Leonarp, M.A., F.Z.S., Mackinnon Student of the Royal Society. On Breeding Experiments with Lepidoptera. (Plate VIII.) Recan, C. Tate, B.A., F.ZS., of the British Museum (Natural History). On the Fresh-water Fishes of the Island of Trinidad, based on the collection, notes, and sketches made by Mr. Lechmere Guppy, Junr. (Plates XXI.-XXV.)...... 378 Ricarpo, Miss GERTRUDE, Description of a new Fly of the Family Tabanide...... 97 toux, Dr. Jean, Curator in the Basle Museum of Natural History. Synopsis of the Toads of the Genus Vectophryne B. & P., with special Remarks on some known Species and Description of a new Species from German East Africa. (Binte Te)! 1). Se aera oe oe eee 58 RusseEtL, E.S8., of the Embryological Laboratory, University of Glasgow. On Trichorhiza, a new Hydroid Genus. (Plate V.)... 99 Scuwann, Haroun, F.Z.8. A List of the Mammals obtained by Messrs. R. B. Woosnam and R. E. Dent in Bechuanaland. (Plate VI.) 101 ScHWANN, Haroxp, F.Z.S., and Tuomas, O_priexp, F.R.S., F.Z.8. The Rudd Exploration of South Africa—IV. List of Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant at Knysna XV Senigmann, C. G., M.B., M.R.C.P., Pathologist to the Society. Note on Deaths occurring in the Society’s Gardens Gunmen rT OO OAS ae Hata tales sl aehiceen Men iows ciate te alvaln ats crolsaualdeee ole ; SuELFoRD, Ropert, M.A., F.L.8., C.M.Z.S, AWNotesome cr Rilivamoy aS nallcess ies tyee jaar es He leraclle eres : Smira, Epear A., 1.8.0., F.Z.8. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904—-1905.—Re- monureny thes Miolimsceale = CE labewNe)) Mace acteetlrtctnsetete eects SPURRELL, H. GuorGE F. The Articulation of the Vertebrate Jaw ...............--. Tasor, Maj.-Gen. Sir Rueryatp, K.C.B., F.Z.S8., Governor of Victoria. Extract from a letter from, concerning the supposed oreedimonotra MVNULG Suse aaclacom cepacia sweats e woe ceeiaceule THOMAS, OLDFIELD, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a new INESUAPUS | wadancecscsnodar suo sboe UbouseocrEnDes auconpeycotocuconu: Description of a new subspecies of Bear, Ursus arctos STOTT ee ee get AES ELTON MARGIE AST Rania Tomas, OLDFIELD, F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Scuwann, Haroxp, 1a Ags), The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—IV. List of Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant at Knysna ............... Page 234 bo bo ~] 180 114 bo XV1 Tuomson, Prof. J. ArtHur, M.A., University of Aberdeen, and HeEnpEerson, W. A., M.A., B.Sc., Carnegie Fellow, University of Aberdeen. The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa, from Collections made by Cyril Crossland, M.A., B.Sc., F.Z.8., in the Years 1901 and 1902.—Alcyonaria. (ares ee VL OKC) Gs sees ace odes telee cea ee Tomes, CHARLES S., M.A., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. On the Minute Structure of the Teeth of Creodonts, with especial reference to their suggested resemblance to Marsupials cists: stitid.). -ics seep sieeehoks-n die watt nc eds ea Re Woopwarp, ArtHuR Situ, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a drawing of the skeleton of Rhyncho- SUUPUS GLUCADS: «.. a cichs' wearer ake tee te edee eee rere Page 393 45 LIST OF PLATES. 1906, pp. 1-462. Plate Page Il, Dg Wis cis, Bs HIS INGBSO ado Go ob am oaedo Ks eoddue c 4 ll. 1. Nectophryne hosti. 2. N. everetti. 3. N. macrotis. ASW INE CORI Ue Te PNA al 6 ROE ua LSA eR 58 Ill. Histology of the Placenta of the Cow and Sheep ...... 73 IW, JDOUCeORS SHULTWOOUD, osbcobobvoncosondoocoeuDeoodnOEs 96 Wo Spear OMI cosh ecood ec osupoceoonaoodueDuGaNS 99 WIL) WWE WOOSMGHRD occoo sb oBmgDooCoOURS Op Or Hededisy aeons snaps 101 VII. The Black Ituri Ratel (Welhvora cottont) ..........+. 112 VIII. Figs. 1-8. Angerona prunaria and var. sordiata. Figs. 4,5. Abraxas grossulariata and var. lacticolor .......+.04. 125 IDK, | CORTON ORE ooooosebooddccgnaycace aun gooodoUdE 168 X. Mollusca from Lakes Tanganyika and Victoria ........ 180 XI. 1-1a. Palemon mooret. 2-8. Limnocaridina retiarius. } QL JL, WU saccsccdbceseaouHcooadsbenaopuOK XII. 15-22. Limnocaridina similis, 23-29. L. latipes. 30-37. | PS SOCTUS Has elee Cy eierst serene eehey ovskel cued Me eiiekehstey ish eto 187 XI. 38-44. Limnocaridina spinipes. 45-52. Caridella cunning- ois SBS; Ch OMI cchoonedodondpangoevobocec XIV. 57-64. Atyella brevirostris, 65-72. A. longirostris .... ) XV. XVI. | African Freshwater Sponges ......00..:-5.05-s.0500- 218 XVII. ae Coleoptera of the Genus Sctobius ............-.+00- 236 XX. Distribution of Cremidophorus in Mexico..........++.- 277 Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. b XVill Plate Page XXI. Tetragonopterus guppyt. 2. Haplochilus harti. 3. Curi-)\ matus argenteus....... Be sm fost ool atin =i nlisodee to RetelloRe le XXII. Girardinus guppyi, d. 1a. Q. 2. Chirodon pulcher. 3. Corynopoma risiit, 6. 3a. 2. 4. Letragonopterus (378 LENTUTUS AOS ENUM ALLS, eicea a ee KOM .cPanducheniplerus PUSEE 20%. hase ate, hen keke eee MXIUV., Peeudauchentpterus Guppy? <...02200% osaeen oe ene | XXV. 1. Acara pulchra. 2. Polycentrus schomburghkii ...... y) XXVI. ) XXVII. ae >Alcyonarians from Zanzibar ............0...00eeee 393 D.OO.F XXXII. XXX. Cyclopia in Osseons Wishes .0)52.). Mase caseeee eee 443 XXXII. Supernumerary Myes and absence of Notochord in Trout 449 MAATY..” New forms of Hehcontas.. Fe 0: «swe oon eee 452 LS) J bo bo bo bo b&b bb LIST OF TEXT-FIGURES. 1906, pp. 1-462 Page a, upper, and 4, lower right molars of Hylocherus rimator .... 3 Region of umbilicus in newly-born Anaconda (Eunectes noteus) 13 Region of umbilicus in a young Anaconda (unectes noteus).. 14 Kidney and adjacent organs in newly-born Anaconda (Eunectes TOECUS Ae eM A eran ie esaqetisl oleeUmar ata scaysts Covet ene tes sta ce Mea eee lay Renal afferent vein of left side of body and its connections in newly-born Anaconda (HLumectes not@us)........-......... 17 Kidneys of newly-born Anaconda (Lwnectes noteus) .......... 23 Liver and portal veins of young Anaconda (Hunectes noteus) .. 23 Region of umbilicus in newly-born Bitis nastcornis ......,... 35 we) f) Veins of neck of newly-born Bites nastcornis ......0..+0..005 OF Veins in region of kidney of newly-born Bitis nasicornis ...... 38 Portal veins of newly-born Brtis nasicornis.................. 40 Hypsiprymnus. Longitudinal section of dentine and ener! 48 Thylacinus. enpicuainal section of dentine and enamel...... 49 . Dasyurus. Longitudinal section of dentine and enamel ...... 49 5. Hyena. Longitudinal section near apex of cusp ...... Eo elie eke) Hyzena. Transverse SINC BICIN AE ies A RARE 6 GUO BO aa eo 6 51 Ocelot. The enamel-prisms are not shown, Pom some dle fine! tubes pass a little way into the enamel .................. 51 ishyenodoD, MV ORORECHON Sedan abodobbosabadsocseasnes OF 9. Mesonyx. Longitudinal section ........ yest aan HE Ah oo 53 0, nanos Deming ISIN Gass donde sie tooo ccs id the Rane .. 64 le O rycen Wentinoswellamresenye dur gee tear irri et 54 2. Sinopa. Dentine perished wexcepian: wlacesuin tne me nario) 3. Borhyena. Dentine perished, enamel well preserved ........ 55 4. Borhyena. WDentine well preserved in places................ 56 Dy Cy Modiclis.) PeOneitudinal SeCrOl et ene ining a ony. ors Salo 6. Remains of Felis lynx from Cales Dale, Derbyshire .......... 67 xx Page 27. Details of the formation of an accessory cotyledon in a Cow’s placenta of the 6th month. .........--. sees cece eee eeee 77 28. Sheep.—Detail of cotyledonary crypt ..........++ Uinatans Chews 79 29, Sheep.—Formation of new crypt-cavities by the downgrowth Wteris of SHEGp ©... /tabmuels stele wie tie siecle ste : . Rhomboidal and lanceolate crystals of bilirubin obtained from of cell-masses from patches of unmodified—not flattened— GPIGHOl ia Ke sis ai. Wp selec sikle Siaiare dys ote vp ole ne Meas ek iet 81 . Section through one side of the chorionic ring and base of the diverticulum allantoidis of the Sheep .............- arnt 82 aand 6. Amniotic epithelial thickening, c. Glycogenic epithelium of the allantoic stalk, and d, e. Glycogenic connective-tissue cells, of Cow of 4 months ...... el Col UAT es ede tere fete eens 84 eda ciate Ree 91 a chloroform solution of the dried allantoic bodies of the PET aia igiia’s alee yore eye ote toupee erate ete wisn Serna we tigate povelefenaetee 93 BGS It tICOl WW Gly 2 cig tity epsteearetr tere wiaiarnyey cveretefe lel encl cre oret vc ener 115 Bb PARLE EM MDATG), oe 1 2fe taxa eterene fotse mighelnt ovareywielotm eierelayaze\'oca teeth eee 115 SG aSTAM OL {AWS.) CYC.) Wesuee cio steintee eee ieeiake creme ote vie rele 115 37. Skull of Dog. A. Glenoid fossa pepe by a process of the squamosal bone. B. Cylindrical condyle of lower jaw .... 116 38. Diagram of jaws. Type2..... Berets cater! tote i eee tn v LLG 39. Diagram of jaws. Type 2. Showing fen crowns of he eth set in a plane at right angles to the greatest pressure ...... Ly. 40, Diagram of jaws. Type 2. Showinp the emenentia articularis . 117 41, Diagram of jaws. Type 2. Showing lengthening of jaws in order that incisors may be widely separated, &c. .......... 118 . Diagram of jaws. Type2. Showing the introduction of a second angle to procure wide separation of the incisors, &e. ...... 119 AS, lull ‘of Draguls Javanvens’ versie seve a'eleighs si0s) Hot ieee pila genaheck gi) 44, Diagram of Snake’s jaws...........- majeteai Vien Siselols bales teaotcea tate 120 45, Skull of Iguanodon bernissartensis ....... sah tavbog uae eve Rae 121 46, Diagram of jaws. Type2R..... se nee als dices *\ «are ste 47. Skull of Batagur Tortoise ...... SEAES Soret erico ety ee CLE Reith dec 122 48. Ring-tailed Lemur and young .......... sia unalimeaads shomenate’ 124 49. Lateral aspect of the skulls of :-—a. Pseudocoluptes boissineauti. b. Hylactes megapodius. c. Batara cmerea. d. Dendroco- laptes picumnuUs voc cccrecseos Tease pecbsle tuys Cal ua ob eae eae ae 136 . Ventral aspects of the skulls of :—a. Hylactes megapodius. b. Philepitta jala. ¢. Pseudocolaptes boissineaut?. d. Den- drocolaptes picumnus. e. Batara cinerea. f. Xiphorhynchus trochilirostris. g. Dorsal aspect of skull of Psewdocolaptes .. 140 . Form of the posterior border of the sternum and the relations of the articulations of the bones of the Shoulder-girdle at the FOFAMIGN GOSSELIN. 6.2 wicvalae sie yer a erijione amt talet aetna 148 . Phylogenetic tree indicating the probable relationships of the soTracheoplione” Passeres’.':... ai. s . ccsrieie ena eeeene aes . Ceratodus forsteri in various positions of rest and movement .. 173 . Ceratodus forstert in various positions of rest and movement .. 175 72. 75 76, ilies 79. 82. 85. 84. 80. . a, skull, and 0, last lower molar of Ursus arctos Shera OHO. > Se XX1 Ceratodus forstert in various positions at the time of its coming (RO) Hae) SATE TKO) LONNIE Ge Seon as dblons cou 6 Mea snaveln hoa MHid A ventral scale of Chrysopelea ornata Shaw ..........+..... 228 Diagrammatic transverse sections of the body of Chry aeoreiee OPMWHEE soboavdookooongbo6os soodoooe s0do000Db OAD OO DOD Skull of Ursus arctos shanorum, lateral view ............0.08 bo bo Co bo me © bo (SG) i) Front and nde views of skull of Cercopithecus patas bearing SUPCRMMNIMenany prem Olarsw sew esa a eerste coatsay ate hag Lepidosis of the front of the left forearm of Ooamidanion us MELUCANUS 5 ss) -lt Ser aeeh sued ttebaley ofedeoctoyerot aencieree uate) ialeiitary ts ZOO) Lepidosis of the under surface of the left forearm of Cnemido- PBLORUSLUIUICUCROU IS WC CoE Valve inveneh yyy ota tac ere aie 55) kei Lepidosis of the under surface of the forearm of Cnemedophorus TIA WOT EDN Mob E REG bin's 4 ONO OG Bb 8 bs SMB OIE h dace Hebi olia neter Bepidosks of the collar and throat of Sa ae ie tessellatus, Lepidosi of the collar and throat of Oncaninionl on us pommel, Bye linigion of Pattern of Coamiioutar us deppet, sien 6 to 11 ale StLIpess ... Hn OIG BROS OE SIGS I he ety enue a Wg met oes RSMO YZ 0) Evolution of Pattern of Cnemidophorus immutabilis A to 1, and of C. guttatus from youth F to old agel ............:... 291 Evolution of Pattern of ne scalaris from youth to co ize) EXOUUN Bary sa joys) ener el eee Ie le Sapetialndar aneraeie) ohana eter Evolution of Pattern of Cnemidophorus communis from A to D anGUOriC wer tears fromm AGtO PW Elune rei: Were ee Woks eh eae Hvolution of Pattern of Cnemedophorus tessellatus A to D and of CRD ides hl asie clertineh nese tee Hea shes ot ee Pew niia Materayos Cnemidophorus sexlineatus and C. denne RAR Mapai etenetc ol saretKoO Cnenudophorus deppet ......... BSEsTeR Ci Re MIRIAM Bas eS Ca Td Cnemidophorus sexlineatus aud C. ile sane ANA SN metab Shoo uD Cnemidophorus immutabilis 1... ce. ee ee TON Pera ebotl 2.3 Oe Cnemudophorus immutabilis and C. guttatus........0+eee ee ees S24 GCremidop ors SCalanismraiers sade erate hs ele niee LOOO Cnemidophorus communis occidentalis ..c.ccrceccceeercceess OA Cnemidophorus communis ..........005 Pe fear eI voce IIE lie ee Cnemidophorus communis occidentalis and C. c. australis...... 353 Cnemidophorus bocourt: from Oaxaca .............1..++..+- SOU Cnemidophorus mexicanus typicus, C. m. irae, and C. tmmuta- (BLOT GOS AOR Cidan OES BOVE On BU Te Re DANS sooeclabouDovecgbes, Boe) Cnennidophorus mexicans Cypicusy Ws he seen as SO Cnemidophorus mericanus var. balsas ......... OER Scio NIG Pane Se: Portion of ventral surface of Trachysaurus rugosus .......... 3876 STOUR RIAIOHUES BUSY Soo ge sobawoeooneee mreberapae a ateyey ere sar Aelia) Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou I. C LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS PROPOSED IN THE PRESENT VOLUME (pp. 1-462). Atyella (Crustacea) ......... 187, 201 Melissomorpha (Insecta) ......... ( Caridella (Crustacea) ...... 187, 198 fe PROCEEDINGS |. 1 OF THE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCLETY OF LONDON. 7, (0G! ‘Pagus .f—17.8. CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN JANUARY ann FEBRUARY. JUNE 1906. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. ene LONDON : | ' MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND Co., PATERNOSTER-ROW. [Price Twelve Shillings. | Gites \ \, &e K be a S LIST OF CONTENTS. 1906, pp. 1-178. January 16, 1906. The Seeretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December, LOOM se leisayes! tetera cvs cr wictogaiate ls ele ovavevescestateie ts miate ar tate ee Pee eenre eceee Prof. E. A. Minchin, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a living specimen of a Lemur (Gadago) from Uganda 1 Ce i ee a ay Dr. F. G. D. Drewitt, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a white variety of the Common Mole Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a new Forest-Pig ee i er ran y 1. On Mammals from South Johore and Singapore collected by Mr. C. B. Kloss. By J. Lewis Bonnorn, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8. (Plate I.) i ey to . Contributions to the Anatomy of the Ophidia. By Franx E. Bupparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector £0 the Socteo yrs cin eleyeiaielereledn eiiece eel elm icurtela) ait |x'steh a ae elevalela aivie: detieherere regi i) . On the Minute Structure of the Teeth of Oreodonts, with especial reference to their suggested resemblance to Marsupials. By Cuartes 8. Tomuus, M.A., F.RS., Vice-Pres.Z.8. 4. Synopsis of the Toads of the Genus Nectophryne B. & P., with special Remarks on some known Species and Description of a new Species from German East Africa, By Dr. Jean Rovx, Curator in the Basle Museum of Natural History, (Plate II.) .. 5 . On some Bones of the Lynx from Cales Dale, Derbyshire. By W. Srorrs Fox, M.A., BZA 55 Yoiais alo aiayStuccha a eoaiatogecetesertpeua leva sey eletak olen tant atts fala cr sie relia neRt taint agra een February 6, 1906. Mr. Frederick Gillett, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a case of mounted cubs of the Timber-Wolf . Dr. C. W. Andrews, F.Z.S. Exhibition of some models of the skulls and mandibles of Meritheriunt and Paleomastodon Cr ee eee ner ae i cer re ea Dr. Walter Kidd, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a series of lantern-slides of sections of skin from the palmar and plantar surfaces of Mammals and Birds............-.e0eceecucees Page : 1 bo 12 45 58 65 Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper. PROCEEDINGS OF TIIE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS OF TIIE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1906, Vol. I. (January to April). January 16, 1906. Howarp SAunvErRS, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions that had been made is the Society’s Menagerie in December 1905 :— The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December were 203 innumber. Of these 26 were acquired by presentation and 25 by purchase, 108 were received on deposit, 42 by exchange, and 2 were born in the Gardens. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 182. Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :— An Agile Gibbon (Hylobates agilis), from Sumatra, deposited on Dec. 16th. A Cross’s Guenon (Cercopithecus crossi), from the Cameroons, deposited on Dec. 29th. New to the Collection. A Grysbok (Vototragus melanotis), from South Africa, deposited on Dec. 18th. A Snowy Owl (Vyctea seandiaca), from Arctic Europe, purchased on Dec. 16th. A Madagascar Tree-Boa (Corallus madagascariensis), deposited on Dec. 19th. The Secretary also exhibited a series of photographs of the Red Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vor. I. No. I. 1 2 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [Jan. 16, Deer illustrating the growth of the antlers, which had been pre- sented to the Society by Mr. Walter Winans, F.Z.S. Prof. E. A. Minchin, F.Z.S., exhibited a living specimen of a Lemur (Galago) which he had brought home with him from Entebbe, Uganda. Dr. F. G. D. Drewitt, F.Z.S., exhibited, and made remarks upon, a white variety of the Common Mole. Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., exhibited the skull of a female Forest-Pig (Hylocharus), which had been received from Mr. G. L. Bates, who had obtained it from natives of the Ja River, Cameroons, thus confirming ¢ the reports already published * as to the occurrence of H: ylocherus on the west side of Africa. It was to be noticed, however, that the Ja River was not on the West Coast watershed, but rose some 150 miles inland and flowed eastwards to join the general Congo system by way of the Nyoko and Sanga tributaries ; so that this place was the furthest westward point of the true Congo basin, slightly further west in lat, 3° N. than even the main mouth in 6° 8. It was therefore quite likely to be the western limit of the genus Hylocherus. On comparing the ‘skull of the Ja pig with those from Central and East Africa alr eady in the Museum, now numbering five of different ages and sexes t, Mr. Thomas had come to the conclusion that it could not be assigned to the same species, on account of its much smaller teeth, and therefore proposed to call it Hylocherus rimator { (Thomas, Abstr. P. Z. 8. No. 25, p. 1, Jan. 23, 1906). For while the general shape of the skull appeal to be similar, the teeth thr oughout were very mar kedly narrower, the difference being especially noticeable in the large posterior tooth, m°* (text- fig. T, a). This tooth was not only narrower at its broadest, anterior, point, but tapered poster iorly much more strongly and ended in a point, while in the Eastern form the tooth was broad, tapered but shghtly, and had a broadly rounded end. Throughout, the enamel of the teeth appeared to be much less heavily coated with cement, so that they had a markedly lighter and more delicate appearance. In the lower jaw the same characters were observable, m, (text-fig. 1, 6) being especially long and narrow, its length more than three times fe greatest breadth. while in ‘the allied forms the length was barely 22 times the Pode There was also a portenn difference in the detailed structure of * P.Z.S. 1904, ii. p. 196. + The Museum was indebted to Mr. C. W. Haywood for one young skull and two skeletons, and to Col. Harrison for a fine pair of adult skulls. { [The complete account of the new species described in this communication appears here; but since the name and preliminary diagnosis were published in the ‘Abstract,’ the species is distinguished by the name being underlined.—Ep1Tor. | 1906. | A NEW FOREST-PIG. 3 the teeth, as might be seen by a comparison of the figures (text- fig. 1) now given with those formerly published. The skull itself was comparatively light and delicate, with a low muzzle and slender zygomata. Its dimensions were as follows :— Basal length (approximate) 325 mm. ; zygomatic breadth 176 ; nasals, length 191, breadth 42; interorbital breadth 88; height of muzzle in front of premolars 57; least breadth of maxillary zygomatic processes, below orbit, 42; least vertical breadth of zygomata, behind true orbit, 36; palatal length 232; breadth across sockets of canines 98; breadth between tips of canines 181; greatest diameter of canines 24; length of upper tooth-row, from front of p* 97; m’, length 42°3, breadth 17:5; length of lower tooth-row, from front of p,, 99; m, 48°2 x 16. Text-fig. 1. a, wpper, and 4, lower right molars of Hylocherus rimator. Type. Old female skull. B.M. No. 6.2.21.1. Collected by Mr. G. L. Bates. Native name ‘“ Engak” (G. L. Bates). The remarkable character of the suppression of p* and persistence of mp’, described in the typical specimens of HH. meinertzhageni, was present in this specimen, as in other examples of the genus since received, and was evidently normal. Another interesting point to be noticed was that the prenasal bone in all fully adult specimens of Hylocherus was firmly united to an ossified mesethmoid. The following papers were read :— 1* 4 MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON MAMMALS [Jan. 16, 1. On Mammals from South Johore and Singapore collected by Mr. C. B. Kloss. By 8. Lewis Bonyorz, M.A., PvE Shes: [Received December 7, 1905. | (Plate I.*) The following is an account of a small collection of mammals collected by Mr. C. B. Kloss in the southern part of Johore and the island of Singapore. From the latter place, which has been for long the emporium of that portion of the East, and from which many new species have been described, genuine wild collected ecimens are most welcome, and up to the present but few ecimens have been received from Johore. During the last few years several collections from the Malay Region have been received in both London and Washington, so that the number of novelties in the present collection is not so large as it might otherwise have been, but nevertheless, of the 17 species sent home, two are new and represent J/us ochraceiventer and M. whiteheadi of Borneo. In my former paper on Messrs. Annandale and Robinson’s collection, the synonymy of the various species was brought up to date, and in the present paper reference is given only to those papers that have been published since. TUPAIA FERRUGINEA Rafiles. Tupaa ferruginea Rafiles, Trans. Linn, Soe. xiii. p. 256 (1822) ; Flower, P. Z.8. 1900, p. 336; Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xiii. p. 193 (1900); id. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xxvi. p. 472 (1903). a-e. $. Pelepak, Johore, March 1905, S-h. 2. Pulai, S.W. Johore, Nov. & Dec. 1905. i-l. 2. Johore Bahru, Feb. & March 1904. m. 2. Woodlands, Singapore, 2nd Aug., 1904. This species occurs as far north as Tenasserim, where it meets with 7. f. belangeri, a paler form. TUPAIA MALACCANA Anders. Tupaia malaccana Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 134 (1879); Bonhote, Fase. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 13 (1903); Miller, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. il. p. 230 (1900) ; id. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1902, p. 157; id. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xxvi. p. 472 (1908). a. S$. Kangka Aming, 3rd June, 1905. by Oe Kaneka Kuli, 25th Nov., 1904. c. 2. S&S. Malaya, 24th June, 1904, A series of very typical specimens. RATUFA AFFINIS (Raffl.). Seiurus affinis Rati. (nec Horsf.) Trans. Linn, Soc. xiii. p. 259 (1822). * For explanation of the Plate, see p. 11. dort AT LOSS USIG »® Be" Titel WO" SOGI “SZ al LSSOUM Qa 2) NIN 2 SVNI SH Sel alc) 18P proauor: 1906. ] FROM JOHORE AND SINGAPORE. 5 Ratufa affinis typica (Ratiles) Bonh. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) vol. v. p. 495 (1900). Ratufa affinis (Rafiles) Miller, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. voi. ii. pp. 73 & 77 (1900). a,b. 3 2. Pelepak, Johore, March 1905. With reference to a note by Mr. Miller (Joc. cit. supra), I believe that his &. affinis is undoubtedly the same as my R?. affinis typica. In my description of this species I noted that the hairs “when newly-grown” were annulated; but this annulation dis- appears extremely quickly, so that itis very seldom that a specimen in annulated pelage is procured. With regard to Miller's 2. pyrsonota described in the same paper, this is the Malayan form of 2. ephippiwm from Borneo and is, as Mr. Miller notes, quite distinct from 2. afinis. It should really be known as &. ephippium pyrsonota, which saves any possibility of confusion. Mr. Miller has since 1900 described many new species representing island forms or local races of F. affinis or ephippium, but, from his strict adherence to binomial nomenclature, which has prevented him from recognising the true specific difference between affinis and ephippiwm, it is impossible to tell to which of these species his new races belong, and in consequence to determine the true specific range. Jam, however, inclined to believe that they are all races of 2. ephippiwm, and that the true R. affinis will be found to have a very restricted range, confined to the Malay Peninsula and possibly Java. Sciurus TENuIS Horsf. Seiurus tenuis Horsf. Zool. Res. (1824); Thos. P.Z. 8. 1886, p. (6; Flower, P.Z.S. 1900, p.357; Mill. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. ego 2 ele (900) iids Proc) eatcads Nat. Sci Philad) 1902) p: 5; id. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. p. 452 (1903). a-b. 2. Gunong Pulai, 1500’, Nov. & Dec. 1904. ce. Qimm. Mt. Austin, 8. Johore, 3lst Aug., 1904. d. 2. SS. Malaya, 8S. Johore, 24th June, 1904. e, f. 2. Woodlands, Singapore, June & Aug. 1904. These specimens, which are practically topotypes, are therefore of the typical form. This species, however, appears to be a remarkably stable one, Mr. Miller stating that specimens from Sumatra were indistinguishable from topotypes. At the same time S. tenwis surdus Mill., from the north of the Peninsula, is distinctly paler and greyer. SCIURUS VITTATUS Raffles. Sciurus vittatus Rafiles, Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 259 (1822) ; Bonh. Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. 1. p. 22 (1903). Sciurus notatus miniatus Miller, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sei. ii. p. 79 (1909). Sciurus penirsularis Miller, Smithsonian Miscell. Coll. vol. xlv. p. 10 (1903). 6 MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON MAMMALS [ Jan. 16 a,b. § @. Pelepak, Johore, 27th March, 1905. ce. 9. Kangka Aming, Johore, 26th May, 1905. d. $. Mount Austin, Johore, 3lst Aug., 1905. e. 9. Johore Bahru, 10th May, 1904. ft. 2. Pasir Gudang, Johore, 26th Feb., 1904. g. 2. Pasir Gudang, Johore, 11th May, 1905. h. 2. Woodlands, Singapore I., 15th Aug., 1904. i,k. 6 2. Singapore I., June & Aug. 1904. Mr. Miller has made two new species of the Peninsula forms of Se. vittatus. He first separated the N. Malayan form from those in the south under the name miniatus, and more recently the Southern Peninsula form has been named peninsularis, to distinguish it from the typical Sumatran race. The series sent home by Mr. Kloss has enabled me to re- consider the matter very thoroughly, and has still further confirmed my opinion that this very variable species cannot be split up into the geographical races proposed by Mr. Miller. To take the case of S. v. miniatus first of all. Itis characterised, compared with specimens from Singapore Island, by having the ved of the under parts much darker and the terminal pencil or sometimes the entire distal half of the tail uniform red beneath. The type locality of this subspecies is given as Trong in Lower Siam, but its exact distribution is not stated. In the British Museum there are specimens answering to this description from various localities along the whole length of the Peninsula including Singapore Island, so that its distribution would appear to be identical with that of the paler form, as in many localities they are found side by side. S. miniatus therefore can on no account be considered as a geographical race or true subspecies, and it must be either a distinct species or a mere colour-variety. The fact that inter- mediates in all stages occur renders its status as a true species impossible; and there are specimens showing on the under parts the deep red of miniatus as well as the lighter orange of true vittatus. ‘These, then, are the reasons for regarding miniatus merely as a colour-variety of S. vittatus. Now as regards S. peninsularis. The characters distinguishing it from the true S. vittatus of Sumatra are said to be as follows: “more yellowish under parts, less yellowish cheeks,” ¢.e. a paler variety. The types of SN. vittatus, which are in the British Museum, are absolutely indistinguishable from specimens taken in the Penin- sula. It should, of course, be noted that Tapanuli Bay, whence Mr. Miller procured his series, which he regarded as typical of S. vittatus, is a considerable distance from Bencoolen, the type locality ; and the Tapanuli Bay specimens may represent a distinct race, but this is most improbable, as this species also varies con- siderably in Sumatra, since darker specimens with the red tail are also to be found there. The fact therefore emains that Malay specimens may be 1906. | FROM JOHORE AND SINGAPORE. 0 identical in all respects with the types of vittatus, and since this is the case Mr. Miller’s peninsaularis cannot stand. ‘It should always be remembered that among truly variable Species, of which there are not many, but of canal S. finlaysont is another good example, geographical forms are very unlikely to be found: for the fact that it is variable means (i) that natural selection does not restrict it to a particular type; (ii) that in consequence it almost certainly does not breed true. So that, although the majority of individuals in any one place may show a tendency to a particular form of coloration, other varieties will be so frequently appearing as to prevent the fixin g of any particular character. Now a true geographic race, to which forms alone trinomials should be restricted, should be the only race found in its type locality, intermediates being found only in the country approaching that of another race. It is therefore evident that S. vittatus is, as regards colour, a very variable species, and as such it behoves all systematists to be extremely cautious before naming any races thereof. It is only fair to add that the type of miniatus came from the hills at an altitude of about 1000 feet, and may represent a hill form; but at present there is no evidence of this, and such evidence as there is, namely the dark and light under parts being found on the same individual, tends to disprove it. SCIURUS NIGROVITTATUS BILIMITATUS Mill. Sceiurus biimitatus Mill. Smithsonian Mise. Coll. vol. xlv. p. 8 (1903). Sciurus nigrovittatus Horsf., Bonh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii. p. 452 (1901); id. Fase. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 23 (1903). a. 2. Pelepak, Johore, 24th March, 1905. b,c. 3. Kangka Aming, Johore, 26th May, 1905. d. 3. Johore Bahru, 20th Feb., 1905. es 9. - oF 18th June, 1904. Mr. Miller has separated the Peninsula and Javan forms chiefly on account of the almost entire absence of the light stripe in the latter. I have been able to examine only one specimen from Java, in which the stripe is certainly almost obliterated. This is, however, by no means the case with the Sumatran form, in which the stripe is very well marked. FUNAMBULUS INSIGNIS PENINSULE Miller. Funambulus peninsule Mill. Smithsonian Mise. Coll. vol. xlv. p- 25 (1903). a,b. 62. Kangka Aming, Johore, 29th May, 1905. I have placed these examples under Mr. Miller’s name, al- though his description does not exactly agree with specimens from the Peninsula, and it is probable that his single specimen is hardly typical of the Malay form. I was, however, in error § MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON MAMMALS [Jan. 16, when I stated (Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 26) that the Malay and Sumatran animals were indistinguishable, since they are undoubtedly distinct, the former being of a much yellower and warmer tint. On the other hand, Messrs. Stone and Rehn (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1902, p. 133) mention a Sumatran specimen as approaching /’. 7. diversws Thos., in which the colours generally are much brighter and the sides of the body nearly pure chestnut. Further Sumatran material is, however, necessary before this matter can be satisfactorily settled. The following are the races of Funambulus insignis hitherto described :— F. insignis typicus F. Cuv. Mamm. 1821, pl. 233. Sumatra. F. i. diversus Thos. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. ii. p. 248 (1898). Baram, Sarawak. », niobe Thos. ibid. p. 249 (1898). Pajo, Sumatra. ,, castaneus Mill. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. vol. ii. p. 217 (1900). Anambas I. ,, jalorensis Bonh. Fasc. Malay., Zool. vel. i. p. 25 (1908). Bukit Besar, Jalor. » peninsule Mill. Smithson. Mise. Coll. vol. xlv. p. 25 (1903). Trong, L. Siam. » rostratus Mill. ibid. p. 24 (1903). Tina Balu, Batu I. », obscurus Mill. ibid. p. 23 (1903). S. Pagi I., Sumatra. Mus vocirerans, Miller. Mus vociferans Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. vol. xii. p. 138 (1900); Bonhote, Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 33. a-k.73,492. Mt. Pulai S. Johore, Nov. & Dec. 1904 and Jan. 1905. As stated by Mr. Miller in his original description, this species is similar to Jus sabanus Thos., but brighter and with a very long tail. The extreme length of the tail is sufficient to distinguish it from all other members of the jerdoni group. It would appear to be somewhat local, as the specimens in this collection are all from Mount Pulai. The following is a short description that may enable this species to be recognised :— Colour of upper and under parts sharply divided. Above rufous buff, thickly grizzled with black, the black being almost absent on. the flanks. Under parts white. Feet brownish with white margins. ‘Tail bicolor and with its terminal portion white. Skull of typical jerdoni group, 7. e. rather elongated, small for size of animal, bullee very small. Dimensions. Head and body 229 mm.; tail 382; hind foot 45; ear 24. Skull—greatest length 56 mm.; zygomatic breadth 26. Since the publication of my paper quoted above, Mr. Miller has described several island forms of this species in Smithsonian Misc. Coll. vol. xlv. pp. 28 et seq. (1903). 1906. | FROM JOHORE AND SINGAPORE. 9 Mus surirer Mili, Mus surifer Mill., Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xiii. p. 148 (1900) ; Bonh. Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 26 (1903). 236,79. Pelepak, Johore, March 1905. 129,18 2. Pulai, Johore, Dec. 1904 to March 1905. 39. Kangka Kuh, Johore, 28th Nov., 1904. . Kangka Aming, Johore, 29th May, 1905. Mt. Lun Chu, Johore, 13th May, 1905. Johore Bahru, 21st May, 1905. Kangka Keteho, Tebraun. This large series of Mus surifer calls for. little comment; the examples show a slight variation in size, and the young are much duller in colour, being of a uniform brown (hair-brown, Ridgw.). The adult pelage first appears along the flanks. Mr. Miller’s distinction of the white of the foot being cut off from the white of the inside of the thighs owing to the brown colour encircling the ankle, appears to be a perfectly constant feature. OS Mts INAS, sp. nov. (Plate I. fig. 1.) Mus whiteheadi Thos., Bonh. P. Z.8. 1900, p. 880. The Malayan representative of Mus ochraceiventer Thos. Fur long and thickly interspersed with spines. General colour above uniform grizzled rufous (ochraceous rufous, Ridgw.), fading to pale ochraceous (pinkish buff, Ridgw.) on the under parts. Feet and hands brownish white. Tail rather shorter than the head and body, almost naked and bicolor. Skull. The only skull available is in such a bad state of preservation that a description is impossible. Dimensions of type (in flesh). Head and body 162 mm.; tail 5 2es hindstoob sl. Habitat. Gunong Inas, Perak. Also found in Johore. Type. B.M. 2.11.15.2. Adult 9. Gunong Inas, December 1899. The type specimen of this species was erroneously referred by me some years ago to MW. whiteheadi. The advent of another specimen in the present collection proves it to be sufficiently distinct from the Bornean form to merit description. It may be distinguished from Jus ochraceiventer by its more rufous colour above and paler colour beneath, while the tail 1s very much more markedly bicolor. It is distinguishable from J/. whiteheadi by its larger size. Mus Kuossi, sp. nov. (Plate I. fig. 2.) The Malayan representative of Jus whiteheadi Thos. Fur short, thickly interspersed with spines. General colour above rufous-buff (orange-buff, Ridgw.), grizzled with dark brown, the buff colour becoming purer on the flanks and shading to pale ochraceous (cream-buft, Ridgw.) on the under parts. Feet and hands white. Tail shorter than the head and body, almost naked and bicoler. 10 MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON MAMMALS [ Jan. 16, Skull of the Mus jerdont type with small bulle, very similar to that of Mus whiteheadi but smaller. Dimensions (of type in flesh), Head and body 120 mm. ; tail 105; hind foot 26; ear 17. Skull. Greatest length 32 mm.; basilar length 24; palatal length 7; diastema 8; length of incisive foramina 5; length of nasals 11 ; ; zygomatic breadth 9 ; interorbital breadth 5:5 ; breadth of brain- eS at roots of zy gomata 13; length of molar series 5. Habitat. Johore, Malay Peninsula. Type. Coll. C. B. Kloss, No. 218. Adult 2. Collected on Mount Pulai, 8. Johore, 1600’, on the 31st December, 1904. This species may-be easily distinguished from Mus whiteheadi, the only species with which it might be confused, by its paler and yellowish coloration and slightly smaller size. Mr. Kloss has sent over 5 specimens altogether, viz. abs a. Pelepak, etious) Mandl 1905. ce. 6. Mt. Lun Chu, Johore, May 1905. d,e. 2 (one the type). Mount Pulai, Johore, Dec. 1904. Mus vaurpus Mill. Mus validus Mill. Proce. Biol. Soc. Wash. vol. xii. p. 141 (1900); Bonh. Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. i. pp. 34 & 37 (1903). a,b. 6 2. Kangka Kuli, Johore, 24th Nov., 1905. This species is probably the Malay form of Jus muelleri. Mr. Miller in his original description states that this species bears a great external resemblance to J/us bowersi; but this is hardly the case, for the general colour of Mus bowersi is greyish and its fur is fairly soft, whereas in the species under consideration the general colour is dark brown, each hair having lighter annulations, Sa the fur is very harsh. Mus bowerst has in Seon the ter site| portion of the tail white, whilst in Mus validus the tail is uni- colorous and dark. There are no skulls with these specimens, but the cranial characters have been carefully given by Mr. Miller. Mus gArAk Bonh. Mus jarak* Bonh. Journ. Fed. Mal. States, vol. 1. no. 3 (1905), a. 9. Pelepak, Johore, 6th Jan. 1905. b,c. 6 2. Kangka, Senibong, 8.W. Johore, 10th July, 1905, and 12th Sept., 1904. d-h. 3. Pasir Gudang, 8.W. Johore, 10th May, 1905. A series of eight skins sent home by Mr. Kloss proves this species, which I had supposed to be an island form, to occur in * Mus jarak nearly allied to Mus jalorensis, but darker on the upper parts, the fulvous tips being browner and greatly diminished in size. Type locality, Pulau, Jarak, Str. of Malacca. A full description of this species is published by the Selangor Museum. 1906. | FROM JOHORS AND SINGAPORE. Tal the south of the Peninsula. Individuals vary somewhat amongst themselves, some being rather lighter in their general coloration than others, but the lightest havea considerably darker appearance than Jus jalorensis. They belong, as I pointed out in my former paper, to the Pyctoris sub-group of Mus rattus, and may be distinguished by their soft fur, medium size, short tail, and pure white under parts, the hairs being white to their bases. MUS GRISEIVENTER Bonh. Mus grisewenter Bonh. Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 30 (1903). a-c.2 36,1 2. Pelepak, Johore, March 1905. d-g.3 6,1 9. Pulai, S.W. Johore, Nov. 1904 and Jan. 1905. h. 3. Johore Bahru, 3rd April, 1905. in. 3 ¢,2 9. Kangka Senibong, Johore, Sept. 1905. o. 3. Pasir Gudang, Johore, llth May, 1905. This is the really common House-rat of the Peninsula; its greyish or yellowish under parts enable it to be easily recognised from M., jalorensis or M. jarak, the hill forms of Mus rattus. In size, too, it is rather larger than the preceding species. Mus norvecicus Erxl. Mus norvegicus Erxleben. Mus decumanus Pall., Flower, P. Z.S8. 1900, p. 362. 73,9 2. Johore Bahru, April, June, and August, 1904. So far as can be judged, this Rat is apparently found only on the Peninsula in the neighbourhood of shipping. Mus concotor Blyth. Mus concolor Blyth, J. A. 8S. B. xxviii. p. 295 (1859); Bonh. Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 38 (1903). a-c. 6. Pelepak, Johore, March 1905. d. $. Tebraun, Johore, Sept. 1905. e. d. Johore Bahru, July 1904. fig. 62. Kangka Senibong, Sept. 1905. h. 2. Pasir Gudang, May 1905. Mus muscuuus Linn. Mus musculus Linn. Syst. Nat. xu. p. 83 (1776); Flower, IP Assi OOS Fos BOM, a. 6. Johore Bahru, Feb. 1904. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Mus inas, p. 9. Mus klossi, p. 9. 12 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, 2. Contributions to the Anatomy of the Ophidia. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A. F.R.S., Prosector to the Society. [Received Decembez 7th, 1905. | (Text-figures 2-11.) CONTENTS. (1) On the Vascular System of the Anaconda, on the Characters of the newly-born Young of Hunectes noteus, and on the Differences between the two Species of the Genus Hunectes, viz. FE. murinus and EF. noteus: p. 12. (2) Some Notes upon the Venous System of Python sebe: p. 27. (3) Some Notes upon the Anatomy of I/ysia scytale, bearing upon its systematic position: p. 31. (4) The Structure of the Young Bitis nasicornis, with Notes on other Vipers: p. 34. (5) Considerations respecting the Primitive Structure of the Lungs in the Sqnamata: p. 41. (1) Notes on the Vascular System of the Anaconda, on the Characters of the newly-born Young of Kunectes noteeus, and on the Differences between the two Species of the Genus Kunectes, viz. KE. murinus and E. noteus. The opportunity of examining two newly-born* examples of a little-known species of Anaconda, viz. Hunectes noteus, is so unlikely to be of frequent occurrence, that I have thought it desirable to make as detailed a study as possible of the veins, while the fact that comparatively little is known of the venous system in the genus Hunectes seemed to me to render this study still more desirable. So far as [ am aware, some notes by myself f upon the intercostal arteries and the anterior abdominal vein are all that has been published upon this genus of Boine snakes so far as concerns the vascular system. On the other hand, there is abundant material for comparison with the anatomy of the vascular system of Python, and less with that of Hry«wS and Boa External characters of Young.—The newly-born young of this snake retain some of the embryonic veins and the yolk-sac is not completely absorbed. This woulda ppear to be a great disadvantage until we reflect that the Anaconda is so very aquatic an animal that the young are possi bly born in the water 4]. The navel ‘is a very large aperture in the ventral median line, measuring 14 mm. x9 mm. orl2mm.x7mm. It lies 44 or 54 mm. from ‘the vent. * These young Anacondas were born on Sept. 27, 1905, and one of them was just living when it came into my hands. + “Notes upon the Anatomy of certain Snakes of the Family Boide,” P. Z.S. 1904, vol. 11. p. 107. a6 ailopiingon & Pancoat, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. v. 1837, p. 121; Jacquart, Ann. Sci. D Nat. ® iv. 1855, p. 321; Retzius, K. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 1830; Beddard, Paves: 1904, vol. i. p. 362; Panizza, ‘Sopra il systema linfatico dei Rettili,’ Pavia, 1833 (I ave hi seen this memoir). § Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1904, vol. ii. p. 107. i Gadow, incorporated i in Bronn’s Thier. vi. Abth. iii. §{ Lam indebted to Mr. Pocock for reminding me of this. 1906. ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 13 The whole lengths of the two specimens which I have examined were as follows :—Specimen A, 21] inches; Specimen B, 192 inches. The distance between umbilicus and vent was naturally greater in the larger specimen, and the umbilicus itself larger. In the above given measurements I regard as the navel not merely the actual aperture in the skin through which the yolk-plug* pro- trudes, but the whole area which is devoid of scaling. The yolk- plug in the interior of the body extends from the gall-bladder anteriorly to the end of the kidneys posteriorly, and lies above the fat-body. It is a dense solid plug. Meckel’s diverticulum arises from it just behind the umbilicus, and enters the small intestine about an inch behind the pancreas. The umbilicus itself is so exactly median in position (text-fig. 2 that it has divided the epigastric vein, which, instead of lying to one side or the other, forms a loop surrounding it. As elsewhere this vein is single, the position of the umbilicus could, I imagine, be detected in a more fully adult snake by this splitting and rejoining of the epigastric vein. Text-fig. 2. Region of umbilicus in newly-born Anaconda (Eunectes noteus). umb, Umbilical area; 7.S. Ventral scales anterior to umbilicus, which are still divided into two; V.S’. Similar ventral scales behind the umbilicus. In the two newly-born Anacondas the area of the navel em- braced nine of the ventral scales, which are split into halves, each half lying on either side of the soft median area. Anteriorly and posteriorly two scales showed a median groove, indicating, it is to ** Messrs. Mole & Urich (P. Z. S. 1894, p. 505) mention the existence of ‘traces of the umbilical cord” in newly-born Hunectes murinus. 14 MR F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, be presumed, that they had been originally split, but that the two halves had come together in the course of the gradual obliteration of the area of the navel. Both specimens were practically identical in the disposition of the scales. It is remarkable, however, that in an individual of the same brood measuring 22+ inches long, and older by three weeks (it died on Oct. 17), the median furrowing of the ventral scales was continued for a long way behind the navel (text-fig. 3). The actual area of the navel, much narrower in this specimen, corresponds to seven scales. ‘This older individual is a male, as shown by the shape of the cloacal claws; I did not dissect it. Text-fig. 3. Region of umbilicus in a young Anaconda (Hunectes noteus). Lettering as in text-fig. 2. Current treatises on Zoology have largely ignored the fact that among the Boide the rudiments of hind limbs offer sexual characters which are unmistakable. They are obvious, for instance, in the genus Eryx, and in the species with which I am concerned, viz. Hunectes noteus. That this fact is obviously not generally known is perhaps due to Duméril and Bibron. These 1906. | ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 15 authors, in their classical ‘ Erpétologie Générale, vol. vi. 1844, remark, in a general sketch of the Pythons and Boas, upon the investigations of Mayer on the rudimentary hind limb, but say nothing as to sexual differences in form of the ‘ ergots,” 7. e¢., claws in which these limbs terminate. Later on they write of Hunectes murinus (p. 531) :—‘* Ergots coniques, courts, recourbés et pointus,” stating also that they are “d'une trés petite dimension chez des femelles ayant plus d’un metre de long.” In Sow again (p. 503) it is said that these claws are present, but ‘“ néanmoins plus développés chez les males chez les femelles.”. The inference from these observations would surely be that while sexual differ- ences exist between individuals in respect of those claws, they are merely a matter of varying magnitude. It was possibly for this reason that text-books, at least those which I have referred to, have not noticed the matter. In the adult male Humectes notewus there is a very conspicuous pair of claws, which are sharply pointed, compressed, and curved, the lower surface being ridged. In the adult female there is not a claw at all, but a bluntly conical straight process, quite unlike the claw of the male. In both cases, however, this terminal process is ensheathed in two bract-like scales. In the young individuals the differences are as well marked as in the adult. The mental groove in the young Anacondas differs from that of theadult male. In both adults the mental groove was bordered by five scales on each side. ‘The two individuals, a maleand a female, appeared to be identical in the disposition of these scales. In the two youngest individuals, which died immediately on birth, the conditions were as follows :—In one snake, on the right side the mental groove was bordered by only three scales; but the middle one was very large, and indentations appeared to show that it was in reality composed of three. On the left side there were only fom: scales bordering the mental groove, but the anterior one of these was partly divided into two; thus the total on both sides is really five as in the adult. The second specimen was identical on the right side, but on the left the second scale, and not the first, was obviously composed of two. In the young Anaconda which lived for three weeks* there is a still closer approximation to the conditions observable in the adult. On the left side of the mental groove all five scales are separated ; on the right there were four scales, the second being much the largest and obviously representing two. Kidneys.—Vhe kidneys of these young Hunectes have a form which is remarkable. It is illustrated in the accompanying figure (text-fig. 4,p.17). The part of the kidney which apparently corre- sponds to the whole kidney of other Snakes has the usual form which is characteristic of Serpents and needs no particular remark. The kidney does not, however, end off in front without much diminution of diameter. It suddenly narrows to form a slender * This specimen shed its skin at any rate once, which doubtless accounts for the change, not therefore referable to individual variation. 16 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, forward prolongation, which is as long as, or longer than, the posterior region of the kidney.. There is no break whatever between these two sections; and their appearance as regards texture and colour is identical. The thinner anterior part of the kidney may pehaps be a mesonephros, persistent in these young forms. On the two sides of the body the two kidneys differed very considerably in dimensions. The right kidney is, as in other Snakes, more advanced than the left kidney, and its anterior end actually passes a trifle beyond the gall-bladder and all but reaches theliver. This kidney is altogether 108 mm. long, of which 44 mm. belong to the posterior bro vad region of the gland, the slender anterior portion being thus much the longer. The right-hand kidney is altogether only 92 mm. long, and the broader posterior region is here the longer of the two sections, measuring as it does 48 mm. The slender anterior prolongation of each kidney is not, of course, to be confounded with the adrenal body. This latter is plainly distinguishable from the kidney-tissue by its yellow colour and different texture. It les in the middle section of the. anterior region of the kidney. The gonads were not visible in either specimen. But I believe them both to be females. This conclusion was arrived at owing to the nature of the gonad-ducts. These ducts were of com- paratively large calibre and without the close windings of the male ducts Moreover they were prolonged forward in the case of the right-hand one to a point anterior to the gall-bladder where the duct appeared to end freely. In the region of the anterior portion of the kidney the duct was attached by an evident though narrow mesentery to the substance of the kidney. The actual course of the gonad- duct of the right side is shown in the figure annexed (text-fig. 4, p. 17). Anter iorly it lies to the outside of the kidney. At the junction between the anterior more slender and the posterior stouter region of the kidney it crosses over and lies to the inside of the kidney. The diameter of this tube appears to me to be too great to allow of its being identified with the sperm-duct. Another and, as [ believe, very strong reason forbids this identification. To the inside of each kidney, along the anterior thinner region of that organ only, is a more slender duct than the gonad-duct, which, however, presents the same general appearance. This duct com- mences some way in front of each kidney, but the exact mode of its commencement [I have been unable to ascertain. It follows the kidney fairly closely, lying on the opposite side to that occupied by the gonad-duct, to a point some little way in front of the junction between the anterior and posterior sections of the gland, and there gradually disappears. It seems to me that this str ucture must be unquestionably homologised with the mesonephric duct ; and if so, the gonad-duct can hardly be the sperm-duct. That it is the mesonephric duct seems to be necessary from the impossi- bility of identifying it with anything else; and if so, then the 1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 17 section of kidney along which it lies is possibly to be looked upon as mesonephros, the incorporation of which with the metanephros has perhaps caused the withering of the end of the tube, no longer needed as a secretory conduit. Text-fig. 5. ue —y se ~~ OS = Ss SBE SS Text-fig. 4.— Kidney and adjacent organs in newly-born Anaconda (Eunectes noteus). gob. Gall-bladder ; . Kidney ; WM. Mesentery attaching oviduct to mn, mesonephros ; Od. Oviduct ; P.c. Posterior cardinal vein arising on kidney (?) ; Sr. Suprarenal portal veins: U. Ureter; v.c.i. Vena cava posterior or renal efferent vein ; Wd. Wolffian duct. : Text-fig. 5.—Renal afferent vein of left side of body and its connections in newly-born Anaconda (Hunectes noteus). Ant. Abd. Anterior abdominal veins; F'.B. Fat-bodies from one of which the right anterior abdominal seems to arise; Int. Intestine; P. Parictal branches of R.aff., renal afferent, which is seen to reach kidney anteriorly. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. II. 2 18 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE (Jan. 16, I have had the opportunity of comparing the structure of the kidneys in the two young Hunectes noteus with the structure of those of an adult male of the same species. There is in the adult no forward prolongation of a narrower region of the kidney. The organs are of the normal Ophidian form, of equal diameter throughout, and ending anteriorly in a blunt rounded extremity. That there may have been some microscopic traces in the tissues surrounding the sperm-duct is of course possible ; but there was nothing obvious to the naked eye. This state of affairs in the adult snake confirms, as I think, my opinion that the narrow anterior region of the renal organ in the newly-born young is to be looked upon as mesonephros. I may observe that the testes are very long bodies, and that that of the right side extends as far forward as the gall-bladder. The growth of the testis may account for the disappearance of the mesonephric portion of the renal organ. With the disappearance of the supposed mesonephros there is correlated, perhaps in this species but not in some other Boids, the disappearance of the posterior cardinal vein, which, as I describe in this paper, accompanies that gland in the young snakes. Umbilical Vein.—The umbilical vein was not absorbed in either specimen. I was able to trace it along its whole course in the body from the navel onwards to the anterior end. The conditions which obtain in this snake show that Prof. Hochstetter’s discovery of the independence of the umbilical vein from the anterior abdo- minal of the adult applies to Hwnectes as well as to the reptiles (Lacerta and Tropidonotus) whose development he studied. There were two veins to be seen running from the umbilical aperture. The right-hand vein had the longest course, and is, I take it, the representative of the right umbilical vein. The second vein was traced along Meckel’s diverticulum to the alimentary canal, where it joined the portal system. This vein is, as I think, the omphalo- meseraic. The umbilical vein pursues a straight course between the two fat-bodies and over the gall-bladder. Arrived at the liver, it passes beneath this organ, between it and the ventral body-wall. There were no branches to be detected anywhere, and there was certainly no connection between the vein and the two anterior abdominal veins at any point that I could ascertain. Indeed it was easy to observe the umbilical vein running across the anterior abdominals. The vein is fairly closely attached to the ventral parietes in the region of the liver. It gives off no branches to the liver, with which it has no relations save those of superposition. At the extreme anterior end of the liver the umbilical vein joins the vena cava posterior just where the latter emerges from the liver. The two then run as one vessel to the heart. It is for the reason that the umbilical vein joins the vena cava that I regard it as the right-hand of the two primitive umbilicals. For in Hochstetter’s figure* illustrating the relation of these various veins * Morph. Jahrb. xix. 1892, pl. xvii. fig. 15, V.u.d. and V.u.s. 1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 19 in the feetal snake, the right-hand vein is depicted as joining the vena cava, while the left-hand vein is lost in the liver plexus. The umbilical vein was turgid with blood and of equal calibre with the efferent renals or other principal blood-vessels of the reptile. It is noteworthy that the umbilical vein until it reaches the region of the liver appears to run in an accurately median course. This clearly suggests that only one umbilical vein is present. In any case only this vein is obvious, unless the vein identified by me above with the ophalomeseraic be really the left umbilical. In any case it is clear that this vein belongs to the fetal circu- lation, inasmuch as it passes through the navel to the fetal membranes, and that it has nothing to do with what are usually held to be the equivalents in the Ophidia of the anterior abdominal vein or veins in other reptiles. A remarkable fact about this vein is not merely its presence in the young when born and able to feed for themselves, but its persistence in the fully adult snake. In an Anaconda* (Hunectes murinus 3) dissected in May 1904, which was acquired by the Society in 1899 as an adult, I found a vein ending on the fat-body posteriorly which ran over the liver (2. e. ventrally of it), but did not draw blood from that organ anywhere, and emptied itself into the vena cava anteriorly shortly after that vein had freed itself from the liver. It is plain that this vein is that which I call umbilical in the young Anacondas. I have no record of such a vein in Python, nor is one figured by Jacquart + nor by Gadow ¢ in Boa. It seems quite certain that this vein is the homologue of that vein in Birds which passes between the lobes of the liver, recurring in the falciform ligament. Hochstetter has proved § that the vein in question, variously termed ‘anterior abdominal,” ‘“ epi- gastric,” and “umbilical,” is the persistent umbilical vein of the embryo. It follows therefore that it cannot be the homologue of the anterior abdominal vein of the Lacertilia, which has been shown to bea new structure, having nothing to do with the fetal umbilical vein. Thereare therefore among Sauropsida two morphologically distinct veins or systems of veins which convey blood along the ventral surface from the posterior region of the abdomen to the liver or to the hepatic vein, and which are undoubtedly super- ficially similar, so much so that embryology alone has been able to decide the question of their distinctness. The coincidence of these two veins in Hunectes solves the problem so far as concerns that species. At present so little is known of the venous system in the Ophidia, so few types have been examined from this point of view, that so far the Anaconda is the only snake in which the two forms of abdominal vein have been met with together. It is impossible therefore to build up * Since this paper was written I have found the vein in a second adult male E. murinus. + Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) iv. 1855. + Bronn’s Thierreich, Bd. vi. Rept. Abth. iii. Schlangen. § Morph. Jahrb. xiii. 1888, p. 575. a* 20 MR. F E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, much in the way of an attempted explanation without further facts. In the meantime the facts suggest that Hunectes offers a transitional state of affairs between the retention of the umbilical vein as the vein of the abdomen and its replacement by the sub- sequently developed anterior abdominal. It is exactly analogous to the relations between the posterior cardinals and the vena cava. In the primitive Ceratodus we have one cardinal persisting in its entirety and at the same time an undoubted vena cava posterior *. In higher types the posterior cardinals are more or less rudi- mentary, and the vena cava alone is concerned with the circulation of the region of the body formerly served by the cardinals. Replacements of this kind are familiar to morphologists in connection with many organs. It is not without significance, in my opinion, that this state of affairs has been discovered in a snake, and especially in an un- doubtedly primitive snake. That the Squamata form one group is probably the opinion of every zoologist at present. It is further clear that no existing group of Lizards is much nearer to the snakes than any other. The origin of the Ophidia must have been from some earlier type. This may land us some way back in the history of a group which with Hatteria appears to me to represent the archaic reptilian structure more than any existing group of Reptiles. It is possible that in the extensive fat-body of snakes we have the cause of the origin of the double anterior abdominal veins. The only fragment of evidence, however, which points to a large fat-body as a character of the ancestral Squamata is its large size in Amphisbenat. But this evidence is not to be neglected. The growth of the abdominal veins would render the umbilical superfluous, they taking on its function of drawing blood from the body-walls. System of Anterior Venee Cave.—The veins of the anterior region of the body consist of four main trunks, which of course unite in pairs to form the two superior cave. The left tracheal unites with the left anterior vertebral and each right-hand vessel. It is noteworthy that the two anterior vertebral veins run super- ficially at equal distances from the median anterior vertebral artery. Each vessel lies in a furrow between longitudinal bands of musculature. The vertebral vein receives a large branch from the parietes just before joining the tracheal vein; the conjoined vein then receives just before its entrance into the heart the azygos, which is only present upon this side of the body. The azygos is short, and only collects blood from four intercostal spaces. Of the four branches which constitute it, one is especially large, and comes off exactly opposite to the point of entrance of the azygos into the Ductus Cuvieri. In the second specimen the azygos was much the same. Epigastric Vein.—This vein has already been referred to in * See W. B. Spencer, in “The Macleay Memorial Volume”’ published by the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 1893. + v. Bedriaga, Arch. f. Naturgeschichte, Jahrg. 50, 1885, pl. iv. fig. 2, Fk. 1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 21 connection with its perforation by the umbilical aperture. It is as well developed as in the Ophidia generally, and lies, as in other snakes, immediately above the middle line of the body. Its posterior connection I did not see in either of the specimens. In the region of the liver, this vein has two connections with the hepatic portal system, and two only that were visible, which were identical in both specimens and which therefore may be looked upon as distinctive of the species. One branch from the vein joined the main portal stem a little behind the point where it reaches the liver. The other branch of the epigastric connected with the hepatic portal system lies a long way anteriorly and enters the liver-substance approximately in the middle line, a very little way behind the anterior termination of the liver. I saw no other veins passing from the epigastric to the liver. But in an adult Hunectes murinus there were four or five veins entering the liver between these two. It may be that the existence of two only in the young Hunectes noteus is a mark of immaturity. Afferent Renal Veins—The caudal vein emerging from the tail receives branches from the cloaca, of which I am not able to give a particular account, as this region got damaged in displaying the course of the main trunk of the vein. The vein runs close to the large intestine on the left side, and receives in its course to the left kidney a series of veins from the parietes to the left of the dorsal median line (text-fig. 5, p.17). I counted altogether twelve of these before the vein enters the kidney, of which it is the afferent renal. On the right side the afferent renal seems to have no direct connection with the caudal vein, but the anastomoses between veins in this region are so numerous that there is doubtless an actual connection between them. Still there is no such direct. continuity as obtains on the left side. It is also to be remarked that the right renal afferent vein is a very distinctly smaller vein than its fellow of the left side, and in correspondence with this the affluents from the parietes which join it are much less conspicuous than those of the left side. The figure (text-fig. 5, p. 17) shows the series of veins from the parietes which enter the left renal afferent vein. And an inspection of this figure will render unnecessary a detailed de- scription of the veins in question. It may be remarked, however, that there is a tendency for them to be connected together by a longitudinal trunk which is not present throughout the whole extent of the series, but gets to be more pronounced anteriorly. These parietal veins moreover vary in importance, some being much more slender than others. The most prominent of the whole series enters the afferent renal just before the latter enters the left kidney. This vein is connected with a very conspicuous longitudinal trunk (text-fig. 6, p. 23) which runs along the whole length of the kidney, being stouter at the two ends of that organ and more slender in the middle; it is, however, nowhere deficient. There is a general correspondence between the numbers of these 22 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, parietal veins on the two sides of the body; but, as has been remarked, the most noteworthy difference is that the veins of the right side are more slender than those of the left, and this applies also to the section of the parietal system which runs along the outer border of the kidney. In the second specimen, the longitudinal vessel running to the outside of each kidney was not marked, at least on the right side of the body. ‘The same large vein enters the afferent renal just before the latter reaches the kidney. Towards the anterior end of the kidney the veins of five or six intercostal spaces join together and form a single trunk, which does not extend beyond the kidney but appears to plunge into the substance of that organ, There is thus an accessory renal portal system formed which is exactly like that which characterises Amphisbena*. These vessels are represented in the first of the two specimens which I dissected; but in that individual they are connected with the thinner anterior section of the kidney and with a vein which runs along that region of the kidney. In the second specimen, the vein distinctly opens into the posterior thicker region of the kidney and some way behind its anterior termination, In this example, moreover, the right afferent renal is traceable back along the intestine for a much shorter distance than in the other specimen. The posterior continuation indeed assumes the form of an in- conspicuous branch of the stout parietal vein which joins the renal afferent just before its entrance into the kidney. The afferent renal trunk is also partly fed from the intestinal walls. Slender branches enter the transversely running affluents of that vein. it is evident that the renal afferent system shows the same asymmetry that we see in the hepatic-portal system ; that is to say, that the system of longitudinal parietal vessels connected with the afferent veins are developed only upon the left side of the body. Afferent Suprarenal Veins.—These veins arise, as in other reptiles, from the dorsal parietes, near to the middle, and are a continuation of the series which supply the liver in front and the kidneys behind. They are, however, unlike the hepatic series, developed upon both sides of the body. These vessels are con- nected with a slender vein which runs from the anterior end of the broader region of the kidney along the ‘‘ mesonephros” to the neighbourhood of, and behind, the gall-bladder. This vessel, which exists in other reptilest, is, as [ think, a portion of the right posterior cardinal, the corresponding vessel on the left side of the body being of course the left cardinal vein. I am not positive that this vessel is continuous all the way along the mesonephros ; but it is to be found at any rate for considerable stretches. Into this longitudinal vein open the afferent vessels from the parietes. I counted five of them altogether, of * P.Z.S. 1905, vol. ii. p. 485. t+ E.g. Amphisbena, cf. Beddard, P. Z.S. 1905, vol. ii. p. 486. 1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 23 which two at any rate are fed each from two intercostal spaces. Inasmuch as the actual suprarenal body does not extend along Text-fig. 7. Text-fig. 6. MN Sy eS iii Text-fig. 6.—Kidneys of newly-born Anaconda (Hunectes noteus), showing their lobulation and veins (a & a), which run parallel with each, receiving affluents from body-wall. L.R.aff., R.R.aff. Left and right renal afferent veins. Text-fig. 7—Liver and portal veins of young Anaconda (Hunectes noteus). L. Liver; P. Portal vein running along surface of liver and receiving, p, branches from parietes, which unite on their own account to form a continuous lon- gitudinal trunk, and branches, St., from stomach. 24 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, the whole of the mesonephros, and as the blood-vessels arising from the parietes do extend along at any rate very nearly the whole of the mesonephros, as does the longitudinal vein into which they pour their contents, it would appear that these suprarenal afferent portals are also concerned with the blood-supply of the mesonephros, vid the remains of the posterior cardinal. The suprarenal portals are thus not veins especially destined for the suprarenal circulation, but originally merely the parietal branches of the cardinal. On the left side I found only three of these veins. Precisely the same series of modifications appear to have pro- ceeded in the case of the liver and of the parieto-hepatic portals. In the Anaconda for example, and for the matter of that in all snakes, as it appears, that have been hitherto examined ana- tomically, the portal vein extends along the liver nearly to its anterior end. This is shown plainly in the figure of the circulatory system of the Python given by Jacquart*. Into this portal, which runs along the lower surface of the liver, open all or most of the vessels bringing blood to the liver from the parietes. In the same way in certain Lizards (for instance, Amphisbena, Ophisaurus, and Hatteria) there are at least considerable traces of the same forward extension of the portal. Finally we get the stage which characterises the majority of the Lacertilia, so far as existing knowledge allows us to say, in which the portal enters the liver at its posterior extremity and is not continued forward as a continuous trunk. In these lizards the parieto-hepatic portal veins enter the liver directly, instead of indirectly through the portal vein. Dorsal Parieto-hepatic Veins.—These veins are entirely developed upon the left side of the body in both specimens. They are, as in other snakes, very highly developed, and a great portion of the blood of the whole body must be contained in them. I describe them only in one specimen; they appeared to be much the same in the other. The first of these veins, advancing from behind forwards, joins the portal vein about on a level with the extreme end of the liver, one lobe of which reaches considerably further back than the other. It is one of the largest of the dorsal parieto- hepatic veinsand on reaching the neighbourhood of the body-wall divides into a forwardly running and a backwardly running branch. Just before this division the vein receives twigs from the stomach. The backwardly running branch supplies seven intercostal spaces. The forwardly running branch supplies nine intercostal spaces before the second trunk arises which joins the portal vein just in front of the end of the shorter liver-lobe. Asin other snakes, the portal vein runs superficially along the liver, giving off twigs right and left to the liver itself and receiving the dorsal parieto-hepatic vessels. Of these vessels (see text-fig. 7, p. 23) I counted nine in addition to the two that have already been described. At their * Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) iv. p. 321. 1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 25 dorsal extremities these vessels are put into communication with each other by a continuous longitudinal vessel which is an extension forwards of the first dorsal parieto-hepatic already mentioned. Some, if not all, of the dorsal parieto-hepatic veins (which vary considerably in calibre) are joined by branches from the stomach. In addition to these special branches reach the stomach from the parietal longitudinal trunk. Although the parietal longitudinal trunk which collects blood from the parietes and transmits it to the liver runs on the left side only and has no fellow on the right side, it receives intercostal twigs from the right side. _It is to be noted that the continuous longitudinal trunk lying on the parietes is characteristic of the Boide in general, though I am not able at present to assert that it differentiates them from other snakes. Note upon certain Structural Differences between the Species of Anaconda, Kunectes murinus ard Kunectes notzeus. Hitherto the species Hunectes noteus, the Southern Anaconda, has been distinguished from its ally the more common form by its lighter colour and by the markings generally, into which I have no occasion to enter, as they have been dealt with by its describer, the late Prof. Cope *. I have found in dissecting examples of the two species that there are certain differences in the viscera which seem to distinguish also the two species from each other. Upon one of these differences T lay more stress than upon the other, because I have been able to verify it in two examples of Hunectes murinus and three examples of Hunectes noteus, including among the three the two young specimens which form the subject of the present communi- cation. ‘This difference concerns the pancreas and spleen. In Eunectes noicus the pancreas is a large bilobed gland which lies in close contact with the duodenum and remote from the spleen, which is on a level with the front end of the gall-bladder. In two specimens of Hunectes murinus I find the following arrangement of these two viscera:—In both the pancreas 1s divided into two parts, of which one is situated, as is the whole pancreas in H. noteus, close to the intestine. There is also another piece of pancreas lying in front of and in contact with the spleen, which itself has much the same position that it has in £. notceus. The duct from the anterior part of the pancreas runs to and buries itself in that piece of the pancreas which lies in juxta- position to the gut. In addition to this difference, I find in both specimens of H. mewrinus one or two splenculi in the neighbourhood of the spleen and anterior portion of the pancreas. I presume these to be splenculi on account of their colour and general appearance. A dissociation therefore of the pancreas into discrete portions is accompanied by that of the spleen. Upon this anatomical difference I lay some stress, inasmuch as it is to be found in more than one example of each species. * P, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1862, p. 70. 26 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, Another apparent difference I mention, although I have only noted it in one specimen of each of the two species under consider- ation, as it could hardly be ascertained in the case of the newly-born young. This fact concerns the gall-bladder. In Humnectes noteus the gall-bladder gives rise to two ducts lying side by side and arising independently from the bladder, These branch and anastomose in a moderate way with each other and with the hepatic duct. The latter is single, but in the neighbourhood of its junction with the cystic ducts it gives off twigs which forma network alongside of the main duct which is obviousassuch. Threeducts pierce the pancreas on theirway to open intothegut. In #. murinus, onthe otherhand, four cystic ducts arise from the bladder and form in the same way but a slight rete. There are, however, two distinct hepatic ducts running side by side from the liver. Three of the cystic ducts join almost immediately to forma single duct, so that the difference from #. noteus is not so very marked. In showing difference in the structure of the pancreas between different species this genus is like Python, where the discrete multilobate pancreas of “ P, bivitiatus”* contrasts with that of some other species. Résumé. It may be convenient to briefly recapitulate the main facts in the foregoing pages. (1) The young of Hunectes noteus are produced alive and with considerable remains of the yolk-sac. (2) They possess a mesonephros quite continuous with the kidney, and (female) a mesonephric duct extending along the greater part of the mesonephros and reaching beyond it anteriorly. (3) The umbilical vein of the newly-born young persists in the adult (Hunectes murinus) and is quite independent of the anterior abdominals. (4) The anal “claws” in Hunectes noteus (and in some other Boide) offer distinct sexual characters, differing in form in the two sexes. These characters are recognisable in the newly-born young. (5) The suprarenal portal vessels open into a continuous slender trunk running along the mesonephros and ending on the kidney posteriorly. Their “ portal” character is thus secondary. (6) The vessels which collect blood from the parietes and join the portal systems, whether of the liver, kidneys, or suprarenal bodies, are mainly, and in the case of the liver exclusively, affluents of the left-hand system of veins and arise exclusively or almost so from the left parietes. (7) Both the liver and the left kidney are supplied from a continuous longitudinal parietal vessel which receives the branches from the body-wall and transmits the blood by a series of branches to the portal vein or to a longitudinal vein connected with the * See fig.in Bronn’s Thierreich, Bd. vi. Abth. iii. pl. exxxii. fig. 6 (copied from Poelman). The identity of the species seems uncertain. 1906. | ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 27 kidney. These longitudinal parietal vessels are upon the left side of the body. (8) As in Hunectes murinus, the left anterior abdominal trunk only is connected with the afferent renal of its side*. The right-hand trunk arises from a plexus on the gut. (9) The azygos vein is short and developed on the right side only. (10) Attention is called to anatomical differences between the two species of Hunectes, which concern the division of the pancreas and spleen in #. murinus, these organs being in one piece in E. noteus. (2) Some Notes upon the Venous System of Python sebe. It might perhaps be supposed that after the apparently exhaustive survey of Jacquart t hardly anything concerning the venous system of Python remained for description. Nevertheless M. Jacquart has not dealt fully with a few points of which the importance was perhaps less apparent at the time when he wrote than at present. Since M. Jacquart’s memoir, which is abun- dantly illustrated, nothing concerning the vascular system in this genus has been published except a few notes by myself = ina paper dealing mainly with the arteries of a number of genera of Ophidia. Those notes, however, refer to Python spilotes. My present communication refers, as did the memoir of Jacquart, to Python sebe. - L have dissected during the past year or two three individuals of this snake, of which one only was specially favourable for the study of the venous system, owing to its fresh condition and the turgescence of the veins. It was possible in this individual to follow the smaller branches of the veins with ease, and no injection could have produced so favourable a state of affairs for examining the relations of veins. Having so recently studied in detail the anatomy of the venous system of the Anaconda §, my object has been to compare and is to set down the differences and resemblances between these two genera of Boidse—types as they are of the two subfamilies, Boine and Pythonine, into which systematists have divided the family. The validity of comparisons having a purely classificatory aim is of course to some extent affected by the undoubted fact that species of the same genus among the Boide may show rather important differences in their veins, as I have been able to demonstrate in the case of Hryzx ||. Afferent Renal Veins and Posterior Cardinals.—In Amphisbena 4 * It is necessary to emphasise this agreement between two species of the same genus, since in Eryx there are specific differences in this respect between Hryx jaculus and E. conicus, as | have shown (P. Z. 8. 1904, vol. ii. p. 119). + Ann. Sci. Nat. loc. cit. + P. Z.S. 1904, vol. 1. p. 362. § See above. || P. ZS. 1904, vol. ii. p. 107. @ P. Z.S. 1905, vol. ii. p. 485. 28 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Jan. 16, and Hunectes* I have described a vein running along the sperm- duct and receiving branches fromthe parietes which are the equivalents of the supra-renal portal vessels of other Reptiles. This vein in the two genera mentioned is no doubt the equivalent of a vein described and figured by Hochstetter in Varanus T which also accompanies the sperm-duct. In both Amphisbena and Hunectes, as it appeared to me, the vein gradually died away anteriorly and arose posteriorly from the substance of the kidney, being not in any direct communication with any of the principal longitudinal veins of the body. It appeared to me nevertheless to be probably the homologue of the posterior cardinal veins of the embryo, diminished in size and functionally replaced by the renal efferent veins or ven cave posteriores or inferiores. It was the general relations of this vein on either side to the mesonephric region and to the parietes which led to this opinion. The conditions which obtain in Python sebe amply confirm this point of view, and, as I think, settle the matter as certainly as it can be settled in the absence of embryological data. The surface of the kidney shows in this specimen the course of the various vessels which traverse it in the clearest fashion. The single renal artery comes to lie on the kidney close to the anterior end, and can be traced back beyond the kidney to the ureter. The efferent renal vein begins quite near to the posterior end of the kidney, and runs forward, increasing in volume. It is quite distinct, of course, from the afferent renal, which runs not only to the extreme anterior end of the kidney, diminishing in volume as it proceeds, but is continued beyond ; it becomes, in fact, the vein which I have already spoken of as the probable equivalent of part of the posterior cardinal. The anatomical facts which have just been detailed seem to me to prove that this inter- pretation of the vein is the just one. It is quite possible that the examination of rather better material of the two genera to which I have referred in comparison with Python might show a continuity in their case also. In any case it is quite obvious in Python sebe and beyond the possibility of error. The only instance of this forward extension of the afferent renal in another snake (Zamenis gemonensis) has been recorded by myself =, where, however, it is short and plunges at once into the body-wall, this portion being, of course, the equivalent of the parietal branches of Python and Hunectes. Umbilical Vein.—I have pointed out that in Hwunectes the umbilical vein is not merely a vein of the fcetal circulation, but that it persists in the adult, at least in Hunectes murinus, where T noted the existence of the vein before the study of the newly- born LHunectes noteus enabled me to fix its homologies. It becomes, therefore, a matter of interest to enquire how far this vein is represented in other Snakes. I have found in Python * See above p. 21. + Morph. Jahrb. xix. 1892, pl. xvi. fig. 17. {f P. Z.S. 1904, vol. ii. p. 117. 1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA, 29 sebe what I believe to be the remains of this vein. Along the course of the vena cava posterior, about midway from the anterior termination of the liver and the entrance of the vein into the auricle, is a branch of the vena cava, which is of some thickness and runs for a very short distance ventrally. Here its calibre lessens abruptly, and it becomes continuous with slender veins which run to the ventral parietes and are a part of the epigastric system. It is the large size and the sudden alteration in the calibre of the part of this affluent of the epigastric which joins the vena cava which lead me to infer that this end portion is the persistent umbilical. It is, however, further away from the liver than the umbilical vein is in Hwnectes. I am not able, therefore, at present to do more than suggest the homology which further facts may substantiate *. Anterior Abdominal Vein.—The condition of this vein in Python sebe presents one feature of considerable interest. In an earlier communication T I pointed out that the observations of Jacquart as well as myself tended to show that it is only among the Boine Snakes that the anterior abdominal vein is directly connected with the renal afferent veins, as they always are among the Lacertilia. In Humnectes (both H. murinus and EH. notewus) it is only one of the two roots of the anterior abdominal which is thus connected, and that of the left side. The right origin of the anterior abdominal is from a plexus of venules upon the gut. 1 quoted Jacquart to the effect that this also is the arrangement in Python. Waving examined Python sebe with great attention in regard to this important matter, I am able to state that that snake differs from Hunectes and agrees with Hryx jaculus in that both roots of the anterior abdominal are connected each with one of the two renal afferents. The veins in question can be easily observed on dissection to lie dorsally of the forwardly-directed rudiment of the pelvic arch, which thus conceals a portion of each vein when seen after the serpent is opened in the usual way from the ventral surface. Python, at least P. sebe, is therefore quite Lacertilian in the disposition of these vessels, and the opinion that the Boide generally come nearer to the common starting- point of both Ophidia and Lacertilia is strengthened by this observation. In view of accumulating facts concerning the venous system of Snakes, it is important to notice all variations so as to arrive at the normal characteristics. I may therefore mention that, as Jacquart and I have previously stated, the anterior abdominal of Python sebw divided to form two tubes during its course. In the individual upon which I report here, the division commenced at a point about opposite to the middle of the left kidney. The tubes reunited behind the gall-bladder. The anterior abdominal, as in other individuals, unites with the portal a little way in front of the gall-bladder It is to be * See below, p. 35. + P.Z.S. 1904, vol. ii. p. 116. 30 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, noted, therefore, that Python differs from Hunectes in that the anterior abdominal of the latter remains double for some distance forwards after its origin, while in Python the roots join at once to separate and rejoin later. Azygos Vein.—As in Eumectes, the azygos vein of Python sebe is retained upon the right side only, but it is less extensive in the former than in the latter snake. The azygos vein just before it enters the right heart receives a stout branch running up verti- cally from the parietes and a thinner branch coming from the neck-region. Posteriorly the vein passes backwards, and soon divides into two trunks which are thin. The more dorsal of these runs close to the body-wall and receives twigs from each intercostal space. The upper branch runs in close connection, or rather contact, with the lung, for it does not appear to receive any branches from that viscus. After the termination on the parietes of the lower branch of the azygos, this upper branch bends down and supplies, or rather receives, blood from the inter- costal spaces some way down the body, though not so far as the region of the hepatic parietal vessels, which will be dealt with immediately. It takes up blood from the next intercostal space to that which furnishes the last branch to the lower of the main branches of the azygos. Thereis thus no break in the circulation of this region of the body. Vessels of Neck.—Although the facts concerning the vessels of the neck have been made known by Jacquart, 1 may take this opportunity of pointing out that in their disposition there is an obvious difference from the corresponding vessels of Hwnectes. In the latter snake all the four typical vessels are present *, viz., two running along the trachea, and two anterior vertebrals ; whereas in Python (at least in P. seb) there are only three of these main venous trunks present, the left vertebral being absent. There is also a disproportion between the two tracheal or jugular trunks, the left being very much smaller in Python. T did not observe such a difference in Hwnectes. This series of facts shows that it is not possible to place the two genera of Boide in ascending relations to each other in respect of the venous system; for while L’wnectes is more primitive in the arrangement of the main veins of the neck, this genus is less primitive in the fact that the anterior abdominal has only one posterior connection with the veins of the posterior region of the body, whereas both are present in Python. Hepatic Portal Veins.—These veins are constituted in Python sebe upon the plan which is to be found in Hunectes and Hrya. In all of these genera the parietal system (7. e. longitudinal veins running along the parietes and collecting the blood from the several intercostal branches before rendering it up to the liver circulation) is much developed. There are, however, differences in the way in which this system is formed in these various Boine * Only three are figured by Gadow in Boa madagascariensis (loc. cit. pl. cxxxv.). 1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 31 Snakes. I have already dealt with Hryx* and Hunectest. I do not find that Jacquart’s illustrations conform absolutely to my own observations; but it may be, of course, that this system shows some variations. I find that, as in other Boide, the system of longitudinal parietal vessels is chiefly developed upon the left side of the body, but not so exclusively so in Python as in Hunectes. The left parietal vessel commences posteriorly at about the end of the lung, that is to say very considerably behind the liver. Anteriorly it ends at about the level of the bifurcation of the aorta into its right and left moieties. Between these two points the vessel is almost, if not absolutely, continuous. It receives the intercostals as they emerge from the parietes, and sends off branches to the liver and to the alimentary canal in this region. These branches are at least partly in- dependent of each other; that is, separate branches pass to each viscus or perhaps rather from one to the other. The veins which pass to the liver enter the anterior extension of the portal vein lying upon the liver, and there are at any rate nine of them. Anteriorly the longitudinal parietal ends in a bifurcation, and behind this there is another branch, which, like one half of the anterior bifurcation, lies upon the right side of the body, distri- buting its branches to the intercostal spaces of that side of the body. In Humectes, although the left longitudinal parietal vessel is the only one developed, it receives twigs from both sides of the body, but there is no development of a longitudinal trunk or trunks upon the right side. As in other Snakes, a particularly strong branch from the longitudinal parietal passes up to the portal trunk just before the latter reaches the liver. The main points in the foregoing notes upon the veins of Python sebe to which I desire to call attention are the following :— (1) The double origin of the anterior abdominal vein, one root from each renal afferent vein, as in Arya jaculus and in the Lacertilia without exception. (2) The prolongation of the renal afferent vein beyond the kidney along the sperm-duct, this region being, like the renal afferent, a persistent posterior cardinal. (3) The existence of a trace of the umbilical vein, which persists in its entirety in Hunectes. (4) The paired main trunks of the neck distinguish Hunectes from Python, where, as has been also shown by others, there are only three trunks and the paired jugulars are not symmetrical in size. (3) Some Notes upon Ilysia scytale. The following notes are the result of the examination of a single specimen of Jlysia seytale which has been in my possession for some time. # P. Z.S. 1904, vol. ii. p. 118. + Above, p. 24. 32 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, It measures 19? inches in length. The base of the heart lies 44 inches from the tip of the snout. The liver, which is 7 inches long, commences just at the heart as in Vipers. The gall-bladder lies 14 inches behind the tip of the snout. The kidneys are elongated, and not particularly shortened as in Eryx. The right kidney, 23 mm. long, ends 21 mm. in front of cloaca. The left kidney, 21 mm. long, ends 11 mm. in front of cloaca. The right testis begins 10 mm. behind the gall-bladder; the left testis begins 9 mm. behind end of right testis. The lung of Jlysia is single*, and the vascular part, which is of considerable thickness, extends for a considerable way down the liver, being some 2} inches in length. The windpipe, as is usual, is formed of incomplete rings, a fibrous fold connecting them along its entire length. Just before the trachea opens into the lung there is a minute orifice which represents the 2nd bronchus; but there is no approximation to an equality between the two bronchi such as exists in the Boine snakes. The end of the trachea, that is, of course, of the only functional bronchus, extends some little way into the lung before it disappears. This disappearance is not quite abrupt; the rings of the bronchus cease just before the end to be circular, transversely-arranged cartilages ; they anastomose with each other, and finally assume a honeycomb disposition, precisely like the lining-membrane of the ensuing lung. Still the bronchial region can be distinguished from the pulmonary by its bluish colour. Alimentary Canal.—The condition of preservation of the spe- cimen which I have dissected, and the comparatively empty alimentary canal, render it possible to give an accurate account of the ruge and plications of the different regions, which is not always so easy. There are, moreover, obvious differences between Llysia and some other snakes, both in the structure and pro- portions of the several regions of the alimentary tube. The wsophagus extends to the posterior end of the liver, where it more or less suddenly passes into the stomach. Internally the demar- cation is quite abrupt. It is shown, in fact, by the different nature of the folds of mucous membrane which line the two sections of the anterior part of the alimentary canal. The stomach in its anterior part is lined by three, and three only, thick longitudinally-running folds. At the junction of stomach and cesophagus these thick folds disappear as such, and are either nearly or quite continuous, with at least six similar but much smaller folds. There is thus a perfectly obvious demarcation between cesophagus and stomach. The stomach itself is 56 mm. (or about 2 inches) long, and is plainly divisible into two regions : the first of these is much the larger and measures 48 mm.; the second is about coextensive with the gall-bladder, which is attached to it and measures 8 mm. The larger anterior region of the * As Mr. Butler (P. Z.S. 1895, p. 704) and others have noted. 1906. | ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 33 stomach is, as already mentioned, traversed by three thick folds, which show here and there an interesting trace of a reticular arrangement. There are occasional short branches of the folds, which, although they do not reach another fold, indicate an approach towards, or a reminiscence of, a reticular arrangement. Towards the posterior end of the anterior part of the stomach the folds lose their importance and smaller folds between them appear. But the whole series of folds dies out upon a cushion- like elevation. Then follows the shorter posterior region of the stomach, which is entirely free from ruge of any kind. The small intestine is short as compared with that of some other serpents. Not counting its windings, it measures in a straight line from the end of the stomach to the beginning of the large intestine 51 mm., or 2 inches. About half of this consists of a closely-folded section, which commences immediately after the circular valve separating the stomach from the intestine. Then follows a straight section, which just before its opening into the dilated commencement of the large intestine bends once or twice abruptly upon itself, thus constituting another shorter coiled region. The intestine is lined with fine wavy folds. The large intestine is also 51 mm. in length to the anus. Vascular System.—Though it is impossible to elucidate the arrangement of the vascular trunks in a spirit-preserved specimen in a thorough fashion, I have nevertheless been able to ascertain certain facts which are of importance from a systematic point of view. Ihave been able to follow the abdominal branches of the aorta, and find that the first hepatic branches are disposed as follows:—The first branch which arises supplies the stomach, and reaches that organ at about its middle. On a level with the gall- bladder a second equally stout branch is given off which divides into two trunks: one of these runs forward and is gastric ; the other has a posterior course and is intestinal. The next branch of the aorta is that of the right testis; it is of course very slender. T did not discover the corresponding branch to the other testis. The next artery to arise is the right renal, which enters the kidney near to its anterior end. A rectal artery comes next and is followed by the left renal, which is also the only artery of this kidney and enters it near to its anterior end. Then follow three rectal arteries. Intercostal Arteries—In the arrangement of these arteries Tlysia plainly shows its affinities to the Boide. In the last- mentioned family * the intercostal arteries are paired structures, which is not the case with, at any rate, many Colubride and Viperidee. In Jlysia the same paired structure is plainly visible; furthermore, it is to be noted that the intercostal arteries are regular in their arrangement—that is, that they supply the inter- costal spaces continuously, a pair of arteries corresponding to each vertebra. This is, of course, also a Boine character. It is * Jacquart, Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) iv.; and Beddard, P. Z. S. 1904, vol. i. p. 388, & P. Z.S. 1904, vol. ii. p. 108. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. III. 3 34 MR, F, E. BEDDARD ON THE (Jan. 16, important also to note that the intercostal arteries arise from the aorta as single trunks and bifurcate later, The arrangement of these arteries, in fact, is precisely 4s in Python, as figured by Jacquart. Among the Lacertilia it is very general, if not universal, for the mesenteries to contain muscular strands, which in the case of the dorsal mesentery arise from the vertebral musculature and are often inserted on to viscera. These bands of muscle are made up in all cases where they have been examined of unstriped fibres. I find in /lysia a structure which is to be regarded as the equivalent of these bands of muscle in the Lacertilia. This consists of a single band of fibres of about the same calibre as one of the larger arteries—for which indeed, or for a vein, I at first mistook it. The nacreous glitter, however, of the strand shows its muscular nature, which appearance was confirmed by microscopic examination. The fibres of which it is composed are plain fibres. This band of muscle arises from the centra of two vertebra by strands from each near to the posterior end of the liver. It runs obliquely forwards, and ends in an attachment tothe upper surface of the liver. It avoids the alimentary canal, passing to the right of that tube. The existence of only this one straight band of fibres of unvarying calibre throughout is different in detail from what is found among the Lacertilia. From this necessarily imperfect survey of the anatomy of Llysia, it is possible to abstract two characters in which this genus, placed in a Family of its own, resembles the Boide, and one other in which it departs from the structure of that group. Liysia agrees with the Boide in the following points :— (1) In the regularity and paired character of the intercostal arteries. 2) In the fact that each kidney is supplied by a single renal ; y Py y s artery. On the other hand, /lysia differs from the Boide (excepting Ungalia*) chiefly in the fact that the lungs are not normal paired structures but that one is rudimentary. The other features which I have been able to note in this survey of certain points in the anatomy of this genus are, in the present state of our knowledge, indecisive of the affinities of the genus. (4) Zhe Structure of the Young Bitis nasicornis, with Notes on other Vipers. A considerable number of young Vipers of this species were born in the Gardens in November last, some of which were alive, whilst some had been born dead. J examined several of the latter. The young snakes were enveloped in the amnion, and the other * See Cope, On the Lungs of the Ophidia,” Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. xxiii. 1894, E. 220 1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 35 foetal membranes were in much the same condition as in the ease of the newly-born Hwmnectes noteus described above. The “ navel” (text-fig. 8) is, however, in this Viper much smaller than in the Anaconda, The actual patch of skin uncovered by scales only occupied the extent of two of the ventral scales, which were here divided into two. On either side a small number of the ventral scales were divided in the middle line, but there was no interval between the two halves of each scale. Moreover, only two scales anterior to the navel and four behind it were thus divided. The conditions, therefore, are distinctly different from those obtaining in Hunectes. Furthermore, the position of the navel differs. In Bitis only 10-14 scales intervened between the navel and the cloacal orifice: the actual distance was 14 mm., the whole snake measuring some 92 inches*, The embryonic veins were apparent, Text-fig. 8. Region of umbilicus in newly-born Bitis nasicornis. U. Umbilical sac. as in Hunectes. The umbilical vein can easily be traced from the “navel” to the vena cava inferior, which it enters towards the anterior extremity of the liver. As in Hunectes, this vein has no relation whatsoever to the anterior abdominal vein that I could discover. It has, however, an obvious connection with the epi- gastric vein, which leads me to introduce the matter here, not as a contribution to the anatomy of the Vipers, but as explanatory of the anatomical facts which I have just referred to in the Python *. Close to the union of the umbilical vein with the vena cava a branch ascends from the epigastric to join the umbilical. This seems to me to be a fact supporting the inference which I have put forward * In Vipera berus also the navel is close to the cloacal aperture + Above, p. 29. 3” 36 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, as to the partial persistence in the adult Python of the embryonic umbilical vein. Trachea and Lung.—tin this Viper the tracheal lung is not in any way marked off from the ensuing thoraco-abdominal portion of the lung. The latter extends as an efficient respiratory organ for some distance down the liver. The tracheal or bronchial gutter ends at a level with about the middle of the heart. There is no trace of a second lung. 1t is necessary to emphasise these various facts, since they differ among the Viperide. The total absence of a second rudimentary lung in this species has been already noted by Butler*. In addition to the species which he mentions, | may note here that Lachesis gramineus has a rudimentary left lung. In Ancistrodon piscivorus the lung is vascular for about an inch behind the heart, and the tracheal gutter is continued for about the same distance, being thus more extensive than in itis nasi- cornis. In Lachesis gramineus the vascular part of the lung is less extensive posteriorly. Cawsus rhombeatus differs in some respects from these other Vipers. Like all other Solenoglypha, it possesses the tracheal lung; but it differs from some other Vipers in the fact that the tracheal section of the lung is the only part which is vascular, the rest being anangious. The trachea is continued down the lung from the very beginning of the tracheal lung as a gutter down to near the end of the liver. Intercostal Arteries.—In dealing with certain facts concerning the vascular system in Lachesis gramineust, | pointed out that, contrary to what is to be found in many Snakes, the intercostal arteries perforate the body-wall accurately in the middle line and singly. This feature, I am now inclined to believe, is distinctive of the Viperide, for I have since found a similar state of affairs in Causus rhombeatus and Ancistrodon piscwwvorus. Veins and Arteries of Lung.—Dr. Gadow, in a figure{ of the pulmonary arteries and vein of Crotalus, represents these vessels as passing forward from the heart. This direction is of course in conformity with the tracheal lung of that snake, where possibly the respiratory organ lies entirely in front of the heart. In the young itis both artery and vein bifurcate. The artery bifurcates some little way after its origin, and the anterior branch supplies the tracheal lung, while the posterior branch supplies that portion of the lung which lies behind the heart. The pulmonary vein shows the same general distribution. There were two main branches, one anterior and one posterior. The direction of emergence from or of entry into the heart, as the case may be, was rather lateral than definitely anterior or posterior. I deal ona later page $ with these facts with reference to the original form of the lung in the Squamate reptiles. Veins of Neck (text-fig. 9, p. 38).—Contrary to what is to be found in many Snakes, there are only two main veins of the neck in Bitis * P. Z.S. 1895, p. 705. + P.Z.S. 1904, vol. i. p. 366. f In Bronn’s Thierreich, Rept. Bd. vi. Abth. iii, Taf. exxxvi. fig. 2. § Below, p. 41. 1906. | ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 37 nasicornis. Hach of these two is closely accompanied by an artery. The larger enters the heart in common with the azygos, and runs forward on the right side of the body as far as the head. It is much more slender in its most anterior region than near the heart. This vein gives off to the right a series (I counted seven in the most fully developed specimen) of branches to the parietes, which immediately plunge into the thickness of the body-wall after a very short free course. From the left arise a smaller number of veins which have a longer course. Of these I found not more than three. They arise at right angles from the main trunk, and cross the body to the left side of the dorsal median line. Here they appear to become continuous with a longitudinal trunk which runs a considerable way towards the head and posteriorly as far as a little way down the liver. This vein runs much further from the dorsal middle line than the right jugular and the right azygos. The branches, soon after leaving the jugular, send off a twig to the cesophagus. The longitudinal vein of the left side of the body, supplied by branches from the right jugular, represents, as I imagine, the left anterior cardinal, the right vein being the persistent right anterior cardinal. Their mutual asymmetry with reference to the median lines of the body is remarkable. It is possibly to be accounted for by the pressure exerted by the trachea and lung pushing the vein further away from the middle line. The right azygos vein appears at first sight to be of less extent than a more careful examination shows it to be. In three of the specimens which I examined this vein, which is of considerable calibre, appeared to end at about the level of the ventricular apex; but in a fourth example it was distinctly continued back by a very slender prolongation to a point quite on a level with the middle of the liver. It is note- worthy that the azygos not only gives off branches to the intercostal spaces along which it runs, but that close to its origin—or rather debouchement into the auricle—it sends out a forwardly-running branch, which ought, so to speak, have been furnished by the anterior cardinal of that side of the body. In addition to the right jugular, which is a vessel as thick as any in the body, and the rudimentary left jugular, which is prac- tically a branch of it, though morphologically, as I imagine, a distinct vein, an internal jugular runs along the trachea, This vein, like the right jugular or anterior cardinal, is closely accompanied by an artery. The artery, however, like the vein, is thinner than are the pair which run along the body-wall on the right side. Whether there is a corresponding and less developed vein for the opposite side of the trachea, I am unable to say. In the arrangement of these anterior veins Bitis stands at the opposite pole from the Anaconda, whose anterior veins have been considered above. In the latter serpent all four veins, viz. both anterior cardinals and two internal jugulars, exist. In the Viper the reduction is striking. Intermediate conditions are offered by Boa, in which, according to Gadow’s figures, the veins of the neck 38 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, are three. This reduction is in consonance with the generally received opinion as to the much modified character of the Viperide as compared with other Serpents. Text-fig. 9. Text-fig. 10. Text-fig. 9.—Veins of neck of newly-born Bitis nasicornis. Az. Azygos vein; H. Heart; R.V.V., L.V.V. Right and left vertebral veins. Text-fig. 10.—Veins in region of kidney of newly-born Bitis nasicornis. a. Anterior termination of testis in a fibrous band; Z.K. Left kidney. Sr.v. Suprarenal portal vein; Sy. Suprarenal body; 7. Testis; V.R.aff. Afferent renal; V.R.eff. Efferent renal. 1906. | ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 39 Veins of Kidney, Suprarenal Bodies, and adjacent region.—The kidneys measure from 29 mm, to 32 mm. in length, and are divided into about 20 lobules. The afferent renal vein extends to within 3 mm. or so of the anterior end of the kidney, giving off a branch between each lobule. In one specimen, at any rate, the renal afferent vein gives rise to a large branch (see text-fig. 10, p. 38) which leaves the surface of the kidney some way before its anterior end, so that the rest of the renal afferent anterior to this point of origin appears to be a branch of this, the main trunk. This vessel is clearly a persistent posterior cardinal, which runs forward in close contiguity to the suprarenal gland. It extends beyond this gland and ends in two branches to the parietes. These latter seem to me to be the afferent suprarenal veins. There is furthermore another afferent suprarenal vein, which also joins the cardinal, but towards the posterior end of the suprarenal body. This vein collects blood from the lateral parietes, and runs parallel with the kidney. Whether it does or does not communicate with the afferent renal behind the kidney, I do not know. In another specimen this vein was quite as well or even better developed; but it was con- tinued directly into the vein running along the suprarenal body, which I have presumed to be the posterior cardinal vein of this side of the body. There was no connection, that I could ascertain, with the afferent renal. The suprarenal veins are very conspicuous and two in number ; they run from the anterior part of the suprarenal body over the testis, and open into the efferent renal vein. It will be seen that thé vein which runs along the parietes beside the kidney is precisely that of Hunectes described above™ ; but in Bitis I have not been able to ascertain the presence of a posterior connection with the afferent renal. It is, furthermore, plainly to be compared with the vein occupying a similar situation in Chameleo, which has been described by Hochstetter ap cnaxel myself ¢, and which I have figured §. Hepatic Veins.—So many of the observations upon the veins of Reptiles have been made upon a single example, that it is not always certain how far the appearances described represent the normal. Iam therefore careful here to describe the course of the veins in all of the specimens of this Viper that I have had the opportunity of studying. The result is to show that the variations are not very great (so far, of course, as the small number of examples allows of such a statement), and that therefore the arrangement of these veins at any rate is of use for systematic purposes. The portal vein (text-fig. 11, p. 40) offers no remarkable features. It reaches the liver at the junction of right and left lobes, as in other Serpents ; and from that point until the anterior end of the liver it runs superficially, receiving branches from both the dorsal and ventral parietes. Of the dorsal parieto-hepatic veins, one is absolutely constant throughout the whole series of * p. 22. + Morph. Jahrb. xix. p, 462. t P.Z.S. 1904, vol. ii. p. 8. § Loe. cit. fig. 14, p. 8. bo bo 40 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, individuals. This vein reaches the portal shortly after it has reached the liver, collects blood from several intercostal spaces, and runs back to nearly the level of the posterior end of the liver. Itis apparently generally present in the Ophidia and is not merely a characteristic vein of the Vipers. Text-fig. 11. Portal veins of newly-born Bitis nasicornis. Ep. Epigastric ; H. Heart ; L. Liver ; p. Parieto-hepatic veins, two of which receive branches from stomach (S¢.), represented as cut oft at the end; P.V. Portal vein; U. Umbilical vein; V.c.7. Vena cava posterior. This vein received, in the most fully-developed specimen which I examined, two veins from the stomach. There were in this 1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. Al example three other veins of the same kind, of which two received branches from the gut; there was also an independent gastro- hepatic vessel, as is shown in the accompanying figure (text- fig. 11, p. 40), which represents the liver-veins of this example. The epigastric vein sends, at any rate, two branches to the liver, which are very anterior in position: one of these receives a branch from the stomach before entering the liver. In another example there were only three dorsal parieto-hepatics. It was in this example that a branch from the epigastric joined the umbilical vein, as referred to above. In a third specimen, I saw only two parieto- hepatic vessels, arising, as in the others, from the left side of the dorsal median line. In this and other cases the differences may not be real, but due to absence of blood in the vessels at the time of examination. The origin of the hinder mesenteric vein in the Ophidia has been variously stated, the different modes of origin described possibly corresponding to the different species and genera examined. Hochstetter* describes and figures Yropidonotus natrie (with which he finds Coluber wesculapiz to agree) as possessing a mesenteric vein which arises from both afferent renals, the two branches combining to form the single vein. T have not been able to ascertain to my satisfaction the arrange- ment of these veins in Bitis nasicornis; but in another Viper, Ancistrodon piscivorus, 1 have found that each renal afferent vein gives off a branch, and that these join to form the mesenteric vein running along the lower surface of the large intestine. The arrangement characteristic of this Viper is therefore precisely that of Tropidonotus and Coluber. (5) Considerations respecting the Primitive Structure of the Lungs in the Squamata. Hatteria (or, indeed, most Lacertilians) on the one hand, and such a snake as Causus rhombeatus on the other, represent the two extremes of modification of the Squamate lung. In the former the lungs are paired and equal, and are effective breathing-organs throughout : they are separated from the glottis by a long stretch of trachea, and by two equisized bronchi into which the trachea divides some way in front of the lungs. In the Viper, on the other hand, the trachea opens into the lung but a short way behind the glottis, down which it is continued as an open gutter; at, or about, the level of the heart the lung becomes anangious and is a mere air-sac; while there is no trace of a second lung, or of a division of the tracheal gutter into two bronchial tubes. It is undoubtedly the prevalent opinion that of these two extremes, that represented by Hatteria is near to the primitive Sauropsidan lung, while the lung of Oausus represents the most modified type. Paradoxical though it will appear, there are reasons founded upon anatomical * Morph. Jahrb. xix. 1893, p. 489, pl. xvi. fig. 19. 42 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, facts which necessitate a reconsideration of this view, and which tend to destroy its apparent obviousness. Cope *, to whom our knowledge of the headwards extension of the lung is mainly due, though the fact of this extension in the Viper was known fifty or sixty years earlier, terms this section of the lung the ‘tracheal lung,” and after a survey of the leading groups of Ophidians found it to occur in the principal subdivisions of the order or suborder. He found this tracheal lung in Ungalia among the Boide, ‘in the Solenoglypha without exception,” and in several Colubrines, to which I myself have added the Hamadryadt. The occurrence of these tracheal lungs so widely among the Ophidia suggests a retention of a character rather than its independent development in the several groups. So far, however, one can do no more than incline to the former view. There are, however, other facts. In the first place, among Snakes generally the rings of the trachea, where there is no tracheal lung, are incomplete posteriorly, leaving a gap filled in with soft tissue. This soft tissue is continuous with the lung-tissue where the latter commences, in these cases near to the heart. it might be held—if the matter ended here—that the non- junction of the tracheal rings posteriorly had no more significance than the failure to join posteriorly of the tracheal rings in the Cassowary ¢ or in Man§. But a few cases seem to show that this failure to join is of meaning as the last term in a series. For in some Serpents, e.g. in Lioheterodon, there is not merely a failure to unite posteriorly among the tracheal rings, but the membranous space left is of wide dimensions, much wider than the actual trachea, and fully as wide as the tracheal lung where that organ is developed. Moreover, in this snake there are traces of a develop- ment of diverticula of the cavity such as are to be met with in a much more fully developed condition in the Hamadrya These facts therefore afford some evidence that the tracheal lung was formerly more widely spread among the Ophidia than it is now; that 1t is not a new structure in those forms where it occurs, but an archaic structure so far, at any rate, as Snakes are concerned. Jt will be observed, moreover, that there is a distinct relation between the development of the neck part of the lung and the asymmetry of the lungs. This relationship, however, does not after all amount to a great deal; for the only Serpents in which there are a pair of well-developed thoracic lungs are the Boide. It is nevertheless noteworthy that among these primitive Snakes, as they are held to be, the genus Ungalia, which possesses the tracheal lung, is, like the Colubrine Snakes, without more than a rudiment of one of the lungs. The only allied form in which this asymmetry of the lungs is known to exist is J/ysia; but in Tlysia there is no development of the tracheal lung. My object, * Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1894, p. 217. + P.Z.S. 1903, vol. 11. p. 319. t Forbes, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 783. § Treatises on aman Anatomy. || Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1903, vol. ti. p. 319. 1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 43 however, being rather anatomical than physiological, this mode of compensation—as it may be considered to be—will be left aside. For it is, I think, impossible to hold, in the present state of our knowledge at any rate, that the unpaired condition of the lung is the primitive one for Snakes, and that the minute rudiment of the second lung in many Vipers and Colubrines is an incipium of a second lung. Still the question does not appear to me to be absolutely settled, for reasons which I hope to investigate more fully later. But although it may be said that there is some evidence that among the Ophidia the existence of a tracheal lung is not an innovation but an inheritance, the case would seem at first sight to be quite different among the Lacertilia. If the assumption that the Lacertilia form one order with the Ophidia, and the theory which I seek to prove concerning the origin of the lungs in the Squamata be probable, there should be evidence of a positive kind among the Lacertilia of the existence of traces of a tracheallung. The most positive piece of evidence is that furnished by Prof. Wiedersheim, who has described in Amphisbena fuliginosa what appears to be a persistent tracheal lung *, the existence of which, however, has not been confirmed for other speciest. It is noteworthy, too, that in various Lizards the tracheal rings are far from meeting posteriorly ; in Lacerta, for instance, there is a very wide membranous interval posteriorly, at the edge of which only appear the tips of the tracheal rings. Furthermore, in many Lizards—this is particularly well seen in Varanus—the lung ex- tends forward a good way beyond the entrance of the bronchi into the lung. The arrangement in such a lizard as Varanus is quite reminiscent of the disposition of that organ to be seen in Heterodon platyrrhinos, where the tracheal lung is not traversed by a tracheal gutter, but extends forward along the intact trachea as a con- tinuation forwards of the thoracic lung. Were it not for the numerous cases of a tracheal lung attached to the trachea throughout, this condition in Heterodon would probably have been compared merely with the slight forward extension of the lung in many Lacertilians, in which the bronchus enters at the side rather than at the base of the lung. Such a comparison would indeed be correct, but it would not be so far- reaching as I believe there are grounds for regarding it. Besides, this incomplete comparison of facts, as I regard it, would leave it an open question as to whether the lungs in the Squamata were not derivable from the type shown in Hatteria, and to which a forward extension had been afterwards added. As it is, there are further facts which enforce the position taken up by me in this communication. I have pointed out, in describing the * ‘Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbelthiere.’ + Beddard on Amphisbena, P. Z.S. 1905, vol. 11. p. 489. t This statement of course assumes the validity of Prof. Cope’s view that the headward extension of the lung in Hetevodon is the homologue of the tracheal lung in, €. g., the Viperide. 44 ON THE ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. [Jan. 16, pulmonary artery and vein of Sitis nasicornis*, that both artery and vein bifurcate soon after leaving, or just before entering, the heart. One branch goes to, or comes from, the anterior tracheal part of the lung, while the other branch has a similar relation to the thoracic part of the continuous lung. It seems to me that this anatomical fact explains two other facts which have been a little difficult to me hitherto. The trachea in Snakes, and in certain Lizards at any rate, is closely accompanied by arteries or an artery which is one of the systemic branches. This carotid artery is concerned with the blood-supply of the windpipe and adjacent organs and regions. In some cases, however (probably much more generally than I am at present in a position to know), the trachea is accompanied by arteries which arise not from the systemic arteries but from the pulmonary. Ihave shown this to be the case in Gerrhosaurus tT and more recently in Hatteriat. In both of these Saurians the artery in question is most clearly a branch of the pulmonary, and equally clearly lies alongside of the windpipe anteriorly. A careless dissection would fail to show this, as I consider it, highly important point. It is, however, plain when the artery is ‘properly followed out in an injected specimen. Now the pulmonary artery is, it is hardly necessary to say, a respiratory artery: it is concerned, that is to say, not with the nutritive supply of the lung-tissue ‘but with the oxygenation of the blood. The tissues of the lung receive their nutritive supply from elsewhere. Branches from the aorta supply this need which have no relation whatever to the special respiratory arteries and veins. This is, of course, universally true of the higher vertebrates. It seems therefore that the persistence of a branch of the pulmonary artery supplying the trachea, taken in conjunction with the bifurcating pulmonary artery of the Viper with its tracheal and thoracic portions of the lung, is a fact which decidedly points in the direction of a previous respiratory function of that part of the respiratory passage which it now supplies. The assumption upon the various facts which have been briefly dealt with in the course of the preceding remarks, that the most primitive type of Squamate lung is most nearly preserved in certain Serpents, is recommended by certain general considerations. Whatever may be the views as to the phylogeny of the Squamata, it can hardly be disallowed that Reptiles generally have emerged from an Amphibian or Dipnoan form. On this view, the com- mencement of the lung far forward in the body is intelligible, for the earliest condition known, that represented in the Dipnoi, shows a lung at first (or always, Ceratodus) unpaired communicating directly with the exterior through the glottis and mouth-cavity. * Above p. 36. t+ “On the Anatomy of the Yellow-throated Lizard,” P. Z.S. 1904, vol. i. p. 263, text-fig. 37. t “On the Vascular System of Hatteria &c.,” P. Z.S. 1905, vol. ii. p. 462. 1906. ON THE TEETH OF CREODONTS. 45 3. On the Minute Structure of the Teeth of Creodonts, with especial reference to their suggested resemblance to Marsupials. By CHartes 8. Toms, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Pres.Z.S. [Received January 15, 1906.} (Text-figures 12-25.) hat the Creodonts, though obviously not Marsupials, never- theless present resemblances to them has been noted by many observers. Filhol (1) has discussed the question, and Matthew (2) uses the expression ‘“‘ pseudo-marsupial characters of the Mes- onychidze,” while he also says of Pachycena that “in its dentition this species approximates the Marsupial dental formula.” liydekker (3) goes a little further, and says ‘these and other fossil forms, such as Sorhywna, seem to indicate an intimate relationship between the Polyprotodont Marsupials and the Creodont Carnivores represented by Hyenodon.” Wortman (4) also speaks explicitly upon the same point; whilst frequently alluding to marsupial resemblances in their osteology and den- titions, he says: “ By taking the more primitive members of the existing marsupials as the basis of our comparisons, I am convinced we shall be able to arrive at a very much clearer understanding of what the ancestors of the Creodonts were like ” ; and “ Present evidence points to the fact that the two groups of the Creodonts probably arose side by side from Mesozoic Marsu- pials,” and further “that they were derivatives or offshoots of any pre-existing group of Placentals is exceedingly unlikely.” Such speculations being rife, 1t occurred to me that it would be interesting to ascertain what evidences of affinity the minute structure of their teeth might afford, and by the kindness of Dr. Matthew, of the American Museum of Natural History, i have been enabled to make sections of the teeth of a number of representative species of Creodonts, whilst Dr. Smith Woodward has kindly furnished me with a fragment of a premolar of Borhyena. But, before detailing the results of an examination of these teeth, it seems desirable to say a few words upon the nature and value of the evidence to be derived from the histological structure of teeth, the more so because this line of investigation has been but partially pursued and its results appear to be not well known to the majority of naturalists. It might have been expected that there would be but little variety of structure in the teeth of animals belonging to the same great groups, for it is not easy to see how this should be affected by the ordinary processes of selection. It might have been thought that so long as a tooth was strong enough, sharp enough, and well adapted in external form to its work, its structure would 46 MR, C. 8. TOMES ON THE [Jan. 16, matter little and would remain constant. But it was shown by my father, the late Sir John Tomes (5), that by a mere examina- tion of sections of the enamel it was possible in the case of Rodents not merely to pronounce that the enamel was that of a Rodent, but in a large number of instances to refer it correctly to a particular family of Rodents, or to a group of families. Tn the more simple forms of enamel, the enamel prisms all pass outwards from the surface of the dentine to the outer surface of the enamel, and are, with very slight exception, exactly parallel with one another. But in the Rodents contiguous layers of enamel prisms start off from the dentine at different angles, the layers alternating in this respect, so that if the section embraces in its thickness more than one layer, as such sections almost invariably do, patterns are produced by the crossing of the prisms, and these patterns are constant and characteristic of many of the families. Similarly, my father showed that the enamel of Marsupials (6) presented characters very unusual in Placental mammals, and therefore almost characteristic of Marsupials, whilst the Carnivora also presented well-marked enamel characteristics. It therefore seemed to be well worth while, in view of the uncertainty of the position of the Creodonts and of their relation to recent Carnivora, and possibly to the Marsupials, to apply this test of their affinities. As bearing upon the subject generally, I may mention that I myself examined the teeth of a number of genera of the Gadide (7), a family selected as being both fairly numerous and at the same time compact, with the result that I found that the enamel was alike in all, but that the dentine presented marked variations upon a common type of vasodentine, and that these peculiarities coincided with their zoological arrangement, and not with the functional development of the dentition. Thus some of the largest teeth presented the simplest, and almost degraded, struc- ture common to them and their immediate relations, whilst some teeth, reduced so as to be almost rudimentary, retained the com- plexity of structure characteristic of their zoological relations. These, however, are the only papers I have met with in which this line of research had been followed out to any extent. In what may be termed the normal arrangement of the dental tissues of placental mammals, the tubes of the dentine end by branching and becoming very fine, or by entering minute globular or angular spaces within the boundaries of the dentine (see text-figs. 15, 16, & 19, pp. 50, 51, 53); but it was shown by my father that in Marsupials the greater number of the dentinal tubes, instead of so ending, became continuous with tubes which traverse the enamel. This is true of all Marsupials, recent or extinct, which were examined by him or by myself at later dates, with the solitary exception of the Wombat, in which this does not happen, though, as might be expected from what has already been said, the precise extent to which it happens 1906. TEETH OF CREODONTS. 47 and the patterns produced vary in different families of the Marsupials. Were there no more than this to be said, we should be pro- vided with a criterion of marsupial affinity both certain and easy of application. But unfortunately the case cannot be fully stated quite so simply. Whilst it remains quite true that all marsupial enamels present this character of penetration by the dentinal tubes, the converse is not quite true. Thus Hyrax has an enamel so richly penetrated by dentinal tubes that it might be easily taken to be a marsupial enamel, though in this respect it stands quite alone among placental mammals. But traces of this peculiarity are to be found in much reduced degree in certain Insectivora, notably in the Shrews; this occurrence in Insectivora may possibly be interpreted as a survival from some marsupial form of ancestor. But this explanation is not available for all cases: in very reduced degree the character has been found in the Jerboa, in some Carnivora, and even in Man, though in Man the rarity of the occurrence and its irregularity when it does occur suggest that it is pathological, or at least that it is a reversion towards something which has disappeared longago. And investi- gations of my own (8) into the development of enamel, and especially of marsupial enamel, distinctly point to this penetration of the epiblastic enamel by tubes continuous with those of the mesoblastic dentine being a primitive character, to which some slight tendency to revert has not been quite lost by placental mamuals. Hence, in the interpretation of the occurrence of this character a different value appears to attach to negative and _ positive results : if we find no tubes at all in the enamel, we shall, I think, be quite justified in saying that no near affinity with the Marsupials canexist. On the other hand, if we find rudimentary traces of this penetration, we shall not be justified in attaching great importance to it as an evidence of marsupial affinity, though if we find an abundant penetration we shall have a character which, so far as is known, is peculiar to Marsupials and to Hyrax. Having thus cleared the ground as to the value of the evidence, it remains to describe in slightly greater detail what is met with in the Marsupials, in Carnivora, and in Creodonts. MarsupraAt ENAMEL. A general character of marsupial enamels is the simplicity of the course pursued by the enamel prisms; each prism pursues, as a rule, an almost straight course from the dentine to the enamel surface, and where marked curvatures do occur, all of the contiguous prisms pursue the same curve, so that no patterns are produced by neighbouring prisms crossing one another. Where, however, the tubes are very abundant, the enamel prisms can hardly be seen at all, and we have to take the tubes as indicative of their course. 48 MR. C. S. TOMES ON THE [Jan. 16, The enamel is most richly tubular in the Diprotodont group ; though it must not be thought that the tubes are sparse in the Polyprotodonts. In a large number*of instances there is a slight dilatation at the point of junction of the dentinal tube with the enamel tube, a sort of clumsy joint in fact (text-fig. 12); but this is not an invariable character, the tube sometimes passing on with no mark at the point of junction. Where, however, the enamel thins out towards the neck of the tooth, the tubes in it, whether it be that of a Diprotodont or a Polyprotodont, become few or none, so that it is necessary to be careful not to select the enamel to be examined from this situation. As illustrations of typical marsupial enamels I have selected that of Hypsiprymnus (text-fig. 12), of Thylacinus (text-fig. 18, p. 49), and of Dasyurus (text-fig. 14, p. 49); those interested in the subject All the figures, though drawn from actual slides, are semi-diagrammatic. Hypsiprymnus.—Longitudinal section of dentine (D) and enamel (KE). The tubes in the enamel reach its outer surface, or nearly reach it. Slight dilatations mark the passage from the dentine to the enamel. will find figures from other genera in the paper of my father’s already referred to. With regard to these and the other figures illustrating this paper, I may say that for the sake of clearness they are semi-diagrammatic. Though all have been drawn from actual sections, fewer tubes have been drawn than actually exist in a given area, and all indications of structure, other than those with which we are immediately concerned, have been left out. In the Diprotodont Hypsiprymnus (text-fig. 12) the enamel tubes are seen in their greatest development. Starting, usually with a dilatation at that point, from the dentinal tubes they traverse the entire thickness of the enamel, turning a little to one side as they approach its periphery, and some of them branching off almost at right angles. It must, however, be understood that had the section been taken from the thin enamel near the neck of the tooth, fewer tubes, and finally no tubes at all, would have been seen. Where the tubes are very abundant, as in this case, 1906.] TEETH OF CREODONTS. AQ it is difficult to see the outline of the enamel prisms, which, however, where traceable pursue a nearly straight course. When, however, we come to the enamel of Zhylacinus (text- fig. 13), we find that the tubes thin out and are lost before they reach the exterior of the enamel, even where this is thickest, though sections may be found in which they penetrate further Text-fig. 13. Thylacinus.—Longitudinal section of dentine and enamel. ‘The tubes reach halfway through the enamel. Text-fig. 14. Dasyurus.—Longitudinal section of dentine and enamel. than in that figured. And where there is a tolerably abundant passage of tubes, the so-called granular layer, which marks the exterior of Placental dentines (cf. text-fig. 15, p. 50), is absent or but little conspicuous. Outside the region of the tubes the enamel prisms are fairly distinct and are seen to be straight; the straight prisms may also be traced by careful illumination right in to the Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. IV. 4 50 MR. ¢. S, TOMES ON THE [ Jan. 16, dentine surface. Towards the neck of the tooth enamel without tubes is, as in the Diprotodonts, to be found. Dasyurus enamel resembles that of Thylacinus pretty closely, though the tubes generally reach further through the enamel (text-fig. 14, p. 49). Tar ENAMEL OF CARNIVORA. As an illustration I have selected that of the Hyzna (text- figs. 15 & 16), though it may be premised that the enamel patterns of Carnivora are fairly constant. As one would expect from analogy, they are not quite identical in all: thus in the Dog group they are simpler, and where the enamel is thin the prisms become quite straight. Where, however, the enamel is thicker, the patterns are easily identifiable as similar to those found in, for example, the Felidee, though the curvatures are less pronounced, Text-fig. 15. Hyena.—Longitudinal section near apex of cusp. A few dentinal tubes pass a little way into the enamel. Most of the dentinal tubes branch and terminate in the minute spaces of the granular layer. The enamel prisms are arranged in alternating bundles, and pass nearly at right angles to one another. Two figures are given to show the difference in pattern when the enamel is viewed in a longitudinal and in a transverse section of the tooth; hence any obliquity in the plane of the section will alter the appearances. But, after a little experience, it is not difficult to discriminate between differences due to differences of plane and those due to real differences in arrangement. It will be noticed that no prisms in this, the thicker portion of the enamel, pursue a straight course, and that all do not pursue the same course. They are, however, grouped into bundles or sheaves of prisms pursuing an approximately parallel course, whilst towards the exterior of the enamel all the bundles become parallel 1906.] TEETH OF CREODONTS. Bil and straight. They are thus interwoven with one another in a way that is not found in any known marsupial. Text-fig. 16. Hyena.—Transverse section. Text-fig. 17. Ocelot.—The enamel prisms are not shown, but some dentinal tubes pass a little way into the enamel. As regards the other character, namely, that of the enamel being penetrated by tubes running in from the dentine. none are 4* 52, MR. C. 8. TOMES ON THE [Jan. 16, seen to do so in text-fig. 16; in text-fig. 15 one or two penetrate a very little way. In text-fig. 17, the enamel of an Ocelot, I have drawn an example of a greater penetration of the enamel by dentine tubes: this, | may say, is the section which shows this to the greatest extent out of some sixty sections taken from different genera of Carnivora. But though, on the whole, this shght rudimentary degree of penetration is perhaps rather more frequent in Carnivora than in most mammalian orders, in none does it occur to an extent in the least comparable with that found in Marsupials. THe ENAMEL OF CREODONTS. The examination of fossil teeth presents greater difficulties than that of recent teeth. Structurally, the enamel is always well preserved, but it has in the process of mineralisation often become unduly transparent, so that careful illumination is even more essential in deciphering its structure. And the teeth are Text-fig. 18. Hyenodon.—Transverse section. The enamel prisms are arranged in bundles radiating so as to present a goblet form. In the dentine, not very well preserved, the excavations of a fungus are seen. often exceedingly brittle and friable, so that it is difficult to get good sections; this can be partly overcome by imbedding the teeth in desiccated Canada balsam before grinding them down. The dentine, however, being richer in organic matter, is often very badly preserved, so that sometimes all structure has dis- appeared ; a fact which handicaps the observer in tracing the passage of tubes from it, and sometimes leaves him only able to look for characteristic appearances of tubes in the enamel itself. Moreover, many of the teeth being rare, only small bits or 1906.] TEETH OF CREODONTS. 533 damaged teeth were available for examination, so that it was not always possible to select the plane in which a section was most desirable: one had to take what one could get. Still, if the enamel of a fossil Diprotodont be examined, there is no difficulty in seeing the enamel tubes and being absolutely sure of their existence and their course, and the direction of the enamel prisms can always be traced in a fossil enamel. The first figure (text-fig. 18) represents the enamel of Hycenodon (Oligocene of 8. Dakota): in it no trace of penetration by tubes can be found, and the very distinct enamel pattern is closely similar to that found in a recent Carnivore (of. text-figs. 15 & 16), In passing I may call attention to the curious spaces, dark in the figure, found in the dentine, which are quite common in the dentine of fossil teeth. In recent teeth they are only known to oceur in teeth which have been lying about in a graveyard, or in others which have been lying at or near the surface of the ground. They are excavations caused by a boring fungus; it is generally believed to be one of the mould fungi and is perhaps Saccharomyces mycoderma. As it does not seem likely that even the hungriest of mould fungi could find much pabulum in a fossilised tooth, this boring presumably took place when the tooth was com- paratively fresh, and thus points to the persistence of this mould fungus from Oligocene and Eocene periods. Text-fig. 19. x Mesonyx.—Longitudinal section. No tubes penetrate the enamel : there is a well- marked granular layer, the dentine being well preserved. Mesonyx (Middle Kocene) (text-fig. 19).—In this specimen the structures are well preserved. Not only are there no notable enamel tubes, but the outer periphery of the dentine presents appearances inconsistent with penetration of the enamel: namely, the dentinal tubes fine down, or spread into tiny branches, 54 MR. C. 8. TOMES ON THE [Jan. 16, and there is a well-defined granular layer. The course of the enamel prisms is similar to that seen in Hyenodon and in recent Carnivora. Text-fig. 20. \ Pachyena.—Dentiue perished. The enamel prisms ate atranged in bundles like Hyenodon, but the plane of the section is not quite the same. Pachyena (Lower Kocene) (text-fig. 20).—The dentine structure is gone, but the enamel prismsare very distinct, no tubes are seen in it, and the prisms are gathered into bundles pursuing a course similar to that seen in Hyenodon or in Hyena. Text-fig. 21. Oxyena.—Dentine well preserved. Oxyena (Lower Eocene) (text-fig. 21).— Here again similar con- ditions obtain, though the section not being in exactly the same 1906. ] TEETH OF CREODONTS. 55 plane, the course of the prisms appears to differ a little. But this is a difference purely due toa difference of plane, and not toa real difference of course. Text-fig. 22. Bp os A Se ty (S ‘tl ‘ a 3 ; Th / wet i) . . Ly Sinopa.—Dentine perished, except in places. Sinopa (Middle Hocene) (text-fig. 22)—Here again we get just 4 co) e) co) the same pattern, and the same absence of penetrating tubes. ay Af — 5 ? Borhyena.—Dentine perished, enamel well preserved. Borhyena (text-figs. 23, 24).—In this genus we find the absence of penetrating tubes, and can distinctly recognise the carnivorous pattern in the course of the prisms. But apparently the prisms are a little straighter than in recent Carnivora, or at least in recent Felide. Itis not, however, possible to speak very positively as to this greater simplicity, as I had only a fragment of a tooth at my disposal, and the sections I was able to get were small and may not have included any of the thickest parts of the enamel, where, as has already been noted, these characters are to be found most marked. However, there is ample evidence to say that the enamel of Borhycena is essentially of the Carnivorous type, and 56 MR, C, S. TOMES ON THE [Jan. 16, bears no more resemblance to that of the Marsupials than does that of other Creodonts. Text-fig. D4. Borhyena.—Dentine well preserved in places. The plane of this section is not quite the same as fig. 23, but only fragments having been available it is not possible to define the plane in which the section lay, Text-fig. 25. Cynodictis.—Longitudinal section. Enamel prisms all parallel; here and there dentine-tubes penetrate a little way into the enamel. Didynictis (Lower Kocene).—Of this genus I have only two sections, but in them the enamel prisms are all parallel and pursue a course only slightly curved. The typicai carnivorous pattern is not to be found, nor is there any trace of it, so that of the Creodonts examined this and Cynodictis stand alone in this respect. Portions of enamel might be found resembling this in the teeth of the Dog, if taken towards somewhat low down upon the tooth, but the enamel is in the two sections I have obtained tolerably thick, and might have been expected to show more complexity of structure if any such exists anywhere upon the tooth, Cynodictis (Oligocene) (text-fig. 25),—A specimen of this genus 1906. ] TEETH OF CREODONTS. 57 was sent to me by Dr. Matthew as an example of an early true Carnivore. In it the enamel prisms are almost straight and no decussation, or only the faintest trace of decussation, of the prisms of different planes is to be seen. It resembles chiefly the enamel of Didynictis, and differs in respect of its greater simplicity from that of the other Creodonts examined and from recent Carnivora. My section of Cynodictis embraces the whole tooth, so that there is no question as to greater complexity of pattern existing in any other parts of the tooth. In some of the Creodont enamels, and particularly in Cynodictis, slight indications of a rudimentary penetration of the enamel by dentinal tubes are seen, but in none does it exceed or even attain to the amount seen occasionally in recent Carnivora (cf. text-fig. 17, p. 51). CONCLUSIONS. The nature and the limitations of the evidences of affinity which can be derived from a study of the minute structure of teeth have already been alluded to, and it must not be forgotten that it is unsafe to build too much upon any one single character. But, so far as the structure of their enamel may be taken as evidence, neither Borhyena, Pachyena, Hycenodon, Sinopa, Mesonyx, Oxyena, Didynictis, nov Cynodictis presents any greater resemblance to Marsupials than do the recent Carnivora. On the other hand, with the exception of Didynictis and Cynodictis, the enamel has reached just that stage of evolution found in the true Carnivora, and the enamel patterns are strikingly similar to those of recent Carnivora. The uniformity of the patterns found in all of the Creodonts examined, excepting again Didynictis and Cynodictis, seems to point to the structure of their ename! having attained to a sort of finality ; that is to say, it was probably not undergoing any rapid evolutionary changes, a conclusion borne out by its close resem- blance to that of alien descendants, the recent Carnivora. The absence of the peculiar stamp of the marsupial, the tubular enamel, would justify us in saying that they certainly do not stand very near to any marsupial, and that if there be a marsupial ancestor, or an ancestor common to the Marsupials and to the Creodonts, it must be sought considerably further back than any of those examined. ‘This is a somewhat disappointing conclusion : when I undertook the investigation I quite expected to find some distinct indication of mar supial relationship; that is to say, I expected to find that the general resemblance in macroscopic character of the dentitions to those of the polyprotodont Marsupials would have been accompanied by histological resemblances. Ihave also been surprised to find that the enamels of Didynictis and of Cynodictis are actually simpler than those of the other Creodonts, and simpler than most recent Carnivora. As Cynodictis at all events appears to be nearer to the true Carnivora than are the Creodonts, the simplicity of its enamel as compared with 58 DR. J. ROUX ON THE TOADS [Jan. 16, theirs may point to its not lying on quite the same line of descent. Though I would not attach too much importance to it, I would again call attention to the fact already mentioned, that in Car- nivora, and still more so in Insectivora, rudiments of a penetration of the enamel by dentinal tubes occur with more frequency than in other mammals. This may possibly indicate some remote connection with the Marsupials, but the point which I wish to emphasise is that, as regards this character, the Creodonts carry us absolutely no further than do the recent Carnivora. BIBLIOGRAPHY. (1) Frru0L.—* Mammifeéres fossiles des Phosphorites.” Annal. Se. Géolog. viil., 1877. (2) Marruzew, W. D.—“ Additional Observations on the Creo- donta.” Bulletin of American Museum Nat. History, 1901, (3) Lypexker, R.—Art. “ Mammalia,” Encyclop. Britannica, vol. xxx., 1902. Also Proc. Zool. Soc., 1899. (4) Worrman.—‘Studies on Hocene Mammalia.” American Journal of Science, vols. xii., xill., & xiv., 1901-3. (5) Tomes, J.—‘‘ On the Dental Tissues of Rodentia.” Philos. Trans., 1849. (6) Tomzs, J.—‘‘ On the Dental Tissues of Marsupialia.” Philos. Trans,, 1850. (7) Tomes, C. 8.—‘‘ On the Teeth of the Gadide.” Quart. Journ. Mier. Se., 1899: (8) Tomes, C. S—‘‘ On the Development of Marsupial and other Enamels.” Philos. Trans., B. 1898. (9) Tomes, C. 8.—‘“ On the Structure of the Teeth of Votoryctes.” Proc. Zool. Soc., 1897. 4. Synopsis of the Toads of the Genus Nectophryne B. & P., with special Remarks on some known Species and Description of a new Species from German Hast Africa. By Dr. Jean Roux, Curator in the Basle Museum of Natural History. [Received December 11, 1905. } (Plate IL. *) On visiting, last spring, the beautiful collections of the Museums of Paris and London, I “had occasion to examine, especially in the British Museum, most of the typical specimens of the known species of the genus Vectophryne. Whilst verifying the diagnoses, I was able to make some observations modifying or completing * Por explanation of the Plate, see p. 68, PZ SD LOO. wo, Pl: J.Green del. et bth Bale & Damelsson, LY mp 1, NRCTORRIENANI, TOSI, ZAIN Win aPwil, 3 INS IMUNCIROMN IES) AWN © EIN PRR 1906. ] OF THE GENUS NECTOPHRYNE. 59 somewhat the descriptions of the authors. I was able to identify as one species two that had previously been considered different. I add to these observations the description of a new species from German East Africa, the type of which is preserved in the Basle Museum, and conclude this paper with a key for the deter- mination of all the known species of the genus. I am happy on this occasion to express my best thanks te Dr. Mocquard, of Paris, who was so kind as to allow me to examine the types of the species described by him. I am also much obliged to Prof. Boettger, of Frankfort a/M., and to Prof. Tornier, of Berlin. The former has been kind enough to send to me the type of his WV. exigwa which is preserved in the Senckenberge Museum; to the latter I am indebted for the loan of the types of two species in the Berlin Museum. I am particularly indebted to Mr. G. A. Boulenger, who has obligingly placed at my disposal the valuable collection in the British Museum (Natural History), and has been so kind as to verify the work done in his laboratory. 1. NecropHryne AFra B. & P. Buchh. & Peters, Mon. Berl. Akad. 1875, p. 202, pl. i. f. 5. Boulenger, Cat. of Batrach. Sal. p. 279. Hxamined : The type specimen (Berlin Museum): Cameroon. 6 specimens (Brit. Mus.): Efulen, 5. Cameroon, and Rio Benito. This species occupies quite a special place as regards its webbed fingers, the subarticular tubercles of which imitate smal! lamellee. 2. NECTOPHRYNE MISERA Mocq. Mocquard, Le Naturaliste, 1890, no. 82, p. 182; Nouv. Arch. Muséum Paris, sér. 3, tom. 11. p. 161, pl. xi. f. 7. Examined in Paris Museum: Type specimen, N. Borneo. In Brit. Mus.: 10 specimens from Paka-Paka, 10,000 feet, Kina-Balu, N. Borneo. This species has also strongly webbed fingers, but no sub- articular tubercles. Sometimes the tibio-tarsal articulation does not quite reach the tympanum. 3. NECTOPHRYNE HosiI Blgr. (Plate IT. fig. 1.) Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 508, pl. xxx. fig. 2. Examined in Brit. Mus. :— Type specimen(d). Mt. Dulit, N. Borneo. 2 specimens(¢ Q). Kuala Lumpur, Selangor. 2 Lawas, Brunei. eee: Head-waters of Sarawak R. Ios Oy Sarawak. I, Tandjong, 8.E. Borneo. eo Akar River, Sarawak. 60 DR. J. ROUX ON THE TOADS [Jan. 16, This is the largest species of the genus. The diagnosis given by Boulenger in 1891 was drawn up from a male specimen from Mt. Dulit, Borneo. Since then the collection of the British Museum has been increased by several specimens, especially females, which I have had the privilege to study. As is often the case with Lufo, in this species the female individuals are notably larger than the males. The distinctive characters indicated by Boulenger are generally very well marked in the female. The head is broader in comparison with the length. The canthus rostralis is well marked. The loreal region is nearly vertical and shows a slight depression in the upper part. The interorbital space, twice as broad as the upper eyelid, is very distinctly concave, as well as the part of the head situated near the parotoids. The tympanum is very distinct; it is suboval, vertically elongated, and half as long as the eye. The parotoids are well marked, pyrifor m,and begin immediately behind the eyes. As to the limbs, we have noticed individual variations in the length, especially in the hind limbs. The fore limb is relatively long: the fingers, webbed only at the base, are bordered by the membrane, and the distal part is subtriangularly enlarged ; this peculiarity i is more appreciable in the fingers than in the toes. The hind limbs of most of the individuals observed are longer than in the type specimen. The hind limb being carried forward along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches sometimes the tympanum, sometimes the eye. The toes are generally short, entirely webbed, except the three distal phalanges of the fourth toe, which are free. The subarticular tubercles are very well developed, as well as the two metatarsal tubercles. The outer tubercle is twice as large as the inner. I have noticed the presence of a very distinct tarsal fold. The coloration of the individuals is worthy of detailed descrip- tion owing to the marked differences between males and females. The type specimen, a male, figured by Boulenger, is uniformly brown with some indistinct spots on the limbs; the throat is black. Two other male specimens show the same coloration, but two male specimens from Lawas, Brunei, are somewhat different. The body shows, besides the dark brown, some light brown markings, which form indistinct coarse vermiculations. The limbs are yellowish brown, and present also lighter and darker parts more or less distributed in transverse bands. The females labelled ‘‘Sarawak,” one of which is figured on Pl. U1. fig. 1, are distinctly bicolor (yellow and black). The ground is black with small vermiculations or round yellow spots (in the latter case especially on the sides of the body).. The head, the back, and the limbs show also these vermiculations. The spots are a little broader on the anterior part and on the sides of the head. The lower part of the body and of the limbs is generally dirty grey or uniform yellowish. The border of the lower lip often shows yellow spots. The inferior part of the feet is brown. The females have generally smaller and less numerous 1906. ] OF THE GENUS NECTOPHRYNE. 61 dorsal tubercles than the males. The females from Tandjong (S.E. Borneo) and from Akar River (Sarawak) show the typical coloration above described. A female specimen from Mt. Kuala Lumpur (Selangor) shows an interesting variation. The general colour is a dark gyvey, approaching brown. The upper part of the head, of the back, and of the tibia shows no yellow spots, but the sides of the body and of the limbs, as well as the upper part of the thighs, have round or oval spots pretty distant from one another. ‘These spots are of a fine yellow colour, with brown border. Similar but longer spots may be found on the throat and on the anterior part of the chest. A female from Akar River (Sarawak) shows irregular and in- distinctly distributed spots. The yellow colour is prevalent on the back; the sides are marbled yellow and black; the belly is of a dirty yellowish colour. The following are the dimensions of two individuals from Sarawak found pairing, the female in the act of spawning :— 3. : Length from snout to vent... 5°65 em, 9°8 cm. ie otpomnad! lama eeey eee (051) 6 ISU Si nlaysy Ores lnm yee saul: ACES Se) The eggs of Nectrophyne hosii are oval, 1 millimetre in length ; they are laid in chains as in Bufo. 4. NECTOPHRYNE PARVIPALMATA Wern. Werner, Verhandl. zool.-bot. Gesells. Wien, vol. xlviii. 1898, p. 201, pl. u. ff. 7 & 7a. Examined: the type specimen in the Berlin Museum. Habitat : Cameroon 2 5, NECTOPHRYNE EVERETTI Blgr. (Plate II. fig. 2.) Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. 1896, p. 450. Examined in the Brit. Mus. :— The type specimen (2): Mt. Kina Balu, N. Borneo. 1 S specimen: Mt. Penrissen, Borneo. In this second individual the tympanum is quite visible, oval. The hind limb being carried forward along the body, the tibio- tarsal articulation reaches between the tympanum and the eye. 6. NECTOPHRYNE TUBERCULOSA (Gthr.). Giinther (Pedostibes tuberculosus), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1875, p. 576, pl. lxiv. fig. C. Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 280. Examined in the Brit. Mus. :— 2 $ type specimens: Malabar. The hind limb being carried forward along the body, the tibio- tarsal articulation reaches the tympanum. The upper part of the limbs is also covered with tubercles. 62 DR. J. ROUX ON THE TOADS [ Jan. 16, NECTOPHRYNE GUENTHERI Bler. Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 280, pl. xviii. fig. 3. Boettger (Nectophryne exigua), Abhandl. Senck. Gesells. 1901, vol. xxv. p. 394. Examined in Brit. Mus. :— The type specimen from Matang, Borneo. 2 young specimens F y eo SP from Singapore. 2 adult He 2 adult i from Sirhassen (Natuna. Isl.). Also the type specimen of ect. exigua in the Senckenberg Museum: Baram Riv., N. Borneo. In this species, as in others, I have also noticed individual variations in the length of the limbs. The hind limb being carried forward along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches sometimes the eye, sometimes between the latter and the end of the snout. Jn the typical specimen it does not only reach the eye but notably behind it. Establishing a comparison between the type of Wectophryne exigua Boettger and young individuals of Nectophryne quenthert, I have been convinced that these two species are identical. The differences are indicated by Boettger as follows : “ Habitus etwas weniger schlank; Trommelfell kleiner als bei NV. guentheri Bigr.” On examining several specimens of WV. guentheri I have noticed differences not only in the respective length of the body and of the limbs, but also in the respective Himenciens of the tympanum and of the eye according to age. The young specimens have proportionally a smaller tympanum than the adults, Besides individual variations have been observed. Some measurements follow :— Type spec. Spec. from Sirhassen. Eye a 1:9 2 mm. ee ee Tympanum...... 2 i Lei. pes Specimens from Singapore. Adult. Adult. Juv. Juveniss. 2 eyes 1:9 4mm. als ‘ 1 ] i co) 1 33 ray 9 A young specimen of JV. guenthert in particular, which is just as large as the type of .V. eaigua, shows in the general form of the body as well as in the colour a striking likeness to the latter. Similar black spots are distributed on the belly, and the coloration, yellow and black, on both sides of the head is identical. The limbs show also the same extent of web. As, on the other hand, it is impossible not to recognise the existing relations between the young specimens of JV. guentheri with adults of this species, I believe that NW. ewigua may be considered a young specimen of V. guenthert. Very appreciable 1906. ] OF THE GENUS NECTOPHRYNE. 63 variations having been noticed between several specimens of the latter, the distinction drawn by Boettger between his species and that of Boulenger cannot be accepted. 8. NECTOPHRYNE MACROTIS Bler. (Plate IT. fig. 3.) Boulenger, Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. 1895, p. 171. Examined in the Brit. Mus. :— The type specimen (2 ) from the Akar River, Borneo. 9. NECTOPHRYNE SIGNATA Bler. Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1894, p. 645, pl. xl. fig. 1. Examined in the Brit. Mus. : The type specimen from Rebenew Mt., Kapuas Distr., Dutch Borneo. 10. NecropHRYNE MACULATA Mocq. Mocquard, Le Naturaliste, 1890, no. 82, p. 182; Nouv. Arch. Muséum Paris, 3° sér. t. 11. p. 162, pl. xi. fig. 8. Examined in the Paris Museum :— 3 type specimens from Kina Balu, N. Borneo. 11. NecroPHRYNE TORNIERI, sp. n. (Plate IT. fig. 4.) Habit slender. Head moderate, as longas broad. Snout short, scarcely prominent, obliquely truncate, quite as long as the eye; canthus rostralis strong. Loreal region vertical, slightly concave in the upper part. Interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid. Tympanum exposed, vertically oval, about one-third the diameter of the eye. ‘The distance between the anterior border of the tympanum and the postericr corner of the eye equal to half the distance between the anterior corner of the latter and the nostril. Fore limb slender, equal in length to the distance between vent and tympanum. Fingers moderate, much depressed, webbed at the base, dilated and truncate at the end, first a little shorter than second. The hind limb being carried forward along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the posterior border of the eye. ‘Toes hnlf-webbed, but the three distal phalanges of the fourth toe free. The tips of the toes less strongly dilated than those of the fingers. Subarticular tubercles well marked. Two well-developed metatarsal tubercles, the inner the larger. Skin of the upper part of body and limbs covered with numerous small round warts, irregularly distributed; the largest situated behind the tympanum and on the middle of the back ; beneath feebly granulate. The granulations are visible on the posterior part of the belly and on the under part of the thighs, and disappear on the throat. Brown above, with darker markings, especially two pairs on the back: one between the fore limbs, the other on the sacral region. A large lateral dark band from the eye, surrounding the tympanum, caiman is hghter in colour, and extending on avon side 64 ON THE TOADS OF THE GENUS NECTOPHRYNE. [Jan. 16, of the body. A dark streak from the end of the snout passing below the canthus rostralis, through the eye, and above the tym- panum to the commissure of the “mouth. Loreal region brown ; a light spot below the eye between yellowish-brown parts of the upper lip. Limbs brownish in colour, with darker markings arranged in indistinct large cross bars. "Sides of the body below the dark lateral band lighter than the back, more or less speckled with dark brown. Sometimes a yellowish-brown vertebral stripe extending along the middle of the back, from snout to vent. Beneath ‘entirely white or with a few small dark spots on the throat and belly. Hab. Ukami, German East Africa. 2 specimens. Dimensions.—From snout to vent, 27 mm.; hind limb, 38; fore limb, 20; length of head, 9; breadth of head, 9:5. Named after my colleague, Dr. Tornier of Berlin, who has added much to our knowledge of the herpetological fauna of German Kast Africa. The figured specimen of this new species is preserved in the herpetological collection of the Basle Museum, the other has been presented to the British Museum. If we now consider the geographical distribution of the genus, we notice that most of the species described are from Southern Asia. Borneo is particularly rich. Not less than six species have been found on this island, and one of them has been found also in the Natuna Archipelago (Sirhassen) and Singapore. New discoveries will most likely further extend the geographical dis- tribution of the other species. But we cannot omit to state the fact that up to this date no Wectophryne has been discovered, so far as we know, in the other great islands of the Sunda Archipelago, The genus Nectophryne has representatives also in West Africa, The fannal similarity of that district with the south-east of Asia has often been noticed (see Wallace). West Africa possesses two species, and the new species described above shows that the genus is also represented in the eastern part of the African continent. I conclude with a synoptic table for the determination of the known species of WVectophryne, not taking into consideration doubtful species, as e. g. Wectophryne sundana (Ptrs.) (Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 281). I have not been able to examine the only existing specimen of this species, which is preserved in the Berlin Museum and comes from Borneo. Key for the determination of the Species. I. Fingers strongly webbed, very slightly dilated at the end, the inner quite rudimentary. a. Subarticular tubercles er similar to small lamellie... WV. afra. b. Subarticular tubercles absent.. SCRE ar eae acaas Anaenee ONS OCHS II. Fingers partially webbed, more or ieee dilated at the end, the inner well developed. A. Vibio-tarsal articulation not reaching the end of the snout. a. Moesionly halt-webbedh.)./5..22teesh eee oecles cence stats -ese one e COMIENE. 1906. ] ON BONES OF THE LYNX FROM DEKBYSHIRE. 65 6. Toes more than half-webbed. Meet ar sallat oO) Uinta nineties tect. ML nei laa chun a auiannnitn cae OSU: 2. No tarsal fold. a. Tympanum hidden .......... N. parvipalmata. 8. Tympanum visible, its diameter less than that of the eye; two metatarsal tubercles. a Fingers very slightly webbed at the base, the first equal to 2 of the second ...... NV. everetti. ** Wingers very distinctly webbed at the base, the first equal to about 3 of the second ...... .. NN. tuberculosa. *** Hingers 2 webbed, the web extending as a margin to their tips; the first equal to 1 of the second .. : NV. guentheri. y. Tympanum visible, equal to the diameter of the eye; 9 only one metatarsal tubercle .......... NN. macrotis. 3. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching at least the end of the snout. a. Tympanum visible, equal to 2 the diameter of the eye N. signata. 6. Tympanum hidden ; tibio-tarsal articulation reaching beyond the end of thetsnout nse steal cc. be wie. I. maculata. EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. Fig.1. Nectophryne hosii Blgr., p. 59, female. 2 nat. size. 1a. Side view of head. 2. Nectophryne everetti Blgr., p. 61, type. Nat. size. 2a. Side view of head, x 13. 3. Nectophryne macrotis Blgr., p. 63, type. Nat. size. 38a. Side view of head, X 2. 4. Nectophryne tornieri Roux, p. 63, type. Nat. size. 4a. Side view of head, X 13. 5. On some Bones of the Lynx from Cales Dale, Derbyshire. By W. Storrs Fox, M.A., F.Z.S. [Received October 25, 1905. ] (Text-figure 26.) Remains of the Lynx have so rarely been found in the British Isles, that the recent discovery of some in a Derbyshire cave will, I hope, be considered to be worth recording. The history of the two former finds may be briefly stated. About the year 1866, the hinder portion of a skull and the right ramus of the lower jaw of this species were discovered in Pleasley Vale, on the borders of Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire, and are now in the Nottingham University Museum. Some fourteen years later a humerus anda metatarsal of the same species were found in Teesdale by the late Mr. James Backhouse, and are still in his son’s museum at York. Thus, until the Cales Dale cave was worked, only four bones of Lynx had been found in the British Islands. I have been unable to obtain any information about the excavation in Cales Dale previous to 1897, but my own find there consists of 36 bones and teeth of Lynx, about half of this number being metapodials and phalanges. The cave lies on the west side of Cales Dale, a small dale branching from the south side of Lathkil Dale, at a point about Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. V. 4) 66 MR. W. STORRS FOX ON BONES [Jan. 16, half a mile below the source of the river Lathkil. It is 800 ft. above sea-level, and takes the form of a narrow passage, running almost due east and west, in the Carboniferous Limestone. It possesses two entrances. The lower one is almost square in section, measuring 2 feet 8 inches across and 2 feet 9 inches high. By cra wling throu igh this, and along a passage of similar dimensions, for a distance of 62 eee a dome- -shaped chamber is reached 9 feet in height and 4 or 5 feet in diameter. It is into the side of this chamber that the second entrance opens, at about 5 feet above the floor. This second or upper entrance, almost a perfect oval in shape, is 2 feet 10 inches high and | foot 8 inches wide. For the next 18 feet the cave consists of a passage averaging 3 feet high and 3 feet wide; it then widens out into a chamber 6 feet long and nearly 6 feet wide. It was in this chamber that the bones were found. Beyond this chamber the passage rapidly narrows to an impassable fissure, In March 1894 I was informed that Lynx-bones had been found in the cave; but it was not until the spring of 1897 that I asked and obtained leave to excavate. In the chamber, or den, a thin layer of stalagmite was found. First, all the earth—mixed with bones and stones—lying above the stalagmite was removed ; then the layer itself was blasted, and all that had been sealed up by it was cleared away. But, unfortunately, no notes were taken as the work proceeded, so that it is impossible to say now whether any bones were found beneath the stalagmite. As the contents of the cave were dug out, they were carried to a neighbouring spring and were there carefully washed in a one-eighth-inch sieve ; and in this way even very small bones were secured. Both Professor Boyd Dawkins, in his account of the Pleasley * Lynx, and Mr. William Davies, when describing the bones from Teesdale ft, used for comparison the skeleton of the Northern Lynx in the British Museum (1230). Accordingly, the Cales Dale bones have been compared with the same skeleton. Of jaw-bones and teeth Cales Dale has produced :—a right ramus of the lower jaw (text-fig. 26 B); the right upper carnassial tooth, imbedded in a fragment of the maxilla (text: fig. 26 A); the right premaxilla containing its three incisors; and three canines. The ramus is incomplete, most of the bone behind the molar tooth being absent ; and the upper part of the socket for the canine is * ‘British Pleistocene Mammalia,’ part iii. pp. 172-176 (Paleontographical Society, volume for 1868). + ‘Geological Magazine,’ volume for 1880, pp. 346-348. Explanation of Text-fig. 26 (opposite). Remains of Felis lynx from Cales Dale, Derbyshire. A, A’. Right upper carnassial tooth, outer and lower veiws, p. 68. 3. Right mandibular ramus, inner view, p. 68. C, C’. Axis vertebra, left lateral and lower veiws, p. 69. I. Left os innominatum, outer view, p. 70. FE, E’. Proximal end of left femur, posterior and anterior views, p. 70. A-C, nat. size; D, E, two-thirds nat. size. 1906. ] OF THE LYNX FROM DERBYSHIRE. 67 Text-fig. 26. Wii y i 68 MR. W. STORRS FOX ON BONES [Jan. 16, very much worn down. When this bone was found the canine was not in situ, but a tooth has been placed in the socket, into which it exactly fitted. 'The third premolar is missing altogether ; ; and, as the bone has entirely closed over the socket, this tooth must either have been lost some time before the death of the animal, or it could never have existed at all. The fourth premolar, when found, was separate from the jaw, but the molar was in position in the bone. Taking into consideration the shrinkage caused by the absence of the third premolar, this ramus closely corresponds in general outlines with the Pleasley one described by Professor Dawkins. The following table of measurements, the last two columns of which are taken from ‘ British Pleistocene Mammalia,’ shows this correspondence. The measurements throughout are given in inches and tenths. The total length of the canine now fixed in the jaw could not be measured ; and as the tip is broken off, the original height of the crown must remain uncertain, But the two odd Galles: Dale ‘anines are respectively in length: 1°65 ins. and 1:9 ins., whereas the Pleasely specimen is 1°85 ins.; and the height of the crowns of these two Cales Dale teeth is exactly the same as that of the right lower ramus of Felis lynx (borealis) in the British Museum, namely, “8 inch, as compared with °75 inch in the Pleasley animal, Measurements of right ramus of Lower Jaw. | | | FF. lyna Filynz. | F. lynx. (borealis). Cales Dale. | Pleasley. Brit. Mus. i | 1230 A. | { | Circumference behind M.1 ......... .... 2°37 | 22 | 2°0 | x before Pm.3........ #2714 24 | 20 Antero-posterior extent of M.1_ ...... 68 | “65 “63 | | Antero-transverse —., 3 f "25 | 26 25 | | Postero-transverse __,, Ted al Yorkie : 26 "2A, | 23 Height of crown of M.1_..........0..006.. “46 | 35 35 Antero-posterior extent of Pm. 4 ..... 5 | “49 | “46 | Antero-transverse i 3 : 18 | 19 | 19 | | | Postero-transverse — ,, 35 aa | 27 | 27 23 | Height of crown of Pm. 4 ........... “B34 | 35 | 3d The measurements of the upper carnassial (text-fig. 26 A) and of the incisors show that there is very little difference between the Cales Dale teeth and those of F. lyna (borealis). * As Pm.3 is lacking in the Cales Dale specimen, the measurement is taken behind the socket of the canine. This absence of Pm. 3 accounts for the relatively small circumference here. : Wo) 1906. | OF THE LYNX FROM DERBYSHIRE. 6 Measurements of Right Upper Carnassial Tooth = Pm. 4. F, lyne. | FB. Lyne (borealis). Cales Dale. | Brit. Mus. 1230 a. Antero-posterior extent .................56 73 | 72 Antero-transverse extent ........0...0...- “35 | 30 Postero-transverse extent ............... | 22 | 23 IRIGTEANY OE GROWAD coocacossvosachoancoscnsouson0 °39 “Ad Measurements of Upper Incisors (imbedded in right premaxilla). F. lyne. F. lynx (borealis). Cales Dale. | Brit. Mus. 1230 a. |Lemvedany GI REINES oogosqcsnadosaasaaeseana bea bat 34 33 Maximum across crown of 1.3 oly eta 18 18 5 back to front of 1.3 ......... | “Oy 20 Height Ere Cisty Cate aia Cena cI eH | 27 There were two portions of bones of the fore limb in this cave, namely, the shaft and distal-end of a humerus and the proximal end of an ulna. As the bones of the British Museum skeleton are wired together, it is practically impossible to measure the anconeal fossa of the ulna; but, so far as could be seen, the Cales Dale fragment agrees in form with the corresponding part of the skeleton in question, though it is somewhat larger. An axis vertebra (text-fig. 26 C) from Cales Dale agrees gene- vally with that of the Northern Lynx (B.M. 1230), and only differs to an extent which might be expected in the bone of a rather larger and more powerful animal. Measurements of Axis Vertebra. Cales Dale. | Brit. Mus. 1230 4. | F. lyne. | F. lynx (borealis). Base of odontoid process to inferior posterior TITATESINN pacing see CLE See ear eae ee 134 Minimum transversely ..................0:002-- “BA. | “78 | Extreme length of neural spime..................] ie 7/AL | 1:45 * The inferiority of length here is due to the absence of the epiphysis. The Cales Dale humerus appears to have belonged to a more 70 MR. W. STORRS FOX ON BONES [Jan. 16, powerful animal than /. lynx (borealis) in the British Museum and the dweller in the Teesdale cave; for in it the deltoid ridge is strongly developed, but is not mar kedly so in the other two specimens. The supinator ridge is prominent in all three. If the Cales Dale bone had been complete it would have exceeded the Teesdale one in length. In the following table the last two columns are taken from Mr. Davies’s article. Measurements of Humerus. F. lynx. | F. lynx. | F. lynx (borealis). Cales Dale. Teesdale. | Brit. Mus. 1230 4. Transverse diameter of distal end... 1°56 | 1°40 1:50 BS trochlea...... 1:08 87 10) Smallest circumference of shaft...... 2°05 | ie 1:75 One nearly perfect left os innominatum (text-fig. 26 D) and a fragment of a right-side one do not appear to have belonged to the same animal, for the fragment seems to belong to a less recent date than the other, and to a larger animal. The bone from the left side lacks only the epiphyses on the extremities of the ilium and ischium. It has the roughened ridge above the acetabulum more pronounced than the corresponding bone of the British Museum skeleton, and is generally rather heavier in build, but in all other respects the two are exactly similar in every detail. Measurements of Os innominatum. | F.lynx | #F'. lynx ui ly eed | : 2 (borealis) \cales Dale | Cater Date Brit. Mins ‘ales Dale.|Cales Dale. ae 4 | 12380 a. Minimum circumference of ilium.. en 2°46 2°71 2°24, SMagictae across ilium (from pubie to osha || SSUIEACE) Mek cackh ates eons en .| “96 112 90 | Minimum circumference of jealifucn (bet weer cen | acetabulum and ischial ee. 1:96 2°05 eral | Across acetabulum <...7........... te ‘79 81 81 | Maximum length—between extremities 3 ee | ilium and ischinm | *5°90 618 * The apparent shortness is due to the loss of the epiphyses. The hind limb is represented by two fragments of femur, namely, the proximal end and part of the shaft of one from the left side (text-fig. 26 E); and the head of another, also from the left side. The larger fragment is perfect except that the lesser 1906. | OF THE LYNX FROM DERBYSHIRE. (1 trochanter is broken off. It is distinguished from the corre- sponding bone of the Northern Lynx (B.M. 1230 a) by the greater development of the ridge which travels down the outer side of the shaft from the great trochanter. Measurements of Left Femur. | | FY. lyna F. lynx. | F. lynx. | (borealis).| Cales Dale.’ Cales Dale. Brit. Mus. i 1230 A. Maximum width at proximal end ............... |} 189 a | 1:62 | 45 op OR INGRGCL Sascscase qn sogdnosodone 82 83 | Sin Circumference of shaft, taken 3 ins. from| DRORTIOA NCL” 54 sa0 ow onson asc eee bes 00000 ob0aeC 2°12 nae 20 * In the B.M. specimen this was the minimum circumference. There are five tarsal bones, including an astragalus and a ealeaneum; and also one carpal—which I take to be a pisiforim, though it differs somewhat from the pisiform of the Northern Lynx. Of metapodial bones there are two complete metacarpals, namely, the second of the right and the third of the left manus; one complete metatarsal (mt. 5—left), and another lacking the distal end (mt. 5—right). Besides these there are two fragments, which are specially interesting owing to their size and stoutness of build. A comparison with Mr. Davies's measurements of the Teesdale and British Museum metatarsals is misleading, but 1s ~ given for what it is worth. Measurements of Metapodials. | i} | F. lynx, BF. Lyne, | F. Lyne, | F. lyna, | BF. Lyne. FB. lyne,| F. lyne me. 2. | me.3. | mt. 5. | mt. d. | mt. 3. | (borealis). Cales | Cales Cales | Cales Cales Ipecedale Brit. Mus, Dale. Dale. Dale. | Dale. Dale. | Sees lm o3 Ose 2 ra | LOAN .ccoongaraceosna| de || Bee BYO | one ms 3°80 4:07 Transverse diameter | (proximal end) ... BS || le “AT | 52 | 45 55 Transverse diameter | (distal end)......... “51 “46 WL | con] ES 52 Least circumference | Oi SUNG sc0000 000000 425} | 93 “80 +85 | The measurements of the phalanges, taken in order of size, ave as follows :— a. First series—proximal ends bifid : eae eye Ieee Meza). b. Second sevies—distal end on the twist : LeDRe WMG? Nese Tess Dyes keOsh, 72 ON BONES OF THE LYNX FROM DERBYSHIRE. [Jan. 16, There is also a terminal phalanx. In form these phalanges are similar to those of the corresponding series in the British Museum Lynx. In that skeleton the longest and stoutest phalanx is that which articulates with the third metatarsal bone and measures 1:71 inches; but it is not nearly so stout in build as the Cales Dale phalanx, which is 1°65 inches long. Moreover, the British Museum bone in question is rounded on the under side, whereas the Cales Dale one widens out into ridges at the distal end on the under side. Measurements of Metapodials of F’. dyna (borealis). Brit. Mus. 1230 a. Left manus. Left pes. | | | me. 2. | mec. 3. mt. 2. mt. 3. mit. 4. | mt. 5. Sea ere Trae aan Lienethn eee sly nee eo 3°7 4°08 41 3°7 | Transverse diameter | (proximal end) ...| +55 “Ad “4, 52 3 Bil | Transverse diameter} | | | (distal end).........} 42 | 43 5 5 "44 | “41 | Least circumference) | \OVOLSRaRt eco. .-.ac4) 9) 8 | 8 92 1:03 95 72 In the British Museum skeleton the longest phalanx of the manus is that which articulates with the third metacarpal, and it » measures 1°62 inches. The other mammalian bones found with those enumerated above throw no fresh light upon the question of the period at which the Lynx lived in this country. They include Wild Cat, Fox, and another species of Canis (probably Wolf), Badger, Hare, Rabbit, Water- Vole, Bank- Vole, Sheep, Goat, and Ox. Wild Cat is represented by a fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, containing the third and fourth premolars and the first molar. Mr. E. T. Newton, F.R.S., kindly identified the bird and amphibian bones, which are as follows :—small Domestic Fowl] (or possibly Pheasant), small Grouse, Raven, Jackdaw, Kestrel, Common Gull, Toad, and Frog. Among the unidentified bones is the premaxilla of a foetal carnivore, and a number of phalanges of a very young or foetal animal. In conclusion, I desire to thank Dr. C. W. Andrews for the practical advice and help which he has given with regard to the identification of the mammalian bones. And my thanks are also due to Mr. Newton for the assistance given by him, as already mentioned. P.Z.S.1906, vol. 1. Pigae a st Ag Oye SBOP op pallalc) Oe * aes: q > =F AD ~~ a DY Lae Sa ARS Ye 3 “4 Bale & Damelsson, L“@ 1th A Scat Ys MTT Section through one side of the chorionic ring and base of the diverticulum allan- toidis of the Sheep, d.a.; the degenerate trophoblast and degenerate allantoic epithelium are indicated in dotted outline. At the base of the diverticulum allantoidis its connective-tissue lamella passes between the two muscular sphincters (sph.) to join the thick connective-tissue of the chorionic ring; here the allantoic epithelium (a//.) and the trophoblast (¢7.) are intact. b.v., blood- vessel. Sections (text-fig. 30) show that outer trophoblastic and inner 1906. | PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 83 allantoic epithelium are alike involved in the process of degenera- tion, the disintegrating cells being added to the mass of uterine milk in which the twisted crumpled filament is embedded, all, indeed, that remains is the fibrous connective-tissue lamella which separated the two epithelial layers. The structure, however, to which I wish here to draw attention is a thickened fibrous ring which lies at the base of the terminal filament and surrounds the narrow aperture by which the central communicates with the terminal portion of the allantoic cavity. The ring arises by a dense local hypertrophy of the connective tissue (splanchnopleuric and somatopleuric) separating the epithelia of the allantois and trophoblast : on the central side of the ring blood-vessels (6.v.) are found in this connective tissue, and the two epithelia (é. and all.) persist; on the terminal side the epithelia degenerate and the blood-vessels are absent, the supporting lamella of connective tissue alone remains. This lamella springs from the thickened “chorionic ring,” as I will call it, and at its base are two rings of muscular tissue forming a sphincter (sph.), which apparently serves to prevent the escape of allantoic fluid after the disintegration of the terminal portion. The figure, in which one half of the chorionic ring only is shown, is taken from a section of the membranes of an embryo sheep measuring 27 cm. (last month of pregnancy). 4. The Distribution of Glycogen in the Placenta. The presence of this body in the Ruminant fetal membranes did not escape the notice of its discoverer, Claude Bernard. Bernard showed that the rounded or irregular, flattened or papilliform bodies with which the internal surface of the amnion is covered contained large quantities of glycogen, the quantity increasing up to about the fifth month of gestation and then slowly diminishing towards the end ; with the diminution of the glycogen he described a fatty degeneration of the amniotic bodies and the deposition of crystals of calcium oxalate. He further demonstrated the presence of glycogen during the earlier stages of pregnancy in many embryonic tissues—the skin, lungs, intestinal villi, uterus, bladder, ureters, renal tubules, and muscles ; not, however, in the liver until late in feetal life, when it had disappeared from the other organs. Bernard regarded the amniotic bodies as a store- house of reserve carbohydrate, and pointed out that the percentage of sugar (dextrose) found in the amniotic fluid steadily increased as the glycogen in the amnion diminished. Creighton has stated that glycogen may be found also in the foetal cartilages, especially during bone-formation, and in the choroid plexuses of the brain. To these facts Iam able to add but little. I have, however, succeeded in finding glycogen in the uterine epithelium, both superficial and glandular (in the Cow), and in the subepithelial connective tissue in the Sheep, and further in the uterine milk. 6* 84 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6, Moreover, it occurs in the trophoblast, in the connective-tissue cells of the chorion, and in the allantoic epithelium. It appears to be absorbed mainly by the extra-cdtyledonary trophoblast, if not entirely so. J have not found it in the villi. Text-fig. 31. a and 6. Amniotic epithelial thickening of a Cow of 4 months. Notice the abundant glycogenic vacuolation. a, the superficial; 6, the deep strata. c. Glycogenic epithelium of theallantoic stalk. (Length of foetus 30 em., 5th month according to Kolster.) d, e. Glycogenic connective-tissue cells in the walls of one of the umbilical blood- vessels of the same foetus as the last. The only other case, which I am aware of, in which glycogen has been found in the uterine epithelium is the human uterus. Langhans has described it here in the cells of the superficial epithelium and of the glands. It occurs, of course, in abundance Py . ° = ¥ “ “ o 1906.] PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 85 in the subepithelial tissue of the Rodent uterus (Mouse and Rabbit), and in the former animal is absorbed and stored by special trophoblastic glycogenic cells in much the same fashion as by the amniotic bodies of the Ungulata. The glycogen secreted by the Ungulate uterus is, however, not nearly sufficient to account for the very large quantity found in the body and adnexa of the fetus ; most of this must be formed synthetically. Finally, I have ventured to give figures (text-figs. 31 a, b) of the stratified epithelium of the amniotic bodies. ‘The lowest layer is cubical; this is succeeded by sheets of polyhedral cells, which become larger and flatter towards the surface. All the cells, even the cubical cells of the bottom layer, are vacuolated with glycogen. The vacuoles are separated by ex- cessively delicate walls; these may break down and the cell thus become converted into a bag containing but one large mass of glycogen. In older stages, when the glycogen is used up, the cells become flattened and the nuclei stain faintly. Text-figs. 31 c-e show the glycogenesis in the epithelium of the allantoic stalk, and in the connective-tissue cells of the coats of the umbilical blood-vessels. 5. The Pigment of the Placenta. Kolster has very rightly emphasised the great physiological importance of the ingestion of extravasated maternal red cor- puseles by trophoblastic ceils. The hemoglobin so taken up is digested and split into an iron-containing and an iron-free constituent. The former is carried away by the fcetal blood-vessels and stored up in large quantities, principally in the liver of the embryo, as a reserve to be used during lactation*, as the milk contains little or no iron. The latter is deposited in the cells as a pigment, occurring in such quantities as to give—especially in the later stages of gestation—a deep brown colour to the fetal cotyledons. The extravasation, and consequently the ingestion, of blood- corpuscles takes place mainly in the cotyledons ; the hemorrhages occur principally at the summit of the walls separating the primary crypts, and the trophoblastic cells, which are actively concerned in the ingestive process, are the long columnar elements which lie at the bases of the large villi. The stages of ingestion and digestion of the blood-corpuscles are * Bunge has shown that the percentage of iron in the new-born puppy (‘72 per cent. of the ash) is six times as great as that in the dog’s milk (712 per cent.), and further that the proportion of iron in the new-born puppy is five to nine times that in the adult dog. Of the assimilation of iron by the foetus Bunge remarks: “If the bulk of the organic compounds of iron were afforded by the mammary gland, it might become a prey to bacteria in the alimentary canal before it had time to be absorbed. But if it enters the infant organism through the placenta its safety is assured.’ 86 DR. J, W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6 as follows:—The cells in question have outwardly-protruding amoeboid processes, by which they engulf the corpuscles (Pl. III. figs. 1-3); the ingested corpuscles are often so numerous as to almost entirely fill the body of the cell. Inside the cell the corpuscles—often aggregated in small clumps (fig. 3)—become gradually paler, and change their staining reaction and their form. In picro-nigrosin the freshly-ingested corpuscles, like those outside, take up the picric acid, but gradually gain a stronger affinity for the nigrosin, and stain blue or grey; at the same time their shape becomes irregular. These irregular masses seem to be enclosed in small cavities or food-vacuoles. Presently small granules of a yellowish-brown pigment are seen to have been deposited on the surface (fig. 5) of the included masses, and this process continues until the whole is converted into an irregular dark brown mass (fig. 6). Both freshly-ingested corpuscles and pigment may be observed in one and the same cell (figs. 2 & 3). Of the nature of this pigment Kolster says little beyond the statement that it is a hemoglobin derivative, and that some of the granules will give an iron reaction. Such granules are probably similar to the iron-albuminate particles which I have described in the uterus of the Mouse, and which commonly occur in old blood-extravasates. Bonnet alludes to them as hematoidin crystals, I myself have not been able to get an iron reaction with these masses in any case. If sections are treated with warm nitric-acid aleohol (by Macallum’s method) for 24 hours, and then with acid ferrocyanide of potassium, the nuclei of the cells become an intense blue, but the pigment remains unchanged except that it is a little paler. I am, however, able to bring forward a certain amount of evidence as to the nature of the hemoglobin derivate with which we have here to deal. 1 did not attempt to make a chemical analysis of the pigment, but merely to extract it by different solvents. I proceeded by a twofold method :— (1) I soaked the feetal cotyledons in water (to get rid of the hemoglobin in the blood), ground up the tissues in a mortar, filtered, and dried the pigment which had been collected on the paper. This was then dissolved in hot absolute alcohol, and gave a greenish-yellow solution, which, however, showed no absorption- bands. I failed to get the residue to dissolve in ether or chloro- form (although, as will be seen below, Dr. MacMunn has shown that it will dissolve in these media) or boiling water, although soluble with a greenish colour in 6 per cent. aqueous potash ; in solution in 5 per cent. nitric or sulphuric acid in 90 per cent. alcohol it turned reddish. (2) I dried the cotyledons thoroughly, then pulverised in a mortar and dissolved in absolute alcohol. The solution was reddish brown, and, on examination with the spectroscope, showed two dark bands very nearly in the position of the bands of oxy- hemoglobin. J supposed that these bands were due to the hemo- 1906.] PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 87 globin of the fcetal blood which was included, of course, in the powder. This, however, is not the case. At Dr. MacMunn’s suggestion I took some pure hemoglobin (from centrifugalised blood) and treated it in exactly the same way—that 1s, dried, pulverised, and boiled it in absolute alcohol. The alcohol turned only a faint straw-yellow colour and showed no bands whatever. I sent my solutions to Dr. MacMunn, who has most kindly sub- ‘mitted them to a thorough spectroscopic investigation. I take this opportunity of expressing my great indebtedness to him for the trouble he has taken, and for his courtesy in permitting me to publish his report, which I now give verbatim. I. Solution obtained by the first of the two methods described above from the feetal cotyledons of the Cow. “Solution greenish yellow, shows no bands, absorbs small bit of violet end. This fluid evaporated down on water-bath leaves a greyish-brown residue with a peculiar smell and resinous appear- ance. This residue is soluble in ether, yellowish solution, giving no bands but absorbing a little bit of the violet end as before. On evaporating this a brownish residue is left, this soluble in chloroform, yellowish solution. This solution shows no bands, only absorbs a little bit of violet end. “On adding fuming nitric acid, no colour change and no spectrum change. It is not, therefore, bilirubin, nor biliverdin, nor a lipochrome.” II. A solution obtained by the second of the above-described methods from the virgin uterus of the Sheep. “The solution is greenish yellow, has no absorption-bands, but cuts off a little bit of the violet end; is probably identical with above from Cow.” III. A solution obtained by the second method from the fetal cotyledons of the Sheep. “¢ Filtered, filtrate has a yellowish-red colour. “On spectroscopic examination two faint bands are seen in the green, looking at first sight lke the oxyhemoglobin bands ; there is also a slight shading in the red end of the spectrum. “Evaporated down by heat, it leaves a brownish oily-looking residue ; a considerable portion of this is soluble in rectified spirit. This solution has a yellow colour with a tinge of red; this shows two faint bands, which seem to occupy the position of the oxy- hemoglobin bands. The relative intensity of shading of these bands was not, however, the same as of the oxyhemoglobin bands. Their measurements are :— (1) A593 — 574, (2) 556-5 — 581, “This spirit solution was now evaporated down on the water- 88 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6, bath and left a brownish residue. On extraction with absolute alcohol the same yellow solution with a reddish tinge is obtained as before, giving the bands with exactly the same readings. “This alcohol solution was again evaporated down and the residue dissolved in ether, which dissolved a considerable portion, giving a yellowish solution with a reddish tint; this gave two bands :— (1) A 593 or 594°5 — 577, (2) \ 558 — 533°5. “This shifting is due to the influence of the solvent. “There also seems to be a slight shading between \ 516 and 496 ? “This ether solution was evaporated down and the brown residue extracted with chloroform ; this formed a reddish solution, which contained oily-looking red drops floating undissolved on the surface. “The two bands now are :— (1) . 596 — 574, (2) \ 558 — 533-5. “The first is not as dark as the second. “ A faint greenish fluorescence seems to be present in all these solutions; it does not disappear on filtering. “The chloroform solution was next evaporated down and the residue dissolved in rectified spirit. “ The addition of ammonia or of caustic soda to this solution causes precipitation, and, in the filtrate, diminishes the intensity of the colour of the solution and the shading of the bands, but does not appear to alter their position. On adding one drop of sulphuric acid the fluid becomes slightly turbid, and the two bands in the filtrate have disappeared to be replaced by two others, (1) before D and (2) in the green, which are difficult to measure, but whose position 1s approximately as follows :— (1) x 607 — 596, (2) \ 568 — 547. “These recall at once the bands of acid hematoporphyrin, the positions of which are :— (1) 4 610 — 591, (2) 0 585 — 567°5. “Tt is to be noted, however, that the addition of alkalis does not produce the usual four-banded spectrum of alkaline hemato- porphyrin, but Garrod and others have described in urine a two- banded neutral hematoporphyrin spectrum. “ Fearing that possibly a fowr-banded alkaline hematoporphyrin spectrum might have been present but have been passed over owing to the weakness of the solution, a layer of fluid (absolute 1906. ] PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 89 alcohol and ammonia) 50 mm. deep was examined in a long spectroscope bottle, but no bands except the following could be seen :— (1) A 594°5 — 572°5, (2) \ 5565 — 531. “‘ Other experiments were made to prove that the pigment was not hematin; e. g. ammonium sulphide was added, but no reduced hematin spectrum appeared. Caustic alkalis also failed to change the spectrum into that of alkaline hematin, acids into that of acid hematin, which would have occurred if that pigment had been present. “Let us now compare the spectrum of the pigment in alcoholic solution with that of an as equally as possible dilute aqueous solu- tion of oxyhzemoglobin :— Placenta pigment. Oxyhemoglobin. (1) 598 — 574, (1) X 586 — 568, (2) 4 556-5 — 531, (2) X 552 — 525. “(See Hoppe-Seyler, Handbuch, 1903.) “This pigment therefore appears to be more nearly related to heematoporphyrin than to any other known decomposition-product of hemoglobin.” IV. Solution obtained from the fcetal cotyledons of the Cow by the second method, “ The alcoholic solution shows the two-banded spectrum, is the colour of fairly deep sherry ; filtered, the filtrate is reddish yellow and shows two bands :— (1) A 593 — 577, second reading A 594°5 — 575, (2) \ 556°5 — 534:5, second reading X 556°5 — 533°5, and in addition a faint shading nearer the violet. “The solution was evaporated on the water-bath, but owing to the presence of some fatty matter remained fluid while hot. ‘“‘ An aqueous solution of the residue is faintly yellow, but shows no bands or fluorescence. “The residue was brownish, in thin parts brownish yellow. The absolute alcohol solution of this residue is reddish yellow with a suspicion of greenish fluorescence; it gives two faint bands :— (1) 4 593 — 574, (2) d 558 — 536. “The violet end of the spectrum is cut off at \ 487. ‘¢ Ammonia produces turbidity, and diminishes, in the filtrate, the intensity of the bands, but their position is unaltered. “On adding a little H,SO, to an alcoholic solution slight precipitation is produced. ‘The filtrate is of a deep yellow sherry- colour and the bands referred to above (in the Sheep) resembling 90 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6, those of acid hematoporphyrin are seen; the violet end is also cut off. “This pigment seems evidently to be identical with the banded one obtained from the Sheep. “It is to be noted that none of the solutions in the case of either the Sheep or Cow was coloured the deep red characteristic of hematoporphyrin. This was probably due (a) to the small amount of the hematoporphyrin-like pigment present, and (/3) to impurities,” From this report of Dr. McMunn’s it seems quite clear that two distinct pigments are present in the Ungulate placenta: (1) a pigment soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform, which shows no bands, but absorbs a little of the violet end of the spectrum; (2) a pigment soluble in the same three media, but giving in neutral solution two bands very nearly but not quite in the position of the bands of oxyhzemoglobin, in acid solution two bands almost exactly in the position of the bands of acid hematoporphyrin, but in alkaline solution showing only two bands, in the same position as in the neutral solution, and not the four bands of alkaline hematoporphyrin., The first of these was obtained from the cotyledons of the Cow by crushing the tissues, after removal of (at any rate most of) the hemoglobin by water, and from the virgin uterus of the Sheep by drying the tissues, with the contained hemoglobin,and powdering ; the second was obtained from the cotyledons of both Cow and Sheep by the second method, involving the retention of hemoglobin with the pigment. It seems probable that the first pigment is present as well as the second, though masked by it, in the cotyledons of the Sheep. That the second pigment is not produced from the included hemoglobin by the treatment adopted is proved, first, by its absence in the virgin uterus of the Sheep, and, second, by the failure to get a solution showing the bands by boiling dried hemoglobin in absolute alcohol. This second pigment then, if not the first, would appear to be new to physiology, though related to hematoporphyrin. The name hematophein may be provi- sionally given to it. It is a hemoglobin derivative and from it bile-pigments may be formed. This will be shown in the next section. 6. The “‘Hippomanes” or Allantoic Bodies. Although the curious rounded or elongated, often flattened, sometimes soft, sometimes hard and brittle bodies found floating in the allantoic fluid have been familiar objects for many centuries, the exact mode of their formation has not, to the best of my knowledge, been yet accurately described. They occur in both the Cow and the Sheep, being larger in the latter. Their colour in the former case is whitish or pale yellow, in the latter a dirty brown. Their origin will be considered first in the Sheep. From 1906. | PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 91 the fact that they are often found attached by a pedicle to Text-fig. 32. SSS ‘\\ i) URN C SA C) SHAN i TOS wt ASMIDI RTT NI MS Uterus of Sheep. Section through a mass (h.) of uterine cellular and nuclear débris embedded in a pocket of the trophoblast (¢7.) This is an early stage in the formation of a hippomanes or allantoic body. ail., allantoic epithelium. 92 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6, the wall of the allantois, and that sometimes they may be seen in the connective tissue of the chorion, it has been supposed that they originated in this position (Bonnet, Turner). It has apparently escaped the notice of these observers that exactly similar bodies are to be found outside the chorion, between it and the wall of the uterus. It has already been remarked that the lumen of the uterus is, during gestation, occupied by a considerable mass of slimy cellular débris, the so-called uterine milk. The disintegrating cells com- posing this viscid mass are derived in part from the cellular secretion of the glands, in part from the extensive degeneration of tracts of maternal epithelial and connective tissue ; it includes quantities of extravasated blood, and is permeated by leucocytes. It is by the local accumulation of this matter that the allantoic bodies are formed. Such aggregations may be found lying either freely between foetal and maternal tissues or enclosed in pocket- like diverticula of the trophoblast (text-fig. 32, p. 91). This is the first stage of their incorporation into the allantois ; and from this the transition to the following steps is easy—their situation in the connective tissue of the chorion, their attachment by a stalk to the allantoic wall, and their liberation into the allantoic cavity. Sections show that inside and outside the allantois these bodies have always the same structure—a granular coagulum containing quantities of cell-detritus, with degenerating nuclei which either stain very faintly or are broken up into dense homogeneous spherules, globules of fat and small masses of glycogen, and infiltrated by leucocytes. Sometimes a delicate cellular mem- brane—the remains possibly of the trophoblastic pocket, or more probably of the allantoic epithelium—still surrounds these bodies after they have found their way into the allantoic cavity. Whether the allantoic bodies of the Cow are also formed in this way I do not know, as I have never observed them lying in pockets of the trophoblast. Bodies quite similar to those of the allantois are certainly found between the trophoblast and the uterus, both in and between the cotyledons; but the remarkable thing about them is that they have exactly the structure of the degenerate epithelial thickenings of the amnion, and, like these latter, are impregnated with typical “‘ envelope” crystals of calcium oxalate. The bodies found in the allantois, as well as the allantoic fluid itself, contain the same salt, as Lassaigne showed nearly a century ago. It is possible, therefore, that in the Cow the disintegrating epithelial thickenings of the amnion pass on the one hand into the allantoic cavity, on the other into the uterus, and not from the uterus into the allantois in the manner described for the Sheep. It may be noticed here that the hippomanes of the Mare are also saturated with calcium oxalate. Lastly, the bodies found between the trophoblast and the uterus of the Cow are often, especially when small, infiltrated with bilirubin. With fuming nitric acid the succession of colours characteristic of Gmelin’s reaction is at once obtained. 1906. ] PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 93 I have found exactly similar bodies in the Pig, although, as I only obtained these with the after-birth, [ cannot say whether they were inside the allantois or on the outside of the chorion. From these I succeeded, by drying, dissolving in chloroform, and erystallizing- out, in obtaining small lanceolate and rhomboidal crystals of bilirubin (text-fig. 33). These small bilirubin bodies of the Cow are found principally in the cotyledons. Later on they seem to lose their bile-pigment ; for between the extra-cotyledonary trophoblast and the uterus only bodies of a paler yellow are found. The allantoic bodies are nearly white. Text-fig. 33. Rhomboidal and lanceolate crystals of bilirubin obtamed from a chloroform solution of the dried allantoic bodies of the Pig. Drawn with Zeiss obj. 2 mm. achr., comp. oc. 6. The bilirubin appears to arise by further modification of the yellow-brown pigment of the placenta; but whether it is formed inside trophoblastic cells from ingested corpuscles and then passed out, or whether it arises extra-cellularly in the maternal extra- vasations, and if so, whether its formation is due to any digestive activity of the trophoblast or not, Iam afraid I am unable to say. From the analogy of what occurs in such extravasations as bruises, it would appear that the hemoglobin derivatives might be formed, not only inside (as is undoubtedly the case), but also outside the cells of the trophoblast; for the yellow- brown pigment described in the last section certainly occurs, not only in the blood-extravasations in the crypts, but even in the maternal tissues and blood-vessels (Plate ITI. fig. 4). List of Works referred to in the Text. BERNARD, C. Lecons sur les phénomeénes de la vie. Paris, 1879. ‘“¢ Mémoire sur une nouvelle fonction du placenta.” Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) x. 1858. Bonnet, R. “Die Uterinmilch und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Friicht.” Festschrift fiir Bischoff. Stuttgart, 1882. ——. “ Beitrige zur Embryologie der Wiederkauer gewonnen am Schafei.” Arch. f. Anat. u. Phys. (Anat.) 1889. Buneg, G. Text-book of Physiological and Pathological Che- mistry. English translation by L. C. Wooldridge. London, 1890. 94 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6, Creicuton, C. Microscopic Researches on the Formative Pro- perty of Glycogen. London, 1896. Koster, R. ‘“ Weitere Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Embryotrophe bei Indeciduaten.” Anat. Hefte, lte Abth. xx. 1903. Laneuans, T. ‘ Ueber Glycogen in pathologischen Neubildungen und den menschlichen Eihiiuten.” Virchow’s Archiv, cxx. 1890. Lassaicne, J. L. “Analyse des hippomanes trouvés dans le liquide contenu dans la membrane de l’utérus de la vache appelée allantoide.” Ann.de Chim. et de Phys. x. 1819. Turner, W. Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy of the Placenta. Edinburgh, 1876. Postscript. Since this paper was read, an important memoir has been published by Assheton (‘The Morphology of the Ungulate Placenta, &c.,” Phil. Trans. B. 198, 1906), in which the author describes a very complete series of stages in the formation and development of the placenta of the Sheep. The most interesting point of this description is the origin of the cells which line the crypts of the maternal cotyledons from the binucleate cells of the trophoblast. According to Assheton, the whole of the uterine epithelium degenerates and disappears at about the eighteenth day of pregnancy. In the extra-cotyledonary regions it is eventually regenerated (12th week); but in the cotyledons its place is taken by cells of foetal—trophoblastic—origin, the binucleate cells, which are also, indeed, instrumental in its destruction. The binucleate cells in question are first seen (15th day) to be deeply seated in the trophoblast ; presently, however, they come to the surface and so into contact with the uterine epithelium, between the cells of which they insinuate themselves, and so “pass down to the base of the layer and force themselves between the epithelium and the sublying stroma.” The epithelium thus cut off from its source of nutrition dies, and its room is occupied by a more or less complete layer of flattened cells, which Assheton compares to the plasmodiblast layer of the trophoblast described by Van Beneden in the Bat and Rabbit, and present in many other forms. The formation of this plasmodiblast continues throughout pregnancy. In asserting the trophoblastic origin of these cells, Assheton relies on the following facts :— (1) They resemble the binucleate cells in the staining capacity of their cells and nuclei. (2) The presence in them of vacuoles, which is at this stage a characteristic of these (the binucleate) cells. (3) Nuclei occur in pairs in the lining of the crypts, as in the binucleate cells. (4) The number of binucleate cells in the trophoblast diminishes during gestation. 1906. | PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 95 (5) “ The layer in question is clearly not an attenuation of an ordinary epithelium,” and is not secretory, as, e.g., is the epithelium lining the crypts in the Cow, which Assheton admits to be of uterine origin. As explained in the body of the paper, my own observations do not permit me to speak at first-hand of the origin of the cells lining the crypts in the principal maternal cotyledons. J am, however, certain that in the accessory cotyledons of the Cow the crypts are lined by an epithelium which is a modified uterine epithelium, and that in the principal cotyledons of both Cow and Sheep the extra- cotyledonary columnar uterine epithelium is perfectly continuous with the modified epithelium of the crypts. The latter in the Cow is simply cubical; in the Sheep it is more seriously altered, flattened, and often interrupted. There are places, however, in which the cells retain, as I should put it, their columnar form ; and from these cell-nests diverticula are produced which line new crypts. From these facts I have inferred that, in the principal cotyledons, the lining is also of uterine origin. Still there is no necessary contradiction between this view and that put forward by Assheton ; for it is perfectly conceivable that the cells in question may originate in different ways in the principal and accessory cotyledons, and that the continuity observed in the former between extra- and intra-cotyledonary epithelia is secondary. Ido not think, however, that Assheton has proved his, admittedly difficult, case ; for (1) Similarity in staining is not a very safe criterion; other nuciei and cell-bodies—e. g., those of subepithelial cells— often stain intensely; also the nuclei of the binucleate cells are often larger, more spherical, and paler than are those of the cells lining the erypts, and in his fig. 40 Assheton figures nuclei of ‘ plasmodiblast ” cells which are quite pale. (2) Vacuoles—of fat and glycogen—certainly occur in the uterine epithelial cells, both inside and outside the cotyle- donary caruncles. (3) The nuclei of the layer lining the crypts do not always occur in pairs, but very frequently in heaps, in the cell- nests I have alluded to, as Assheton’s own figures show. (4) The lining epithelium of the crypts undoubtedly contains fat-globules, and fatty cellular débris is found in the erypt lumen ; these cells are therefore as certainly secretory here as they are in the Cow. (5) The asserted degeneration of the uterine epithelium is very probably largely illusory. Where I had at first supposed that the uterine epithelium had disappeared I have often found subsequently that, by more careful preservation, it could be demonstrated without difficulty. Although there is no inherent improbability in the account given by Assheton, and indeed some such intermediate form 96 ON THE CAVIES OF THE GENUS DOLICHOTIS. [ Feb. 6, between what he calls the plicate and cumulate types of placenta may at least be supposed to have once existed, I must still, for the reasons given above, express, to my great regret, my inability to accept his conclusions until stronger evidence is forthcoming. EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. All the figures were drawn with the Camera Lucida, obj. Zeiss 2 mm. achr., oc. comp. 4. Fig. 1. Cow. Phagocytic columnar trophoblast-cells from the base of a fcetal villus. (Length of foetus 7°5 cm.; about 3rd month.) (pp. 78, 86.) Figs. 2 & 38. Phagocytosis in the trophoblast of the Sheep (nearly full time). In fig. 2 notice the aggregation of the ingested corpuscles into clumps. (p. 86.) Fig. 4. Cow, 4 months. Brown pigment-granules (a) in maternal blood-vessels (on the right) ; (3) in the cubical epithelium of the crypt (in the centre) ; (y) in the trophoblast of a foetal villus (on the left). (p. $3.) 5. Cow, 6th month. Trophoblast at the base of a villus. One of the cells contains an ingested mass (compare fig. 1); small brown pigment-granules are forming upon this. (p. 86.) 6. Cow, 4 months. Ie ie Kuruman. @. W. 73. Molopo. These specimens constitute the first well-preserved series ever obtained of this very interesting animal. The British Museum’s previous material consisted of Smith’s original example from Namaqualand, now much worn and faded, one specimen taken at * 1887, B. xiv. 7, p. 322. 1906.] MAMMALS FROM BECHUANALAND. 107 Deelfontein in Central Cape Colony, and five rather dilapidated skins from Otjimbinque in Damaraland. The South African Museum possesses examples from Douglas in Griqualand West *. This species does not occur in the neighbourhood of Cape Town. ‘This white-bellied mouse has a white spot behind each ear, and. lives in small burrows in open places among the bush. It is not uncommon. After digging one out one day, I dug up many other holes, but only found toads in them.’—A. B. W, 15. Oromys rrrorAtvs Brts. Coe Wallse lon 20% 465 LOS Ds Cy 4oe Ore Wis T4506: Kuruman. ' ©. W. 69. Setchowane. Lichtenstein mentions that the specimen on which Brants founded this species came from the east coast of South Africa. The present series agrees very well with the British Museum specimens from Natal ‘and Pondoland, of which the former may be considered the type locality. ‘“‘T found none of these rats on the Molopo River, and I fancy they are only to be found near permanent water.”—A. Db. W. 16. Mus coucHa Smith. G5 Wo Ui 2A BID NOs Oo AWG GAs ID Ne I. AO) LubebpTne yn. These specimens may be taken as topotypes of Smith’s J/us coucha, described by him as coming from the country “ between the Orange River and the Tropic.” The male specimen, no. 21, exactly matches his type in the British Museum in colour and general proportions. The Zululand form, which has been recently described {, may be distinguished from the typical subspecies by its more fulvous coloration, longer tail, and cream-coloured feet. “‘'These mice were trapped in a fence along the river. I have caught several of them, but the ants nearly always ate the ears off before I arrived. They seem mostly to frequent the water’s edge, though they are to be found occasionally in the veldt.”— 2. B. W. 17. Mus auricomis de Wint. 2. W. 35, 36, 64, 67, 68. Kuruman. These specimens agree very closely with the series collected by Mr. Darling at Mazoe in Mashonaland, the type locality of de Winton’s auricomis. I take this opportunity of describing a local race of this species collected by Mr. C. H. B. Grant at Deelfontein in Cape Colony. It may be called Mus auricomis centralis, subsp. n. Similar to the typical subspecies in general proportions and in the colour of the upper surface, but with the belly buff instead of * Mamm. South Afr. 1902, vol. 11. p. 24. + Darst. Saug. 1827, Taf. xxx. t Thos. & Schw. P. Z.S. 1905, vol. i. p. 268. 108 MR. HAROLD SCHWANN ON [ Feb. 6, white. The whole of the upper parts bufty yellow strongly suffused with black; cheeks, flanks, and upper surface of hind limbs as far as the ankle-joint pure buff-colour. Individual hairs of dorsal region about 16 mm, in length, basal three-fifths slate- grey, subterminal ring fawn, tip black; the hairs on the flanks without the black tip. Under surface, with the exception of the throat and the inguinal region which are dirty white, bright buffy, the light grey bases of the hairs showing through in places. Tail indistinctly bicolor, covered with fine hair, dark brown above, creamy white below, terminal portion unicoloured lght brown, tip with a minute tuft. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—Head and body 114 mm.; tail 152; hind foot 24; ear 17. Skull :—Greatest length 30°3 ; basilar length 23-4; breadth across brain-case 13°7; zygomatic breadth 14:5; interorbital breath 14°5; nasals 13°44; palate length 13:0; diastema 8:0; upper molar series 5:5, Hab. Deelfontein, Cape Colony. Type. Female. B.M. no, 3.1.4.51. Collected Ist Sept., 1902, by Mr. C. H. B. Grant and presented to the British Museum by Col. A. T. Sloggett. The buff-coloured belly by which this local race is distinguished from the typical subspecies appears to be a remarkably constant character, all the specimens Mr. Grant collected at Deelfontein possessing it in a striking degree. ‘“ Native name ‘ Tube.’ “These mice chiefly frequent the tops and slopes of the hills, living in the holes and cracks of the rocks with the dassies. I have never seen this mouse except in the Kuruman hills, where it is fairly plentiful. I do not think it is to be found in the flats below.”—R. B. W. 18. Mus woosnaml, sp. nov. (Plate VI.) os .W. .33,,39, 42, 52’; D130." 2. -W. 403° DL 1a ies Kuruman. oy W886. 2), We TOM: A medium-sized species of a pale grey colour with a mammary formula of 3—2=10. General colour of upper surface between ‘“ smoke-grey ” and ‘“ drab-grey ” (Ridgway), more or Jess pencilled with black ; flanks considerably lighter, with no black pencilling. Individual hairs of back about 15 mm. in length, basal half ‘“ slate-grey,” subter- minal ring “ drab-grey,” terminal portion black. Colour of under surface creamy white, the light grey bases of the hair showing through in places. Head coloured like back, occasionally rather lighter; a line extending from the muzzle to the inner side of the fore limb, white. Whiskers soft, fine, and black, about 35 mm. in length. Ears of medium size, oval, the edges covered externally with minute black hairs, internally with white. Upper surface of hands and feet clothed with fine white hair not extending over 1906. ] MAMMALS FROM BECHUANALAND. 109 the claws. ‘Tail shorter than the head and body ; covered above and below with short white hair, except on the upper surface for a space of about 10 mm, at the distal end, where it is black ; tip not tufted; scale-rings numbering about 33 to 1 cm.: mammee three pairs pectoral, and 2 pairs inguinal. Skull smooth and rounded, not ridged. No supraorbital edges, only a faint indication of ridges on the parietals. Anterior edge of anteorbital plate shows considerable variation from strong con- vexity to being nearly straight. Palatal foramina widely open, of medium length, ending opposite the anterior lamina of m’; palate ending 0°5 mm. behind m*. Bullee of medium size. Tncisors not visible beyond the nasals when viewed from above, orange in the upper jaw, light yellow in the lower. Molars of medium size, broad with well-defined cusps. Anterior median cusp of m' larger than the two posterior ones, partly fused with the antero-external cusp. M? is a simple circular tooth with one large antero-internal cusp. The simplicity of this tooth is very remarkable and quite different from the typical arrangement found in MW. rattus. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh):—Head and body 138 mm.; tail 122; hind foot 26°5; ear 20°5. Skull:—Greatest length 35; basilar length 29-4; zygomatic breadth 17°8; nasals 14x 3°6; interorbital breadth 4:2 ; brain- case breadth 13; interparietal 4:4 x 9°4; henselion to back of palate 16°3; palatine foramina 7-6; diastema 10; upper molar series 5°7 ; mandible, height at coronoid 10-7; incisor tips to con- dyle 24:8. ° Hab. Molopo, Bechuanaland. Type. Male. B.M. no, 4.10.1.83. Original number 86. Col- lected 13th July, 1904. This very distinct species is unlike any rat hitherto known, both in colour and in the structure of the third upper molar. 1 have much pleasure in naming it after Mr. R. B. Woosnam, to whose efforts in company with Mr. R. EK. Dent the British Museum is indebted for this very interesting collection. “These rats from Kuruman were trapped in the bush-veldt about half a mile from the river in the mouth of a small hole in a ‘wait-a-bit’ thorn-bush. Unfortunately the black ants damaged a good many of the animals in the traps. At Molopo this rat seemed to be confined to the river pools.”—R. L. W. 19, Mus sp. 6 1D, I, 9 O, ID WALS lscunemeoneya. g. W. 74, 75, 84, 89, 22, 93,100. 9. W. 85, 90. Molopo. Owing to the absence of adult females in the series Tam unable to ascertain the mammary formula of this animal, a factor of great importance in deciding the specific position of mice in the Mus coucha or colonus groups. “These mice are very plentiful among the long dry grass by the Molopo River and in the forest on the banks.”—A. B. W. 110 MR. HAROLD SCHWANN ON [ Feb. 6, 20. LEGGADA MINUTOIDES, Smith. 3. W. 91, 94. Molopo. “‘'These mice were taken in the dry bed of the Molopo River, in an old mole run.”—f. B. W. 21. SAccosTOMUS HILDA, sp. n. 6. W. 59, 60, 63, 65. 9. W. 22, 55, 57, 58. Kuruman. A stoutly-built species, probably allied to s. mashonee de Wint., but smaller and greyer. Fur long, thick and very fine in texture, about 13 mm. in length on the middle of back. General colour of upper surface smoke- grey pencilled with black, passing to drab-grey on the flanks. Colour of entire under surface from chin to anus, including fore and hind limbs, pure white, sharply defined laterally. Individual hairs of back slate-colour for basal 10 mm., sub- terminal ring ecru-drab, tips black. Hairs of under surface white to the base, about 8 mm. in length. Tip of muzzle white ; whiskers about 30 mm. in length, black with white tips; ears sparsely covered with white hair. Tail short, thick, bicolor, black above, white below. Skull smaller than in S. mashone ; zygomata more expanded anteriorly, ridges more marked and extending further on to parietals. Antero-external cusp of m* intermediate in develop- ment between mashone and campestris *. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh):—Head and body 124 mm.; tail 51:5; hind foot 18:5; ear 19. Skull :—Greatest length 33°5; basilar length 28; greatest breadth 17; nasals 13°8 x 4; inter orbital breadth 15; breadth of brain-case 13°5; palatilar + length 16; diastema 9:10; palatal foramina 6°6 x 2°5; upper molar series 48. Hab. Kuruman. Alt. 4000 ft. Type. Male. B.M. no 4.10.1.49. Original number 63. — Col- lected 22nd May, 1904. This very well-marked species is distinguishable from S. mashone by its smaller size and generally lighter colour. S. campestris and fuscus Peters are both smaller species. The former was obtained at Tette on the Zambesi, and the latter, the smallest known member of the genus, was paeen at Tohaabane S. lapidarius is synonymous with campestris, Peters having renamed the species, as he considered the former name more suitable. /S. enderasont de Wint., discovered in Damaraland, may be distinguished from all other species by its sandy coloration. Specimen number 4.10.1.53 possesses an additional minute molar on each side in the upper jaw behind the usual m’. The teeth in the lower jaw are normal both in size and number. An addition to the molar series of rodents is of such rarity, that * De Wint. P. Z.S. 1896, p. 805. + Thomas, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. vol. xviii. 1905, p. 193. 1906. ] MAMMALS FROM BECHUANALAND. 111 an instance of its occurrence seems worthy of record. Dr. Forsyth Major has recorded instances in other orders in a paper published in the ‘ Proceedings’ *. “‘ Native name ‘ Koti.’ ““These mice were caught in the bush not far from the river. The animal has a pouch on each side of its face, which it fills with seeds, giving it a very curious appearance.” —R. B. W. 22. ARVICANTHIS PUMILIO GRIQUZ Wrought. Cee oD Oe SORE KO: ies tO4 ee Ol Keuruman, Until the appearance of Mr. R. C. Wroughton’s very carefully thought-out paper on the “Various Forms of Arvicanthis pumilio” +, I had considered this series to be identical with A. p. bechuane Thos. It is now, however, abundantly clear that it should be considered a distinct local race. “These mice are not uncommon on the bush-veldt near the river. ‘They come out a good deal by day.”—R. B. W. 23. GEORYCHUS LUGARDI de Wint. 3. W. 102,103. 2. W.95. Molopo, west of Morokwen. This series exhibits a tendency to prolong the white blaze on the forehead into a dorsal stripe, a characteristic that is wanting in the type of the species. Specimen no, 102 (B.M. no. 4.10.1.89) is remarkable for the abnormal development of the ascending premaxillary processes, which meet in the middle line behind the nasals, thus entirely isolating the latter bones from the frontals. This condition is, so far as I am aware, unique in the British Museum’s very large collection of Georychi. ““These specimens were caught in the dry bed of the Molopo River and the sandy veldt some distance from it. The natives told me that all the Moles on the river-banks were like these.” — Ith Joe We 24. GEORYCHUS sp. @. D. 21. Kuruman. 2. W. 71. Morokwen. 25, PROCAVIA CAPENSIS Pall. One specimen, unnumbered. Kuruman. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. Mus woosnami, p. 108. * P. Z.S. 1904, vol. i. p. 416. q + Ann. Mag. Nat. Elist. 1905, ser. 7, vol. xvi. p. 632. 112 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A NEW [ Feb. 6, 6. On a Central African Ratel and Water-Chevrotain. By R. LyprxKker. [Received January 6, 1906.] (Plate VIL.*) T have lately been favoured with the opportunity of inspecting a number of skins and skulls of mammals collected by Major Powell-Cotton in Central Africa, among which two appeared worthy of bringing under the notice of the Society. In a letter sent to Mr. Rowland Ward referring to the localities of the specimens, Major Powell-Cotton states that they were all obtained on the “ eastern fringe of the Ituri Forest to a point fifteen miles west of Mawampi and thence south-east to Boni, at elevations of between 2100 and 2950 feet above sea-level.” The first specimen I have to bring to notice is an entirely black Ratel, represented by the skin and skull. The ordinary colouring of the Ratels—grey above and black beneath—1s so characteristic not only of both the African and Indian representatives of the group, butalso of various allied mustelines, such as the African Zorilla and Pecilogale and the American Galictis, that it can scarcely be re- garded otherwise than asa deeply ingrained attribute of the species in which it occurs, and one connected in some special manner with protective adaptation. Any departure from this type of colouring in animals of the group in question—unless, indeed, it were a mere instance of melanism—would seem therefore to imply an important modification in habits or surroundings. Now—although I have no justification for saying that the present specimen may not come under the category of a mere individual melanism—the conditions prevalent in the great Ituri Forest are manifestly very different from those of the open or bush-clad country in which Ratels are commonly found ; and they are, moreover, just the conditions which are conducive to the development of blackness in a species. Accordingly I venture to consider that Major Powell-Cotton’s black Ratel very probably represents a distinct species, for which the name Mellivora cottoni may be suggested. An all-pervading blackness, save for a few grizzly or tawny hairs on the upper part of the head, must be regarded as the sole distinctive characteristic of the species, as I can find no points in which the skull can be distinguished from that of the ordinay grey and black African Ratel. Not that this is a matter for wonder, since, so far as I am aware, it is almost impossible to distinguish Indian from African Ratels by their skulls alone, or the fossil Siwalik species from its living Indian representative. In colour, length, and texture of hair the black Ituri Ratel may be likened to a Himalayan Black Bear. Ifthe animal dwells in constant shade, the reason of its departure may not be far to seek, as I have little doubt that the greyness of the upper parts of ordinary Ratels is in some way connected with the play of sunlight upon this aspect. ‘The specimen is represented in Plate VIT. * For explanation of the Plate, see p. 113. eZ S MOOS, voll 1 EL Wil. Bale & Danielsson, itd amp hth. .et mit del fal Db Jk Mavs, ISLC IMEUISUE TRUADET IE, (MELLIVORA COTTON 1) 1 906. | RATEL AND WATER-CHEVROTAIN. 1S The second animal is mainly of interest from a geographical standpoint. The African Water-Chevrotain (Dorcatheriwm aquaticum), of which only a single form has hitherto been recognised, is known to inhabit the West Coast from the Gambia to the Cameroons, but does not seem to have been previously recorded from the great Central African Forest, im which it is now demonstrated by Major Powell-Cotton’s specimen to exist. As regards cranial characters, the Ituri Chevrotain presents no points of distinction from West Coast specimens. Of skins of the latter the Natural History Museum has a very poor series—or rather no series at all,—possessing two skins (one mounted) of the typical Gambian form presented in the “ forties” by the then Earl of Derby, and one skin collected in the Cameroons by Mr. G. L. Bates. Unfortunately the tail of the Cameroon specimen is wanting. The Gambian, Cameroon, and Ituri skins appear to me probably to represent three different races, which may be described and named as follows :— A. Markings on under surface of chin, throat, and chest white ; face uniformly chestnut or nearly so. a. White markings on back and flanks fully developed ; a very distinct white flank-band running from the shoulder along the flanks to join transverse loin-band; two other flank- bands below this; spots on back forming distinct and continuous transverse bands; tail with much brown above. Dorcatherium aquaticum typicum. Garabia. 6. Light markings on back and flanks jess distinct and less numerous; flank-band yellow instead of white, almost disappearing midway between head and fore limbs; no flank-bands below it; spots on back less distinctly in the form of bands; tail with a very large amount of white, and apparently more bushy than in last. D. a. cottoni (subsp. nov.). Ituri Forest. B. Markings on under surface of chin, throat, and chest yellow ; face with a black chevron running from the muzzle to the eyes. ce. Light markings on back in the form of yellowish-white spots anteriorly, but on the loins forming almost continuous yellow bands, arranged alternately on each side of the middle line, where they are interrupted; one distinct yellowish flank-band joining transverse rump-band ; tail brown at base, rest unknown. D. a. batesi (subsp. nov.). Cameroons. If the yellow in Mr. Bates’s specimen be due to staining, my conclusions will, at least to a certain extent, be wrong. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. Ituri Black Ratel (Mellivora cottoni). From Major Powell-Cotton’s specimen. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. VIII. 8 114 MR. H. G. F, SPURRELL ON THE | Feb. 6, 7. The Articulation of the Vertebrate Jaw. By H. GrorcE FE’. SPURRELL. [ Received February 1, 1906. } (Text-figures 34-47.) Consideration of the human skull led me to the belief that the angle of the jaw is contrived to place the temporo-mandibular joint above the level of the teeth. The advantage of this arrangement would be that the lines of the teeth in the upper and lower jaws would be thrown less out of the parallel when the mouth opened and that the teeth would meet simultaneously when the mouth shut, and would all press on food between them with more nearly equal force. Further, it seemed to me that this arrangement favoured, if it was not absolutely necessary to, the antero-posterior and lateral movements of the opposed surfaces of the molars over one another in mastication. To test the probability of this supposition, I examined the skulls of other animals. From the numerous mammalian types I separated two :— I. The type in which the molar teeth are laterally compressed in the long axis of the jaw so as to give it a sharp cutting- edge. In this type the jaw has a very slight angle, if any. A line drawn through the teeth and produced backwards almost cuts the temporo-mandibular joint. Example, Wolf (text-fig. 34). II. That in which the molar teeth have broad flat tops, for grinding vegetable food. In this type the jaw is bent, in some cases almost to a right angle, and the temporo- mandibular joint thus raised well above the level of the teeth. Example, Hare (text-fig. 35). Type 1 is the carnivorous type. The molars are required to cut soft stringy flesh and to crack large and very hard objects; therefore the presence of the tuberculated posterior molars and the blade-like carnassial teeth. Roughly speaking, the jaws of a carnivore resemble a combination of nut-crackers and shears: shears because the hinder teeth overlap considerably. Then as the fulcrum is in a straight line behind them, and the mouth is closed by approximating the points A and B, the edges of the back teeth must play on one another successively along their length, like the edges of shears (text: fig. 36). In accordance with this type of dentition and conformation of jaw, a peculiar form of joint is required. Hence the condyle is shaped like a long transverse cylinder (text-fig. 37). It fits closely into a long groove, so deepened by a process of bone behind that it becomes almost tubular, AJ] lateral movement of the jaw is thus 1906. | ARTICULATION OF THE VERTEBRATE JAW. LS} rendered impossible, because it is not only unnecessary to the animal but would endanger the working of the shears by allowing their edges to get crossed. Text-fig. 34. Skull of Wolf. Text-fig. 35. Skull of Hare. Text-fig. 36. Diagram of jaws. Type 1. 2 2 is the herbivorous type of jaw. The molars are Typ ! es to meet simultaneously and to grind with equal force small morsels of food which have been upon the comparatively 116 MR. H. G. F, SPURRELL ON THE | Feb. 6, bitten off for them by the incisors. This they are enabled to do by the angle of the jaw, which places the articulation on a different level from the teeth (text-fig. 38). The closure of the Text-fig. 37, Skull of Dog. A. Glenoid fossa deepened by a process of the squamosal bone, B. Cylindrical condyle of lower jaw. Text-fig. 38. en Diagram of jaws. Type 2. mouth is effected by the approximation of the points A and B (which correspond mechanically to A and B in text-fig. 36, C being the fulerum in both diagrams). When the jaws close on an object between them, the pressure 1906. | ARTICULATION OF THE VERTEBRATE JAW. Huy is greater between the teeth which are furthest back, near the points A and B, than between the front ones, near the points D and E. But though the pressure at right angles to the level edges of the jaws is not equal in all parts, the oblique forward pressure of the lower jaw on the upper as it slides up underneath it is more nearly equal in proportion as the angle E A C approaches a right angle. The molar teeth of the Hare may be seen to have their flat biting-surfaces set obliquely : those of the upper jaw look downwards and backwards; those of the lower jaw look forwards and upwards. The plane in which they meet simultaneously is at right angles to the line of force (text-fig. 39). Text-fig. 39. Diagram of jaws. ‘Type 2. Showing the crowns of the teeth set in a plane at right angles to the greatest pressure. Text-fig. 40. Diagram of jaws. Type 2. Showing the emeneuntia articularis. Further, economy of movement is obtained in this type by the condyle of the jaw not only rotating, but also gliding forward on to the eminentia articularis. By this means the point A, at the same time that it is separated from B, is depressed, and thus so wide a gape is not necessitated, and also the parallelism of the teeth, and possibly also the position of the inferior dental foramen, is not so much disturbed (text-fig. 40). The molars are also vequired to make to-and-fro movements over one another. They 118 MR. H. G. F, SPURRELL ON THE [ Feb. 6, have to act as grindstones. The comparative roundness of the condyle, the large extent of the articular surface over which it can play, and the presence of an emenentia articularis on to which it can glide, all contribute to increasing the range of these movements. Thestructures, moreover, are capable of considerable modification to meet the various requirements of ruminants, rodents, primates, &e. The mouth in Type 1 has to allow its possessor to seize and hold other animals, and for this reason the wide gape which the type allows is required. First the animal must bring its long canine teeth to bear on its prey; then it must be able to bring its hindmost molars directly to bear on the larger bones and the flesh of the prey. Therefore, in animals of this type, the corners of the mouth extend far back. Text-fig. 41. Diagram of jaws. Type 2. Showing lengthening of the jaws forward in order that the incisors may be widely separated whilst the molars are slightly separated and not thrown much out of the parallel. The mouth in Type 2 has to allow its possessor to crop grass or gnaw off pieces of roots, &e, These morsels of food are then ground up by the molars. For neither of these purposes is a very wide gape required. A very slight separation of the molars is necessary ; but in some animals, particularly the rodents, a rather wider separation of the incisors is required. As the progressive widening from back to front of the gap between the teeth is small when jaws of type 2 are opened, the jaws are often lengthened forwards. This allows the same movement which separates the molars at the back slightly to separate the incisors in front more widely (text-fig. 41). As it is only the incisors, not the molars, which are required to break up large pieces of food outside the mouth, the oral fissure is small, Another reason for this is that the molars require muscular cheeks to help the tongue in placing the food between them. It is perhaps the difficulty of striking a balance between the proper separation of the molars and incisors which keeps the angle E A C (text-fig. 41) greater than a right angle in animals with incisors. In animals like the Elephant and the Manatee, in which 1906. } ARTICULATION OF THE VERTEBRATE JAW. 119 the lips do the work allotted to the incisors of most other herbivora, the angle is far nearer a right angle. The skull of the Dugong (in which horny plates take the place of incisors) seems to attempt another solution of the difficulty. Another angle is introduced into the jaw, bringing the anterior third of the jaws into a line parallel with the ascending ramus (text-fig. 42). A less marked tendency to introduce the second angle may be seen in some other animals:—among the Pigs, in Sus longirostris ; among the Ruminants, in the Chevrotain JVragulus javanicus (text-tig. 43). Text-fig. 42. Diagram of jaws. Type 2. Showing the introduction of a second angle to procure wide separation of the incisors with slight separation of the molars. Text-fig. 45. Skull of Tragulus javanicus. Having briefly studied the principle in the Mammals, I next turned to the Reptiles. Most of these have jaws of type 1: the lower jaw articulates with the skull in the plane of the teeth. The Snake, however, has a mouth in which (owing to the great mobility of the quadrate) the jaw-principles of type 1 and type 2 are combined in a very remarkable manner. 120 MR. H. G. F. SPURRELL ON THE [ Feb. 6, The mandible of the snake articulates with the quadrate; the quadrate with the squamosal; and the squamosal with the parietal (text-fig. 44). When the snake wants either to seize its prey or to strike it with the poison-fangs in its maxille, it requires a wide gape. To get this, the movement is made at the quadrato-mandibular joint, which can be placed on a level with the teeth. The jaw-principle is then that of type 1. Having seized its prey, the snake, to swallow it, has to advance alternately the teeth in the movable maxilla and those in the mandible on either side. To move the teeth parallel with one another, the movement has to be made from the quadrato- squamosal joint, and so raised above the level of the teeth. The jaw-principle is then that of type 2. The parieto-squamosal joint allows the level of the quadrato- squamosal joint to be slightly lowered and brought forward ; that is to say, freer antero-posterior and lateral movements to be made, and the passage between the quadrates to be slightly widened (text-fig. 44). Text-fig. 44. Diagram of Snake’s jaws. A. Squamosal. C. Mandible. B. Quadrate. D. Maxilla. The mandibles on the two sides are, of course, independent anteriorly. Ris In most of the reptiles the jaws are of type 1 and are provided with long, sharply pointed and often recurved teeth to prevent the prey from slipping out of the mouth when seized*, These ‘characters of the teeth are particularly well marked in a beast with a short muzzle, e.g. the Ceratosaurus. Long teeth are for obvious reasons less necessary in a beast with a long muzzle like the Gavial. The wavy line of the jaws in short-nosed Crocodiles is another device by which the slippings of prey are to be avoided. In the Iguanodon, however, the “teeth are not infrequently found worn down at the crown, like the molar teeth of the herbivorous mammalia at the present day” (British Museum Catalogue). ‘The worn down crowns form cutting, and at the * T have seen this accident happen. I gave an Ocellated Lizard a large slug which was very slimy and must have been as tough as india-rubber. The lizard picked it up and tried to bite it in half as though it were an earthworm, with the result that the slug shot out of its mouth to the distance of some inches. 1906. ] ARTICULATION OF THE VERTEBRATE JAW. 121 same time crushing, almost triturating surfaces, indicating that these animals lived upon herbs” (Gadow). In the Iguanodon the quadrate is greatly lengthened so_as to place the quadrato-mandibular joint below the level of the teeth (text-fig. 45). In this creature the jaw-principle is therefore type 2, only the reptilian form is the mammalian form turned upside down. Text-fig. 45. Skull of Zguanodon bernissartensis (teeth not shown in the diagram). Text-fig. 46. i Diagram of jaws. Type 2 R. I shall for convenience refer to this type as type 2 R (text- fig. 46). I have not been able as yet to examine any of these skulls closely, and I do not know whether the quadrato-mandibular joint would allow a slight amount of horizontal movement to the teeth or not. Type 2 R is also to be seen in a slight degree in some Tortoises (text-fig. 47). From these investigations I am inclined to believe that animals 122 ON THE ARTICULATION OF THE VERTEBRATE JAW. [ Feb. 6, which have flat-topped molar teeth, for crushing or grinding food, require a jaw mechanism which will allow them to separate the lines of their teeth slightly without throwing them greatly out of the parallel, and then to bring the opposed surfaces of these teeth together simultaneously; and that this requirement is met by Text-fig. 47. Skull of a Batagur Tortoise. articulating the lower jaw with the skull on a plane either above or below that of the opposed surfaces of the teeth. Further, I think that such an arrangement is favourable, if not necessary to horizontal movements of the teeth over one another. Some Inferences. So far I have been dealing with the subject from a purely mechanical point of view. It is, however, extremely tempting to speculate upon its evolutionary aspects also. I append a few suggestions ; but they are, of course, purely tentative. LT regard jaws of type | as the original type, and those of type 2 as a later improvement. I think there is ground for this view not only in the fact that type 1 is simpler and the form found in the lower vertebrates, but also in the development of the human jaw. At birth the angle is slight, the condyle being at a low level. As the molar teeth develop from before backwards the angle approaches a right angle, the condyle rising. Also as an abnormality teeth sometimes appear which continue the series of teeth backwards up the ascending ramus of the jaw. If jaws of type 1 preceded jaws of type 2, the first terrestrial vertebrates were probably animal-food eaters. They probably left the water to prey upon the invertebrates, which were flourishing on the land plants, and in course of time they learnt to eat the more succulent fruits. Some modern lizards, which in general appearance and usual habits are animal-food eaters, will vary their diet by eating a little ripe fruit occasionally.‘ From soft fruits some of the reptiles passed on to fleshy leaves, but it is doubtful whether they got much further. Owing to the big quadrate bone they could not develop jaws of type 2, so 1906.] ON THE SUPPOSED BREEDING OF A MULE. 11933) remained rather restricted in their diet. A few only developed jaws of type 2R; crushing rather than grinding machines. It was left to the Mammals to develop jaws of the true type 2, and so to be able to achieve easy horizontal movements of the teeth over one another, by which they could grind seeds and reap the highest benefits of a vegetarian diet. The Birds solved the difficulty of triturating vegetable food by improving their gizzards, not their mouths. The development of the higher Carnivora was a consequence of the development of the Herbivora. The modern jaws of type 1, with their tuberculated posterior molars, their overlapping carnassial teeth, and their long canines, are as perfect machines of their own kind as jaws of type 2. The failure of the Reptiles was perhaps due, among other things, to their inability to produce types with jaws capable of effective grinding movements. They were unable to make the most of vegetable foods, and hence were restricted to the parts of the world where the more luxuriant forms of vegetation were found. February 20, 1906. G. A. Boutencrr, Hsq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions that had been made to the Society’s Menagerie in January 1906 :— The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January were 220 in number. Of these 34 were acquired by presentation and 73 by purchase, 112 were received on deposit, and 1 was born in the Gardens. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 208. Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :— A Snow-Leopard (Felis wncia), from Ladak; presented by Major A. H. Hussey, R.H.A., on January 22nd. An Aard Wolf (Proteles cristatus), from South Africa ; purchased on January 23rd. A Salt-Marsh Cavy (Dolichotis salinicola), from the Argentine, new to the Collection, deposited on January 23rd. The Secretary read the following extract from a letter addressed to him by Maj.-Gen. Sir Reginald Talbot, K.C.B., Governor of Victoria :-— “Tt may interest the Zoological Society of London to be informed of a well-authenticated case of a Mule giving birth to a foal. “ T enclose an extract from the ‘ Australasian’ of Dec. 30th, 1905, giving a portrait of this mule and foal photographed by Captain Buxton of my Staff. I have myself seen the pair, and there is a 124 ON A RING-TAILED LEMUR AND YOUNG. [ Feb. 20, striking resemblance between the mule and foal, with light-coloured muzzle and a light-coloured ring round the eyes. The fact of this mule giving birth to this foal and of having suckled her admits of no doubt. Mr. M‘Gilp, the Manager of the Carriewerloo Estate, informed me that there was no other mare in foal on his property, and therefore it could not have been adopted by the mule mare as was suggested as a possibility. The only question is whether the sire was a Jack ass or a 2 yrs. old cast Stallion. “There has already been some correspondence about this incident in the ‘ Australasian,’ and a letter appeared on Oct. 14th from ‘Bruni, the Naturalist Correspondent who had _ previously expressed doubts on the subject, but when seeing the animals was convinced that they were mother and foal.” Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.8., the Superintendent of the Gardens, exhibited the photograph of a Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catta), Text-fig. 48. en if \ iy Han i Seay, Mh Doi a ale i t\ N s Wie Vi | Ring-tailed Lemur and young. belonging to Mr. W. 8. Gilbert, F.Z.S., to illustrate the method of riding on the back of the mother adopted by the half-grown P. Z.S 1906 ,vol.1.P1. VII Edwin Wilson,Cambridge FIGS. 1-3 ANGERONA PRUNARIA AND VAR. SORDIATA FIGS. 4,5. ABRAXAS GROSSULARIATA AND VAR. LACTICOLOR. _ 1906.] ON BREEDING EXPERIMENTS WITH LEPIDOPTERA. 125 young (see text-fig. 48). The little Lemur was born while the parents were in Mr. Gilbert’s possession. The pair were turned out into a garden in the first week of July 1905 and left out until the 24th of that month; and Mr. Gilbert was inclined to believe that the mating took place during this period of freedom. However that may be, the young one was born on Sept. 26th; and if Mr. Gilbert’s surmise as regards the time of pairing be correct, the period of gestation may be estimated as between ten and twelve weeks. For the first two months of its existence the little one clung to its mother’s breast. It afterwards transferred itself to her back, as shown in the photograph, which represents the animal when 20 weeks old, or about half-grown. Towards the end of January (that is to say, when some four months old) the young one began to go about on its own account, always returning, however, to its mother’s back when disturbed by anyone entering the room. By the middle of February it was partly weaned, and was feeding readily upon bananas and milk. Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited a new drawing of the skeleton of the Triassic Rhynchocephalian, Rhyncho- saurus artiiceps, from the Keuper Sandstone of Shropshire. He pointed out the differences between this ancient reptile and the modern Sphenodon, especially noting the great expansion of its coracoids and ischia, and the probably diminutive size of its sternum. He inferred from the everted rims of the upwardly- turned orbits, and from the sigmoidal bend of the femur, that Rhynchosaurus was to a great degree aquatic in habit. The following papers were read :— 1. On Breeding Experiments with Lepidoptera. By L. Doncaster, M.A., F.Z.8., Mackinnon Student of the Royal Society, and the Rev. G. H. Raynor, M.A.,-F.E.S. [Received December 28, 1905. ] (Plate VIII.*) I.—ANGERONA PRUNARIA. (Plate VIII. fig. 1.) (Experiments by L. Doncaster.) In the summer of 1903 I began breeding-experiments with Angerona prunaria and its var. sordiata, in order to find out how the two forms behaved in inheritance. My material was obtained from two sources: pup of both varieties were bought from a dealer, and Mr. C. P. Pickett of Leyton gave me eggs which he had bred. In neither case did I know the ancestry of the * For explanation of the Plate, see p. 133. 126 MR. L. DONCASTER AND REV. G. H. RAYNOR ON [ Feb. 20, insects used. Only three of these original pairings gave larve which reached maturity. Their results are given in Table I. TABLE I. No. of Exp. § PARENT. 6 PARENT. OFFSPRING. 03.3... 2 sordiata X & sordiata gave 22 sordiata 6, 25 sordiata 9. 03.6... 2 prunaria X g sordiata ,, 27 sordiata$,7 sordiata?,1 prunaria®. 03.4... 2 prunaria X g prunaria ,, 27 prunaria g,1 sordiata ,40 prunaria® . These figures immediately suggested that the banded var. sordiata was a simple Mendelian dominant over the unbanded prunaria type. The next year’s work confirmed this conclusion ; and it must be supposed that the single prunaria among the offspring of 03.6 and the single sordiata in 03.4 were due to accident. The larve, when they first hatch, are exceedingly minute, and when the food is changed it is difficult to be certain that no larva clings to the hands and gets transferred to the wrong box. An inspection of the moths from 03.3 showed that about half of them have the brown bands on the wings, with plain orange or yellow centres, but that the other half, in addition to the banding, have the orange centres speckled as in the typical prunaria. Sometimes the speckling is very faint, so that it is hard to give exact numbers of each type, but approximately among the offspring of 03.3 the numbers are 24 speckled and 23 plain. In 03.6 all were speckled. This suggests that the speckled character of prunaria is dominant over the plain of sordiata at the same time that the banding of the latter dominates over its absence in the former; in this way a heterozygote can be distinguished from a pure sordiata. In 1904, 36 pairings were made, of which 24 yielded imagos in 1905, Their results are given in Tables IT.—VII. TasLeE I].—Prunaria 2 X prunaria og. No. of. Exp. | prun. 3. prun. 2. sord. 3. sord. 9. OA Moe 8 2 1 2 15 8 | Be. Se 1 4 11 5 10 7 6 Dieta iteesee 3 u IY oe 4 Total AS 26 1 — bo Ti 1906. | BREEDING EXPERIMENTS WITH LEPIDOPTERA. Taste III.—Prunaria 2 x speckled sordiata 3. No. of Exp, 2 PARENT. 6 PARENT. OFFSPRING. prun. prun. speck. — speck. YS) Ss0rd So). sond. 2 5 ( Sssece prun.? ex 03.4 X speck. sord. J ex 03.6) 10 11 5 5 A eakeae 9 oy ox 39 2 27 24 16 23 BE ere aoe 3 oy OX 2 1 0 1 1 yeaa 33 OX 5 ex 03.3} 10 10 6 2 QB ee. s i) ON 5 6 25 30 23 23 Motalieie. 73 75 51 59 TasBLE 1V.—Speckled sordiata 2 x prunaria 3. No. of Exp.) 9 PARENT. 3 PARENT. OFFSPRING. prun. prun. speck. speck. 6 2. sord.g. sord.@. 1 4 4 FO4G19) =... ? speck. sord. ex 03.3 X f prun. ex 03.4) 2 ONT manne 33 ex 03.6 X 3 5s 1 0) 2 0) otal eee 3 1 6 4 Tarte V.—Speckled sordiata 9x S. \No. of Exp.|}2 PARENT. (PARENT. OFFSPRING. prun. prun. plain plain speck. speck. fs 2. sord.g. sord.?. sord.g. sord.?. 104.21 ...... 2 ex 03.6 X fg ex 03.3 2 1 if 22... Bd a . My 1 3 2 3 DSI Rae ee 2 ex 03.3 X BS aa te ee 1 1 SOF | sees 5 x 5) ae neh 1 BS a 1 Mo talGeeeree 2 2 4 3 4, 2 128 MR. L. DONCASTER AND REV. G. H. RAYNOR ON [ Feb. 20, TABLE yt ae gee xX prunaria. | |No. of Exp| Q PARENT. ¢ PARENT. | OFFSPRING. | | speck. sord. g. speck. sord. 2. | 04.20 ...... | Ppl. sord. ex 03.3X g prun. ex 03.4 | 8 5 Pie ee . A ae ” 1 3 (ees | 2 prun. ex 038.4 X Opi. sord. ex 03.3 5 3 pees a us = eel ees By | | | | Total ..... u re) | ot 2 Py i Nabi bibs TasBie VII. ee sordiata X plain sordiata. No. of Exp, Q PARENT. ¢ PARENT. OFFsPRING. | plain plain speck. speck. sord.g. sord.2. sord. 8. sord.&. | 04.23 .. ? spec. ex 03.3 X f plain ex 03.3 2 - ee oh 33 » tae Gs 5 2 6 3 = ian Wee eS Od : 4 1 1 = BRE Ss Se ae | otal. alt 2 7 4, From these tables I think it is sufficiently clear that the banding of the sordiata is dominant over its absence in prunaria, but that the speckling of prunaria is at the same time dominant over the plain orange of the pure sordiata, giving a heterozygote which is both banded and speckled (Pl. VIII. fig. 2). The plain sordiata, however, may have some specks along the wing-rays, so that an exact determination of the numbers of “ plain” and “speckled” is not possible. ‘The numbers of these two classes in the tables are therefore approximate. The numbers are not sufliciently large to show whether the different types occur in the proportions demanded by Mendel’s Law, with the exception of those in Table III. Here there are 148 prunaria to 110 sordiata, where equality is expected ; but the mortality is so great among the young larve, and also during hibernation, that a very small differential mortality will account for this. The work was partly undertaken to find out whether there was any tendency for a correlation of either of the types with one or other of the sexes, but no evidence whatever of this has appeared. It is important to notice that no intermediates occurred ; fact the darkest prunaria bred were from two prunaria nee and the lightest sordiata from sordiata parents. 1906. | BREEDING EXPERIMENTS WITH LEPTDOPTERA. 129 It may be pointed out that this case is so like what is known of some other instances of alternative inheritance in moths, e. g. in Amphidasis betularia and its var. dowbledayaria, that it will probably be found that these also are simple cases of Mendelian inheritance. II.—ABRAXAS GROSSULARIATA. (Experiments by the Rev. G. H. Raynor.) We now turn to the case of Abraxas grossulariata and its var. lacticolor (flavofasciata). My. Raynor obtained, some years ago, a rare variety of the female, in which the black markings are very much reduced and assume a partially linear form. They are also characterised by their indefiniteness of outline; instead of the sharp edge to the black marks which is characteristic of the type, in var. lacticolor the black spots have an indefinite appearance, which makes them appear to have been put on with a nearly dry brush. The only exception to this rule is the spot in the centre of the fore wing, which is more conspicuous than in the type (see Pl. VIII. figs. 4 & 5). The var. lacticolor may therefore be regarded as resembling an albino, in which the black pigment is reduced to a constant extent, but not quite absent. The yellow bands do not differ from those of the type. It should be men- tioned that the amount of black varies very widely in the type, but at its most extreme reduction the insect does not resemble lacticolor, since the spots are small and definite. Among the many thousand insects bred by Mr. Raynor, no intermediate between lacticolor and the type has occurred. When the original lacticolor 2 was paired with a normal <4, all the offspring were normal. When, however, two of the progeny of such matings were paired together, some of the female offspring were lacticolor, but the var. did not occur among the males (Table VIIT.). A number of such families were reared which are not included in the tables, since the numbers were at first not recorded. It appeared, however, that the var. lacticolor is a Mendelian recessive of quite a new type, since it was known only in the female, and more exact experiments were undertaken to investigate it further. In 1903, in addition to pairings of the type DR x DR (first crosses paired together), lacticolor 9s were paired with hetero- zygous gs (see Table [X.). The result of these matings was that Jacticolor appeared in both sexes, some of the ds and some Qs being lacticolor, others of each sex normal, Some of the males used as fathers in these experiments were first crosses, others were heterozygous males of the second generation, which had lacticolor sisters. One F, male (exp. xliv. ’03), which had two lacticolor grandparents, when paired with a lacticolor 2 had only normal offspring, showing that in F, pure dominant males occur, fo) in addition to heterozygotes, as is expected on the Mendelian theory. Proc. Zoou. Scc.—1906, Vou. [. No. IX. 8) 130 MR. L. DONCASTER AND REV. G. H. RAYNOR ON [ Feb. 20, It was now shown that the recessive variety hitherto known in the female only could be transferred to the male by pairing a heterozygous male with a recessive female. It remained to pair male and female of the variety together, and to pair the recessive male with the heterozygous female. Both these pairings were effected in 1904 and repeated in 1905. Lacticolor 29 x 3 (Table XI.) have given exclusively lacticolor offspring, male and female; the recessive character breeds true, as was expected. Lacticolor 3 x heterozygous 2 (Table X.) have given all the males normal, all the females lacticolor; a result which may have important bearing on the theory of the determination of sex. To sum up— DR? xDR¢ gives DD¢, DRG, DRG, RRQ. RO xXDRS 4 DERG URE, DRO RG: DR@ xRo S USD Nass RRQ. Re xR i Ro RQ. Taste VIII.—Heterozygous 9 x heterozygous ¢. (Type DR x DR.) No. of Exp. | gross. g. | gross. 2. | Ueto tva. |\) Urea S's Total. | O3.xii. ...) 25 14. 9 48 O3.xxi. | 22 9 ul 42 04x. ...| 18 1 15 29 Dy DOM he 7 1 4 12 Mofal...|\ 67 25 39 131 Taste LX.—Lacticolor 2 x heterozygous 3. (Type RE x DRG.) | No. of Exp. | gross. 3. | gross. 2. | lact. 3. | tact. 2. Total O3: 35 3 3 ) :08.-viii. 3.) 7 0 4 6 2 22 O4.v. ...| 18 6 11 ih 36 ae — ——— co — ——4 Total...| 28 10 20. 3 61 1906. ] BREEDING EXPERIMENTS WITH LEPIDOPTERA. BIL TABLE X.—-Heterozygous 2 x lacticolor 3. (Type DR 2 x RS.) No. of Exp. | gross. 3. | gross. 9. | lact. 8. | lact. 2. Total. OAS XIeeee 16 ae ae | 8 24 04. xxxvil. ... 3 1 4 O25 54) 10 bo 12 ee = ee eee eee eee eens ee Total... 29 | 11 40 Tasie X1.—Lacticolor 2 x lacticolor 6. (Type R9 x RC.) | No. of Exp. | gross. 6. gross. 2. | lact. Gio |) Uae 2 Total. OL eee teeny, 4. 1 5 Ose rie eens ean a ee 2 5 7 04, vii. ...| ask i i) 7 12 Ocala aa ys) | Smee: 11 13 24 It will be noticed that while the results given in the tables are qualitatively in full agreement with Mendel’s Law, yet the numbers depart widely from Mendelian expectation. There is always great mortality in rearing insects, especially in those species which hibernate in the larval state, and the discrepancy is probably accounted for by the greater strength and healthiness of lacticolor, which we have frequently noted, and which has doubtless caused a selective mortality in favour of the variety as compared with the type. The following tentative hypothesis is put forward to account for the relations between the variety lacticolor and the sexes. fastle * has suggested that the determinants for the two sexes are segregated from one another in gametogenesis like Mendelian characters, and that a male-bearing spermatozoon always meets a female-bearing egg or vice versd, so that in respect of sex all zygotes are heterozygous. He has further supposed that somatic characters may occasionally be coupled with one or other sex- determinant, so that of the gametes produced by a heterozygote AB, the male-bearing may all carry one somatic character A, while the female-bearing carry its allelomorph B. * Castle, “ Heredity of Sex,” Bull. Mus. Zool. Harvard, xi. no. 4, 1903, pp. 189, 208. O* 132 ON BREEDING EXPERIMENTS WITH LEPIDOPTERA. | Feb. 20, This hypothesis, with slight modification, leads to the results observed in the cross grossulariata x lacticolor. If we suppose that among the eggs the male-bearing all carry grossulariata, the female-beari ing all lacticolor, while in the spermatozoa there is no coupling, so that we have male- and female-bearing of both kinds, we shall get the following results :— DR gives eges De, Be: DR& gives spermatozoa D¢,RdG,D@, RQ. Since in fertilization a male-bearing gamete must always meet a female-bearing, the possible combinations of egg and spermatozoa are as follows :— (2) Egg Dg x sperm. DQ » Do xX 3, (Be » DRS. » WO xX 5, Oe » DROS. » BOX ry) Rog ” RRQ oc. In the combination lacticolor 2 x heterozygous g we shall similarly have eggs RG, RQ, spermatozoa Dg, RS, DG, RE giving combinations— zygote DDS @. Hou i (6) Egg RS x sperm. D2 = zygote DR¢ @. ” R dX ” R 2 = s) RR ref 2 . ” RQ x ” Dg = 35 Die Gee ROS Pee Rigv= Ue aghtihOage In the mating heterozygous 9 x lacticolor g the eggs are Dg, RQ, the spermatozoa Rd, RQ, the combinations— (c) Ege Dg x sperm. RQ = zygote DRG @. ” RQ x ” Rg = ” RRQ oC. It is now obvious that if the sex borne by the egg is uniformly dominant over that carried by the spermatozoon, the results are: exactly in accordance with the observed phenomena. The sex carried by the egg is that written first in the zygote columns, and we get — In group (2) DDS, DRS, DR, RRQ. » (bd) DRS, BBG, DRG, BRY. oo ide any ht BE hs GRE It is possible to get the same result in other ways, e.g. by assuming coupling between the two characters and the respective sex- Reece minants in both eggs and spermatozoa and random conjugation between them ; buts in any case, if Castle’s assumption of coupling be taken for granted, it is necessary to assume that it is always the egg which determines the sex. Nore.—The sex-hypothesis here outlined seems at first sight to be at variance with that propounded by Wilson (Journ. Exp. 1906. | ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 133 Zool. vol. ii. p. 543)*, and based on his work on chromosomes. We may suppose, however, the two “idiochromosomes ” (or ‘“heterotropic chromosomes”) in the female before reduction to bear the male and female sex-determinants respectively, while in the male the female-bearing chromosome is reduced or absent. Then in the female we shall have segregation of the sex- determinants at the maturation-divisions, and we may suppose that female-bearing eggs are fertilized by male-bearing sperma- tozoa, giving females, the male-bearing egg being fertilized by the spermatozoon which has no “heterotropic” chromosome. This is in full accord with the hypothesis suggested by the behaviour of the var. lacticolor *. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. . Angerona prunaria, 8: p. 125. Heterozygote prunaria X sordiata, 8: p. 128. Pure var. sordiata, $: p. 128. Abraxas grossulariata, 2: p. 129. . Var. lacticolor, 2: p. 129. Fig. go oR to 2. Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part Valais The “Tracheophone”’ Passeres; with Remarks on Families allied thereto. By W. P. Pycrart, F.Z.S., A.L.S., Ke. [Received December 28, 1905. ] (Text-figures 49-52.) i. INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. In the following pages I have endeavoured to describe the main features of the Osteology of the Tracheophone Passeres; and, further, I have striven to embrace in these remarks such other anatomical facts as may seem to bear trustworthy evidence as to the systematic position of the group. The “Tracheophonee ” seem to form a natural group, allied on the one hand to the Eurylemide, Cotingide, and Philepittide, and on the other to the Tyrannide and Pittide: details on this point will be found later (p. 158), This paper is by no means so complete as I could have wished, inasmuch as many genera yet remain to be examined. The position ascribed to some of these at the present day is open to grave suspicion; but these doubts cannot be set at rest until skeletons and birds in spirit are sent home in place of skins. * Also ‘Science,’ xxii. 1905, p. 500. + Since this paper was written, Wilson has suggested an explanation of his results identical with that outlined here (Journ. Exp. Zool. vol. iii., Feb. 1906). £ For Part VIL. see P.Z.S. 1905, vol. 11. p. 30. 134 ‘ME. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [ Feb. 20, il, THE SKULL OF THE ADULT, The skulls of the types which form the subject of this paper present no striking peculiarities or” extremes of specialisation such as are met with among the Eurylemide. Yet collectively they conform to one general plan distinguishable from that of the Tyrannide and the forms which appear to me to be allied thereto. This plan, and the modifications thereof, I hope to be able to describe in the near future. The skulls of the Tracheophone Passeres, and the forms herewith associated, are to be distinguished from those of the Tyrannide, Pittide, and Philepittidee mainly on account of the absence of an ossified nasal septum; but besides these there are other small characters, or combinations of characters, too subtle for tabulation, but which nevertheless contribute towards the delimitation of the several groups. Taken separately, however, the skulls of the types herein described can readily be distinguished from those of the Tyranniform types. But, as will be shown in the sequel, the arrangement I here propose does not rest on these characters alone. The following are the characters which distinguish the families which come within the scope of the present paper :— Pipride.—With a nasal hinge ; inflated antorbital plates; a free lachrymal ; maxillo-palatine xiphoid ; vomer short and broad ; postorbital process obsolete ; processus zygomaticus spine-like and blunt; interorbital septum perforated. Formicariide.—With anterior nares enclosed by a bony wall, leaving a wide aperture at the proximal end of the nasal fossa between the premaxillary and descending processes of the nasal, Maxillo-palatines strap-shaped, crossing the hinder end of the olfactory fossa, and passing backwards beyond the level of the median, descending plate of the palatine ; vomer long and broad; postorbital process large, sometimes joining the processus squamosi ; interorbital septum perforate. Dendrocolaptide.— Interorbital septum imperforate ; nostrils occa- sionally of Formicaroid type; postorbital process small ; maxillo-palatines short and broad, crossing the hinder end of the olfactory fossa and terminating immediately in front of the descending plate of the palatine ; vomer short. Synallaxide.—N ostrils schizorhinal; interorbital septum perforate; maxillo-palatine of great length and slenderness and con- tinued backwards to or beyond the level of the free end of the median descending plate of the palatine. Conopophagide.—Interorbital septum wanting ; postorbital pro- -cesses wanting; maxillo-palatines long, narrow, and anga- lated, continued backwards to the level of the median descending plate of the palatine. Hylactide.—Interorbital septum perforate ; postorbital processes small, placed low down on side of skull; maxillo-palatine long and slender ; vomer short, long limbs. 1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 135 Pittide —Interorbital septum perforate; postorbital processes small; temporal fossa extending to the mid-dorsal line; a more or less well-marked nasal hinge; maxillo-palatines in the form of short thick spurs, crossing the middle of the olfactory floor and far removed from the median descending keel of the palatine. The Occipital Region. The plane of the occipital foramen slopes obliquely backwards through an angle of about 45°, while the foramen itself is without any marked supraforaminal ridge, except in the case of the Pittidee, where it is fairly pronounced. Compared with that of the Eurylemide the cerebral fossa will be found to project slightly beyond (caudad of) the foramen, instead of sloping forwards as in that group, thereby indicating a larger brain-cavity. The lambdoidal crest is not strongly marked, but the region enclosed thereby is wide, except in the case of Pitta, where this ridge is conspicuous and curves rapidly downwards to pass into the lateral occipital wings, thus decreasing the width of the skull in this region. The cerebellar dome is nowhere very prominent, except in Pseudocolaptes, where it attains a development far exceeding that which obtains in any other member of any of the families now under discussion, inasmuch as it rises upwards far above the level of the lambdoidal ridge and temporal fosse to form a tumid swelling, bounded on either side by the cerebral lobes, which stand out in the form of bulle separated from the cerebellar prominence by deep depressions. The lateral occipital wings bounding the tympanic cavity are turned somewhat for- wards, and tend to approach one another in the middle line more than in the Eurylemide. This is especially noticeable in the Conopophagide, Philepittidee, Pipridee, and Dendrocolaptide. The Cranial Roof (text-fig. 49 a-d).—The cerebral dome is wide, well rounded, and rises gently above the cerebellar dome. Pitta and Hylactes ave exceptions in this respect, the cerebral dome rising much higher than in any other members of the families under discussion. In Pitta this dome is constricted laterally by wide though shallow temporal fossee, but in Hylactes this region of the skull is full and round, and the temporal fossa confined to a shallow depression immediately above the squamosal prominence. In Synallaxis, Cinclodes, and Pseudocolaptes, among the Synallaxine, and to a less extent in Yiphocolaptes among the Dendrocolaptine, the cerebral dome is very markedly depressed, though it is at the same time unusually broad from side to side. The cranium of Pseudocolaptes is further noteworthy in that the roof is marked bya relatively deep median groove, and two lateral grooves marking what answers, more or less accurately, to the Sylvian fissure of the brain (text-fig. 50 g, p. 140). In the Ptero- ptochide the form of the cerebral hemispheres is well defined, but the lateral grooves of the “Sylvian fissure” are very faintly indicated. 136 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [ Feb. 20, The interorbital region is narrow, except in Homorus and NXiphocolaptes, where it may almost be described as broad. In all cases this region expands above and behind the antorbital plates to form a protecting roof for the front of the orbit. Lachrymals, even when present, contribute nothing towards the formation of this protection (see p. 138). Text-fig. 49. Lateral aspect of the skulls of:—a. Pseudocolaptes boissineauti. b. Hylactes megapodius. ¢. Batara cinereus. a. Dendrocolaptes picumnus. an. = anterior nares. d.o.p. = antorbital process. ¢.p. = cerebellar prominence. i.0.s. = interorbital septum. .a.=anterior nares. pa.= palatal. p.o.p.= posterior orbital process. pt.=pterygoid. p.z.s.= processus zygomaticus squamosi. The frontals pass insensibly forwards into the nasals, except in € 1906. | OF THE TRAGHEUPHONE PASSERES. 137 Pipra, where they are abruptly truncated to form, with the beak, a nasal hinge. In this, as indeed im all other characters of the skull, the Pipridz agree with the Cotingide, and should probably be in- cluded therewith ; and the Cotingidee in turn agree in this point with the Hurylemide. There is an incipient nasal hinge in the Pittide. The Base of the Skull. Basipterygoid processes are absent. The basitemporal plate, except in Pittidee, is somewhat swollen, and does not extend forward on to the parasphenoidal rostrum, but is bounded by a gently curved or slightly pointed anterior border, the edge of which has fused with the rostrum, leaving apertures for the Eustachian tube. In Pitta this plate is shghtly concave, pointed anteriorly, and has a free edge. iphorhynchus appears to be unique, in that from the anterior border of the basitemporal plate just ventrad of the position usually occupied by the basipterygoid processes it exhibits a pair of long needle-like splints of bone immediately under the pterygoid and extending some distance beyond them, almost, in fact, reaching the long spine-like spurs of the palatines (transpalatines, Parker). Only in Pseudosisura (Homorus) is there any vestige of similar processes, and these take the form of minute prickles. The occipital condyle is very small, spherical, looks downwards and backwards, and lies within a deep precondylar fossa. The Lateral Aspect of the Cranium. The tympanic cavity is. small and bounded above by the base of a more or less well-developed processus articularis squamosi, behind by the lateral occipital wing, and below by the external free edge of the basitemporal plate, while in front it is shut in by the quadrate. Of the usual apertures to be found within this cavity the recessus tympanicus anterior is the largest. The superior tympanic recess opens in the Conopophagide, Pipride, Dendrocolaptine, and Synallaxinee by a moderately large aperture between the otic and squamosal heads of the quadrate ; while within the lower segment of this aperture there will be found a cribriform plate leading into the recessus tympanicus posterior. In the Pittide, Philepittidee, Conopophagide, and Formicariinee these two apertures are separated by a long bar. The fenestral recess opens at the end of the bony column dividing the anterior and posterior tympanic recesses. The periphery of the tympanic recess presents characters of sufficient interest to deserve a brief survey. In the Pittidee, Conopophagide, Formicariide, and Dendro- colaptine the free edge of the lateral occipital wing rises upwards and forwards to pass into a large depressed processus zygomaticus squamosi, and is continued downwards, forwards, and upwards to form a bony wall apposed to the shaft of the quadrate and terminating at the free end of a more or less well-marked processus articularis squamost. In the Synallaxine and the Conopophagidee, 138 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [ Feb. 20, however, this wing comes to a sudden stop when it reaches the summit of the curve, then turns abruptly downwards in the form of a sharp ridge, losing itself in the processus articularis squamost (text-fig. 49 b, p- 136). The postor ital region 1s by no means uniform in character. In the Pittidee alone wide but shallow temporal fossee meet to form a narrow sagittal crest. In the Conopophagide, the ee and Dendrocolaptidee (text-fig. 50 b-d, p. 140) temporal fossze a sufficiently deep to form a fairly conspicuous squamosal cs 0- minence, but they do not meet as in the Pittide. _ In the Philepittidee these depressions are barely traceable. The postorbital process is obsolete in the Acanthosittide, Pteroptochine, and Philepittidee, and in some of the small Dendro- colaptine (e. g., Xiphorhynchus). In some Formicariine (e. g., Thamnophilus) and in some Synallaxine (e. g., Synallawis) this process is continued downwards to fuse with the zygomatic process of the squamosal, forming thereby a bony bar across the temporal fossa. The lachrymal is either altogether wanting or is vestigial. In the Pipridz this bone ts small, dumbbell-shaped, and pressed against the outer border of the swollen antorbital plate as in the Cotingide. It lacks an orbital process, lies entirely within the lachrymo-nasal fossa, and is perforated by a pneumatic foramen. In the Ptero- ptochine it has almost c mpletely fused with the antorbital plate and is sigmoidally curved. In the Philepittide it is represented only by a minute nodule of bone lying in the superior angle of the lachrymo-nasal fossa and adherent to the antorbital plate. The Ethmoidal Rec gion.—The interorbital septum is complete only in the Dendrocolaptine. The antorbital plate does not present any very striking changes of form. In the Pteroptochinze the ventral border of this plate i is deeply notched ; its outer border convex and produced downwards at its inferior angle into a small spur resting on the quadrato-jugal bar: in the Philepittidee it is hamulate in shape. The head of the hammer is large, inflated, projects downwards below the level of the quadrato-jugal bar into which it fits by a groove, while the shaft of the hammer - attached at right angles to the mesethmoid and so as to have clear space above and below it. In the Pipride it resembles that of the Cotingide—as might be supposed. Oblong in shape, its dorsal border is sinuously curved, leading into a space between itself and the frontals, its ant Scie border is straight, but, the line is broken by the downward extension of the infero-external angle; the outer free border is hollowed. In Pittidze the dorsal, external, and ventral borders are fairly deeply hollowed, so that the plate has a bilobed appearance, and this shape is still more pronounced in the Dendrocolaptine. In the Formicariine this plate is almost quadrangular in form, and has the infero-external angle produced into a long pillar extending down the quadrato- jugal bar: in the larger forms (e. g., Batara) this column appears to spring from the middle of the inferior border. In the 1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 139 Synallaxine and Xenicide it forms a large quadrangular plate slightly hollowed along its external border. The floor of the olfactory chamber appears only in a few cases to be partially ossified. Thus, in Xiphocolaptes albicollis for example, and possibly in other species of this genus, the anterior portion of the chamber is partly closed in, when the skull is seen from below, by the inward extension of the palatal processes of the premaxilla. The Premaxilla and Nasal. Except in the Dendrocolaptide and Formicaride, the premaxilla presents no really distinctive characters, being but a small, pointed, triradiate bone. In the Dendrocolaptide, however, it is often produced, as in Yiphorhynchus, into a long, decurved probe. In the species in question this portion of the beak is of considerable length, subcireular, and rod-like. As a consequence of this modification, the anterior nares have shifted backwards so as to lie immediately in front of the lachrymo-nasal fossa, and have become reduced to small oval apertures. The nasals in such genera as [ have been enabled to examine of the Furnariine, Sy nallaxine, and Philydorine, of Dr. Sharpe's ‘Hand-list,’ are of the schizorhinal type (text-fig. 50 g, p. 150). And on this account, as well as on the evidence To the skeleton generally, I suspect that it will be found advisable, on further work, to merge all three ina single subfamily, and with these will probably follow also the Sclerurine, Margarornithine, and Glyphorhynchine. The Macxillo-Jugal Arch. The maxilla, as usual, is completely fused with the premaxilla, but its approximate size may be measured, generally, by the antero-posterior extent of the maxillo-palatine processes. These differ somewhat markedly in the different groups here associated. They will be found in what is probably their most primitive form in the Pittide, Conopophagide, Formicariidee, and Dendrocolaptine. Herein the maxillo- palatine process is triangular in form, the apex of the triangle rising gently from a broad base which sweeps round posteriorly: into the quadrato-jugal bar. The apex, it should be mentioned, underlies the free end of the vomer. In the Formicariide the maxilla, at the point from which the palatine process leaves, is pierced by pneumatic foramina. In the Pipridz these processes are strap-shaped, with a pedate free end, and stand out almost at right angles to the long axis cf the maxilla. Into the base of this bone there opens a pneumatic foramen conspicuous when the skull is seen from below. The form and arrangement of these elements recall the mavxillo- palatines of the Cotingide, indeed the differences between the two are a negligible quantity. In the Conopophagide and the Philepittidee these processes are of considerable length and slenderness. They spring, in the 140 MR W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [ Feb. 20, Text-fig. 50. d TWHEX-f2 ete 7 Ventral aspects of the skulls of :—a. Hylactes megapodius. c. Pseudocolaptes boissineauti. a. Dendrocolaptes picumnus. e. Batara cinerea. {. Xiphorhynchus trochilirostris. g. Dorsal aspect ef skull of Pseudocolaptes (c). a.t.=concha vestibuli. 6.. = basipterygoid process. me.p. = maxillo-palatine process. 2. = nasal. maxilla. pa.=palatine. pt. = pterygoid. squamosi. g.=quadrate. vo. = vomer. b. Philepitta jala. c.p. = cerebellar prominence. n.pme. = nasal process of pre- p.z.8. = processus zygomaticus 1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 141 Philepittidee (text-fig. 50 b), from a moderately broad base and slope obliquely backwards till they reach the vomer, when they curve so that their free ends run parallel with the long axis of the skull. In the Pteroptochinz these processes appear to spring from the inner extremity of the quadrato-jugal bar, that is to say they are given off by the extreme postero- -internal angle of the maxilla, instead of springing from the middle of this bone as in the Philepittide. They curve backwards and inwards till they reach the vomer, when they turn sharply backwards and run parallel therewith, terminating only when they touch the downward keel of the palatine. In the Synallaxine and Acanthosittide these processes are of ereat length and slenderness, curved towards the middle line, slightly wider at their free ends, and extending backwards so as to meet the median descending keel of the palatines. In Pseado- colaptes (text-fig. 50 c) the palatine processes of the maxilla may be taken to represent a halfway stage between those of the Dendrocolaptine on the one hand, and the specialised form which they present in the Synallaxine asa rule. Arising from a broad base they take the form of a pair of tongue-shaped lamine, under- lying the middle of the vomer and presenting a convex border forwards, and a deeply concave border directed towards the palatines, with the median and downward keel of which they come in contact. The quadrato-jugal bar affords no matter for comment. The Vomer, Pterygoid, and Palatine. The vomer (text-fig. 50 a-f) appears to have preserved its simplest form in the “Formicariidee. Here, as in ?hamnophilus and Batara (text-fig. 50 e), it is wide and ‘truncated anteriorly, has a long and broad body, and terminates in two moderately long limbs, which will probably be found, in the nestling skull, to extend backwards to meet the pter yeoid, In the Pittidee the vomer is of considerable size. Deeply notched anteriorly, it extends backwards for a considerable distance, a moderately long body giving place eventually to a pair of long limbs. Though relatively narrower, the vomer of the Pipride is of the same shape. In the Conopophagide it is relatively shorter and produced anteriorly into a pair of long “horns,” due to the fusion and ossification of the concha vestibuli (text-fig. 50 a). In the Pteroptochine these adjuncts to the vomer are of great size and terminate in semiossified cartilage. But the body of the vomer is here greatly shortened, so much so that the breadth is greater than the length, and from this abbre- viated base two long limbs run back to fuse with the dorsal lamina of the palatines: though it is evident, from the great length of the hemipterygoid element, that in young skulls this vomer and the pterygoid will be found in actual contact. In the Philepittide (text-fig. 50 b), the vomer, though of considerable length, is extremely reduced laterally, a small feeble body being 142 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [ Feb. 20 continued backwards by a pair of slender, almost filiform limbs, In the Dendrocolaptine (text-fig. 50 d, p. 140) and Synallaxine it is much reduced, the body being short and broad, and the limbs only moderately long. Anteriorly, as in the Conopophagidee, it supports ossifications of the turbinal cartilage. In some of the Synallaxine, e. g. Pseudocolaptes, these ossifications take the form of a small pair of triangular plates set vertically. The pterygoid has a straight and more or less cylindrical shaft, and extends far forward on to the parasphenoidal rostrum; and as a consequence of this forward position the basipterygoid processes have disappeared, and the facets for articulation there- with have completely disappeared from this rod. As might be expected, there are some few exceptions to the general rule among these groups as to the form of the shaft. Thus in Pseudocolaptes the inner aspect of this rod has developed a broad phalange increasing in breadth from the proximal third forwards to the palatine, while in Acanthidositta it is strongly bowed forwards. But the pneumatic aperture which occurs near the articulation for the quadratein the Euryleemide appears to be wanting altogether in the types now under consideration except in the “Pipride. The chief point of interest which attaches to this bone here concerns the form and relations of its distal extremity. In the Pipridz, as in the smaller Cotingide, this shaft terminates in a long, hastate plate closely applied to the parasphenoidal rostrum, and fused along its inferior border with the palatine. The Pteroptochide at first sight appear also to agree in this matter, but a more careful examination shows that the expanded, hastate portion (hemipterygoid) is cut off by an almost vertical section from the shaft, and appears as though it were but an upgrowth of the dorsal edge of the palatine. Hylactes differs from the rest of the Conopophagide in this only, that the suture between the main shaft and the hemipterygoid is more oblique. In the Pittide the shaft extends further forward, and terminates some distance in front of and above the end of the palatine, in a roughly quadrangular plate, deeply notched in front. With this plate the hemipterygoid forms what may almost be described asa dove-tailed joint fitting into the notch just described, and running backwards below the expanded end of the pterygoid shaft as far as the end of the palatine with which it is fused. In the Philepittide there is no hemipterygoid, the shaft being continued forwards from the point where it meets the palatines in the form of a long and delicate sword-shaped blade, curving slightly upwards. The free end of this blade reaches the vomer, which, however, is fused with the palatine. The Formicariinse, Dendrocolaptine, and Synallaxinse agree exactly with the Pipride and the smaller Cotingide. The Acanthosittine, however, are quite peculiar in this matter, but nearly resemble the true Passeres. The shaft, which is sigmoidally curved, ends in a small pedate plate closely applied to the 1906. } OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 143 parasphenoidal rostrum and passes over, and beyond, the hinder ends of the palatine for some considerable distance, so that what appears to be the hemipterygoid lies immediately under the pedate expansion of the main shaft of the pterygoid. The differences which obtain among these groups in the matter of the palato-pterygoid articulation are of sufficient interest to demand some further notice. I have shown that the Pipride, Pteroptochine, Formicariine, Dendrocolaptine, and Synallaxine all agree in common with the smaller Cotingide, while the Philepittidee markedly differ therefrom. Now among the Cotingide this palato-pterygoid articulation appears under three forms. In what is doubtless the most primitive the shaft of the pterygoid is continued forwards, precisely as in the Philepittide (p. 142); and this is well seen in Chasmorhynchus for example, and, in a shghtly more specialised form, in Calyptomena among the Hurylemide. In Cotingids, such as Aulia or Lathria, we have apparently the intermediate stage between that seen in Philepitta and Chasmorhynchus on the one hand, and that of the smaller Cotingids, such as Hadrostomus, and the Formicariine—and the types associated therewith in this connection—on the other. In this intermediate stage the ptery- goid impinges against the parasphenoidal rostrum, and is then continued forward in the form of a pedate plate, articulating with what is evidently a large hemipterygoid fused with the palatine, by means of a sinuous joint. In the smaller Cotingids, and in types such as Thamnophilus and Pteroptochus, this joint has become obliterated by anchylosis. I cannot recall a similar fusion between pterygoid and palatine in. any of the higher Passerines, but it occurs with some frequency among the Coraciiform birds, as, for example, in the Capitonide and Bucconide. The palatine has a scroll-shaped body turned with its concavity inwards, and, fusing with the hemipterygoid, forms an articular surface whereby it is enabled to glide backwards and forwards along the parasphenoidal rostrum. The ventral free edge of the scroll forms, with that of the opposite palatine, a deep channel along the roof of the palate immediately behind the vomer. From the outer convex surface of this scroll there is given off, near its anterior border, a narrow horizontal lamina, which sends a short spur backwards to form the transpalatine process (W. K. Parker) and a long, slender rod forwards to fuse with the palatine process of the premaxilla. Except in the Pittide, the maxillo- palatine processes lie so far back that their free ends touch, or almost touch, the antero-inferior angle of this palatine seroll; but in the group in question these processes have shifted forwards so that their free ends are far removed from any relation with this portion of the palatine. The transpalatine Spur 1s especially long in Xiphorhynchus (text-fig. 50, f, p. 140), and this is apparently correlated with the remarkable form of the beak. The Quadrate.—As in the Eurylemidee, though not in so marked 144 - MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEULOGY [ Feb. 20, a manner, the quadrate develops a columnar buttress of bone laterad of the outer condyle, for the articulation of the quadrato- jugal bar; and this column, in the Conopophagide, rises upwards parallel with the shaft of the quadrate and for half its height. The outside of this column is gently hollowed to form an ar ticular surface for the quadrato- jugal bar, the extreme proximal end of which rises gently upwards to slide along the glenoid surface prepared for it. When the quadrate is seen from in front, the outer condyle, for the articulation of the mandible, has the appearance of being borne on a separate pedicle standing out obliquely and at some distance from the mner condyle, and this is especially marked in the Synallaxine forms. Seen from its articular surface, the inner condyle will be found to be subcircular in shape and separated by a deep gorge from the outer condyle, which is oblong, sigmoidally curv ed. and has its long axis almost at right angles to the long axis of the skull. These features, it may ue ene Spouse also in the Euryleemid and Cotingide. The Mandible. The mandible does not present any very striking characters, or points of value for systematic purposes. It is truncated posteriorly and has only a very short internal angular process, except in the Conopophagide, where it is of moderate length. The lateral vacuity is always very small, and may be altogether wanting, as in the Pittide, Pipride, Philepittide, and some Dendrocolaptinee. The symphysis is nowhere extensive except in the case of long-billed forms, such as Yiphorhynchus for example, wherein the rami rapidly approach one another to form a long, slender, curved rod flattened along its superior surface. THE VERTEBRAL COLUMN. The presynsacral vertebrze are all heteroccelous and free. In their general characters the cervical vertebra agree very closely with those of the Eurylemide, which I have alre eady described. The odontoid ligament of the atlas is ossified in all the groups here dealt with. Hypapophyses are well developed only in some Formicariine (e.g. Latara), the Dendrocolaptine, and Synallaxine. As in the Eurylemide, the typical number of cervicals is twelve ; following these are three cervico-thoracic vertebrze, 7. e. those bearing free ribs which do not articulate with the sternum. The hindmost pair bear uncinate processes but have no sternal segment. In some, e.g. Synallaxis, there are only two pairs of cervico-thoracic vert tebree, the hindmost pair just veferred to in such cases articulate w ith the sternum. But this point is of no systematic value, though of interest morphologically. The thoracic vertebre are six in number and have ‘well- developed quadrangular neural spines, which may, as in Pipridze 1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHON® PASSERES. 145 form a series of separate upstanding plates, or may, on the other hand, interlock one with another by means of a bifurcating process from the anterior and posterior angles of the dorsal border. Ina skeleton of Siptornis sp. ine. three of these vertebre (1-3) have become anchylosed, but whether this is an individual peculiarity or isa feature peculiar to the genus Iam at present unable to say. The last thoracic, in all the species of the groups here dealt with, has fused with the synsacrum, and in the Dendrocolaptine two thoracies appear to be generally fused therewith, each of which bears long ribs (see p. 146). Hypapophyses in the Pittide are wanting; in no case is there more than two of these processes. In the Hylactine and Dendrocolaptine they are fairly well developed, but never so long as those of the two cervico-thoracic vertebre immediately preceding. In the Pipride and Philepittidee they are degenerate. Philepitta, by the way, is remarkable for the small size of the centra. Twelve vertebre enter into the composition of the synsacrum, but the series from which these are drawn is not always the same, as may be seen by the following tables :— Conopophagide, Pitta. Pipride. e.g,, Hylactes. Philepittide. Thoracic ......... 1 1 1 Il IDibuaN oho y ARAB Eee 2 2 LD) 3 Lumbo-sacral ... 3 a) B 3 ACKaly en eeciwa ne 2 |[caudal, 2 2 2 Obilall js cccsooone . 447 free 348 3+8 Dante 12 11 iil 12 Total 19. Total 19, Total 19, Total 20. Formicariine, Dendrocolaptina, Synallaxinie. Thoracic ........- ] 2 1 Wumibary sence eee 3 2 3 Lumbo-sacral ... 2 2 2 SMGAAl ssaocboosooc 2, 2 2 Caudal ....... ran cte 4A+8 4-7 4A+8 12 12 12 Total 20. Total 19. Total 20, The analyses here given are undoubtedly worth publishing, if only as a basis for further work; but before they can be of any great value a comparison of a much larger series of skeletons than I have been able to make is necessary. The ventri-lateral processes of the second lumbar are in all cases weil developed, but those of the sacrals are more feeble, so that some difficulty is experienced in distinguishing, superficially, between sacral and postsacral vertebre. The dorsi-lateral processes of the sacral and postsacrals are long, keeping the innominates wide apart, Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1906, Vou. I, No. X. 10 146 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [ Feb. 20, while by the ossification of the tendinous tissue overlying them a bony roof to the pelvis is formed, which is most complete in Pitta (see p. 151). In Pitta the fourth postsacral forms a part of the synsacrum, although it really lies well behind the embrace of the imnominate ; on the other hand, in Xiphocolauptes, for example, the fifth free caudal lies within this embrace, yet remains free. Well-marked intercentra, as might be expected, occur in the Dendrocolaptinee—5 to 7 vertebra ; they are smaller in the Synal- laxine and Formicariine, and vestigial or wanting in the Pipridze and Philepittide. ‘The ventral aspect of the synsacrum is marked in a way which deserves some notice, inasmuch as it may be either deeply grooved or pitted, after a fashion apparently not met with outside the groups in which these peculiarities oceur. Thus in the Pipride the ventral aspect of the synsacrum is marked by deep grooves extending on either side of the middle line from the level of the first lumbar to the sacral vertebre ; while in Pipra there will be found a double row of deep oblong pits, one along either side of the middle line, from the last thoracic vertebra (the synsacral) to the first sacral. Among the Synallaxine, Siptornis agrees with Chiroxiphia, while Synallaxis agrees with Pipra. The Hylactine have a grooved synsacrum. These pittings appear, indeed, to occur only in the Pipride, Synallaxine, and Acanthidosittide, and may extend, as in Pipra, along the whole length of this complex as far as the first sacral, or may oceur only from the last lumbar to the first sacral, as in Cinclodes. iv. THE Riss. In the Pipridz, Pittide, Philepittide, Conopophagide, and Formicariine, long styliform ribs are borne by the cervical vertebra, from the 5th to the 9th inclusive; from the 10th—12th the style is vestigial and a narrow pleurapophysial lamella alone is left. The Dendrocolaptine differ in having the styliform portion of the rib much shorter than in the types Just referred to, Among the Synallaxine it would seem that two types of ribs obtain, one represented by a band-like pleurapophysial lamella, and one in which this is very broad, and may further have a short style as in Yiphorhynchus. There are three cervico-thoracic ribs, the Ist greatly reduced ; the 3rd bears an uncinate process but no sternal segment. There are six thoracic ribs, of which five generally articulate with the sternum. In some of the Synallaxine and Dendro- colaptinz there is a tendency for the 5th rib to lose its connection with the sternal border. The 6th rib, almost invariably articulates with the sternal segment of the 5th, being attached by ligament to a more or less well-defined facet. The uncinates are generally moderately long and slender, only in Pitta are they conspicuously broad. 1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 147 v. STERNUM AND SHOULDER-GIRDLE. The sternum of the Tracheophone Passeres throws an interesting light on the evolution of the typical Passerine sternum, in which the corpus sternt is quadrangular in shape, with a pair of notches in its posterior border, long anterior lateral processes, and a forked spina externa, the spina interna being wanting. In the Conopophagide the sternal plate, however, differs con- spicuously from that of all other Passeres, in that there are four posterior notches. Varying in the depth of the notches and other small points in the different genera, these peculiar sterna, together with the sternum of Pitta, have hitherto been regarded as modifications independently acquired—those who held this view not regarding the genera which I have grouped together as closely allied forms. Thus, Forbes, for example, in his paper on the genus Conopophaga (2), wrote, “As regards the possession of a four-notched sternum by these birds and the Pteroptochine, I am not inclined to consider it in any way a primitive character, but rather as an instance of a simple modification having been independently acquired in different groups of birds.” Nevertheless, I venture to think that the brigading of these types with four notches to the sternum is justified, not on this character alone, of course, but because of the numerous characters which all share in common. It is to be noted that among the Coraciiform birds, from which the Passeres are probably derived, a four-notched sternum is the rule. - Hence the sternum of the Conopophagide may be a survival of this older order of things; on the other hand, it may be that this family has developed this character anew. I incline to the opinion that the number of these notches is to be regarded as a primitive character, and that while in Hylactes, for example, the notches have tended to deepen (text-fig. 51 a, p. 148), so as to acquire a superficial likeness to those of the Bucconide, in Conopophaga they are on their way to reduction to the normal Passerine number, by the closing of the inner pair, which are now represented apparently by “fenestree only (text-fig. 51 b). Such a method of reduction is common in the Accipitres, for example. In the Menuride the posterior border of the sternum is entire; in the Pittide but a single pair are left, which, however, are quite unlike the notches in typical Passerine sterna and recall those of the Turnicide (text-fig. 51d)! This form of sternal plate seems to be, however, nothing more than an exaggeration of that met with in Cinclodes, for example, as may be seen by comparing text-fig. 51 c. It would seem, indeed, that the Kurylemid and Formicariid Passeres represent a state of flux in this matter, as well as in the form of the spina externa, which varies in different genera of the same family, as in the Eurylemide and Cotingide. In the higher Passeres the bifureate spina externa and single pair of notches to the posterior border of the sternum are universal. 10* 148 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEGLOGY [ Feb. 20, While in Conopophaga the median pair of sternal notches appear to be closing, in Hylactes they seem to have reached nearly the maximum development. To find a similar sternum we have to search among the Coraciiformes, that of the Bucconide furnishing the nearest approach, But, whereas in the Bucconide the posterior-lateral and intermediate processes appear as though given off from a common base—the margin of the deep scar for the origin of the sterno-coracoides,—in Hylactes the intermediate process appears as though it had been cut out by stencilling from the sternal plate itself, of which the posterior lateral process Text-fig. 51. Form of the posterior border of the sternum and the relations of the articulations of the bones of the Shoulder-Girdle at the foramen triosseum. a. Hylactes. b. Conopophaga. ¢. Cinclodes. ad. Pitta. e. Hylactes. acr.=acrocoracoid. a.l.p.=anterior lateral process. .=carina. cl.= clavicle. cor.=coracoid. p.l.p.=posterior lateral process. p.i.=processus intermedius, s.e.=spina externa. s¢e.=scapula. forms the outer border. The two notches are subequal in length, and do not extend beyond the middle of the sternal plate. Again, in the Bucconid sternum the sternal plate tapers rapidly to a point, meeting at the hinder end of the carina, while in Hylactes, though much incised, the hinder end of the sternal plate, though narrow, is at least nearly as wide as the base of the coracoid, 1906. } OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERLS. 149 The anterior lateral process in Hylactes is of enormous length, projecting far beyond the level of the end of the spina externa : along its free outer border are placed the articular surfaces for the ribs. The spina externa is moderately long and slightly pointed. The carina sterna is small. The sterna of all the remaining genera here discussed are of the typical Passerine type, and present but few structural variations : these, however, I will briefly indicate. Except in the case of the Philepittide, all these sterna agiee in having a forked spina externa—in Philepitta it is unforked and small »—a moderately long anterior-lateral process to which alone the sternal ribs articulate, and but a single notch along the posterior free border, the processus Sieh “medius being wanting. In the climbing forms of the Formicariide and Den- drocolaptidze the sternal plate is long and narrow, and the keel shallow. In the Philepittidie and Pipride the spina externa is pierced on its dorsal aspect by a large pneumatic foramen, and there is a second aperture in the sternum, immediately behind the first. In some of the Synallaxine the sternal foramen is found, but the more anterior aperture is wanting. The coracoid grooves do not meet in the middle line, and have prominent, sinuously curved, dorsal lips: the ventral lips are thin and continued inwards on to the spina externa. These grooves attain their maximum development in the Conopophagidee. The coracoid shaft is long and slender, but is apparently never longer than the corpus sterni. The pr ocoracoid process is never large, and takes the form of a short, oblong, downwardly directed plate; thus, though smaller than in the Hurylemide, it is larger than in the higher Passeres. In the Hylactine it extends upwar rds to fuse with the inturned head of the acrocoracoid. The width of the shaft at its base is increased by a short and narrow flange of bone along the outer border, but this never extends further forward than the level of a line passing in front of the free end of the spina externa. The scapula, except in its relation to the foramen triosseum, which will be discussed presently, presents no features of sufficient interest to demand special notice. The furcula is of the typical U-shape, but varies as regards the development of the hypocleideum and the form of its free ends. The hypocleideum in AHylactes and in the Pipridee is vesti- gial. In the Pittidee it is linguiform and rises abruptly from its base: in the Philepittidee ‘It is almost quadrangular. It is largest among the Dendrocolaptine, Synallaxme, and Formi- carline types, ‘where it inclines to a cordiform shape. The nature of the articulations between the coracoid, scapula, and furecula, where they meet to form the foramen triossewm, are interesting. They are of two kinds, one of which is peculiar to the Hylactine (text-fig. 51), while the other obtains more or less exactly among all the other groups. In Hylactes—Conopophagide,—as I have already mentioned, 150 MR, W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [Feb. 20, the procoracoid turns downwards to fuse with the inturned portion of the acrocoracoid, thus entirely surrounding the foramen in question. To the outer side of” this procoracoid band the expanded free end of the furcula is attached, the dorsal border of this expansion fitting into a triangular notch in the free edge of the acromion process of the scapula : this acromion process, by the way, being set on in advance of the procoracoid band, serves to further increase the length of the roof of the foramen triosseum before referred to. In the Pittidee the procoracoid process is wanting: the roofing of the triosseal foramen is consequently furnished entirely by the acromial process of the scapula, while its inner wall is formed by the expanded foot of the furcula, This sbi’ against the acrocoracoid and altogether in front of the acromial process, which, however, it touches by its posterior dorsal angle, and then completes the triosseal foramen. In the Philepittidee the procoracoid is moderately well developed and turns abruptly downwards, so as nearly to meet the acro- coracoid, the gap being filled by a ligament. The acromion of the scapula crosses the coracoid, so that it lies immediately over the anterior border of the procoracoid. The upper end of the expanded foot of the furcula is attached, partly to the acrocoracoid, and partly to procoracoid and acromion of the scapula, forming an extensive attachment with its anterior face. In the Pipridee the procoracoid les immediately behind the acromial of the scapula and the expanded foot of the fureula ; attached in front to the acrocoracoid, and behind to the scapula, it closes in the triosseal foramen, the actual roof of which is formed entirely by the scapula, the procoracoid forming a sort of pent- house continuation of the roof caudad of the scapula. This arrangement agrees with what obtains in the Kurylemide, the remaining groups here dealt with, and the higher Passeres, THE Petyic GIRDLE. The pelvic girdle differs considerably among the families here under consideration, the more primitive types showing a rather close resemblance to the EKurylemide in this matter. In Philepitta this resemblance is fairly close, especially in so far as the post-acetabular region of the innominate is concerned. In front this element takes the form of a concave, conical blade, which does not rise to the level of the neural spines of the synsacrum, and is set off therefrom by the transverse processes of the enclosed vertebre; behind the acetabulum the innominate expands to form a broad dorsal plane, which terminates caudad in a point opposite the transverse process of the third caudal vertebra. There is no pectineal process. The ischium is con- tinued backwards and downwards in the form of a narrow curved blade, terminating in a truncated point bent sharply upon the main body of the blade, thus serving to create a wide ischio- 1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 151 pubic fissure, closed posteriorly by the anchylosis of the ischium with the pubis ; this last is produced caudad into a moderately long, inwardly curved rod. In Pitta the pre-acetabular ilium is broader than in Philepitta, and rounded in front as in the Eurylemide: while the post- acetabular illum after expanding to form a broad dorsal plane, terminates in a long tongue-shaped plate enclosing a deep notch between itself and the transverse processes of the free caudals : from the lower surface of this tongue there descends a broad plate to fuse with the ischium and enclose the ischiadic foramen. Anteriorly, it should be remarked, the innominate encloses a deep trough bounded in the middle line by the synsacral crest, and floored by the tcansverse processes of the vertebre. The ischium resembles that of Philepitta. An unusually broad plate of bone divides the obturator foramen from the ischio-pubic fissure, which is thereby greatly reduced, and is further closed posteriorly by the fusion of the ischium with the pubis, which terminates abruptly just caudad of the ischium. In the Pipride the pelvic girdle also bears a strong resemblance to that of the Eurylemide. The fovea iliaca anterior is well de- fined, and there is also a deep trough between the synsacral crest and the pre-acetabular ilium. As in Pitia, the post-acetabular ilium is continued backwards for some distance, but so as to form, not a tongue-shaped plate so much as a spine, between which and the transverse processes of the caudal vertebre there is a deep notch. The obturator foramen is separated from the ischio-pubic fissure by a narrow bar of bone, but the fissure is not closed posteriorly by the fusion of the ischium with the pubis. In the Conopophagide we meet with a pelvis of a somewhat more specialised type. The pre-acetabular ilia meet one another in the middle line above the synsacral crest, and the fovea tiaca anterior is unusually sharply defined, its superior border sweeping round in the form of a sharp ridge to form the anterior border of the dorsal plane, terminating above, but mesiad of, the anti-trochanter. By this meeting of the innominates, the troughs, to which reference has been made, are here converted into canales ilio-lumbales. The post-acetabular ilium forms a moderately wide dorsal plane which is continued backwards and terminates in what may be described as a recurved spine, from the lower surface of which descends a broad bony sheet to fuse with the ischium and enclose the ischiadic foramen. The ischium may be described as a band-shaped plate of bone, having its hinder end twisted outwardly to a quite unusual extent and carrying the pubis with it. The obturator foramen is shut in by a bony bar, and the ischio-pubic fissure, which is very wide, is closed by the descending process of the ischium, which is met by a corresponding pedicle from the pubis. The pubis itself terminates in a spine just caudad of the ischium. The Formicariine, Dendrocolaptine, and Synallaxine are not sufficiently well represented in the collections at my disposal to 152 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY | Feb. 20, enable ine to say much concerning the form of the pelvis in these somewhat heterogeneous groups, but, those genera which I have so far examined in this connection show considerable specialisation im adaption to climbing habits. In the smaller Synallaxine species the pelvis resembles that of the Philepittide, having the ischia widely expanded posteriorly and produced into a long rod-like foot bent shar ply on its long axis, but the pre- -acetabular ilium is relatively shorter. In S iptornis the pre-acetabular ilia are widely separated, being divided by a deep trough on either side of the synsacral crest; but in Synallaxis and Homorus, by the shortening of the transverse process of the supporting vertebra, the innominate bones almost touch one another above the synsacral crest. In Pseudocolaptes the pre-acetabular ilia are subconical in shape and rise to the level of the synsacral crest, but are separated therefrom by a narrow space. The form of the ischium agrees very closely with that which obtains among the more specialised Dendrocolaptines : stnce it turns downwards instead of running backwards beyond the level of the post-acetabular ilium ; by this means the depth of the hinder region of the pelvis is greatly increased. In Xiphorhynchus and Dendrocolaptes this deepening is especially noticeable ; furthermore, this is associated with a tendency to close up the obturator fissure by the ossification of the tendinous fascia stretched between the inferior border of the ischium and the pubis. In Xiphorhynchus this newly ossified matter hangs down from the ischium in the form of a delicate curtain of bone and is continued forwards and downwards to form a broad bony plate enclosing the obturator foramen. The pelvis of Batara, one of the Formicariide, presents some extremely interesting features. In many respects resembling the pelvis of “Dendrocolaptes, it differs therefrom in having the dorsal border of the pre-acetabular iium strongly arched, anid this curve is followed by the synsacral crest which lies between. The ischium, in its general shape and characters, also closely resembles that of Dendrocolaptes, but it differs therefrom mainly in that it fuses completely with the pubis, which is unusually broad and also very short. In all these pelves the fovea lumbalis is extremely small, and the fovea ischiadica and pudendalis are confluent. Tue PrecroraL Lion. The pectoral limb in the groups here described presents a some- what remarkable uniformity even in structural details: so much so that it would be difficult, on the evidence of the wing alone, to determine to which of these families the skeleton belonged. With but few exceptions the forearm is the longest segment of the wing, but then is never markedly longer ; thes arm and manus are subequal. There is no coraco- aiteral grocve, and the characteristic pit for the brachialis anticus is situated below and proximad of the ulnar condyle. 1 1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 153 In Philepitite the tuberculum medius, which forms a kind of penthouse roof over the pneumatic foramen, is perforated by a small hole; and the deltoid crest isshort and but feebly developed. The arm and forearm are pneumatic. The intermetacarpal plate is moderately well developed, and fuses along its hinder border with the metacarpal IIT., which is slender and bowed. In the Pittide only the humerus is pneumatic. The deltoid crest is obsolete, but the cristae inferior is well developed and roughly triangular in shape. As in Philepitta, there 1s no coraco- humeral groove, but the ectepicondylar process is better developed than in Philepitta. In the Pipride the humerus only is pneumatic, the deltoid crest is short and feeble, and the coraco-humeral groove is wanting. At the base of metacarpal I. is a deep notch continued outwards along the preaxial border of metacarpal IT. in the form of a channel for the tendon. None of the bones in the wing of the Pteroptochine is pneu- matic; the deltoid crest of the humerus is obsolete and confined to the extreme proximal end of the shaft, and the ectepicondylar process is wanting; the intermetacarpal plate is well developed, and the preaxial border of metacarpal II. is marked by a small, laterally compressed, mound-shaped boss of bone. As in Pteroptochus, so in Hylactes the wing is non-pneumatic, and the deltoid crest of the humerus is feebly developed, while the radial and ulnar condyles are set close together. Metacarpals If. and III. are unusually broad and set close together, reducing the space between to a mere slit. Of the subfamilies Formicariine, Dendrocolaptine, and Synal- laxine, I can say nothing that would be of use. The wing here presents a great general similarity, and it is impossible to say, at present—owing to the lack of skeletons,—whether the slight differences which can be made out are due to individual variation, or whether they obtain throughout whole genera. vill. Tar Petvic Lime. The pelvic limb in some respects resembles that of the Kury- lemide. Although the different groups herein described do not, in this matter, differ very widely one from another, yet this limb presents a greater range of variation than is found in the case of the wing. In the Pipride only is the femur pneumatic, in this matter agreeing with the Cotingide; the fibular crest is short, and the fibula continued far down the leg in the form of a delicate style ; the cnemial crests are moderately well developed. The Ph. I. of D. IV. is less than half the length of Ph. I. D. III. The most striking feature perhaps about the Philepittide is the oblong, more or less quadrangular shape of the entocnemial process, which rises directly from the level of the articular surface of 154 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [ Feb. 20, the shafts and extends forwards and upwards for some distance. The fibular crest is long and low and the fibula produced into a long, needle-like style. ‘The basal phalanges agree in length with those of the Pipride. In the Pittide the ento- and ectocnemial crests are Jinguiform and moderately well developed. The hypotarsus is small, and the outer border of the plantar surface of the tarso-metatarsus bears a long sharp ridge or keel. In Peter optochus—Conopophagidee—the great trochanter of the femur takes the form of a knife-like crest, bounded on either side by a deep pit; while the inner tibial condyle terminates In a sharp hook-like process, The ento- and ectocnemial crests of the tibio-tarsus are almost claw-like and of considerable size, and the fibular crest is moderately high and stout. The tarso-metatarsus has a deep and prominent keel running along the outer border of its plantar surface ; and has Ph. I. D. 1V. less than half the length of Phil, Da. Hylactes has the inner condyle of the femur produced into blunt spur. The ento- and ectocnemial crests of the tibio-tarsus are well developed, the outer being rather unusually large. Deep ridges on either side of the tarso-metatarsus give the plantar surface a trough-shape: there are but two tunnels in the hypo- tarsus, and Ph. I. of D. IL. II. IV. are subequal. The femur is pneumatic only in Dendrocolaptes, and in this genus the ento- and ectocnemial and fibular crests are not strongly developed ; and in Yiphorhynchus they are almost obsolete. In this last genus there is a small but sharply defined tubercle above the outer condyle of the tibio-tarsus, and a bony loop immediately below the inner cotylus of the tarso-metatarsus. In Psewdocolaptes the ectocnemial crest is well developed, the entocnemial moderately so; the proximal end of the shaft of the tibio-tarsus is bent upon itself and the fibular ridge though short is well developed. The tarso-metatarsus is trough-like behind, and has a bony tendon bridge immediately under the inner cotylus. In Homorus and to a less extent in Pseudocolaptes the ento- and ectocnemial crests are well developed, but do not extend far down the shaft; the extensor bridge is very wide, and bounded on its inner ae by a short bridge running up the tibial shaft and terminating in a tubercle ; while a SS but shorter ridge runs up the outer side of the shaft. The fibula is unusually perfect, extending down as a long, almost filamentary, splint to within a short distance of the fused tarsals. Below the inner cotylus of the tarso-metatarsus is a tendinous bridge as in Pseadocolaptes. The size and disposition of the distal trochlee of the tarso- metatarsus in these groups demand a short description. As in the Eurylemide generally, they lie all in the same plane, and give the shaft immediately above them a conspicuously flattened appearance. But while in the Eurylemide the fused metatarsals are indicated by three very well-marked grooves immediately above the trochlew, all trace of these separate elements is obliterated in 5 or 1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 1 the forms now under discussion. These trochleze are not only all in the same plane, but they are also all of the same length; in their relative sizes, however, they show not inconsiderable differences. ; The Conopophagine show the least specialised condition of these parts, in that all trochlee are large and placed wide apart. The IJ. is turned inwards. In the Pteroptochine all are small : and they are still further, relatively, reduced in the Pipride, especially in so far as 1V. is concerned. Inthe Pipride ITT. is the largest, IV. the smallest. Among the Formicariine and Dendrocolaptine types there appears to bea marked tendency to reduce the IV.,and this is well seen in Homorus, where trochlee IT. and III. are large, and IV. extremely small. The same is true of Psewdocolaptes and Batara, though not to so marked an extent. In Dendrocolaptes the trochlee are wide apart, and III. is deeply cleft in the middle. Xiphorhynchus is peculiar in having a rather small IT. trochlea which is turned inwards, while III. is deeply cleft as in Dendro- colaptes. The depression for Me. I. is generally well marked, especially so in Homorus. The Formicariine, Dendrocolaptine, and Synallaxine types agree with the Conopophagide in that Ph: I. of D. IV. is only about half the length of the same phalanx in D. II. III. In Pseudocolaptes all the phalanges of this row are remarkably short, the length decreasing from within outwards; and in NXiphorhynchus this abbreviation has been carried to excess, all the phalanges of this row being subequal and extremely short, while in both genera they lie closely pressed together. In Dendrocolaptes these phalanges are also short and subequal. ix. SUMMARY. Miiller (6) was the first to utilise the structural characters of the syrinx for systematic purposes. He it was who coined the term ‘“ Tracheophone Passeres” and brigaded together the forms possessing this type of windpipe. But his arrangement of the Passeres as a whole was unsatisfactory, inasmuch as he failed to discriminate between what we now regard as Passeres and the outlying forms which go to make up the ‘“ Coraciiformes.” Huxley appears to have been the first to differentiate between the Passeriform and Coraciiform types: while the further subdi- vision of the Passeres seems to have been first placed on a satis- factory footing by Sclater and Salvin (10). These authors adopted Miiller’s ‘ Tracheophonez,” but for the sub-division of the group which they found necessary they employed such characters as were afforded by the scutellation of the tarsus, the shape of the tail,and so on. Garrod (5) improved on this, and it will probably materially aid those who may read this paper if Garrod’s scheme is given here. It is as follows :— 156 MR. W. P, PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [ Feb. 20, Sub-order TRACHEOPHONE, Fam. 1. Furnariide. Sub-fam. 1. Furnariine. eS 2. Sclerurine. 7 3. Synallaxine. - 4, Phylidorhinze. Fam. 2. Pteroptochide. » 3. Dendrocolaptide. » 4. Conopophagide. », 9. Formicariide. My amendments to this scheme amount to this—L propose to alter the balance and composition of his families 2-5, arranging them as follows :— Sub-order TRACHEOPHONE. Fam. 1. Formicariide. ,, 2. Dendrocolaptide. » o Furnartide. Sub-fam. 1. Furnariine. a 2. Sclerurine. : 3. Synallaxine. 9 4, Margarornithine. I 5. Phylidorhine. Fam. 4. Conopophagide. Sub-fam. 5. Conopophaginz. 5 6. Pteroptochine. = 7. Hylactine. Fam, 5. Xenicidee. In this Sub-order all but the Xenicide have a tracheal syrinx ; and this is remarkable for the presence of a lateral cartilaginous pillar set on to the bronchial ring by a broad base. In some genera this pillar is extremely well developed; in others it is but small, and may be wanting as in Conopophaga, though this genus has hitherto been described as possessing this ‘“ processus vocalis.” As to the development of this process in the Dendrocolaptidee— corresponding to the Dendrocolaptine of Sharpe’s ‘ Hand-list,’ which includes about eleven genera—nothing seems to be known. In the references to the syrinx of the “* Dendrocolaptide ” which have from time to time been made, this covering title has included both Furnariine and Synallaxine types. These references indeed, in nearly all cases, appear to be based on Miiller’s dissections (6), who does not seem to have examined any strictly Dendrocolaptine types in this connection. All the Tracheophonee are holorhinal except the Furnariine, which are schizorhinal. Conopophaga, as Forbes insisted long ago (2), has nothing to do with the Furnariine, but seems to approximate towards the Formicariine types. While Sharpe regards it as entitled to rank asa Family by itself, it seems to me that we shall be nearer the 1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 157 truth if we reduce it to the status of a sub-family, and create, to accompany it, the sub-families Pteroptochine and Hylactinee— the former of these being regarded by Sharpe (‘ Hand-list ) as a Family, and the latter as a genus only thereof. The essential feature of the Conopophagide is the 4-notched sternal plate, and the most primitive member of the family is Conopophage. In the peculiar character of the sternum (p. 147) this family is unique among the Passeres. The Furnariine forms need careful revision. The composition of this family roughly corresponds to the Dendrocolaptidee of Dr. Sharpe minus the Dendrocolaptine, which, it seems to me, should be regarded as a separate Family. As touching the Xenicide, I have recently elsewhere (8) con- tended that this Family is more or less nearly related to the Synallaxide, and this largely, but not entirely, on account of osteological characters. More primitive in some respects than this Family, they differ chiefly in the form of the syrinx, which is tracheo-bronchial, and therefore the Xenicide would appear to be at the bottom of the tracheophone stem, the members of which split up into holorhinal and schizorhinal types. The seutellation of the podotheca, largely used in Sclater and Salyin’s classification of the Group (10), cannot be relied on as a guide to the closer bonds of affinity. Thus, in the Conopophagide, Conopophaga is exaspidean, like the Tyrannide and Pipridee ; Pteroptochus is taxaspidean, like the Formicariide and Philepittide, while the Dendrocolaptine and Synallaxine are endaspidean. In the matter of pterylosis all the Tracheophonee have a long 10th remex and a vestige of the 11th, and all have a more or less saddle-shaped expansion to the pt. spinalis, the tract behind this being feebly developed. The curious form of the nostrils of Xenicus and the remarkable structure of the external ear I have already described at length (8). But little attention has ever been paid to this aperture, and it is probable that a careful study of the form of the external ear will be rewarded by interesting results. The external nares in Scytalopus and Conopophaga ave covered by a leaf-shaped operculum. : The deltoideus longusand brevis—muscles of the shoulder-girdle— arve,.as Dr. Mitchell has shown, of considerable value as factors in classification. In the paper on Acanthidositta, to which I have several times referred here, | have shown that these muscles, in this genus, have preserved their primitive character to a very unusual degree: the longus portion being two-headed, the second head being attached to the os humero-scapulare and forming with the claviculo-scapular head a large and powerful muscle inserted into the ectepicondylar process of the humerus by a short tendon. In such Tracheophonex as I have been enabled so far to examine in this respect, I find the more normal, specialised, condition to obtain. Thus in Scytalopus and Conopophage and in Pormicivora the longus portion has lost the second head, though in Conopo- 158 ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. [ Feb, 20, phaga there is a slender strip of muscle, underlying the clavicular head, which arises from the dorsal aspect of the acromion of the scapula ; but this is of no importance. In these three genera the brevis portion is still moderately well-developed, arising from the os humero-scapulare, and extending nearly as far downwards as the middle of the shaft ; while the longus portion is very slender, but remains fleshy up to the point of insertion, whereas in the other genera referred to it terminates in a loag tendon. With regard to the relationship of the “ Tracheophonee ” to the remaining Passeres, it seems to me that we may regard this Sub- order as one of three main branches of a common stem (see text- fig. 52). One of the extremities may be called the Eurylemid Text-fig. 52. Passeres Formicariude Dendrocolaptide: | Osciaes Conopophagide Pipride ie Cotingid# ene ?Menuride Tyrannide Phylogenetic tree indicating the probable relationships of the “'Tracheophone”’ Passeres. branch; therefrom have arisen the Pipride, Cotingide, and Philepittidee. The Tracheophone comes off, as it were, from the axil of the Eurylemid branch, while the third, forked at its base, gives rise to the Tyrannide and Pittide on the one hand and the Oscinine Passeres on the other. As to the position of the Menuridze I am in doubt at present, but probably they are an offshoot of the Oscinine stem, low down. There is yet much work to be done among the non-oscinine Passeres, but I believe that the present scheme is more nearly phylogenetic than any which has preceded it. J am now engaged on the ‘ Tyrannine” branch, and hope soon to present a summary of my labours thereon. 1906. } ON THE MAMMALS OF KNYSNA, CAPE COLONY. 159 x. REFERENCES. (1) Bepparp, F. E.—Structure and Classification of Birds. (2) Forpes, W. A.—On some Points in the Anatomy of the Genus Conopophaga. P. Z. 8. 1881. (3) Firprincer, Max.—Zur vergleich. Anatomie des Brust- schultesapparates. v. Teil: Vogel. Jenais. Zeitsch. f. Naturw. xxix. 1902. (4) Gapow, H.—Bronn’s Thier-Reich. Band vi.: Végel. 1893. (5) Garrop, A. H.—On some Anatomical Characters which bear upon the major divisions of the Passerine Birds. Parts Ps ZS. 87s) Parts ERM vey Zs Sale, (6) Miiurr, J.—Vocal Organs of the Passeres. Engl. Transl. 1878. (7) Pycrarr, W. P.—Contributions to the Osteology of Birds. Part VII. Eurylemide. P. Z.S. 1905. (8) Pycrarr, W. P.—Some Points in the Anatomy of Acanthi- dositta chloris. Ibis, 1905. (9) SHarpe, R. B.—Hand-list of Birds. Vol. iti., 1901. (10) Scuarer & Satvin.—Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium. 1873. 3. The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—IV.* List of Mammals obtained’ by Mr. Grant at Knysna. By OLDFIELD THomas, F.R.S., and Harotp ScHwann, -H.Z.8. [Received January 23, 1906. ] Owing to its possession of one of the few forest-areas in Cape Colony, Knysna, at the centre of the southern coast, has always occupied an important position in the history of South African zoology. ‘The name occurs again and again in the literature, from the date of Sir Andrew Smith onwards, and it was therefore thought advisable that a series from so interesting a locality should be obtained by Mr. Grant as part of Mr. C. D. Rudd’s magnificent exploration of South African zoology. Mr. Grant therefore went to Knysna in December 1904, and stayed until the middle of January 1905, when he went for a month to Plettenberg Bay, in the near neighbourhood, after which he again worked at Knysna until April 23rd, when he left for the Transvaal. He was thus in the Knysna district throughout the southern summer. The series now dealt with consists of about 150 specimens belonging to 31 species and subspecies, of which four have required descriptions as new. Of these by far the most inter- * Vor Part ILL. see P. Z. 8. 1905, vol. 1. p. 254. 160 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON THE [ Feb. 20, esting is the distinct Forest Golden Mole, named in honour of Mrs. Rudd Amblysomus corrice, of which Mr. Grant obtained a good series. The species was described in an earlier communti- cation, in order that its skull might be figured in company with that of the Zululand form discovered previously by Mr. Grant. As usual, the whole series is and will be of the utmost value in more fully working out the details of 8, African Mammalogy. Indeed, the lists we are giving of the Rudd collections as they come in are only a first commencement of the use that they will be to Science. For as they accumulate different specialists are enabled to take up group after group, and such useful revisions as that of the Arvicanthis pumilio group by Mr. R. C. Wroughton, or of the South African Rhinolophi by Mr. Knud Andersen, are thereby rendered possible. To such revisions our lists are a mere preliminary, though we hope that in addition to fulfilling the necessary work of describing the new forms they may also serve a useful purpose from a geographical point of view. Mr. Grant’s notes on the collection are as follows :-— The country around Knysna is decidedly mountainous, varying from sea-level to over 4000' within a few miles. The highest point of the Outeniqua Mountains is 4666’. Many miles of the country, especially to the N.E. of Knysna, are covered with dense forest, which becomes more patchy to the east and west, and in many parts is confined to the kloofs and rivers. The principal trees are yellow-wood, iron-wood, stink- wood (laurel), witel, and coomassie. In the more open places and along the banks of the main road ferns are very plentiful. The open parts are grassy downlands, covered here and there with scrub (fine bush) and sugar-bush. The first half of my visit was spent in the forest-region, and the latter half in the open veldt at Plettenberg Bay, which is about 20 miles east of Knysna. 1. CERCOPITHECUS PYGERYTHRUS Cuv. ¢. 1004, 1006, 1007. @. 1005. Knysna. “¢QOapie’ of the Dutch. “ Common; frequents the forest-country, and visits the lands and gardens near houses, doing considerable damage. Generally in parties of six or more, although I have oceasionally observed a pair with their young only.”—C. 7. B.G. 9. Partito porcarius Bodd. @. 1024. Knysna. 6. Skull only. Plettenberg Bay. “Found in large troops both in the forest and on the krantzes along the coast. “Ts exceedingly wary and can seldom be obtained. At times, however, they are very bold and do considerable damage amongst the mealies and fruit,”—C. H. B.G. 1906. | MAMMALS OF KNYSNA, CAPE COLONY. 161 3. Rovussrrus CcouLaRis. 3. 1088, 1090, 1091, 1092. 2. 1082, 1083, 1085, 1086. Knysna. “This Bat I found in one cave only, on the Knysna Heads, and it was there literally in hundreds. It was a sight to be remembered to see them coming out in practically one solid sheet on a shot being fired inside the cave. “T was told that this species was also to be found at Plettenberg Bay and in the forest, but I was unable to obtain it at either place.” —C.. H. B. G. 4, RHINOLOPHUS AUGUR K. And. 3. 1045. 2. 1040, 1041, 1042, 1046. Plettenberg Bay. “T found this species only in one of the many caves examined ; it was difficult to secure, owing to the great height of the roof. It is, however, abundantly common everywhere.” —C. H. B. G. 5. PIPiIstRELLUS KUBLII FUSCATUS Thos. ©. 1027. Knysna. ** Knocked down in forest at night.”—(C. H. B.G. 6. MINIOPTERUS DASYTHRIX Temm. 3. 1074, 1075, 1076. @.1080. Knysna. ®. 1039. Plettenberg Bay. These specimens seem to represent a southern coast species different from that found in Natal and northwards to Mashona- land. They are of a very dark colour on the back, the head rather paler and greyer, and the hair seems longer than in the more northern form. Their forearms are about 45-46 mm. in length. The males are darker than the females, the latter, instead of wholly blackish backs, having brownish backs fringed with blackish externally at the junction of the membranes with the body. Whether this sexual difference is constant we have hardly enough material to be able to state. Temminck’s Vespertilio dasythrix* was stated to have come from the ‘interior of Caffraria,”’ whieh would seem rather to have brought it into the range of MW. natalensis; but as the latter is distinguished ‘by its brown instead of blackish colour, and the type of dasythrix is described as being “noir mat,” a description Dr. Jentink has kindly confirmed, we think the locality—at the best, very vague—should be disregarded, and the Knysna specimens referred to Temminck’s species. With regard to the size of the skull and teeth, these specimens are all quite uniform, with a greatest skull length of about 155 mm., front of upper canine to back of m* 6-2, greatest breadth of palate * Or “Wasythrix,’ as it was misprinted in the original description (Mon. Mamm..ti. p. 268, 1840). Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XL dd 162 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON THE — [Feb. 20, including molars 6°3, front of lower canine to back of m, 6°5. With these measurements those of Temminck’s type, kindly taken for us by Dr. Jentink, closely agree, so that there is no doubt as to which of the two Knysna species should bear the name of dasythria. “Taken in cave on sea-coast.”—C. H. B.G. 7. MINIOPTERUS FRATERCULUS, Sp. N. Gi l078; LOTT... Q. 1079s pknyena, Closely similar in every respect to W/. dasythrix, agreeing with that species absolutely in colour, even to the peculiarity in the respective coloration of the two sexes. Thus the back of the male is smoky blackish, the head and whole of the under surface dark brown (darker than Prout’s brown); the female is dark brown above and below, rimmed with black along the hinder part of the back. Butthe skull and teeth are very markedly smaller and the forearm rather shorter; though the latter is not so much shorter than in dasythriz as might have been expected from the difference in the skulls. Dimensions of the type, the starred measurements taken in the flesh :— Forearm 43:7 mm. (other specimens, ¢ 43, 2 44). * Head and body 54 mm.; * tail 52; *ear9; *tragus 4; third finger 79; lower leg and foot (¢. u.) 27:5. Skull—greatest length 14°7; basal length in middle line 11-2; pveadth of brain-case 7:5; height of brain-case from basion 673 ; palate length 5-7; front of canine to back of m* 5:5; greatest breadth of palate, including molars, 5°6; front of lower canine to back of m, 5°7. Type. Male. B.M. No. 5.5.7.18. Origina] number 1073. Taken 3 October, 1905. “Tn cave on sea-coast.” Like as all the eight specimens of Miniopterus found at Knysna are to each other in most respects, we have come to the conclusion that they cannot be referred to one species, as in size they fall into two groups, without intermediates. We have therefore described the smaller form as new, while the larger, as already noted, may be referred to J. dasythrix 'Temm. “Fairly common. Jiniopteri were taken in both the caves where Rhinolophus augur and Rousettus collaris were secured.” — Clb Ge 8. MyosoreEx VARIUS Smuts. 3. 973, 982, 987, 990, 1014, 1015, 1019. Knysna. These agree very well with those collected by Mr. Grant near Cape Town, though there is more variation among them than is usual. “¢Skearet muis’ of the Dutch. “ Very common.’—C’. H. B.G. a 1906. MAMMALS OF KNYSNA, CAPE COLONY. 168 9. CROCIDURA FLAVESCENS Geoff, 3. 1099. Knysna. 10. AmBLysomus corRia Thos. 12, Ants, WSIOB), aay Joy SIMs 6. 971, 102), 1025. 9. 958, 968, 970) 1094.) “Knysna. This distinct Golden Mole is by far the most striking discovery contained in the Knysna collection. Its skull and teeth were figured in the Zululand paper * in conjunction with those of other species then described, and a detailed account of it was given by Thomas in the paper above quoted. In quoting 7 the name Lematiscus Cope 1892 as applicable to the trevelyant and villosus group of Golden Moles, we omitted to notice that an earlier name, Chrysospalac { Gill 1884, had been founded on the same two species, and would therefore have to be used for the genus. ““¢ Swart mol’ of the Dutch. “This Mole is particularly plentiful in the forest, being the only one found there, but is absent from the neighbourhood of Plettenberg Bay.”—C. H. B.G. 11. GENETTA TIGRINA Schreb. 6. 960, 992, 996, 1002, 1003, 1010. ©. 969, 977, 999, 1011. Knysna. These specimens are very uniform in the small size of their skulls, and the reduction of the inner cusp of p*® to a mere rudiment. “Very common everywhere, especially in the forest. Is very destructive to poultry, but is easily trapped.” —C. H. B.G. 12. Herrestes cAFER Gmel. 3. 1071. Knysna. *“¢ Groot Vaal Muishond’ of the Dutch. ‘Both nocturnal and diurnal. This Mongoose 1 is now exceed- ingly rare, having been trapped and poisoned owing to its fondness for chickens. At one time they were to be seen in companies of from four to six.”—C. H. B.G. 13. HERPESTES PULVERULENTUS Wagn. GieOy LOG 25 Oe O61 OOM WKenysmer “¢ Blaauw or Vaal Muishond’ of the Dutch. “This Mongoose is not common; it frequents the forest and vleis.”—C. H. B. G. 14. HERPESTES GALERA Hrxl. ee SBR ORAS. 2 965, 991) L008) O20; es 1O9S. ian: Knysna. * - Z.S. 1905, i. pl. xvi. fig. 3. + P.Z.S. 1905, i.,p. 259. { Gill, Stand. Nat. Hist. v. Mamm. p. 136 (1884). 11% 164 MESSRS. 0, THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON THE [ Feb. 20, “¢Swart Muishond’ of the Dutch. “ Almost exclusively nocturnal. Very common in the thick forest near damp vleis and dams, but found occasionally in the open veldt. Is said to feed on tadpoles and frogs.” —C. H. B.G. 15, Oromys rrroratus Brts. 3. 972, 1017. 2. 954, 963, 985, 986, 1029. Knysna. *** Bosch-rot’ of the Dutch. ** Not very common. Frequents the undergrowth in and near the dams and vleis both in the forest and on the open veldt. Diurnal.” —C. H. B. G. 16. ARVICANTHIS PUMILIO Sparrm. 3. 952, 953, 955, 962, 981, 988, 1000. &. 1023. Knysna. Mr. R. C. Wroughton* considers these specimens to be typical A. pumilio. “ Senay emma TI. Histology of the Placenta of the Cow and Sheep ......-+-+++ IV. “Dolichotis ealinteola ..<. sujay ccc. cose00eh cose nan obs coe V.'> Trichorhiza.brumnea :.... 02005... seen eves sone + seen een VDSS M28 0 OOSIMOINE ase ci aleve mc ojel aie “o.n' = cloia. trol oie letter ote gieLn eas tea VII. The Black Ituri Ratel (Mellivora cottoni) .......-....-2- 2. VIII. Figs. 1-3. Angerona prunaria and var. sordiata. Figs. 4, 5. Abraxas grossulariata and var. lacticolor .... +++ ee ee ee IX. Ceratodus forsteri ieeedeweegat tele feuadgoeae eras esate NOTICE. ‘ The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, forming two vo as follows :— he Papers read in January and February, in June. “4 » March and April, in August. pe 3 » May and June, in October. 3 », November and December, in April. The Abstracts of the papers read at the Scientific Meet ‘ January and February are contained in this Part. PROCEEDINGS — GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS OF THE ZVOLOGICAL SOCLETY | OF LONDON. 1906. CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN MARCH anv APRIL. AUGUST 1906. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. LONDON : MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO. 4 PATERNOSTHER-ROW. ve et [Price Twelve Shillings. } March 6, 1906. Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., V.P.ZS. Exhibition of a specimen of, and 3 alviant Brop from /Oameroon:, & oa sic! aie kis. els ibis ale aperelel emittance , Mr. R. T. Giinther. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, Meduse from Lake " Mr.-G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. Notice of a Memoir entitled “: Collection of mikes made by Dr. W. A. Cunnington during the Th Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by J Cunnington, 1904-1905,.—Report on the Macrurous Crnstaeea, By ee D.Sc., British Museum (Natural History). fit ee ey ; 4. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by a Cunnington, 1904-1905.—Report on the Porifera, with Notes on Species from the ] and Zambesi. By R. Kirnxrarricn, F.Z.S. (Plates XV.—XVII.) ........-.0..0 0000 5. A Note on “ Flying” Snakes. By R. Sumurorp, M.A., C.MLZS. ............0005 a March 20, 1906. The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie duri ge February 1908). 22 2s6i5 ann sens sisi s Wl aheyalesel rege sinister aot egies 1906.] ON MEDUS# OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 179 March 6, 1906. Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of the largest Frog known, Rana goliath Blgr., from South Cameroon, described in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ (1906, xvii. p. 317). This Frog measured 10 inches from snout to vent, and was one of the most interesting discoveries made by Mr. G. L. Bates, C.M.Z.S. Mr. Boulenger stated that an even larger living specimen intended for the Zoological Gardens had been secured by Robertson, the young keeper who had accompanied Mr. Bates to Cameroon last summer in order to collect animals for the Society; but the specimen, which he had kept in a large tin, escaped during the night. Among other Batrachians which Robertson had been able to keep alive, but did not succeed in bringing home, were examples of the large West-African Tree-Frog, Hylambates rufus Reichen., one of which, at the end of August, produced a number of eggs, which were also exhibited before the Meeting. These eggs were remarkable for their large size, 5 or 6 millimetres in diameter, and the absence of pigment. No doubt, to judge by the size of the vitellus, the young of this Frog undergoes at least a consider- able part of the metamorphosis within the egg. On recently opening the mouth of a female Hylambates brevirostris Werner, from South Cameroon, forming part of Mr. Bates’s collection, Mr. Boulenger was surprised to find it contained a few large yellow eggs, 4 millim. in diameter, very similar, except for their size, to those of the larger H. rufus. Other eggs, identical with those in the mouth, were still in the oviducts. This mode of nursing approached that of the Chilian Rhinoderma darwini, in which the male keeps the eggs in the much-distended vocal sac until the young are hatched in the perfect condition. The buccal nursing by the female made a novel addition to the already long list of extraordinary breeding-habits in Batrachians. Mr. R. 'T. Giinther exhibited some specimens of the Medusa, Limnocnida tangance, obtained by Dr. W. A. Cunnington in Lake Tanganyika during the winter months of 1904-05. The collection was of importance, because it clearly demonstrated that the views of Mr. J. E. 8. Moore with regard to the life-cycle of the Medusa were erroneous, for whereas in 1897 Mr. Moore thought that he had discovered * that the asexual method of reproduction by budding ceased in June and July (a conclusion which he stated that he had confirmed in 1900 during the months of September and * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, pp. 291-2. In this paper, “ Boehm, 1887,” should read “ Boehm, 1883.” Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XIIT. 13 180 MR. EDGAR A, SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA [ Mar. 6, October, when sexually mature individuals swarmed, though none showed any tendency to form buds*), Dr. Cunnington’s carefully collected material, on the other hand, showed that reproduction by budding was continued in August, September, December, and February, and that it might therefore reasonably be supposed that it went on during the greater part of the year—if, indeed, it ever ceased. The discovery of Zimnocnida in other river-basins in Africa had materially weakened the case of those who considered that Lake Tanganyika was the last surviving remnant of a Jurassic Sea. The fact that this Medusa had been found in the Victoria Nyanza by M. Ch. Alluaud and Sir Charles Eliot, and also in the Niger by the late Mr. Budgett, proved that it was another instance of a member of the freshwater fauna characteristic of the Central-African Region, and that it was not peculiar to this one deep-water lake as had been originally supposed. Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., read a paper entitled “Fourth Contribution to the Ichthyology of Lake Tanganyika. Report on the Collection of Fishes made by Dr. W. A. Cunnington during the Third Tanganyika Expedition, 1904-05.” This paper will be published entire in the ‘ Transactions.’ The following papers were also read :— 1. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905. Report on the Mollusca. By Epcar A. Suirz. [Received February 6, 1906. ] (Plate X.+) The small collection of Mollusca obtained by Dr. W. A. Cunning- ton in Lake Tanganyika does not contain any important addition to the thalassoid series. There are some interesting specimens of Bythoceras iridescens, tending to show that, like most fresh- water species, it is subject to considerable variation. In two cases, Hdgaria and Giraudia, I have veen enabled to describe the opercula, which hitherto were unknown, and the collection also affords one new species of the genus Anceya. The various loca- lities furnished by Dr. Cunnington also add to our knowledge of the distribution of some of the forms. Another matter which may be referred to in these introductory remarks is the occurrence together, at the south end of the lake, of both the keeled and unkeeled varieties of Veothawma tanganyicense, which, according * J. E.S. Moore, ‘Tanganyika Problem,’ 1903, pp. 298-308. + For explanation of the Plate, see p. 186. 2 ZS. IOS Aol... PLA. Bale & Damielsson L& imp. IMMOMLILNCIS CA TIEXONNE IL YATES) SIYNINIIGVAINZ IEC 1s WUC EO IROL A. AH. Searle, del. et th be Wg ea I 1906. | OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 181 to Mr. J. E. 8. Moore *, were found by him, respectively, only at the south end and more northern localities. Living examples were obtained of ZLimnotrochus, Tiphobdia, Bythoceras, Paramelania, Lavigeria, Hdgaria, Giraudia, and Anceya; and these it is proposed to place in the hands of an experienced anatomist for investigation. The last three of these thalassoid genera have not been anatomically examined, and therefore it will be of interest to know their relationship and systematic position, and it will also be interesting to see if the conclusions arrived at, in respect of the rest, coincide with the results of Mr. Moore’s investigations of them. In concluding these prefatory observations on the marine-like forms, I would again f call attention to the fact that M. Bourguignat had em- ployed the term ‘‘ thalassoid” in connection with them long before the invention of the compound “halolimnic” by Mr. Moore. Among the ordinary freshwater forms, the discovery of a species of Ancylus, the first from the lake, is of interest. This genus has been recorded from the Victoria Nyanza, but not from the other large iakes of Central Africa. Being, however, such small objects, and difficult of observation, they may have easily been overlooked £. Of the few species obtained by Dr. Cunnington in the Victoria Nyanza, two appear to be new, namely, a Corbicula and a Spherium, both closely allied to one or other of the few forms already known from this lake. I. Species from Lake Tanganyika. a. THALASSOID SPECIES. 1. CuyTra KIRKI (Smith). Hab. Tembwi, a little below middle of west coast, 20 fath. 2. BATHANALIA HOowESI Moore. Hab. Niamkole, south end of lake. The dimensions of this species, which have never been stated, are :—Length 30 millim., diam, 22; aperture 114 long, 10 broad. 3. LIMNOTROCHUS THOMSONI Smith. Hab. Ndanvie, east coast towards the north end of the lake, 10 fathoms, also at south end. 4, TrpHopia HOREI Smith. Hab. Kala, at south end of lake. * 3 Pereopod of first pair. 61, 5 - es Perzopod of second pair. 62. $9 55 55 Pereopod of third pair. 62a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. 63. 3 3 5 Perropod of fifth pair. 63a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. 64. Pe Tail-fan. 65. Atyella longirostri is (p. 202), female. Cephalothorax from the side. 66. = i temale. Peduncle of antennule. 67. 55 x 5 Antennal scale. 68. 3 a Perxopod of first pair. 69. x 53 5 Perzeopod of second pair. 70. eS 35 ) Pereopod of third pair. 70a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. fale 39 sy » Pera eopod of fifth pair. la. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. 72. By 5. B Tail-fan. 3. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905.— Report on the Oligocheta. By Frank E. Bepparp, F.R.S., Prosector to the Society. [Received February 12, 1906. ] The Oligocheta brought back by Dr. Cunnington from Lake Tanganyika, and which have been submitted to me for study, belong to four new species, which I name Ocnerodrilus (Llyogenia) cunningtont, Alluroides tanganyike, Metschaina tanganyike, and Stuhklmannia inermis. Of these the first two are types which are 1906. ] WORMS OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 207 among those Oligocheta lying on the border-line between the purely aquatic forms, like the Lumbriculide, and the purely terrestrial earthworms, such as Lwmbricus. Both these species have been obtained either from the depths of the lake or from the roots of plants growing on its margin. The two remaining species are Eudriline genera, like the majority of Ethiopian terrestrial Oligocheta; and, like the earthworms of Tropical Africa generally, they are semiaquatic in habit, dwelling in very wet places not far from the shores of the lake, Stuhlmannia inermis, sp. n. A number of specimens of a worm dug up in the close neigh- bourhood of the shores of the lake from sandy mud seem to me to belong to an undescribed species of the genus Stuhlmannia. The salient character of this species, viz., the occasional absence or, if present, feeble development of penial sete, has suggested its name. At the same time none of the considerable number of examples collected by Dr. Cunnington is fully mature; so that it is conceivable that the penial sete are as yet undeveloped. Never- theless this view seems to me to be unlikely. The penial sete are often visible in earthworms when other parts of the sexual organs are in a comparatively undeveloped state. On the latter view therefore I venture to regard the species as new, for it seems hardly likely that of three individuals selected at random for anatomical study the penial sets should be fortuitously absent or lost in the course of the dissection or the preparation of micro- scopic sections. In one specimen, however, they were present, but feebly developed. They are hollow in transverse section. The genus Séuhlmannia is one of the wos prevalent African genera of Hudrilidee, and the present species does not differ from the numerous examples of other species which 1 have had the opportunity of examining in the general outward appearance. It is a long thin worm of about the size of Stuhlmannia variabtlis. The largest example measured 138 mm. All of the speci- mens were immature and showed neither clitellum nor a penis. The spermathecal and the atrial pores were, however, plainly visible and separable from each other by their characters as well as, of course, by their position. The spermathecal pore on the xilith segment was on araised protuberance. The atrial pore on the boundary-line of segments xvii./xvili. was a raised protuberance with a crater-like depression in the middle. The ventral setee of the xviith segment were missing, otherwise both pairs are present in the genital region as elsewhere. The oviducal pores are to the inside of the lateral pair of setz on the xivth segment. The setze are closely paired and upon the ventral surface of the body. The colour of the worms (in formol) is a dark bluish purple, so general a hue among earthworms and the Eudrilids in par- ticular. The gizzard lies in segment v. The calciferous glands, which have the same rudimentary character as in other members of this 208 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE OLIGOCHETE [ Mar. 6, subfamily of the Eudrilide (Pareudrilacea)*, extend from segment vi. to xii. Inclusive. The septa which lie between segments v./xii. are very thick ; those which divide the two following segments are moderately thick and are at least distinguishable by their size from those which follow. It is noteworthy that the septa which enclose segment xiii. approach each other very closely in the middle of the body in immature examples which I have examined in glycerine after dividing them longitudinally. This is not infre- quent in the ovarian segment of earthworms. Although the female reproductive organs were more or less fully developed in two out of the five examples which I studied of this species, I am not able to give a complete account of their structure. There is, however, a median spermathecal sac which opens upon the thirteenth segment to the exterior. This is connected with an egg-conducting apparatus, as in other species of the genus. It is largely the asymmetry of the female generative apparatus which leads me to refer the present species to the genus Stuhlmannia; though it is, of course, not this feature alone which has influenced me. ‘There are obviously other points of similarity. In his account of both Stuhlmannia variabilis and S. gracilis Michaelsen has not noticed the asymmetry?t. In examples of a species which I regarded as belonging to that species{ I commented upon the fact that the receptaculum ovorum of one side of the body was rudimentary. Ina more recent and more exhaustive account of the female reproductive system of the genus, and as I thought of the same species, viz. S. variabilis, I described at length$ the same series of facts. Still later I found || in a third species of the genus, viz. S. michael- sent, the same asymmetry. There is some discrepancy in the three accounts given by me of the asymmetry which possibly are not real discrepancies. I have described in some cases the left and in others the right side of the apparatus as partly rudimentary. In the species which forms the subject of the present communication there is no doubt that it is the right side which is fully developed and the left receptaculum ovorum which is rudimentary. ‘This agrees with my account of Stuklmannia michaelsent and with my earlier statement as to the matter contained in the ‘“ Monograph.” If there is an error I am not now able to rectify it. But I can say positively that in Stuhlmannia inermis I found the receptaculum to be rudimentary upon the left side of the body. The median spermathecal sac gives off a branch upon each side which passes * Beddard, Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. xxxvi., n.s. + “ Beschreibung der von Herr Dr. Fr. Stuhlmann auf Sansibar und dem gegen- iiberliegenden Festlande gesammelten Terricolen,” Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. ix. (1891), and “ Die Regenwiirmer Ost-Afrikas,” in Deutsch Ost-Afrika, Bd. iv. t~ A Monograph of the Order Oligocheta (Oxford, 1895). § “On some Earthworms from British Hast Africa,’ P. Z.S. 1901, vol. i. p. 351. || On a new Genus and Two new Species, &c.,” P. Z.S. 1903, vol. i. p. 212. 1906. | WORMS OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 209 round the intestine; but whether the two unite above or not, I am unable to say. The “bursa copulatrix,” or terminal chamber of the spermathecal sac which opens directly on to the exterior, may or may not communicate directly with the chamber containing the ovaries. J have no evidence of the communication if it exists. But in any case the sac in which the ovaries lie is different from what is to be found in S. variabilis*. In the present species of Stuhlmannia the entire bursa copu- latrix lies within a large sac, which reaches from septum to septum of the xiith segment and completely roofs in the bursa. In this sac attached to the front wall of the segment I have found one ovary. There is no question here as in S. variabilis of a small sac enclos- ing the ovary and communicating by a slender duct with the spermathecal sac and its circumcesophageal diverticula. For this reason I regard S. inermis as a distinct species from S. variabilis. Dr. Michaelsen’s recently described species Stuhlmannia asymmetrica T is apparently not to be confused with the present species, as indeed the different habitat would lead one to infer. That species has no penial sete at all. Considering that the specimens investigated by Dr. Michaelsen were in a more advanced stage of sexual maturity than those of S. imernvis, penial setee, if present, would have been surely visible in some at least of the many specimens in Dr. Michaelsen’s hands. But there is, further- more, the important difference that the asymmetry in Dr. Michael- sen’s new species is carried to a greater extent than in that described here; for the oviduct, receptaculum, and ovary are entirely aborted on the left side of the body, the right hand efferent apparatus of the gonads alone remaining. This feature serves at once to differentiate the two species. Nor does there appear to be a sac surrounding the atrium of the spermatheca, and possibly derived from it, which contains the ovaries, as in the form which T name here Stuhlmannia inermis. Michaelsen’s species represents the last term in the series of species of Stuhlmannia in which asymmetry is developed. Metschaina tanganyike, sp. n. I feel obliged to form a new species for some specimens of an earthworm on account of various characters to which I shall refer in the course of the following description. It seems to belong to Michaelsen’s recently instituted genus Metschaina, This species is much like the Stwhlmannia just described, and, like that worm, was found in wet sand close to Lake Tanganyika. Its dimensions are rather less than those of the largest Stwhl- mannia inernis, but quite as great as some individuals of the latter species. It has, too, the same bluish colour. I have examined this worm almost entirely by means of longitudinal * See Beddard, P. Z.S. 1901, vol. i. p. 354, fig. 87. + “Die Oligochaeten Nordost-Afrikas,” Zool. JB. (Abth. f. Syst.) 1903, p. 4.67. 210 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE OLIGOCHATE | Mar. 6, sections. The external characters were partly observed by the aid of a lens upon the uninjured worm. The species possesses— and this is quite unusual for an Hudrilid—dorsal pores. ‘This peculiarity is, however, shared by Platydrilus, with which genus J cannot associate the present species. It is not mentioned in Metschaina suctoria. The sete are strictly paired, and do not appear to differ in size anywhere. The male and female pores, each of them single, were quite obvious upon segments xiii. and xvil. The clitellum was undeveloped. In the alimentary canal certain characters are to be noted which are useful in defining the species. The gizzard, as is so usually the case in the Hudrilidew, lies in segment v. There are no additional gizzards at the commencement of the intestine, such as occur, for example, in Lybiodrilus, The intestine begins in segment xvi., and the transition between csophagus and intestine is abrupt. The intestine is of greater calibre than the esophagus. The development of the modified calciferous glands which characterise this section of the Hudrilide is very great, and I believe greater than in any species where they have been described. I find that they extend from segment v. to segment xv. inclusive. As to their structure, they would appear to be quite similar to those which I described in some detail a few years back*, In the type species of this genus, the only one known, the calciferous glands are less extensive, ending as they do in segment xii. The anterior septa are much thickened. The first of this series is that separating segments v./vi. The last separates xili./xiv. The last two of these septa are not so very strongly developed as those lying in front of them; but they are, nevertheless, distinguishable from those which follow. The last pair of hearts, as in the Eudrilide generally, but not apparently in I. suctoriat, lie in segment xi. It is, of course, by means of the reproductive system that the genera of Kudrilide are mainly to be distinguished. And it is for these reasons that I refer this earthworm to the genus Metschaina. Opening on to segment xiii. is a Single median spermathecal pouch. This pouch extends back as far as the fifteenth segment, and the last bit of it has very thin walls, thus contrasting with the anterior thicker-walled portion. The pouch, as is generally the case, can really be separated into a terminal atrium which opens on to the exterior and the sac of thinner texture which follows upon this. This spermathecal sac seems to have no communication whatever with the rest of the female reproductive system. In this im- portant point the present genus resembles Hudriloides only among other allied EKudrilids. In front of the spermathecal sac and attached to the front wall of segment xiii. lies the ovary or ovaries. I noted only one. A remarkable fact about this gonad, as compared with the ovaries of at least some other earthworms, is the fact that the ripe or * “Oligocheta of Eastern Tropical Africa,” Quart. J. Mier. Sci. loc. cit. + Michaelsen, Zool. Jahrb. Abth. f. Syst. xviii. 1903, p. 465. 1906. ] WORMS OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. IL ik nearly ripe ova are not all to be found at or near the free edge of that gonad. TI noted cells far on the way to become ripe ova at some distance in the interior of the gonad, and in front of these was a thick layer of germinal cells not far advanced along the same road. The oviducts, as in Hudriloides also, open freely into the cavity of the xiiith segment. This, however, is a character also shared by Platydrilus. But the present genus (if it be rightly elevated to distinct generic rank) does not show the connection between the oviduct and the spermathecal sac which exists in Platydrilus*. The oviducal funnel is very extensive, more so than in a large number of Oligocheta. The upper lip is very long, extending dorsally into actual contact with the dorsal blood-vesse! as it traverses the septum. The lower lip of the funnel is pushed into and, as it were, tucked away into the receptaculum ovorum, which lies on the opposite side of the septum in segment xiv. The oviduct itself, instead of running a straight course to the oviducal pore in the xivth segment, projects forward into the cavity of segment xiii. as a loop enclosed in a continuous muscular sheath. This U-shaped region of the oviduct differs in no way in structure from the rest of the tube, which runs an approximately straight course. The oviduct, therefore, is like the sperm-duct of certain Hudrilids (e. g., Stuhlmannia), in that it passes through the septum xiil./xiv. and, instead of opening into segment xiii. and facing forwards, turns back and for the most part at least faces back again into segment xiv. We have, however, to consider the long tract of cubical epithelium which lies along the anterior face of septum xili./xiv., extending up to the level of the dorsal vessel. That this is continuous with the actual indipping of the funnel of the oviduct is without doubt. At the same time it seems possible to compare this tract of epithelium with the egg- conducting apparatus of other Eudrilids. It represents, as I think, potentially part of the egg-conducting apparatus (the so- called spermatheca) of Hudrilust. 1 have lately shown that the large sacs in that genus are a development of the septum dividing segments xuil./xiv., and that primitively the epithelium of the oviducal funnel is continuous with a layer of equally cubical epithelium which with the muscular wall behind it is evaginated into the xivth segment to form the sac in question. In early stages such as I studied it is not possible to draw a distinct line between oviducal funnel and the epithelium of this sac. An earlier stage still (which I did not find in Hudrilus) would be, I should imagine, a continuation of the epithelium over the septum without a trace of the evagination. This state of affairs is precisely what we have in the Hudrilid which forms the subject of the present remarks. I do not think, however, that it is a temporary stage, and that the ultimate product would be a sac or sacs like those of Haudrilus, and for the following reasons :— * Here I confirm Michaelsen, who queries the fact. t “The Gonad of Hudrilus,” P.Z.S. 1902, vol. ii. p. 89. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XV, 15 212 MR, F, E, BEDDARD ON THE OLIGOCH ATE [ Mar. 6, Firstly, MWetschaina tanganyike has a definite spermathecal sac which I have already described ; secondly, the worms which I have examined are near to maturity, and not in the very young stages deseribed by me in Hudrilus. Thirdly (perhaps), there is no trace of any sac involving the ovaries. This argument will be clear if the comparison be made with the developmental figures in my paper upon Hudrilus quoted. In comparing more exactly the female reproductive system of this genus with that of Hudriloides, to which it obviously bears a closer likeness than to that of any other genus of Eudrilid, there are differences to be noted. In Hudriloides durbanensis, for example, the oviduct, although, as in the present species, it perforates the septum dividing segments xiii./xiv. twice, depending, therefore, as a loop into segment xiil., has no muscular sheath and is a delicate tube as in so many earthworms. In the present speciesthe oviducal tube is thickly ensheathed with muscular fibres. The male organs furnish the principal reason which leads me to refer this worm to the genus Metschaina. There are, contrary to what is found in Eudriloides*, two pair of testes, which lie, of course, in segments x. and xi. The funnels are opposite to them. The funnels face the opposite wall of the segments into which they open. There is no turning round and facing back into the segment behind such as occurs in several Kudrilide. The sperm-ducts retain their in- dividuality, and after perforating the sheath of the atria on each side open into the cecal extremity of that gland. The two atria or spermiducal glands are quite separate, though opening by the same external pore. The penial seta of each side is long and runs obliquely through two segments. J am unable to describe its pattern, as I could not reproduce the whole of it from the sections. The sperm-sacs of this Eudrilid are, as is so often the case, attached to the front walls of segments x1. and xii. The above-given account of this species justifies me, as I think, in regarding it as a new species of Metschaina. I do not, how- ever, think it desirable to draw up a diagnosis for comparison with that given by Michaelsen for the other species of the genus, since I am unable to speak positively upon certain features of importance for systematic purposes. The principal points characterising the present species which I have ascertained appear to be the following :—The calciferous glands are more numerous. ‘There are dorsal pores present. The actual form of the oviduct also is not as Michaelsen has described and figured it for Metschaina suctoria. Ocnerodrilus (Ilyogenia) cunningtoni, sp. n. Of this species several examples were preserved. They were * It must be recalled, however, that occasionally two pairs of testes have been found in an apparent Hudriloides (cf. Beddard, Q. J. M.S. xxxvi., n.s. p. 212). 1906. ] WORMS OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. ile found “swarming in great numbers round roots of water-weeds in shallow water.” It will be obvious in the course of the following description that the worm is either rightly referred to this genus and subgenus or that it requires a new genus or subgenus for its reception on account of certain peculiarities which will be duly noted. A specimen which I have selected as the type (as regards external characters) measured 38 mm. in length and consisted of 96 segments. The sei appear of considerable length in proportion to the diameter of the body. They are of the usual shape, but distinctly bifid at the tip, though it often happens that the upper half of the cleft extremity is worn down and the seta thus appears to be merely hooked. I believe that the existence of uncinate setze 1s new to this particular group of Oligocheta. The clitellwm is not very extensive, occupying as it does segments Xiv.—xvill. and commencing or ending, as the case may be, towards the middle of each of these segments. The clitellum is saddle-shaped. The generative pores, the actual orifices, are not very plain on the mounted specimen. But from serial sections [ have ascertained that the spermathecal pores lie between segments vill./ix. and the male pores upon segment xvil.; the latter nearly in line with the ventral setze, and the former near the lateral setee. It is to be noted that both sete of the ventral as well as the dorsal pair are present upon segment xvii. and that they are not in any way modified. ‘The male pore on each side is just to the outside of the pair of sets, and is borne upon a prominent flap which is not invaded by the clitellar epidermis. Its structure will be dealt with later. The alimentary canal is without a gizzard. In the ixth seg- ment the wsophagus is provided with a ventral pouch, which whether single or paired is so characteristic of the subfamily Ocnerodriline. In the present species, however, this pouch, which is single, is greatly reduced in size and bifurcates into two after its emergence from the gut. Indeed, if it were much larger there would be, in view of the large size of the spermathece, hardly room for it in the ixth segment. It is a smallish sac lying ventrally to the cesophagus and narrowing at its junction with the esophagus very anteriorly in the ixth segment. It has not a specially glandular appearance, and the lining. epithelium is merely folded. ‘There is no such complicated folding as occurs, for example, in Gordiodrilus. The ventral pouch of this species appears to be either an incipient or a degenerating structure. ie E Y) nal tia _ = 242 3 4 ‘= | 2 le a. al — 12 ZS MOOS. wollk LIEN AAU. 5 Se a Ye y imp. ? Highley ,del et lith. P Highley INEIRIUCIAIN IEE Slat WMI IES (SS l=(@) IN Gans 1906. | OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 219 from the Ugalla River, a tributary of the Malagarassi River flow- ing into the lake, viz. S. bmi Hilgendorf and S. netens Carter. The number of known species of African Freshwater Sponges is thus brought up to 19. The following is a list of the species referred to in this paper :— Spongilla carteri Bowerbank. Victoria Nyanza. Spongilla mooret Evans. Tanganyika. Spongilla tanganyike Evans. Tanganyika. Spongilla cunningtont, sp.n. ‘Tanganyika. Spongilla biseriata Weltner. Nyasa. Spongilla rousseletit, sp. n. Victoria Falls, Zambesi. Spongilla? zambesiana, sp.n. Victoria Falls, Zambesi. Ephydatia plumosa Carter var. browni, nov. var. White Nile. SPONGILLA CARTERI Bowerbank. (Plate XV. figs. 1-4.) 1848. Spongilla friabilis Lamarck, Carter, Ann. Mag. N. H. (2) i. p. 310; 1849. Carter, dbed. (2) iv. p. 81. 1863. Spongilla cartert Bowerbank, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 469. 1887. Spongilla cartert Potts, Proe. Acad. N. 8. Philadelphia, 1887, p. 194. There are two small specimens of this species, one of which has been removed from a piece of rock, the other from a shell of Aetheria. Unfortunately there are no gemmules present, but the characters of the surface and of the skeletal framework are those of Bowerbank’s species. Plate XV. figs. 2,3, 4 represent the oxeas * of specimens from the Victoria Nyanza, Bombay, and Mauritius respectively ; it will be seen that the first (258 x 9°5 yw) is the smallest and has abruptly pointed almost tornote ends. The average size of the oxeas of the type specimen from Bombay is 287 x 11°75 p and of the Mauritius specimen 349 x 18°5 up. The thin dermal membrane, perforated by groups of pores, stretches between the sharp-pointed irregular conules formed by the ends of the longitudinal main fibres. Localities —Kintebbe, Victoria Nyanza, shallow water. Bombay ; Mauritius; Calcutta; Madura I.; N. Java; Lake Balaton, Hungary. SPONGILLA MOOREI Evans. (Plate XV. figs. 5-9.) 1899. Spongilla moorei Kvans, Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. xli. p. 472, pl. xxxvii. figs. 1-5, and pl. xxxviil. figs. 6-8. There are five specimens of this species from five localities in Lake Tanganyika: three come from shallow water, and two from about 10 fathoms. ‘They are all in the form of thin crusts from 3 to 13 mm. thick on stones and shells, and none of them attains ¢ ce * The terms “ oxea,” “ tornote,” “strongyle,” clearly defined by Sollas in 1888 (‘ Challenger’ Rep. Tetractinellida, pp. liv, lv), seem to me preferable to “ amphioxea,” &c., because, in addition to having claims of priority and brevity, they leave no doubt as to the form of the spicules they are intended to designate. 220 MR. R. KIRKPATRICK ON THE PORIFERA | Mar. 6 the size of the large nodulated type specimen obtained by Mr. J. E. 8. Moore from deeper water in the same lake. The colour varies: in the case of one specimen (No. 173), preserved in formalin, it is bright green. Dr. Cunnington gives yellowish grey as the colour of another ; the rest are pale buff. The surface appears very finely granulated to the naked eye. Under magnification this appearance is seen to be due to the little projecting ‘tufts of the main columns of spicules, each tuft—about "160 mm. in height—being formed of 2-5 spicules slightly curved away from each ‘other ; An “the nearly related Spongilla tanganyike Evans the tufts are only 1-3 spicules thick, and the spicules are not separated at the distal end. Skeleton.—There is some variation in the size of the megascleres. In several of the specimens they average about ici x 9 p, but in No. 142 they are more slender, being 150 x 6p An interesting feature which is found in ang and in two other species, Spongilla tanganyike and S. cunningtoni, sp. n., from Tan- ganylka, lies in the presence of a basal lamella of spongin from which spongin-fibres arise (Plate XV. figs. 6, 7). In a small specimen (No. 595) preserved in picrie acid, the spongin-lamella is especially well shown and the bases of the fibres can beseen through the lamella as dark round spots just visible to the naked eye. The spongin-lamella occurs also in another specimen taken from the smooth inner surface of broken Gasteropod shells (Veothauma tanganyicensis), where there could be no question of the presence of the horny layer found on the outer surface of freshwater shells. In the case of Spongillia cunningtoni, the specimen, which likewise has a basal spongin-lamella, was detached from a stone. Plate XV. fig. 7 shows spongin-fibres enclosing a core of spicules. At a short distance from the basal lamella the skeleton- fibres have only a thin, barely visible, sheath of spongin. In Buspong gilla lacustris also the basal skeletal fibres are ensheathed in spongin, which diminishes from the base upwards. This con- dition also is found in the Chalinide. In the marine Sponge Chalina oculata, for instance, the base of specimens is very rich in spongin, but near the summits of the branches scarcely any of this substance is perceptible, so that sections from the base and summit respectively might almost seem to anyone ignorant of their origin to belong to specimens of different species. In addition to the fibres, there are masses or blobs of spongin enclosing granular matter: one of these (780 x 390 pz) is shown in Plate XV. fig. 8. The gemmules occur plentifully at the base of the ernst in several of the specimens. They are oval and with a very thin naked chitinous coat, through which the large polygonal statocytes can beseen. On no part of the surface is there any special opening or area through which the contents escape. Localities—Lake Tanganyika. No. 113 from rocks, shallow water, Mbete, 29/9/04; No. 142, from rocks, shallow water, 1906. | OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. DIAN Moliro, 24/10/09; No. 161, from rocks, shallow water, Chamkaluki, 15/11/04 (gemmules plentiful); No. 173, from shells, dredged in 10 fms., Pembe, 23/11/04; No. 593, 10 fms., Mtondwe Bay. SPONGILLA TANGANYIKH Evans. (Plate XV. fig. 10.) 1899. Spongilla tanganyike Evans, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xli. p. 481, pl. xxxviil. figs. 9, 10. There are several small specimens, whole and in fragments, of this species in Dr. Cunnington’s Collection. Two of the specimens (Nos. 163 and 224) are associated with Polyzoa, and although there are, in each case, only a few crumbling fragments, they are interesting, because in some respects they show an inter- mediate condition between S. mooret and the present species. The megascleres are spined as in S. tanganyike, but more nearly resemble the form of those of S. moorei. There are no stron- gyles, for instance, their place being taken by spined tornotes. Plate XV. fig. 10 shows a tornote on the way to becoming a strongyle; the sharp point of the oxea still persists, though it has nearly disappeared ; its complete disappearance would result in the strongylate form. On account of the spined condition of the spicules I have classed the specimens under S. tanganyike. The remaining specimens are in the form of small incrustations on broken fragments of the shells of the Gasteropod Veothaumea tanganyicensis together with incrustations of S. moorer. Specimens of these two species so closely resemble each other externally that it is only possible to separate them by an exami- nation of the spicules. The surface is uniformly level and finely granulated, the granular appearance being due here, as in S. moorei, to the minute projecting tufts of the main longitudinal spicule-bundles. The tufts only project the length of a spicule, and differ slightly from those of S. moorei in being composed of only 1-3 in place of 2-5 spicules, and in the spicules being adherent to each other along their whole length. As in 8. moorei there is a basal spongin-lamella, but it is very thin, nor are the spongin-fibres arising from it developed to the same extent as in the first species; at the same time, there are here also distinct spongin-fibres enclosing a core of spicules. There are no gemmules in any of Dr. Cunnington’s specimens. Those described by Evans in the type had only a thin chitinous capsule, and were apparently very like those of S. mooret. Localities. —Lake Tanganyika, No. 163, associated witha Polyzoan, from rocks, shallow water, Chamkaluki, 16/11/04; No. 224, with Polyzoan, on shells, 20 fms., Mshale, 6/2/05; No. 593, dredged in 10 fms., Mtondwe Bay. SPONGILLA CUNNINGTONI, sp. n. (Plate XVI. figs. 1-6.) Sponge in form of a thin spreading crust. Surface smooth and devoid of projecting spicules. Skeleton a network with triangular and polygonal meshes, without distinct main and secondary fibres ; dermal skeleton composed of a definite layer of horizontally 222, MR. R. KIRKPATRICK ON THE PORIFERA | Mar. 6, arranged spicules. Spicules of two kinds, viz., thick, slightly curved, sparsely spined strongyles and longer, more slender, smooth strongyles. Gemmules ? Description.—Of the new species there are three small specimens in the form of thin crusts, the largest of which is 26x11 mm. in area and ‘5-"7 mm in thickness. The crusts, which have been separated from stones, still retain the curvature of the surfaces on which they grew. Their consistence is flexible and elastic, so that when they are pressed flat they immediately resume their convexity when pressure is removed. The surface is uniformly level, and in the dried condition has a glistening aspect, owing to the reflexion of the light from the tangentially disposed dermal spicules. The oscules are nearly circular, and in the specimens quite level with the surface; but probably in the perfect condition each is surrounded by a slightly raised membranous rim, since traces of such a membrane still remain on one of the oscules. Hach oscule leads into a shallow basin, whence the main exhalant canals radiate out horizontally. The skeleton forms a network in which main and secondary fibres are not perceptible; the meshes (about 95 » in diameter) are irregularly triangular and polygonal, the strands being from 2—3 spicules thick. The dermal skeleton (Plate XVI. fig. 2) forms a lattice-work with triangular meshes, with strands 1—2 spicules thick formed of tangentially arranged spicules. Though the dermal layer is dis- tinct, it is not easily separable from the parts beneath. At the base of the sponge is a well-defined lamella of spongin (Plate X VI. fig. 4), whence arise thick horny fibres with a core of one or more siliceous spicules; the fibres attain a thickness of 38p. A short distance above the basal plate the spongin disappears, and the core of spicules is continued on into the general spicular network. Spicules—The strongyles with sparsely and finely granulated surtace are 115-145 » long and 5-6 » broad, with the ends often, but not always, slightly and gradually enlarged (Plate XVI. fig. 5); occasionally also there is a central swelling. The longer and more slender strongyles, 150-170u x 2°75, are smooth and taper towards the blunt rounded ends (Plate XVI. fig. 6). There are no gemmules present in the specimens. A ffinities— Although there are no gemmules present, and the megascleres are strongyles, I have placed the species in the genus Spongilla, rather than in Uruguaya (Potamolepis), because its affinities seem to be with certain species of Spongilla, viz. S. bohmit Hilgendorf *, S. nitens Carter, and S. permiata Weltner, * Possibly Potamolepis weltneri Moore (‘ The Tanganyika Problem,’ 1908, p. 328) may be synonymous with Spongilla béhmii. I find the shape and size of many of the strongyles of the skeletal framework to be absolutely identical in the two species. Moore’s figures (7. c. p. 323) of the spicules of P. weltneri are not quite correct, in 1906. } OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. os in all of which there is a skeleton of strongyles. In none of these, however, are there two kinds of strongyles. In 8. loricata Weltner, in addition to large strongyles (220-260 u x 20 ,) there is a smaller kind of megascleres (124 » x 7) with finely gra- nular surface and swollen ends; here the very different sizes of the two kinds of spicules will at once serve to distinguish the respective species. Locality— From stones dredged in a few fathoms, Niamkolo Harbour, Lake Tanganyika. SPONGILLA BISERIATA Weltner. ' 1895. Spongilla biseriata W eltner, Arch. Naturg. 1895, (1) p.138 1897. Spongilla brseriata Weltner, Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, Bd. iv. Die Coelenteraten und Schwiimme des siissen W assers Ost- Airikas, p. 6. 1898. Spongilla biseriata Weltner, Mittheil. naturhist. Mus. Hamburg, xv. Beiheft, p. 1. Dr. Cunnington’s collection contains an example of this species from Lake Nyasa. The specimen is in the form of an irregular clump about 4 cm. in diameter, growing round the stem of a reed. The sponge, which is in spirit, is dirty y grey in colour, and is full of pale yellow gemmules. An interesting additional fact to record is Dr. Cunnington’s observation that the colour of this specimen was bright green when alive. The large dry type specimen from Cairo is described by Dr. Weltner as dirty white. Localities—From swamp, Karonga, Lake Nyasa, 2/7/04 (Cunnington). From a pool at Cairo ({nez and Stuhlmann). SPONGILLA ROUSSELETH, sp.n. (Plate XVII. figs. 1-5.) Sponge in form of a whitish incrustation. Skeleton a network with longitudinal main and tranverse and oblique secondary fibres formed of bundles of oxeas with very little spongin. Spicules curved oxeas, 214 x 18-5 Gemmules spherical, with one or several pore-tubes, with a thick coat of spongin and with gemmule-spicules in form of spined micro-strongyles arranged tangentially i in one or two layers. Locality — Above Victoria Falls, Zambesi. (Collected by Mr. C. F. Rousselet, Sept. 13, 1905. } Description.—The new species is represented only by some small fragments of dirty-white colour. My. Rousselet, who ki ndly entrusted me with the material for description, informed me that that the general surface of the spicules is not smooth, but fine-spined or granular all over, just as in S. bohmii. There are no amphidisk flesh-spicules in the tiny scrap which represents, I believe, the type specimen of Moore’s species. S. béhinii and P. weltneri both come from the same region, the former from the Ugalla River, a tributary of Tanganyika, and the latter from the lake itself. It would be well, however, to wait till more material is available for examination before deciding whether Potamolepis weltneri is a good species or otherwise. 224 MR. R. KIRKPATRICK ON 'THE PORIFERA | Mar. 6, “the specimen covered the submerged surface of a large stone to the extent of over a square foot in area; the crust was closely adherent and very thin.” é The thickness of the crust is 2mm. There are no oscules on the fragments of the specimen. The surface is level and provided with tufts of spicules ‘16 mm. in height, formed by the ends of the main fibres. The skeleton is formed of main longitudinal fibres about 6 spicules thick; at varying levels these fibres give off transverse secondary fibres 2-3 spicules thick, which meet the extremities of those from other main fibres; in parts where the main fibres are closer together the secondary bundles reach across from one main fibre to another, and the secondary bundles are thicker. There are traces of a basal spongin-lamella in the form of broken scale-like fragments; but the spongin-fibres are reduced to mere cushions, into which the ends of the basal oxeas are immersed. Spicules.—The megascleres are smooth curved oxeas 214 x 18°5 p, with subtornote ends; frequently with a central knob, Micro-strongyles, scattered about in the tissues, are identical with those of the gemmules, and in all probability have belonged to those bodies. The gemmules are spherical, 380-425 p in diameter, with one, two, or three pore-tubes, each rising about 18 beyond the sur- face. The position of the pore-tubes varies, and when there are several they may be scattered over the circumference or close together. In one instance a pore-tube is thick-walled, closed at the end, and bent over. The gemmule-spicules are micro-strongyles, arranged tangentially in one or two layers on the chitinous capsule. When there is only one layer, a tessellated or parquet-like pattern is discernible, each tessella being made up of a parallel row of 4-6 micro- strongyles, and fitting in with neighbouring tesselle at varying angles. When the layer is double it is difficult to make out any pattern; here and there the spined ends of the spicules project above the general level. The strongyles are of two kinds: in one, 70 x 12 y, the spicule is slightly curved, of nearly uniform diameter, spined all over with short blunt vertical spines, but less so in the centre; in the other, which is 65 x 16 jp, the centre is nearly smooth, swollen, and barrel-shaped, and tapering to the spined ends, Affinities. —The gemmule-spicules somewhat resemble those of Spongilla sumatrana Weber, of which species Weltner describes two African varieties; in all these there are short spined micro- strongyles, but there are no flesh-spicules in the new species, and the megascleres are smooth, whereas in S. swmatrana and its varieties there are flesh-spicules and the megascleres are spined, Spongilla permixta Weltner from German East Africa, of which species only the gemmules are known, has spined microstrongyles for its gemmule-spicules, but these are much more slender, being only 3 p in diameter, and with recurved spines. In VS. biseriata Weltner the oxeas of the skeletal framework are 1906. | OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 225 considerably longer and more slender, viz. 31412 y; likewise the microstrongyles are longer and thinner, being 80-96 x 4 mu. The multiporal condition of the gemmule is found also in Spongilla lacustris var. multiforis Carter from British Columbia and the Yellowstone ; at first Carter based a new species (Spongilla multiforis) on this character, but later considered the multiporal condition to be only of varietal importance. SPONGILLA ? ZAMBESIANA, sp. n. (Plate XVIT. figs. 6-10.) Sponge in form of a thick, nodulated, hard crust or cake with irregular upper surface. Skeleton a dense network with very thick main fibres and with secondary fibres. Spicules—Megascleres of two kinds, viz. (1) thick, smooth, slightly curved strongyles (180 x 24 yu), slightly and gradually swollen at the ends, forming the mass of the skeleton; and (2) a few slender, curved, smooth oxea, 1707 p. Microscleres amphidisk flesh-spicules, with slender stem ending in disks with usually four sharp recurved prongs; average dimensions :—length 33 pw, diameter of disks 13°5 y, thickness of stem in centre 1°6 py, at the ends 2°8 p. Gemmiules % Locaiity.— Above Victoria Falls, Zambesi. (Collected by Miss Gibbs ; presented to the British Museum by Prof. A. Dendy.) he specimen on which the new species is based is in the form of a thick hard crust, 2°5x1:8 cm. in area and about 8 mm. thick. The rough surface is covered with a closely applied dermal membrane, in which, however, no pores are visible. There are several oscules 1 mm. in diameter scattered about. The great main fibres of the skeleton are visible under a lens. Permeating the sponge are several little white Chironomid larvee, each surrounded by a sheath of spongin, which the sponge has secreted in self-protection. The spongin-sheath is crowded with the amphidisk flesh-spicules, and often has strongyles partly embedded. Sometimes the sheath encloses a mass of decayed sponge-tissue containing innumerable amphidisks. Some of these chitin-tubes are slightly branched, but they do not resemble true spongin-fibres, and do not seem to be proper to the sponge itself ; but on this point I am not at all certain. A fimties.—The hard consistence of the sponge and the pos- session of a dense skeleton constructed of thick smooth strongyles are characters of Uruguaya rather than of Spongilla; but in its skeletal arrangement and megascleres the new sponge closely resembles Spongilla nitens Carter; the latter species, however, has no amphidisks and its strongyles are longer and more slender, being 306 x 20°. Further, the new species comes near Spongilla loricata Weltner and Spongilla béhmii Hilgend., in both ot which there are strongylate megascleres and amphidisk flesh-spicules. The new form differs from all species of Uruguaya in possessing amphidisk flesh-spicules with toothed disks, 226 THE PORIFERA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. [ Mar. 6, EPHYDATIA PLUMOSA Carter var. BROUNI, nov. var. (Plate X VIT. figs. 11-13.) This new variety is represented by a small nodule 1:5 cm. in diameter growing round a twig, collected on the banks of the White Nile on land previously submerged, about 200 miles above Khartoum, by Mrs. Hilda Broun. The type specimens of the species were described by Carter, who found them growing on the sides of the freshwater tanks of Bombay, in which situation they were uncovered during six months of the year (Carter, Ann. Mag. N. H. 1849, (2) iv. p. 85). In 1885 Potts described (Proc. U.S. National Mus. 1885, p. 587) a variety of this species (var. palmeri) from the Colorado River, N.W. Mexico, differing from the type in having spined megascleres. The Colorado River specimens occur in thousands suspended like wasps’ nests on the drooping branches of the Screw Bean, and exposed for ten months in the year. As Potts observes concerning the distribution : ‘ That it should skip a whole hemisphere and only be found a second time at its own antipodes is indeed remarkable.” Accordingly it is interesting to note an intermediate locality. The example from the Nile resembles the Bombay specimens in having smooth megascleres, but differs from the latter in the characters of the amphidisks and stellate microscleres. In the Nile specimen the stem of the amphidisks is markedly curved and considerably thinner at the centre than at the ends; in the specimens from Bombay and Colorado R. the stem is straight and uniform in diameter. The stellate microscleres in the Nile specimen are almost or entirely devoid of a centrum and the rays are not capitate, whereas in the type these spicules have a well- marked centrum and the rays are capitate. The characters of the spicules of the three forms are tabulated below :— Oxeas. | Amphidisks. Stellate microscleres. | Length 62 p. 4 : Type specimen. | 425 X 16. | Diam. of disks 24 p. Mpa Bombay. Smooth. | Stem straight. “ vays” capitate. | Diam. of stem uniformly 4 p. Length 78 p. With slight centrum ;) var. palmeri. | 325 X 12 p.| Diam. of disks 27 p. rays not capitate; | Colorado River. Spined. | Stem straight. also other peculiar | Diam. of stem uniformly 6 pw. microscleres. Length 63 p. Diam. of disk 24 pu. Stem curved. | Diam. of stem at centre 4 /. | Diam. of stem at ends 6 u. Rays not capitate ; var. brouni. 392 X 16H. | without centrum. White Nile. Smooth. 1906. | MR. R. SHELFORD ON ‘“ FLYING” SNAKES, 297 Two species of Hphydatia, viz. H. blembingia Evans from the Malay Peninsula and #. multidentata Weltner from Queensland, resemble in many respects 1. plumosa, but differ in being devoid of flesh-spicules. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Pirate XV. Fig. 1. Spongilla carteri Bowerbank (p. 219), from Victoria Nyanza, surface. x 2. 2. Oxea of S. carteri, from Victoria Nyanza. X 210. . Oxea of S. carteri, from Bombay. X 210. Oxea of S. carteri, from Mauritius. x 210. Spongilla moorei Evans (p. 219), surface. x 44. . Spongilla moorei, under surface of basal spongin-lamella, with bases of spongin-fibres showing through. X 26. 7. Spongilla moorei, basal part of skeleton showing spongin-fibres with spicular core arising from detached portions of basal lamella. x 44, 8. Spongilla moorei, irregular mass of spongin with spicules partly embedded and enclosing granular matter. x 44. 9. Spongilla moorei, gemmule. X 25. 0. Spongilla tanganyike Evans (p. 221), spicule partly tornote, partly stron- gylate, X 420. [or on He OS b Pratt XVI. . Spongilla cunningtoni, sp. n. (p. 221). X 2. . Surface of the same. X 100. . Vertical section. X 100. Basal spongin-lamella and fibres. x 160. Strongyle. X 425. . Strongyle, long smooth kind. xX 425. Oo OV Gobo PhatE XVII. . Spongilla rousseletii, sp. n. (p. 223), section. > 44, . Gemmule of same. X 44. ~ Oxea. xX 210. 5. Micro-strongyles. > 700. . Spongilla? zambesiana, sp. nu. (p. 225). Nat. size. Vertical section. X 44. . Strongyle. x 210. Oxea. x 210. 10. Amphidisk flesh-spicules. > 700. ll. Ephydatia plumosa Carter, var. browni, nov. var. (p. 226), specimen. xX 2. 12. Ephydatia plumosa var. brouni, amphidisk. >< 700. 13. Substellate microscleres of H. plwmosa var. brount. X 700. 14. Ephydatia plumosa, from Bombay (type), amphidisk. > 700. v ODI IE COW ). A Note on “ Flying” Snakes. By R. SHetrorp, M.A., C.M.Z.S. [Received March 6, 1906.] (Text-figures 56 & 57.) A large number of the Snakes of Borneo are almost entirely arboreal in their habits, spending much of their life in the branches of lofty trees and feeding on birds, birds’ eggs, and tree-haunting lizards, such as Calotes versicolor and some of the geckos. That snakes can climb tree-trunks is well-known; and Proc. Zoou, Soc,—1906, Vou. I. No. XVI. 16 228 MR. R. SHELFORD ON ‘ FLYING” SNAKES, | Mar. 6, since in tropical jungles tree-trunks are more or less swathed in lianes and parasitic creepers, the climbing of them presents no special difficulty even to a limbless animal. Descent from a tree by way of its creeper shrouds, we may suppose, is even more easy, and is doubtless often resorted to. Some snakes, however, have been seen to hurl themselves from the top of a tree and to fall in writhing coils into water or bushes beneath ; in the Sadong River, Sarawak, I captured a specimen of Z’ropidonotus maculatus Edel. that was swimming to shore after such a fall from a tree into the river. Individuals of three species have been observed to “fly” out of trees: namely, Dendrophis pictus Gmel., Chrysopelea ornata Shaw, and C. chrysochlora Reinw. My attention was first called to this habit by a Dyak collector attached to the Sarawak Museum, who brought in one day in 1898 a dead example of Chrysopelea ornata, and averred that he had witnessed this snake shoot out of a tree and descend to the ground at an oblique angle to the tree, its body being kept rigid the whole time of the “flight.” Not unnaturally I gave but little credence to this state- ment, but my curiosity was stimulated when, some weeks later, a Text-fig. 56. A ventral scale of Chrysopelea ornata Shaw. a, a, hinge-lines. specimen of C. chrysochlora was brought in with the same story. Instructions to bring in these snakes alive were issued, with the result that before very long I was able to test on the living subject the truth of the Dyak’s assertions. It must be noted here, that in these two snakes the ventral scales are provided with lateral sutures, or, as I prefer to call them, hinge-lines (text- fig. 56). If a living Chrysopelea be handled, it may be observed that, by a forcible muscular contraction, the ventral scales can be drawn inwards, so that the snake becomes deeply concave along the ventral surtace (text-fig. 57, B); at the same time there is a slight dorso-ventral flattening of the body: each scale moves on its lateral hinge-lines; when the muscles working these scales relax, the snake re-assumes its ordinary cylindrical shape (text-fig. 57, A). In other words, during the muscular contraction the snake is like a piece of bamboo bisected longitudinally. As anyone can test for himself by experiment, a rod of bamboo will fall to the ground more quickly than a longitudinally bisected rod of equal weight ; 1906. | MR. R. SHELFORD ON ‘* FLYING” SNAKES, 229 the latter by virtue of a pronounced concave surface is buoyed up to a certain extent, and very frequently its fall terminates in a slight upward swoop, so that it reaches the ground with but little violence of impact. The same holds good, as I believe, for those snakes that can convert their cylindrical shape into the semblance of a split bamboo. A specimen of Chrysopelea ornata was taken to a height of fifteen to twenty feet and allowed to fall several times ; after one or two false starts the snake was felt to glide from the experimenter’s hands, straightening itself out and hollowing in the ventral surface as it moved, and it fell not in a direct line to the ground, but at an angle, the body being kept rigid the whole time. The height from which the snake fell was not great enough for it to be possible to determine with any accuracy whether it fell more slowly than when it fell in irregular coils, but it certainly appeared to be so. If the snake was thrown up into the air, it seemed unable to straighten itself out; it had to be launched, so to speak, from the hands in order to induce it to assume the rigid position ; and no doubt in its natural haunts the snake prepares itself for a parachute flight by ghding with some force from off a branch, and does not fall in the casual manner of such a species as 7’ropidonotus maculatus. Text-fig. 57. A Diagrammatic transverse sections of the body of Chrysopelea ornata. A, in the normal condition; B, during “ flight.” It was not until 1904 that another Dyak collector brought me a specimen of Dendrophis pictus, with the assertion that he had witnessed its “‘ flight” from a tree; the story of this quite inde- pendent witness was to the effect that he had seen the snake shoot out from a tree and fall at an oblique angle to the ground, its body being held straight during the fall. This species also has the hinged ventral scales characteristic of the genus Chrysopelea, but whereas Ohrysopelea belongs to the Opisthoglyphous group of Colubrines, Dendrophis is one of the Aglypha; it is larger than either of the Chrysopelee. Experiments that were carried out with this species did not prove so conclusive as those with C. ornata, but it was observed that if the snake was held up by the tip of the tail the ventral surface of the body became concave 1G > 230 THE PRINT OF A FORE FOOT OF AN INDIAN ELEPHANT. [ Mar. 20, by the in-drawing of the ventral scales, and it fell to the ground with the body rigidly held straight. Dendrophis formosus Boie and Dendrelaphis caudolineatus Gray also have hinged ventral scales, but it has never been reported to me that either of these species “ flew,” nor, indeed, can I claim to have satisfactorily established the “flight” of D. pictus; but it is certainly worthy of note that an independent witness should assert it of a species equipped with the same mechanism for a parachute flight as the two species of Chrysopelea, March 20, 1906. Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions that had been made to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1906 :— The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February were 112 in number. Of these 33 were acquired by presentation, 15 by purchase, 48 were received on deposit, and 16 in exchange. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 197. Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :— Three Red-handed Tamarins (Adidas rujimanus) from Surinam, deposited on Feb. 3rd. A Jaguar (Felis onca), 3, from South America, purchased on Feb. 22nd. A King Parrot (Aprosmictus cyanopygius), 3, from Australia, presented by Miss Jessie Capes on Feb. 16th. A Masked Parrakeet (Pyrrhulopsis personata) from the Fiji Islands, purchased on Feb. Ist. A Red-throated Laughing-Thrush (lanthocincla rufigularis) from British India, presented by Mr. R. Phillipps on Feb. 8th. New to the Collection. uh tak. itt The Secretary exhibited a paper cutting representing the print of the fore foot of a very large wild Indian Elephant. The measurement was sixty-six inches in circumference, and had been taken by Mr. C. A. Sherring, Deputy Commissioner at Almora, India. Mr. Sherring believed that the measurement was a ‘“‘yecord” and inferred that the Elephant, which was described as enormous and had been seen by several persons, stood 11 feet high at the withers. The Secretary mentioned that in the ‘ Records of Big Game,’ published by Mr. Rowland Ward, one larger measurement had been given, that of a foot-circumference of 674 inches taken from a living Elephant under charge of Lieut.-Col. G. W. Hanson. The Secretary also exhibited, on behalf of Mr. John Bowes, 1906. ] MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON A NEW FORM OF BEAR. 231 F.Z.S., a tooth of the Mammoth from the sand in the estuary of the East Swale, about three miles west of Herne Bay. Dr. Walter Kidd, F.Z.8., exhibited lantern-slides of sections of the skin from the palmar and plantar surfaces of Mammals. Upwards of 70 species had been examined, and the present series comprised 6 Marsupials, 3 Rodents, 10 Carnivores, and 17 Primates. These groups presented certain common features as regards the papillary ridges and the papillary layers of the corium, which two structures were shown to be closely related in their varieties. Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited a skull of a Bear from the Shan States which had been sent to him by Dr. A. Alcock, F.R.S., Superintendent of the India Museum, Calcutta. The Bear had lived for a short time in the possession of the late Mr. Rutledge, a live-animal dealer, who had on its death pre- sented it to the Indian Museum. No Bear had previously been recorded from this part of Asia. The animal proved to be a member of the Ursus arctos group, and appeared to be most nearly allied to the U. a. yesoensis Lydekker, of Hokkaido, the. northern island of Japan, but evidently represented a different form. It was proposed to be called URSUS ARCTOS SHANORUM Thos. Abstr. P. Z.S. 1906, p. 17 (March 27th). Size small. General colour dark brown, the hairs of the sides tipped with grey; an ill-defined darker line down the centre of the back. Text-fig. 58. Skull of Ursus arctos shanorum, lateral view. Skull (text-figs. 58, 59a) of the peculiar long, narrow, and vaulted shape of that of U. a. yesoensis, but very much smaller than in that animal. Nasals abruptly and strongly narrowing in their posterior half. Breadth across postorbital processes unusually small. Palate narrow. Premaxille not extending back to the level of the back of the canines. 232 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON A NEW FORM OF BEAR. [ Mar. 20, Teeth peculiarly short and broad in outline. P‘ very broad and heavy, nearly as broad as long, with low cusps and a low broad internal lobe. M1” rather shorter, and yet actually broader, than in the type of yesoensis. Lower teeth similarly broader throughout, the last molar quite unusually broad and square in shape, not narrowing behind (see text-fig. 59 6). Text-fig. 59. a a, skull, and 4, last lower molar of Ursus arctos shanorum. Dimensions of the typical skull :-— Basal length 295 mm.; zygomatic breadth 162; length of nasals 82; interorbital breadth 59; breadth across postorbital processes 87; intertemporal breadth 62; breadth of brain-case 95; mastoid breadth 141; palate length 169. Teeth: p* 17 x15; m*22x 185 m* 36x 195° p, 14x77 = aaa x 11:55 UBL CUES SHORUANT ayy fo saspasuge pes stqtayda Ny “wagshs famman ay? fo saspasiqy | SaLpnul( J0.e880 T SuIpaour HONG Aqqe if |” Boge SIZLoueoyg Hee eee es IOAVT JO SISOIqI [eos tetris SraTTOqag? Ses TOLJON.AGSGGC, ek Saonostq pure siqTpop PELs SSIQ Lon ur Se TIGERS SENG) La AS : ae eeu SIJLIBSty oe sraTgRUTOg subg anysabher ayz fo saspasuT gsRastp [BlLoz.0y STTPAVOO ATA _Aieayy JO OsuasIp IEMATR A, 3 SIPIPAvOLI “uagslis. feomnoag ayy fo saspasuy meres SISOOA TNT ee vurofdurgy BIMOWINA vinomnoud-opouolg He veneneceeueceeeneurnresstoress ss STAT OOLg, Boe oo sryLoudlery oR ig Rims ayy fo sasnasuy. ope SUOTJOOFUT SH] Pur Bimaorydag sees stsoinotaqn y, sree SaOMOTET ‘saspasug 10.laUayy serene eee eee neers ——_—_—-— “Al AOE | I 236 MR. G. A. K, MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20, I do not propose to discuss here the deaths from tuberculosis and enteritis among monkeys and birds; the figures given in the appended table are sufficiently striking, and point to the necessity of increased effort to diminish these diseases. Finally, attention may be directed to the following points of special pathological interest :— i. The rarity of new growths, of which but two instances occurred, viz., an epithelioma in a Puma, and a columnar- celled adenoma in a Monkey. ii, The occurrence, in the case of the Sheep with ‘cerebral tumour” caused by hydatids, of perforation of the vault of the skull, due to intracranial pressure with the absence of optic neuritis of such a degree as to be detected on careful examination of the back of eye with a hand-lens. Attention may also be directed to the absence of any marked limb-weakness in this case until very shortly before death. iii, The existence in the Gardens of a chronic disease in birds, mycosis, with well-marked post-mortem signs due to invasion of the tissues by a mould, Aspergillus fumigatus. 2. A Monograph of the Coleoptera ot the Genus Sviobius Schh. (Curculionide). By Guy A. K. MarsHatt, F.Z.S. [Received December 8, 1908. | (Plates XVIII. & XIX.*) The genus Sczobius was established by Schénherr in 1826 (Disp. Meth. p. 197) for the reception of Curculio tottus Sparrm. and C. pullus Sparrm. In 1834 Gyllenhal described two species, griseus and porcatus, the latter, however, being merely the @ of éottus. In 1848 Boheman published descriptions of eleven more species, prin- cipally from the collections of Drége and of Ecklon & Zeyher ; adding yet another in 1845 from Wahlberg’s collection. Of the former series, three forms must be regarded as synonyms. In 1862 Wollaston described a single species, paivanus, taken by Welwitsch in Angola, but it is doubtful whether the insect has been rightly included in this genus. In 1871 Fahreus added six more species to the list, all of which had been captured by the distinguished Swedish explorer, Wahlberg. The present paper contains descriptions of no less than twenty- two additional species, which must provisionally be regarded as new; thus giving a total of forty species exclusive of Wollaston’s doubtful insect. * For explanation of the Plates, see p. 276. 1m 74'S), UO, WoL IC IL OW JUNG, Horace Knight delet lith. West, Newman imp. (COLNE, QW AM eA OUP Melia, Cas INU SCOUTS: ey 4 y f ia re f Pe ll. | ehh ise 7 ae : yi : Hi C eG hy Ae) Ie AS. IOS, voll Pl, SINC, Horace Knight del et ith. West, Newman imp COibis Cw Ole! Wiss EAINUS SCO IUIS: Al SZ, an vy ya Doh Ay 1: Oe AS ) Ci Merve a = agi, a NP ee “ivieee ye oer oT, - ry. - > 1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 237 Three other species have been erroneously ascribed to this genus, namely :— (1) S. swbnodosus Woll. (Ann. Nat. Hist. (3) ix. 1869, p. 416). The insect was described from St. Helena, and I have examined the types in the Wollaston collection in the British Museum. The species is clearly identical with Phlyctinus callosus Boh., which is a common vineyard and garden pest in many parts of Cape Colony, and it is probable that it was accidentally imported thence to St. Helena. (2) S. geniculatus Est., which has proved to be identical with Siteutes albicinctus Fst. (vide Stett. ent. Zeit. viii. p. 70). ~ (3) S. mus Fst. Through the kindness of Dr. Walther Horn, I possess two examples of this species from the Ukami Mts., in German East Africa. They certainly do not belong to the genus Sciobius, nor even to Lacordaire’s tribe of ‘‘Otiorhynchides vrais,” owing to the enclosed corbels of their posterior tibie. The species is really referable to the tribe Oosomides, and agrees extremely well with both the description and figure of Sphrigodes margaritaceus Gerst. (v. d. Decken’s Reisen, Glied. p. 226, t. x1. f. 6), with which it is probably synonymous. From all other genera of the Otiorhynchine (except Calyptops and Phlyctinus) Sciobius may be distinguished by the following combination of characters :—the metasternum is very short; the three intermediate segments of the abdomen are subequal in length; the corbels of the posterior tibie are entirely open; the tarsal claws are quite free ; and the second joint of the funicle is always longer, and usually much longer, than the first. Phlyctinus Schh., which contains but a single species, callosus Boh., may be readily distinguished owing to its having the apex of the rostrum entire (whereas in Sciobius it is deeply incised), and also by its very prominent eyes, which are in the form of obtuse cones directed backwards, while their facetting is distinctly coarser than in Sciobius. On the other hand, Calyptops Schh. is much more closely allied to the latter genus, and indeed the only distinctive character would appear to be the two elevations on the forehead above the eyes. I have not had an opportunity of examining the unique species, C. granosus Boh., but judging from the description and from Lacordaire’s figure, it evidently presents a great affinity to some of the larger Sciobii, which, moreover, in several instances show distinct traces of the supra-ocular ele- vations. It is therefore not impossible that the genus may have to be incorporated with Sciobius. Certain species of the genus Systates Gerst. and Jsaniris Thom. present a superficial resemblance to some of the more slender Sciobii, while Mitophorus Gerst. recalls the more rotund species. But all these three genera may be differentiated by their tarsal claws which are connate (at the base only), and by their antenne, in which the first two joints of the funicle are either equal or the first is longer than the second. If we exclude S. paivanus Woll., the genus Sciobius as here 238 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20, defined is restricted to the extra-tropical portions of South-east Africa, including the Transvaal, Zululand, Natal, Orange River Colony and Cape Colony east of about 25° K. Long. The following table will give an idea of the relative distribution of the species as at present known :— | Species. | Cape. | Natal. | Zululand. | Transvaal. O.R.C. | \ granosus Se eae taal) ph Aa | * % | Culltratusigay-t).cec seg cca eee Hi oN] | | CIDCHCUS prac. saen cece accel * obesus PR Se eae I a | ste * | CeHbAGUS tira necaserouen eo aece|| meeeete eed | | | cognatus \efface: x | | | opalinus | seat impressicollis syst ON | | BLEVACOUIB ESE heater cae ee * % % | pigherrieallig: 62% ccmeaeccbekcual | pede # | | Cava) Mg Ge oe ei Se on * SLAM UPSLMTS, seas seces, cere Tehnae | PlanipeMNsS --..k een ee asteaeel % % TE MSy esis Poe eae gee meee eee |MMNETE (HNIBE LO AUT Gugataaeneocleae cease Rees. * % | | TaAtIPENNIs he dccaer te GNC | aciculatifrons ...........0.0:... * | | | | Ibpar Kesler ie sete atc ak och eh cll nessa ¥ | | RE MOU ISp ey Aer ease cen eres % | | | PTISCUS enna tases ets Ae eee tee * | | Dull psy teers Perc debe 3 % | | | OMIM SUS Pek ga-satass a b cd a bie d abed fe bed la be ad 1 i} ea aes b ce d a ; : F abed. Ahas changed intoa form in ——— : which all the characters are | large; A resembling B. a bc d= Species B changing into, or Ee towards A, d abe ; zs Se >t ronenetes ~ Me x See Me =e KS on x2 =e oS ry a ate xX Pe. - > Mas > “of %, = H i= % % be be Re b> pS Re <> See re INNA a eee. - ~ i 7o Thigh A 7 B 4+ 4 454 454 E i G H | Evolution of Pattern of C. deppei, from 6 to 11 pale stripes. * In all these diagrams of pattern evolution the Arabic refer to the white stripes or their subsequent changes. The Roman nunerals refer to the Fields. Field I lies between stripes 1 and 2, Field 11 between stripes 2 and 3.—Stripe 1 passes through the Ear, along the flank and upon the Thigh. Stripe 2 passes through the Hye, above the Hip and upon the Tail. Stripe 3 encloses the mid-field when there is no fourth pair of stripes. 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 291 across Guanajuato to Puebla, and in Southern Mexico, below the plateau, we find an abundance of various kinds. Text-fig. 67. a=) 343 343 4321! cbs) 721 LA UM | | } Qo) 90 ° | D0 : oT le ] ) q i! oll 9 i She vl | ) 0 Foy | r! D oq le it 0 0} | | | 0% j | I. \/) 0 00 0 a) 2]. A 8 Cc D [z 1234432 1 1234 234 43 2 70 Xo 1! | 039 009 ao ° 0 Oy ey 0 4 oe Ben U9 SC jor _{l) 9 00 0 ) OGG jh “0 Go o 9 a , 0 oe 00 00 00 ) 4 , 0 70 VO U oo oo J CROSS nee Ong ee 0 Yo D 90 oo J Noi OSncsmerealy 0 a WE ee 90 00 || | 0 90 09 9 io 2 6 0) © © 049 en 100 00 4 | es 0. 00 erie! 00 °%9 D 49 00 | ee ao’ J - aS j 09 0 0 Wl aq @ se > 9 | s2 = 1 05 a? YO on" G eee 2S | ies ae 4 Mas 08 POO no Gal >a oh J )Fa%t= fel) F G H i Evolution of Pattern of C. cmmutabilis A to EK, and of C. guttatus from youth F to old age I. Text-fig. 68. 2 i 3 P25 Sse BS) eZ reg | tal ‘|| ° : ) & | 3 ! om ol . t) Q 0 : g | Pao ° e 1 Ol ag D| 4 “| os I (3) oO ann O a no rm | on 0 Grauene ae Sle ey ee fo) © D HO Onn Gy ne a ag 2 1% Wow al ah ES oe me? om A o ohn i 8 " See a0 2 oO O 0 gy ou It fo) “if ah 8. OO Pin oS | 00 OAS > 10 nn @ 2 ww ° 2 Wo 2 OY alot io 00 S ae it CoO ' 1 @ OO Oo > ne WQS hi Op |! , 0 a 9 1 00 iM) 9» ° See OF u i a off, |i © Obey oo Swe 8 9 ) @) We ie) ; a an <— fo) ol] o O an tou (ABs zs), 10) 1 O-@iu lo} Te) i 1} Oe A B C D Evolution of Pattern of C. scalaris from youth to adult; cf. text-fig. 76, p. 336. There isa great gap in the map without any Cnemidophorus, Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XX. 20 [ Mar. 20, DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION O.° oO So "Gronocwa © “STUDIVLIUL ¥0) pur srwmuiod “—p Jo aBvjzs JuoIsuesy to aIMyeurur ayy ‘s72.17NA' 4 Jo o5v4s y[NpR [enJov ayy Juasordat ;g7 puv gq ‘snuparvaut “Q pur ‘srununioa *—Q ‘sripjnh *) Jo aSv4s [NFYIMOA [engor oy spuasordaa w “(TOF YW Wloay snuporwau “QM JO pur (04 YW WoAL syunwmuoa “DQ JO U10}}RG JO UOTNTOAT Q 2) 8 ee eS Se 19 rye) id 0° pac po i) o ||9 ¢} { 0,9 0 LAT AKG 5 elo ol[O e) 80 °og \ pe 49 o||° d) WES) 4 oe) 0 0'4g f folloy 6 a eae 0} 0 | i ae 09 o Wit ° 6 ° ||0 ay? lly ° oye & i non 0 O}}o |° Hoe © ‘ oo 2G ae P 0 o||, \lo Hee Wiis a -¢ a Bes 2 n| 1 10 =| (7 < 5 Ny it | era Al CaCarcusl (ete (Agel | cme cca ea OS lavCuce.ae lig eek Fane: "69 “BY-4Xaq, 1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 293 roughly speaking within a triangle from Tampico and Vera Cruz to Zacatecas. Most of the latter State lies too bigh; and this altitude would be a sufficient factor for stopping the eastward extension of C. communis and its allies. No Cnemidophori have ever been recorded from Jalapa, although that district has been the hunting-ground of many good collectors; none are known from Orizaba district, and the Comision cientifica (cf. Cope’s List, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1885, p. 372) returned none from the State of Hidalgo. The northern half of the State of Vera Cruz is covered mostly with rain-forest. The reputed absence in the triangle is easiest accounted for by the assumption that CO. gularis coming from the North, and C. deppei with C. guttatus from the South, have not yet met, perhaps cannot meet on account of unsuitable bionomic conditions. Text-fig. 70. (Weird Oct Be) Ue 3003 P2033 {10, ¥ o }) 9 Sue ar.s6 | oy J - ces ly Leos ton oi fs) > HR ES Jeb 9 ( ae oo rela Sake Nae ene Sy ee ASS Sie ICI: gas CI ce i CB OS le. a @ Gua = (S Evolution of Pattern of C. tessellatus A-D and of C. rubidus E. How, then, have we to imagine that the spreading of Cnemido- phorus in Mexico has taken place? Of course we leave aside the idea of a multiple origin. The usual explanation of zoogeographers would be as follows :—Some indifferent species spreading from the South through the Pacific half of the country northwards, and thence into the United States, has on its way given rise to the various forms of lizards. This not unreasonable assumption, if applied to the species as we actually find them distributed, would imply that they have changed, say, from 4 into B into... #, each with side-branches or sub-species, but that on their arrival in the North in the form # they have been turned again into something like A. Deppet and sexlineatus are near allies, but such a reversion or return to pristine conditions is most unlikely. It would, moreover, mean that #’, while assuming A-like characters, must also be rather like 4. But in reality this is not the ease. On the contrary, A (sewlimeatus) turns into H (gularis); this in turn into D and C’ (communis occidentalis); C into B (C. copei), the var. australis of which we have some occasional difliculty in 20* 294 DR, H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar, 20, separating from C. immutabilis and guttatus, which are very different from (, sevlineatus. C,in another direction, turns in Michoacan and the Balsas basin into C. mexicanuws, which reaches its terminal development in Oaxaca, Lastly, C. bocourti represents a third offshoot from C. communis (cf. p. 287 and pp. 356-358). We have therefore to search for another explanation. We postu- late the existence of an indifferent stock, somewhat like a combina- tion of C, deppei and C. sexlineatus, with a range from South to North over those parts of the country which at that unknown period did not yet exhibit the present variety of phy sical, bionomic features. Cer tainly the Western Sierra was there in reine but not as it is now. Then came the physical changes: subsidence of much of the Pacific land; the development of desert features in the North- west and North; the transformation of the central lake into a silted-up plain, the central tableland; the spreading of forests over the Sierra after the volcanic eruptions had subsided,—in short, the assumption of the more recent features of Mexico. Hand in hand with these changes went the making of the species, iz loco; and as they spread further upon new ground, they changed further, giving rise to still newer varieties, races, subspecies, and species, a seemingly endless kaleidoscopic process. This is not a new process; it was always going on, but we see only the present results, and of the many extinct forms we know naught. Broadly speaking, there are now three or four main groups. One centres round (, tessellatus, essentially in the North-west and North; a second comprises the gularis-group of the Centre and West; thirdly, the essentially Southern, tropical deppei-immutabilis group; lastly, C. sealineatus, the least specialised, in the United States. Each of the four geographical regions or main habitats of these groups has its own characteristic features ; they are types of bionomie conditions. The greatest number of well-distinguished forms occurs in the Lower Californian district. At least 6 (or 7 with C. sealineatus in California); 4 of them are insular The existence of 3 species on the little Cedros Island is only partly an illustration of the effect of isolation—(. labialis on Cedros Island, C. rubidus only on 8S. Margarita Island; maximus, fennellaies martyris, and hyperythrus occur on islands but also on the neighbouring mainlands, which consequently prove to be veritable refuge-islands, remnants of a former ly larger land- complex. Characteristic of, even peculiar to, this ‘land are C. labialis and C. hyperythrus, whilst the other species are of tessellatus descent. Another centre of great variety is Oaxaca, with lkewise 6-7 forms which are referable to the deppei and the gularis-communis- mexicanus group. This great diversity is in concord with the very varied physical features of that State. It is there that the Tierra caliente embraces with an eastern and a western arm the most southern portion of the plateau, a wedge which is continued 1906, | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 295 towards the Isthmus through its junction with the Sierra Madre del Sur. The Atlantic and Pacific types of hot climate are juxta- posed. The Southern species meet others of the mexicanus stock which have come from the North, at least from the plateau, and they meet others of the communis-stock which have come trom the West. Or may be, if we prefer it, the Southern deppei-group has by its northward extension crossed the Southern members of the communis-stock, which extend from Colima along the coast across the Isthmus through Yucatan to Cozumel! Indeed, we can understand why the Oaxaca-Isthmus district should be so rich in forms. It isa highway, the meeting-ground of the South and North exchange, and at the same time so diverse in bionomic conditions, any but deserts or semideserts being there represented within a small compass. The State of Oaxaca is the meeting centre of North and South, East and West s—a combination which occurs nowhere else in Mexico. In comparison, the rest of this large country, in spite of wonderful variety, shows far more fundamental uniformity, each of its main divisions in its way, and, as the map will show, with rarely as many as 4, more often only 3 or 2, and.even only 1 kind of Cnemidophor US. These facts are eloquent testimony that the diversity of bionomic conditions is responsible for the various kinds of these lizards. Never mind, for the present, whether this must mean either that natural selection has weeded out those variations which do not fit in, or that the bionomic conditions have actually caused these variations. Fortunately our Cnenidophori seem to testify that both views can go hand in hand. The change of the pattern of a typical C. mewxicanus from stripes to tiger- bars during its growth from youth to age shows that this change takes place side by side with natural selection, not beyond its control. Otherwise it would mean, as I have ‘pointed out elsewhere, that all those are weeded out which in their youth do not happen to be striped, and those of the second year which do not happen to become spotted, and those of old age which do not manage to assume the cross-barred pattern! There are no young O. mexicanus which are not striped, but no old specimens with stripes. me: chee: the greatest number of stripes occurs in old speci- mens, and this fact is not due to the others having been weeded out, since many-striped young are not relatively but positively rare. If this many-striped pattern is best for this species, it 1s hard on the young to have to wait for it during the time that they are most in need of protection. The changes are constitutional and also caused directly by the external bionomic prevailing conditions, and some of the ‘“ protective” results are quite incidental ; for instance, the fact that many a vividly striped C. deppet appears quite stripeless, monochrome dull, when seen from in front instead of sideways or from behind. This str iking feature is the result of 296 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar, 20, the still somewhat imbricating shape of the granules of the skin. If it were harmful it would be disallowed, if usefal it might be encouraged ; but if it be neithery it would still continue until it disappears by itself, when the granules have become too uniform for this accidental by-play. Almost every one of the taxonomic characters investigated in this paper has an amplitude of variation within some of the species which equals that of the whole genus. From this fact we can draw several conclusions. Either these variations are un- important to the welfare of that particular species, or this is stall in an unsettled condition, 7. e. it is making new species. If the exceptional or extreme variations were harmful, we should expect them to have been eradicated long ago; even the tendency of varying in that particular direction, unless this kind of variation is of comparatively recent date. Again, since they occur in individuals of the same locality, they have obviously not been swamped by panmixis. All these Cnemidophori form practically isolated clans, since they do not travel. We might say that the inhabitants of a plain have more chances of mixing, and that therefore theyare more monotonous in their features, have in fact arrived at the general average. Clans on the other hand confined in a valley, or on a mountain, or in intricate terrain, are isolated, and they should therefore be still more subject to panmixis. But instead of their having settled down to fixed monotony, we find just the reverse: the variations of their characters are at their liveliest. How are these facts to be reconciled? Only, I venture to submit, by the assumption that these variations are the direct result of, caused by, the direct influence of the surroundings, regardless of natural selection, which can, and will, step in only when certain variations turn out to be harmful in that particular locality. It may mean an improvement to have 21 instead of 20 femoral pores, Instead of increasing the work of each pore by 5 per cent. ; but if that 21- pored lizard should mate with an old-fashioned 18- pored female, the offspring may probably show some gain in comparison with the mother. Whatever may be the use of these pores, their activity certainly depends upon the requirements of the whole organism of the lizard, which in turn is influenced by the conditions under which it happens to live. If that place favours, in the most roundabout way, the activity of these pores, they will react by increase, either in size or in numbers, perhaps actually thus increasing don ing the life of one individual. Not all individuals respond alike easily. Some lag behind, and may be they come thereby to grief, although this is not very likely. Take the present case. What puts an end to the refractory lizard are the snakes, the ground-cuckoo, the Croto- phaga, and similar enemies, whose attacks represent accidents absolutely regardless of the difference between 20 and 21 pores ; but this same difference is equally irrelevant in affecting the 1906. } IN MEXICAN LIZARDS, 297 creature’s organism itself, since the 20 glands can easily do the extra work between them,*. The same reasoning applies to the protection of the forearm. The nature of the ground over which these lizards have to run, conceivably may directly influence, stimulate, these gaiters com- posed of long rows of broad scutes. I leave it open, not always to rouse the anti-Lamarckian ire, whether the scutellation is due to natural selection; but I want to know why these same scutes are lost again by those delegates of a gaitered kind which have straddled into forests or upon sandy ground. Or, another point of view. The “granulated specimens” of C. mexicanus from Cuernavaca and Cuautla (cf. p. 367), or those of C. communis occidentalis from Patzcuaro, should be at such an obvious dis- advantage to their gaitered brethren that these tendencies ought to have been eradicated long ago. Would anyone be bold enough to stipulate a physiological difference between the possession of 3 or 4 supraoculars? Fine, instead of coarse, granulation prevails in the skin of the deppei- group; their whole organism is imbued with this acquired character, and this tendency is likely to spread, to assert itself in all those parts where scales and scutes are not positively required. In most species with normally 4 supraoculars these are bordered behind by one or more rows of granules; im some specimens the last supraocular is split, or much reduced (e.g. text-fig. 71 A, p. 303), and there are more granules, and granules fill its whole space in the deppei-group, except in those old-fashioned individuals, about 10 per cent. with rather. local predilection, which still retain the original number. ‘That is all, neither more nor less! Every normal organism, and its constituent organs jointly or separately, tends towards greater perfection’. Itis under the influence of the law of perfection. This must be so unless the whole idea of onward evolution is a dream, and it is a necessary outcome of the principle of the inheritance of acquired characters. *s Here we are treading on uncertain ground. However, I have found many dozens of cases in which one or two of the distal pores of the whole series are imperfect, or very small, obviously not functional; and frequently on the other leg the corresponding pores are altogether missing. These may be cases of retrogression, of decreasing pores; but my argument is of course valid for de- and increase. Only, somehow, one prefers to consider the largest numbers as representing the ultimate, newest condition. + Lam well aware that I am treading here on dangerous ground and liable to be misunderstood. The process involved may be mysterious, but it is not mystical. “Perfection” and “law” are used for want of less equivocal turns; they are figures of speech, not concrete and absolute, but abstract and relative ideas. Few, if any, creatures are perfect in the sense that they cannot be improved. Ornitho- rhynchus may represent the acme of vertebrate perfection in the Murray River, but as a mammal it is lamentably imperfect. There is a “law of chances”; it is nota law made by the will of somebody, but a convenient expression for the average summary of facts as they result from the “nature of things.’ A squad of raw recruits may all make bulls’ eyes, but they won't ! There is onward evolution and also degeneration or devolution or regressive meta- morphosis, likewise after all progressive. To exclude the latter, I used the expression “normal organism’ for the sake of shortness. Those who scent teleology in 298 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, Animals and plants have, since the beginning of life, acquired and inherited and retained whatever was better, and they have got rid of imperfections, so that this Whole process itself has become an acquired and inherited character. Thus alone can it be explained that an organism can and will, under new circumstances, or under new and sudden stress, react In a manner surprisingly quick and straight to the point. The Cnemidophori are so plastic that they still respond to every new condition, and in so varied a country as Mexico they ave able to meet with new conditions whenever they spread (not migrate!) into regions new to them. These need not be localities where no Cnemidophorus has been before. The whole process is now very complex. For instance, a clan of typical C. communis occidentalis may spread into locality A, which is already inhabited by C. immutabilis. More likely than not, it will there assume some of those characters which the prevailing conditions produce or require, and the result will be a superficial resemblance to C. immutabilis. Into this same locality spreads a clan of typical C’. mexicanus, which also assume some of the characters which the aboriginal C. immutabilis possesses ; but the result in these “immigrants” will not be the same, because C. mexicanus and C. communis are not the same. A great resemblance between the three kinds of lizards will result in obedience to the genius loci. One of these may yield in the matter of pores and arm-granules and in the pattern of colour, but retaining its collar; the other set may concede nearly every- thing, but may stick obstinately to some other feature by which alone it proclaims its descent. Not because that point is necessary to its welfare, but because inheritance happens to be too strong, at least for the present. The whole body, 7. e. the sum total of all its characters, of which we can follow ouly a few, is considerably influenced by new environmental, bionomic conditions. All the characters, being therefore in an unstable condition, or shaken up, “ vary” sepa- rately ; some, however, with an obvious amount of correlation : with the result that many combinations are formed—some of them good, others bad or indifferent, and thus, seemingly by accident, orthogenesis, tendency towards perfection, &c., may be referred to Heckel’s discussion of these and similar subjects in his ‘Generelle Morphologie der Organismen,’ Chap. xix. (Berlin, 1866); reprinted as Chap. ix. pp. 311-319 in ‘ Principien der generellen Morphologie der Organismen’ (Berlin, 1906). There, p.312, he uses the excellent term Veleosis for H. G. Bronn’s “ Gesetz der progressiven Entwickelung.” On p. 317, Negeli’s “ Vervollkommnungs-theorie,” practically including Eimer’s Orthogenesis, is discussed. Heckel finds fault with Negeli’s ex- pression that “all organisms have the tendency to become more complicated or perfect” as leading to teleology and dualism, but Hwxckel’s substitution of a “general mecha- nical law of Nature” does not mend matters. i The main purpose of an organism is to live! Of course that, again, is not a ¥ Sere oy but it is its business, Geschaeft, that what it is busy with, “ das was er schaiit ~ ! 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 299 new varieties, races, &e. are formed, or at least initiated. Whether they can hold their own, can become common, or predominant, depends upon the test of life and time. In any case, when we speak of them as new varieties or races &c., we thereby but register the fact that the characters of these lizards in certain localities average differently from what we are pleased to consider the normal, more universal stock. On the other hand, where environmental conditions are stable, or when the new homes imply no bionomic change, there should be no reason for shaking up the organism ; it should arrive at a settled condition, and the only changes, if any, should be very gradual and orthogenetic, following the law of improvement. lt follows from these considerations, that the evolution of new species should be most active, most obvious in varied, not in monotonous districts. It also follows that change of environmental conditions need not imply migration, or spreading, but change of conditions in loco. It is a kaleidoscopic process—a stirring up, and there are new combinations, some of transient existence, others are obvious failures, others are lucky hits which should be the most successful according to all canons. They seem to fall into the category of “mutations,” but to a rather mild extent, since the game is played fairly with all the pieces or characters upon the board, none more and none less. The game has been played incessantly and in many places by these lizards, hence the possibility of the occurrence of the same combinations at different times and places ; and such coincidences become probabilities when the performers are of a kindred stock and play under similar conditions those subtle rules and influences and traditions which Nature is able to ‘ corriger la fortune.” The distressingly laborious examination of half a thousand specimens of Cnemidophorus has not been in vain, since it has revealed not a few instances which are favourable to the inter- pretations and to the general conclusions given in this paper. None amounts to proof, ‘but even an occasional glimpse may lead to a path into and eventually out of a tangle which hides quagmires and precipices with its luxuriant and often thorny growths, but which above all attracts us by its glorious and mysterious beauty. Definition of the genus CNEMIDOPHORUS Wagler, pt.; Boulenger, Cat. Lizards, 11. 1885, p. 360.—Swift-running, strictly humivagous Tejidee, with a long, narrow arrow-headed tongue, not ‘retractile into the base ; lateral teeth compressed, bi- or tricuspid ; head covered with large regular shields; anterior nasals im contact with each other; dorsal scales granular ; ventrals large, forming regular rows; with a double collar-fold; with femoral pores; tail round ; ey elids and ear-opening well developed. 300 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, A Key, or general definition of the main groups of Mexican and North-American Cnemidophori. 4 supraoculars. Collar composed of large scales. Posterior surface of forearm covered with granules. U.S.A. into Northern Mexico. C. sealineatus*, p, 302. 4 supraoculars. Collar composed of large scales. Forearm normally with scutes, or enlarged poly gon@sived iah hence Bent al or gularis: -group, p. 327. 4 supraoculars. Collar composed of small scales, especially the rows which form the posterior edge. Forearm posteriorly covered with granules ......North-Western or tessellatus-group *, p. 367. 3 supraoculars. Collar composed of large scales. Forearm granular ........Southern or deppei-group, p. 308. For comparison I give a few data of the South-American forms of Cnemidophorus. The first 5, C. ocellifer to C. longicauda, ave closely allied to each other, and are all from Southern South America, 7. e. extratropical. They are distinguished by the very small number of femoral pores; the position of the nostril is in the first nasal, 7.e. ‘anterior to the nasal suture,” as in the Mexicans (in the other South Americans the nostril lies between the two nasal plates); when there are only 3 supraoculars, this is due to reduction of the anterior seute, instead of the posterior asin the Mexicans. In this respect, ther efor e, the mere number is no indication of relationship with the deppei-group; it is rather the reverse. We observe the same differences in the shape of the collar, some of the tessellatus, others of the gularis type : with or without granules at the edge, and, e.g. C. leachi, with intermediate conditions. The humerus is covered either with many small rows, or a few large rows, followed by smaller rows. But all the South-American species agree with the tessellatus and deppei groups in the entirely granular covering of the posterior side of the forearm; there being not one specimen known with scutes or even enlarged polygones. Concerning the colour-pattern there seems to be the same amplitude of variation from adult species with many sharply defined stripes to those in which the stripes fade away, or are dissolved into round spots, mostly also with field-spots, e. g. i C. lemniscatus ; lastly there are some which attain a monochrome condition. * Hereto possibly also C. hyperythrus, distinguished by the fusion of the two frontoparietals into one plate, p. 307. + Hereto possibly C. /abialis, distinguished by the nasal opening being in contact with the second upper labial, p. 374. IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 301 1906. | | ‘youq ayy FO SopnuRAS ot[y |JSSUOULE SO]VOS VSAV] IB[NGALI JO uotssassod ayy Aq 24oydoprmauy) JO oy} TB Worf SuLaypid | *dn0.15-s270) |-/288a], oY} JO snzvULoUL “Q JO |SUIPULUtad $ We0AS T[Mp ATULLO}TU | ‘sqods oyed oyut dn yvorq 10 YsIueA UO J94RT Jory ‘sod1.ys QT OF 8 YYLA Sun0, *dn018-s770))98897 94 Jo sLthzupMy “Q JO SUIPULUtat | UMOIq-yoryq 10 youpq Apearyugy ce oe ce +] PlIey. e puu ‘Zz pue T sodiys Jo proysur sjods oy aSavy yy Ueaty | | “podiayg ‘sjods pure sediyg *padiyg *payjodg “udoqyvd-mopoy II-6 “Sol q 6I-LL "SMOL [RIO ULA,T *LoT[VULS | [BloAaS + 95IUT “SMO. [[BUIS [B19A08 (JIM aoIBl Moy W | "SHOWIN pue [peuts A190 A. *‘SHOITUNU puv [pews A109 4 “SNOTITUNE pus [peuts Ato 4 O.O.1VT “OSIRT ‘AGALT & aGIV] G10 Z “SMOL ]et9vAN FT IGLUTT ISAT “Tpeus Ato A | “TU | 5 | “IB[UUBLS | JsouR PRUs 4.19 A, “[jeus ALA [[B SaTBOG ‘a.0po | ALPNUBLS £9.10] | ‘OOIVT] | “AVTNUBLS SOPIS PUB! ISPd GARY ALJUAL Peron Ha | “IRTJON “TUOHAOCINAN,) UNILLAU P -YPOS , v *S.1B]N90 -vadug BICULO[OD “paxsy | | Mla BIT] VISOD | “RIATLOG ; ‘ {arraese Laog “Bani | PUIPLAOAT PIO | | “BjanzouaA | | ‘SBOLABS) TBA JSBOL) sanboy sory *peprunyy, IvIU SPUBIST |” ovORAMD, | “~? Qaonqq VIULOGBIV “Avnsndiy - | “UZOpPUIT, | “BUIPUISLY |’ “Lag sida)01ajay saploanun SNYD77U | snupnsad uynadsa snpnasvuua) snsourhrjuap ~~ Lop0dLbVU SUSUIQNAD aes snuLinu ppnvarhuo) $apro7p.taoV) STyMAULPLZI NU SE E77) 302 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, CNEMIDOPHORUS SEXLINEATUS Linn. (Text-figs. 71 A, B,C; 62B: 65 D; 73 A, B.) Material examined :— 4 from Raleigh, N. Carolina. 3 (1 each) from Pensacola, Florida; Kansas; Duval County, Texas. 2 from Bloomington, Indiana. 3 from San Diego, California. 4 from Sauz, north of Chihuahua (Coll. Dr. Meek). Definition.—A4 supraoculars. Collar composed of several rows of large scales (text-fig. 65 D); posterior surface of forearm with several rows of slightly enlarged granules (text-fig. 62 B), Under- parts white; 6 to 7 white or yellowish complete stripes on the back ; fields dark without ne (text-fig. 71 A,B,C). Size distinctly small, up to 70 mm.; an adult 9 from Sauz, with large eggs, only 57 mm. With very wide distribution in North America; from Maryland and Delaware to Illinois, Kansas, and N semcle ; southwards to Florida, through Texas to Laredo, thence to Chihuahua, Arizona, and into Southern California. Linne’s types came from Charleston, 8. Carolina; Edit. xiii. p. 364: “Corpus supra utrinque lineis 3 albis angustis et totidem nigris alternis. Dorsum lineis 3 mediis interjectum, canescens quasi ex duabus lineis albidis. Rug duo sub collo.” Supraoculars 4; the posterior is separated from the parietals by one or more rows of granules, unless it is almost in contact with the parietals. Of the four Raleigh specimens only the largest has 4/4 complete supraoculars! In one of 68 mm. only 3/3; in the other of 68 mm. (text-fig. 71. A) the posterior is absent on the left side, on the right it is reduced to a large granule, and the anterior scute is broken up into several. The 58 mm. specimen has only 3/3, due to loss of the posterior scutes, but the anterior pair is broken up into several. Frenocular plate variable. In two Raleigh specimens present, in one absent on both sides, in one present on the left side only. Absent in all the four Sauz specimens. Collar (text-fig. 65 JD).—According to Cope, “scales of collar larger, in few rows, the largest forming the lower.” In reality the collar of C. sexlineatus 1s variable and closely approaches that of the C. deppei-group. Instead of the posterior edge being formed by a row of large scales, it is in many cases, at least in the centre, composed of eranules only ; or there are numerous granules interspersed between the scales of the edge. The large scales themselves often decrease in size rapidly towards the sides. Cope’s figure is much more to the point than his description, The strongest collar, with an edge of large scales and but few or no ovanules, I find in the two San Diego specimens. Humerus with 5 to 7 rows of scales, of which the first 2, 3, OF 4 are considerably larger than the rest. Text-fio. 71. 1906.) IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 303 Posterior surface of forearm (text-fig. 62 B) covered with granules, but several rows of these, extending variably from elbow to wrist, are slightly enlarged. According to Cope, specimens occur in Onemidophorus sexlineatus and C. deppei. 1Ys. ‘ 3/4 supraoculars. 4/4 supraocul € 3; with 8 complete stripes. waz, Chihuahua; with 7 stripes. € Balsas 16; with 3 pairs of stripes and central subdivided. Cocoyul C. sealineatus, Raleigh, N. Carolina; with 6 white and a double faint central stripe. Balsas 6; with 7 stripes. C. deppci, Cocoyul 5; with 7 white stripes. B=C. sevlineatus, Sauz, Chihuahua; with 6 white and a very faint central stripe. OC. sexlineatus, S Teer 2 - N - os a. Ot! a 2, % =e a, OD | 1 Saeed 4 + 0 = “ — on soa Sa — CR nie rm — Os a Of = = aD — © ee > @ spots. 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 325 Thirdly, the stripes have a tendency to break up first near the root of the tail or rump, and this feature proceeds for- wards, Fourth, The spots themselves can become effaced ; this likewise proceeds from the rump forwards. In some very old specimens the rump and lower back are uniform dull, and all that remains of the Ist and 2nd pair of stripes are the pale greenish streaks which border the dull-black field I. above and below, Fifth, These variations and changes are further complicated by the gradual appearance of pale, never bright, small spots in the dark fields, rarely in the black field I., often in fields I. and IIl., especially on the lower back. These additional field-spots give the lizards a much speckled and spotted appearance, if at the same time some of the stripes are dissolved into spots. When I wrote the paper published in Proc. R. 8. 1903, it was easy to distinguish between a striped and a spotted race; but during my second collecting-tour in 1904, in the State of Guerrero, I have brought together an ample number of specimens which completely bridge the two extremes. The important facts are, first, that the two varieties in their typical appearance are geo- graphically distinct; secondly, that the intermediate kinds occur in those parts of Guerrero which geographically and physically are also intermediate. The two extreme races are easily distinguished :— I. C. guttatus of Wiegmann * is the large spotted race, in which the evanescence of stripes has reached its maximum. The important feature of this dull-coloured race are the complete breaking up of the original 4th and 3rd pair of stripes into whitish- yellow spots, the breaking up or fading of the 2nd and Ist pair, and lastly the disappearance of nearly all the spots from the root of the tail forwards over the lower back. These changes are gradual and proceed regularly with age. Old specimens show, moreover, partial confluence of neighbouring spots of the 3rd and 4th rows; a very interesting although slight indication of a combination into a transverse or cross-bar pattern. In very young specimens, about 40-50 mm. in length, from Agua fria and San Juan Evangelista, all the under parts, including the collar, are still uniformly white. Lines 1 and 2 are still pronounced white stripes, although sometimes already broken into short streaks and fading towards the arm. The original stripes 3 and 4 are already dissolved into rows of about 25 small, pale dots, reaching from the neck to the tail. Such typical C. guttatus are known only from the open forests with dense undergrowth, or similar patches of woodland, in the State of Vera Cruz and its confines with those of Oaxaca.—It has the * Wiegmann’s diagnosis, although not complete, is sufficient: “Cnemidophorus cineraceus guttis albidis in series 4 longitudinalibus dispositis, adspersus. Latera superne vitta lata, stria pallide viridi supra infraque inclusa, intense nigrescenti ; inferne maculis multis pallidis adspersa. ey 22* 326 DR. H, GADOW ON EVOLUTION [Mar. 20, priority of name; genetically it is the terminus of a series which begins with the entirely striped race : Il. C. immutabilis of Cope. By-irony of fate this is the proper name of one of the most variable of lizards. It is what I called C. guttatus var. striata in Proc. R.8. 1903. Cope’s types came from “ West of Tehuantepec.” The characteristic feature of this brighter-coloured race is the 6 to 8 continuous white stripes on a rather uniform and dark ground. Such typically striped specimens are now known from San Mateo del Mar, Salina Cruz, Tequesixtlan, Cocoyul and Pacific Coast east of Acapulco, Miahuichan, and southern slope of Los Cajones. In general terms: the coast region of the States of Oaxaca and Guerrero; how much further west along the Pacific Coast remains at present unknown, T have found it exceedingly difficult to keep free from bias whilst assorting these very variable lizards according to the prevalence of either stripes or spots, and still more difficult clearly to pronounce upon the physical features of their localities. How- ever, I can affirm the result that in the small open localities the striped lizards prevail, almost to the exclusion of more than two rows of spots; while in places with many shrubs, much underwood, absence of large grassy and sandy patches, the spotted forms prevail, in the more typical bush forests of the Atlantic side almost to the exclusion of stripes. Open localities, either strips near the sea-shore, sandy beds of frequently dry rivers, grassy stretches with scanty trees, and nowhere covered during half the year with rank and dense herbaceous growth, were the collecting spots of Cocoyul, Salina Cruz, San Mateo, Tequesixtlan, San Domingo de Guzman; also Miahuichan, a spot on higher ground and just above the luxurious tropical growth of forests; likewise the open grassy slopes near Rincon at the southern slope of Los Cajones, amongst scanty pine-forests. Much tangled underwood, broken terrain, well- wooded ravines, or meadows with tall grass and herbs, or rivers fringed with masses of shrubs, were the features of Tierra Colorada, Ayutla, and San Luis Allende; those very spots which yielded the most inter- mediate specimens. In the Atlantic Tierra caliente, with its decidedly denser vegetation, with fewer deciduous trees, and much greater annual ‘ainful, the typical C. guttatus alone is found, for stance at Agua fria, San Juan Evangelista, La Antigua (V.C.). Of course there are many and large Savannahs in the lower coast-districts of the State of Vera Cruz, and it would be interesting to ascertain whether any large Cnemidophori occur in the open Savannah, and not only in the vicinity of the typical clusters or patches of trees. Personally I have but little experience of these parts. All I can affirm is that I have seen no Cnemidophorus near Tetela, only C. guttatus at Agua fria, the same form and (. deppei at San Juan Evangelista 1906.] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 327 (deppet within the sandy river-bed, guttatus in the wooded parts near the same banks), and deppei only at Juanita which lies within typical Savannah. I consider it safe to affirm that CO. guttatus is an enlarged species of C. deppei, and that the striped or spotted condition of its upper parts depends directly upon the amount and character of the vegetation : stripes in the open, spots in the more bushy, shrubby, Jorest-like districts. Gu taris-Group. If we consider the great number of specimens, about 210, scheduled in the following pages, as one mass, their characters show such a great amplitude of variation that the diagnosis of the gularis-group becomes extremely vague. Supraoculars 4. Collar composed mostly of at least one row of large scales, but the edge may be formed by this row or entirely by granules. Frenocular present or absent. Size, from nose to vent from decidedly small to distinctly large, i.e. from 60 to 140 mm. Humeral rows of scales from 3 or 4 or 5 to 8 or 9, either all large when there are but few, or some larger than the rest, or all small when there are many. Posterior surface of the forearm covered entirely with granules, or, the other extreme case, with several long rows of transverse scutes or plates; every intermediate stage being represented, but the granular type is distinctly exceptional. Femur with only 5 or 6 very regular rows, to as many as 8 or 9. Front of forearm and tibia with 2 to 3, or even with a 4th row of scutes. Femoral pores from 15 to 26, without a break between these rather rare extremes. The same wide uncertainty applies to the pattern and coloration. Under parts.—At least this can be said: the throat is whitish, often pink, never black; but from collar to vent the under surface may be whitish or yellowish, suffused with blue, or chequered blue and black and white, or entirely blue-black, at least in the males. Upper surface.—Al\ start with at least 6 pale stripes, and the mid-field may be divided by an unpaired centre stripe or by a Ath pair of stripes. The fields may have light spots, whitish or brown, or no spots. The stripes may remain entire throughout life, or they may become ragged by confluence with neighbouring pale field-spots, or by encroachment of black field-spots ; or the stripes may become dull and fade away unless new whitish, bluish or yellow spots develop within them. The fields, originally dark, may remain spotless, or white, bluish or yellow or brown spots develop within them. These field-spots remain ill-defined, or they turn into round, separate spots; or two 328 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [Mar. 20, and two neighbouring spots in each field become confluent transversely, and this process, accompanied by active encroach- ment of the dark field-pigment upon the stripes (themselves fading away, or breaking up), may lead to a marbled, partly cross-barred, or completely tiger-barred transverse pattern. Lastly, a partly monochrome condition may gradually assert itself with advancing age, proceeding from the neck towards the back, or from the rump for wards, but with black spots upon the lighter ground-colour. Or the mongehn ome tendency proceeds from fae ase backwards, and in this case the ground-colour is dark with pale spots. Key to the Species de. of the GULARIS-Group. (Text-figs. 68 & 69.) Small, less than Stripes and pale field-spots persistent. 80 mm. North Mexico, Arizona, and Texas. gularis. Large, 100 mm. Stripes broken by the encroaching black of and more. the fields. Stripes broken on lower back. Few field- spots ... California. septemvittatus. Stripes completely broken by the field black and by the transversely combining field-spots. Resulting in tiger- barred DAGLETIE eer ae re South Mexico. mewvicanus. Stripes dissoly ed into rows of pale spots. Fields with rows of spots. Resulting in narrowly cross-barred yellow- and-black pattern ......... Chihuahua. scalaris. Resulting in many longitudinal rows of pale and round spots .................. Mexico. communis. Forearm with scutes or polygones. 5-7 humeral and femoral rows. Chest and abdomen pale .. .. a. var. occidentalis. Pr blue-black ...... var. bocourti. 8-9 humerals and femorals ... iatencecders’ | WAL COpets Forearm entirely granular ......... var. australis. Stripes vanishing or cut up except the second. No field-spots. Collar black in adult. Tres Marias Islands. mariarwm. Uniformly olive, with 6 rows of black spots. Texas, Coahuila. semifasciatus. CNEMIDOPHORUS MARIARUM Giinther. Five specimens collected by Forrer on the Tres Marias Islands : 3 very young, one immature, one adult of 121 mm, Supraorbitals 4. Collar composed of rather weak scales, but of the type of the gularis-group ; without granules on the posterior edge. There is a perceptible nest of somewhat larger granules on the throat. Humerus with about 5 rows of larger scales, followed by a few of much smaller size. Posterior side of forearm with a very large row of scutes, besides smaller scutes. Femur covered with 7, 8 and 8 to 9 rows of scales, counting from the largest row to the pores; but there are several rows beyond the largest row, as is often the case in Cnemidophorus, and 329 IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 1906.] | 3Mpe UL JOB ABTLOO—"papoy “Surureutat sedigs jo ued fT "sjods-pjay ON ‘sgods Moy[ad Jo SMOI ZT JnoqyY ce “ee (74 ce ce ce SOG uo sjods ajed Fo soar OT quoqe Toyeut “HIN ‘sjods aq1y. oyu dn yrarq sodrayg “yoviq paw MOTTOL JO S.1eq-SSO.10 STLO.TOUTHL AY ‘sqods y.wvp YIM 9AI[O ouTO.ATOOUO TL SPlPE 8UF FO youl surtpovodous Aq woyorq Apyred sodiays 9 ‘sjods-pyay oyIM pue sodiys quaysisiad ayapdutog "U1944Vq [BSLO(T FO Samnyvoz Ue, ‘sivq-tostyoyed pue yxoerg “Surpezsediyg | | ‘sopnuv.s *saqynog 8 OU “BO AA *sauoSApog | 9-9 “YRI AA *somosAod 10 Saqndg | 9 yon Ca § *(saynuRis aou0) | soaosAjod 10 saynog| —4-¢ “ISIVIT CIARA 8-4 STTIN 6-8-L-9 *SoTNUB.LO, 6-L “OT GRIIB A. *SOTMUBUD, 8-L IDIB'T ‘souosjod 10 saynog | 6-8 OGIVIT *(SeTnuBas aou0) souosdfod 10 saynog | 4 ‘9 ‘¢ “AS AVIT | . *saynog 9-¢ | ‘aqerapoyy “somos A[og 9 “BOM “6 9 OG.1UT, *soTNURAS “saqmog 9-¢ ou fasiery “ULTBAILO Hf snowy] “1eTOD “SpUuUvBysy SBLIB]AT Sot], “pussy [auinzo‘r “BOBXB() “UISUg SEsTeg *BOBYR() BOBXB(E) “UB[JBOINL) snutyysy ‘vunsery ( “snUttysy < ‘osurmog *g lg “BULILOD ‘OW OOST[V(* oF BayenyIyy “BnTRNYIYD, “sexo [—vmMqypeo9 *ARGEHON GO) “OOIXOTL YAO NT “AqrpRoory ‘dnowy-starepns ay2 fo SLIZIDLDY,) | yysuery | Te WNADVADU leebabecco dvadoa svumuuoa [Poe noceoanen 228202 22H OOXOD) | ; nesses ssn sss sss SUMIIAUW | t. SUDLISND : | | Saag vadoa Ee eee see ses beens "* s1uM] 098 | selec h tiers sngprosnfimas fo snanaqianuagdas | | sutppynb 330 DR. H GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, counting these also the total sum would be 8 to 10 as stated by Boulenger, scarcely 10-12 as described by Giinther. Tibia with only 24 rows of scutes. Femoral pores from 19- Coloration.—Throat whitish yellow, with a faint blue tinge across the middle. Collar black in the adult! Chest and belly black with many white specks on the sides of the body. The thighs, legs, and the whole tail are uniformly reddish yellow in the youngest forms and in the immature; in the adult the thighs are blue-black and chequered with white. The preanal region is blue; the tail beneath is speckled dusky. Upper parts (youngest forms): 3 pairs of thin stripes; mid-field broad and buff. Immature: the 3rd pair of stripes is partly vanishing on the rump, so that field II. is merging into the buff of the mid-field. Adult: the first pair of stripes begins to be cut up by the encroaching black of field I. and by the black of the lateral field. The result is a ight brown or buff ground-colour, with only one pair of pale stripes, and mottled with black on the sides of the body. The absence of light spots in the fields and in the vanishing stripes constitute a remarkable pattern in this large and com- pletely isolated kind of lizard. CNEMIDOPHORUS GULARIS Baird. The collar is composed of several rows of large scales, and the posterior margin of the collar is formed entirely of large scales, without granules. The posterior side of the forearm is covered with one or more rows of large polygones or scutes, instead of granules; 6 pale stripes persist as unbroken lines. The dark fields are at first spotless, but soon a row of pale, mostly whitish spots appears in the first and second fields, without breaking up these fields (text-figs. 69 & 70). It is not easy to abstract a satisfactory, further definition from Cope’s writings of what he understood by his C. gularis gularis. The femoral scales are said to be in 6-8 rows. The femoral pores are stated, in the key, to vary from 18-23, but in the text specimens ‘with less than 16 are mentioned. The frenocular ‘occurs occasionally.” The chest of the males is black, while the seales of the belly are margined with black; there are light spots on the flanks below the first stripe. Amongst an apparently large number of specimens from Chihuahua Cope mentions some, distinguished by him as @. g. gularis obsoletus, with wider and very obscure stripes, and with small obscure spots in the fields. Some of these specimens were the largest of the collection. In others, including “a good many small specimens,” the stripes were wider, and the field-spots enlarged so as to be confluent occasionally with the light stripes. 1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 331 The size of these lizards is not mentioned, except that ‘“ the size of the adults exceeds a little that of the Eastern form [C. sealineatus|, a specimen from Arizona measuring 100 mm. This is, however, larger than the average.” According to Cope, C. gularis gularis is found in Western Texas, New Mexico, and Arizona, and in Mexico as far south as Chihuahua and Monter ey. ‘OIL “SOT “BOT ‘OOT 4sa5ie'y 88-87 TL praviy 88 ‘¢9 801 OOT “OT ‘OOT JSASIT E *8¢ 4so[[Bug 86-S8 06 “E9 "16 ‘88 Jsosie'yT G6 (‘urm) “Ypouory B[qoudg ‘9 SOY “Jug oyenfeuenys ‘SAW “A UBDBOTIT ‘O1wnNdz4Vq T “3° “Id "Z “Maa “Aq ooslyer ‘uepyode7, ee oe RING EEE uvdxny, | OOSTTRL ‘UBTIXT | *G ‘SNI “UL i ‘orday, ‘oyotwAB Ny op BITC | | "9 “SNL “QUA OIpIsatg eGo Nea RRO ie Pen OSC ay pce) Oe “A osueingy | ‘LT “Yoo Iq “BN Y BUI L) "M'’N *peurutexa sueuttoads Jo sequinu pur Aq1[R00'T “BIAR IN, GIUBS OUT | | | | | | 1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 341 of granules at the hinder edge. Posterior side of forearm with large scutes in at least one row.—Consequently these specimens combine the intensified features of the C. gularis group. The immature have 6 clear whitish stripes, and faint brownish spots in the very dark, almost black first and second fields. The centre-field 3-3 is also black, with a short white centre streak on the nape and neck, and this streak is in one specimen continued upon the back by a double row of pale spots ; in another it is continued as a dull unpaired stripe. These variations demonstrate the possibility of 7 to 8 stripes in all.—In the 88 mm. specimen all the stripes are reduced to faint lines on the neck. The rest of the back shows a uniformly black ground with numerous whitish spots in about 10 rows; the thighs are similarly spotted. In the oldest specimen (97 mm.) the ground-colour is very dark, blackish, with numerous, very conspicuous white and bluish round spots in 10 or 11 rows. The three pairs of stripes are faintly visible on the neck, where the spots are far less pronounced. Throat and collar are pink. Rest of under parts, including the arms, blue-black, mottled with particoloured scales. Tail bluish beneath. This 97 mm. specimen much resembles a 90 mm. specimen from Lerdo, near Torreon; this town would, with our present state of knowledge, represent the North-eastern limit of the typical C. communis. The collar of the Zerdo specimens is composed of large scales, without granules. Throat of the adult red-pink ; sides of collar grey. Rest of under parts, including thighs, blue-black with whitish scale-edges. ‘Tail bluish.—Above: the smaller specimen with 6 complete stripes and a pale centre-line. Double rows of erey-brownish spots in the dark fields. In the larger specimen the stripes have disappeared completely ; ground-colour black, - with numerous bluish-white spots, arranged in rows, from neck to tail. Sides of trunk with black and light bars, some of which reach far upon the back. Txtlan.—_The specimens were collected by Dr. Buller near the River Santiago, near the confines of the State of Jalisco and the Territory of Tepic, at altitudes from 1500 to 3500 feet. This district is sandy, rather tropical, and produces much vegetation. It is remarkable that none of these specimens belongs to the essen- tially spotted-colour variety, but ends in the partly cross-barred type. The evolution of the dorsal pattern proceeds as follows :—They start with 6 to 8 pale stripes and black-brown fields. Pale, light- brown spots in one or two rows appear in all the fields, proceeding from behind forwards. Against the inside of the third pair of stripes appears a double series of blackish spots. Stripes 2 and 3 become dull, and within each of these stripes appear, or remain, white spots. The field-spots become pale, buff or whitish, and then they become transversely confluent within each field. Ulti- mately alternate black and whitish cross-bars are produced, which, reaching from the flank through stripe 1, through field I., through stripe 2, cause a cross-barred appearance. This procedure much resembles that of the typical C. mexicanus. 23* 342 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, In opposition to the essentially spotted variety of C. communis, the Ixtlan specimens retain a fair amount of their stripes. For instance, in the largest specimen the fourth pair is still retained ; but the first and second stripes are mostly dissolved into white spots, in the way characteristic of C. communis. The throat is white, sometimes pink, or even with a strong brick-reddish tinge ; collar whitish ; body in the adult chequered, especially on the flanks. The thigh-stripe breaks up early. Tail beneath either reddish or bluish. Sierra de Nayarete.—Dr. Buller collected the five specimens in Ranchos, in the walls of corrals, on the eastern side of the Sierra, at an altitude of about 4600 feet, apparently in open, treeless surroundings. These are the specimens referred to in my paper (Proc. Roy. Soc. 1903, p. 118) under C. becourti, and as aberrantly coloured; but they belong undoubtedly to the C. communis. Supraoculars 4; collar composed of large scales; forearm with typical scutes. There is much individual variation in these few, probably all adult, specimens :— 85 mm. Stripes 1 and 2 broad and conspicuous, white ; stripe 3 narrow and complete; 4th pair narrow, somewhat zigzag, enclosing a black centre-field. The fields are black- brown, with very faint red-brown spots. There is an extra white line below stripe 1, extending from the ear towards the thigh! Throat and collar pale, yellowish, with dusky mottling! Chest and belly still yellow. Tail bluish beneath. 93mm. Stripe lis nearly gone; stripes 2 and 3 are being dissolved into whitish spots; the 4th pair is still complete. Fields with large round yellow-brown spots in double rows. Throat and collar yellow, much mottled with black! Chest, belly, preanal region, and thighs yellow, chequered with black. 97 mm. Stripe 1 is lost, stripe 2 much broken up; stripes 3 and 4 still present. Large pale brown spots in the fields. Throat and collar mottled black and yellow! Rest of under parts with much black and blue pigment, chequered with yellow. Tail bluish black. 98 mm. Stripes 1 and 2 are quite gone; only narrow traces of the others. With about 10 rows of large round yellow spots on a uniformly black ground. Under parts like the 97 mm. specimen. 98mm. The 6 stripes are still well preserved, but getting dissolved into white spots. Two rows of pale spots in the blackish first and second fields. The broad, unicoloured mid-field is bordered by black dots. General ground-colour olive-grey. Throat and collar yellowish white. Chest and belly much pigmented with black and blue. Tail red.—This male specimen was caught at a different rancho, and it is distinguishable from the previous four specimens by the presence of a frenocular, a very unimportant character. Presidio, south-east of Mazatlan in Sinaloa,—Presumably the 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 343 6 specimens collected by Forrer are related to the Tepic and Jalisco Cremidophorus. ‘They possess 6 white or whitish ‘stripes, with faint field-spots which increase in number with age. There is no trace of a fourth pair of stripes, and no breaking- up of the stripes into spots is indicated, not even in the largest specimens. The throat is sometimes speckled with dark pigment; chest and abdomen are chequered blue-black and white. The tail is reddish beneath. Zapotlan in Jalisco, between Guadalajara and Colima. (‘Text- fig. 77 A.)—Throat across the middle with a dull bluish tinge ; lower throat whitish, and mottled with grey. Collar bluish, except the large row of scales which is white. Upper chest blue with white edges to the scales. Rest of body black, chequered with white. Tail beneath very dark, all the whitish scales having much blue-black pigment. Under surface of arms blue-black with whitish patches.—Upper parts :—First specimen: 6 complete dull stripes ; mid-field dark grey, bordered on each side by a row of black spots. Fields I. and II. black, with irregular rows of large, round, grey spots. None of the stripes is dissolved into spots, but whiter spots are visible in the second stripe. The second specimen is beautiful. There are no traces of stripes left. Neck and shoulders are dusky. The whole back shows about 10 rows of large round yellowish-white spots apon a dark ground. Smaller yellow spots on the rump, thighs, legs, and upon the first two inches of the tail. On the sides of the chest the black colour forms cross-bars because the rows of large pale spots below the first stripe are transver sely confluent. This specimen conforms exactly with Cope’s typical C. communis, whilst the first, also a male, scarcely shows the character istic development of spots within the stripes. Unfortunately I did not catch a single specimen at or near Zapotlan, but I saw several in the striped and in the spotted condition. Tuxpan (text-fig. 79 A), south of Zapotlan.—Fourth supraocular very small. Throat tinged with bluish across the middle ; collar bluish white. Rest of under parts, including arms and thighs, dark blue with some white specks on the flanks. Tail blue all round. The ground-colour of the upper parts olive-brown, with 6 dull stripes, each of which is broken up into whitish beads. The first and second fields with conspicuous black cross-patches. Mid-field olive-brown, with a few small black specks along the inside of the third pair of stripes. Numerous small, whitish spots on rump, thighs, and tail, and a few such spots in the second field. This specimen, having lost most of the small white spots on the back, in conformity with the prevalence of olive- brown ground- colour, is in the incipient tiger- “stage, connecting in this respect the Colima specimen (C’. communis copet) with the 88 mm. specimen from Patzcuaro (text-fig. 77 B). Puebla. Nine specimens collected by Dr. Meek near the town of Puebla on the railway embankments.—Throat and collar white o ~ t~ Text-fig. 344 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, or pink, Chest and belly white, and chequered with blue owing to the dark bases of the scales. Tail beneath yellowish white. deep ae wade Se Pa a Immature with 6 stripes, of which the third pair is dull and narrow. Pale faint field-spots appear late. Then whitish spots appear in the evanescent stripes and produce a spotted stage with Cnemidophorus communis occidentalis; Field Mus. Nat. Hist. from Durango, the most conspicuously spotted specimen. from Puebla. C , HE, Vy |» from Zapotlan from Patzcuaro. A B 1906.] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 345 many, about 10 or more, rows of whitish-blue spots, especially numerous on the lower back, rump, and thighs, wpon a very dark ground. In large and old specimens the ground-colour becomes olive-grey, with bold transverse black tiger-bars across the middle of the trunk; the white stripes and spots having changed completely into grey. The black pigment encroaches upon the breaking-up stripes, and the neck of some old specimens tends to become monochrome. There is no doubt that this clan of rather large-sized Lizards conforms more with C. g. communis than with C. ec. balsas. It is all the more interesting that these Puebla lizards come to resemble the more or less tiger-barred specimens of C. c. balsas (which are probably their neighbours) if they pass beyond the white-spotted stage. Patzcuaro (text-fig. 77 B), south-west of Morelia, in Michoacan. —The smallest specimen with 6 complete stripes and a broad mottled mid-field. In the gravid female and in the adult male the stripes are broken into streaks or numerous spots, bluish- white and similar spots have appeared in the fields. Chest and belly suffused with blue owing to the underlying dark pigment. Acambaro, north-east of Morelia. Only one immature speci- men, collected by Dr. Meek.—Still with 6 very sharp, white stripes; pale spots just appearing in the outer and in the second fields. Celaya, north of Acambaro, west of Queretaro: 4 specimens collected by Dr. Meek; largest about 75 mm.—With 6 whitish stripes ; the younger specimens still without field-spots, but new whitish spots appear in the older, still immature specimens ; chest and belly blue, with white-edged scales. Throat and collar white. San Juan del Rio. 3 specimens, Dr. Meek; 70-76 mm. Guanajuato. 6 specimens in the British Museum, collected by Dr. Dugés, three of which only 48 to 50 mm.—These very young forms have 6 very sharp white stripes and very dark spotless fields. Faint pale brown spots in one row appear in the first and second dark brown fields of the 62 mm. specimen. In the two 86-87 mm. specimens the field-spots are white, very sharp and more numerous; and in one of these specimens numerous small white specks have appeared within some of the three pairs of stripes, which themselves have become dull. Unfortunately most of the specimens from Acambaro to Guanajuato are young, or immature, whilst few, if any, are adult. However, the fact of a gravid female from Patzcuaro seems to indicate that all these lizards belong to a rather small race. The breaking-up of the stripes into whitish spots, characteristic of C. communis, is clearly shown at Patzcuaro and at least in one specimen from Guanajuato. It is impossible, with the present material, to say whether the lizards of Acambaro, Celaya, and San Juan del Rio represent the transition from C. communis to C. mexicanus var. balsas, or whether they are potentially C. com- 346 DR. H, GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, munis and lead on to the Puebla clan, in which the characters of C. communis are again intensified. There is still a gap between San Juan del Rio and Puebla, a distance of 150 miles, whence no Cnemidophori have been recorded, I myself have never seen a single specimen in the Valley of Mexico, an absence due no doubt to the high eleva- tion, the limit for this genus being apparently near 7100 feet. Dr. Meek found them in abundance near Puebla, 7100 feet, but the Capital, itself in the depression of the so-called valley, lies some 300 feet higher. San Juan’s elevation is 6000 feet, and any way thence to Puebla would imply an ascent of more than 8000 feet, an elevation which may well be prohibitive to any species of Cnemidophorus. At Amecameca, which lies at this altitude, I looked for them in vain. It is therefore more likely that the Puebla clan have arrived there by some roundabout way at present unknown. But it is certain that there 1s no communication between them and those of Yautepec and Cuantla in Morelos, although the distance would be less than 40 mules. Consequently it seems rather likely that the spotted clan at Puebla, with its isolation from the other C. communis, represents a case of convergent evolution. C.c¢. balsas itself is a case of isolation ; they are restricted to the basin of the Balsas, bounded on the north by the impassable barrier of high mountains, the southern fringe of the Central plateau, and on the south by the Sierra Madre del Sur, the low pass of which, at Los Cajones, these lizards just manage to cross, but they do not descend beyond, into the Coastal region. What happens to these Cnemi- dophori in Western Michoacan, whether they change or not, into the western form, remains for the present unknown, ‘The same apples to the zoologically undiscovered wide districts of the upper basin of the Balsas. CNEMIDOPHORUS COMMUNIS COPE. (Text-figs. 78 A, C, E.) Differing from C. communis occidentalis by the increased number of humeral and femoral row s, greater number of pores, and larger size of the body. Although these are differences of degree only, they are signi- ficant because they lead to and are combined with further modi- fications which change such lizards in Oaxaca and on the Isthmus into a form to which the name of communis is no longer applicable. Of the specimens described in the accompanying table (p. 348), only those from Colima, Manzanillo, San Domingo de Guzman, and apparently those from the island of Cozumel, conform with C. communis copei. Possibly those mentioned by Cope from Guatemala may exhibit the same characters, especially the forearm scutes. Cope’s types, about 40 specimens, were sent to Washington by Xantus, who had collected them in the State of Colima, Western Mexico. In the original description, Trans, Am. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 95, it is stated that C. communis has a frenocular, large post- 1906. | TN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 347 antebrachial scutes, 8 to 9 rows of femoral scales; and from p. 606 of his posthumous work, 1900, the number of pores is to Cnemidophorus communis ; Field Mus. Nat. Hist. be inferred as 19-23. In the paper of 1877 he says: “ Olive, with 6 light bands with light spots in the intervals, the former communis australis, from Laguna. '. communis copei, from Manzanillo. = C. communis copei, from Colima. D ny) ’. communis occidentalis, from Lake Santa Maria, Chihuahua. C. communis copei, from Manzanillo. A= B= [ Mar. 20, DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION 348 €6/2S | sf es 9 fi se ‘][euIs 4ysar “laSIe] Z | 9a y OF ‘r9S.1e, ATquydaosed ysnt | *1O[[BUUS 6L/6L | puayxa OIM JO g “M | SMOT SOT E L0G + LepNUBIy | Surqyes Ayjenpeis'y jnoqy | EZ/ES | sos 48 IO Y ssaTNURIs pasaepua A[PYSIG re ‘soTMUBLS ¥S/BS ‘ *g@10 8 pasiRpUa JO SMOL [BIOADG ss €3/ZG site evince . To} “ce € 7 10 e+P | 92/93 ‘ "8 | “ $ *g 10 £ | PC} GG ns “4 r : 8 ‘saTMUBIS pasielua | Goh 4 Poe asia kOe ‘ge ATWYSYS Jo sMoI [eIeaeg) Pp IO g f][R Ul G 10 8 *saynUuRAs “A]TBNp OG/iGe walsens. Oe mo ‘g/L pasivpua JO SMOA [RIBADG | -BAId SuIsvatoep YB UL J *Sa.10, ee eee te "hig | -sopeos Jo soa eran eae | SMOT [R.LOULI | JO apis 10110}soq PONS Sir makes saa HD *SUDAPSWUD SUUNUWULOD 50) ‘sauos Text-fi 364 ; DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, nor are such new spots developed in the stripes. Pale brown field- spots are invariably present in youth and middle age. The collar is the strongest and most complete in the whole genus, without granules, except here and there a granule inserted between neighbouring scales of the edge. 2 , Ixtla-Iguala Nos. 11 and 12, with moderate tiger-pattern ; all traces of stripes lost. Ixtla-Ieuala No. ¢ E 1 q I & G Cnemidophorus mexvicanus, var. balsas. tripes. any small white spots on with 6 stripes and broad pale centre. wn ~ S oS 2 AS en te eo ae ig = Sct Ouse fey ie} Lome oS SEES Aine e nie & So = aE oerire Brees aKSS AAOO I wu il 4906 The evolution of the dorsal pattern is somewhat complicated in detail, owing to the considerable amount of individual variation rump, tail, and thighs. 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 365 and to the fact that many specimens stop short at a stage, while others, in other localities, pass through and beyond, when they have reached the corresponding size or age. The young start with 6 pale, sharply marked whitish stripes upon very dark, almost black ground, but the mid-field is grey, with inner dark borders, and this mid-field is frequently subdivided into one or two greenish stripes, so that the total number of stripes is 7 or 8. The fields are originally uniform dark, blackish ; then tum up pale field-spots, mostly light brown or reddish brown, in one or two rows. These spots become transversely con- fluent within each field, first in the lateral field and in field L., then in field II.; and thus the fields are cut up into irregular alternating black and brown bars. Theseshort cross-bars, restricted to within their fields, often remain imperfect ; so that the total effect is one of black and pale spots or patches. Meanwhile the stripes change from whitish to pale grey-green. The originally brownish spots and bars are likewise liable to change colour. Either they become dull white, especially on the lateral field, or they become grey-green, especially in fields IT. and E1I.; those in field I. retain their brown colour longest. Asa rule the stripes remain intact unless they are joined by the spreading grey-green bars. This fusion of the stripes with the spreading greenish patches and bars imitates the tendency of turning the grey-green into the prevailing ground- colour; whilst the black portions, originally the dominant colour, are henceforth allowed to grow into narrow cross-bars, which can spread over several fields by crossing the self-effacing stripes. The ultimate result is a moderate black tiger-barring upon an ever-increasing green-grey ground, which itself tends to become duller and darker. This condition is in C. mewicanus var. balsas reached but rarely, for instance by a few specimens from Chilpancingo, Rio Balsas, and Iguala. Another complication initiates what becomes the characteristic feature in C. communis. The thighs, the root of the tail, and the rump develop numerous small but conspicuous whitish spots or specks, which are partly the modified original field-spots, and, most important, white or yellowish spots which appear in the original pale stripes, hand in hand with a blackening of the ground-colour. This tendency to spottiness gradually extends from the rump upon the lower back and especially along the first stripe. These white or yellowish spots on thighs, root of tail, rump, and lower back show no tendency to fuse with each other; on the contrary, they seem to become more pronounced and more numerous with age. Such specimens, all adult, are some of those from Cuernavaca, Iguala, and Chilpancingo (text-fig. 83 D, H, F). Colour of under surface.—The throat and collar are always whitish, never blue or black or mottled, but the throat is often strongly suffused with pink, especially in the adult males. Chest and abdomen are at first whitish, but they soon become suffused with blue, and the scales of the flanks and belly become with age DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION 366 “OT/Z1 SLY LT 0.6.10 AY 9 UNIT} SSO] | “Log UL | OFRIPOULzUL | Stoo IM 61 ‘6L 9} ST/ST 0G IORIIAY “E6/VG ! 001M} 16/1G 06/06 * 61/0 AVS8T * LT/LT 03-81 - ALSO “EGBG . - . GGG OG) 1G © ‘0G/0G 94 LI/9T ‘6T PUv BT IT peas OT ATISOW | “OT/LT UA T | 06/06 WIEN LT! 0&-81 AYASOy 1306 “ @ “ST/ST YIM T | ‘SMOL AV[NGOLMIL 9 ‘MOT OSBLOAW ‘b ce 6 ‘9 € 9)0}1G 4G "SMO GC YM T “QoL L PUe JULOLL G TAM T "9g ueyy £ IOAVIU ISVIDAY *L YJIM G “RPSL 07 9 YILM T POU OT]Y OVALE TOUIP JO ‘SMOL LBTN.GA 9 TIM a; ce G AGC), 2 1 9 ce Ji [o) diay, ay "SMOL G TELM “OOUY OT} ORAL E TPIIEM Jo *2 Wg aovIwory 1 pure 9 "SMO J 099 *9 *9 09 ¢ “DOU SUTOVAL SMOL *SMOL 8 0} pue 9 Apso oy ge NOUO ji © “ec q ce Z ee 9 09 G SMOL G ATWO qyIM T SMO.L 9 ATZSOT Cc “ec on a sada SAM “SMO jeuurxoad aq} WO SsopMos Bronte | y[euts BZ pus ODOUR Vv SAMOS JO MOL AG.AVTT *SaJNOS JO SMO [BLIAS JO JSON “= Saqnds a¥BAOPOU FO JSON n SOJNDS ISAT JO SMOL GUOTT * sajos asavy JO LoySNpO SUOrT Stra cep Re qSlIM OF UMOP uosdjod posarpuda Jo SMO AA oD SMOL Joq[euus Aq pasopsoq ‘saqnos asIVp ALVA JO MOL ONG | gan ULUR- plu TO SoJNOS a5IRy Moy v a0 4sou VW souossjod pure saqnos pasry] -u9 APQYSYS JO sMOL [R.AVAIG | OL SLIM 0} WMOP SOINIS aOAVT me Jo F ue saynos ao.uer] ees 1So9nos) Caley TO 489 N | MOQ]a Lo.AvaT SALOSA TOU FO 489 Ny “MOq{O OTL Tava Sands AaSARp JO 4so N gsoH08 peoaq A104 | decom aOSGEOERe so saMmog | ia SOLU ATO | aaa PL Jsossrq ayy appprur ory ‘sMoa [e908 UL ATAsout ‘Says VUE] UWB JO appprut OF PaJOLI4Sat ‘SayNs JO SMO J.LOYS “qysar ot} ULI] LSAL] p 10 Eg Ayqsout *Z ATWO 09UC) "L07 *4sat ot} UBIE} Lo51By 91V ysl otf} ATTEUSE) “a0 A[uo 4 PI) pur ¢ “LOSAV] *) 0} paseatout 10 [eB ur ¢ ATU Ajolwd | LayT[VIUs Eg *So[vOS LoT[BUIS Aq, paMoT[oy pus dolt, G “Pp ‘E OF AGIVE T[V G WO. SSUOIJBLIBA JR—LG Sap at} “9 puv g ATWO soTRUBUD | puw esary Eg ATISOT sauossjod Jo 4sou [[RUIg | YJIM TB UL ZY 07 ¢ | “JUOSOL | “ryjnooaad | pug to 4sp ygrm |" posny SOULTZOULOS | | | “quaSqe LO FULASOTT | | | *popts -OTLO SOTULLJOULOS “FUlasqB LO PUISAT “rgpnooa.ad FST WIM FPL ‘repnooaad = pug (LM posng 4Uolt T “quasatd ATISOTL *‘qnoyyIM T JOLT “FYSLG OM T | | | | \¢ | | Dig ane | | “HOLM T ‘euery “M posny T ee | rd Tt “G01 ‘06 2) ‘opts (ove T PIM 8 “quosaid con Lhd "GR Sooo ym 4 596 ‘eg P ysooury "gL S000 qq 4 + 90T P Jsooiery “60 ‘86 yso.ole'] OR pure gg JSoo1Vv'T “Gy “FS “OG ce £21 6 jsosiery ‘OOT P JSeoivT "C6 4sasin| 99 S550 YQIM 4 ysappeurg TS) ase wofep sory Jo Joo} ANOS SUODTIY | to 59) Jal oe -osurouedy iy) al Oru SL 9) dal “epRNSyp pw “VpyXT Lap oyuong JO 489A ‘9 “09TH Pee eo aS SO oC a italia g | ‘eH | pode net | AL 422) ie ; upyneny SSiley a) EL VOVARTLION SD | ‘SOLO *So[TBOS FO SMO [BLO UO WT “ULM OLOF jo opts LOT LOSO “So vos JO SMOL [U0 WIN FT “SDS)DO “IVA WUDIVHIU anit BLUdOUO TT (um) “Ypoua'] pour ca suatuads JO LaquINI PUB AyBoory 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 367 mottled with blackish. Although much black pigment may become deposited, it is always restricted to the deeper strata, so that the under parts never appear dark. The light stripe behind the tail is invariably broken up. ‘The under surface of the tail is white to yellowish flesh-colour. Remarks upon the Pattern prevailing in various Localities. Cuernavaca (text-fig. 83 C, D).—The 6 principal stripes remain intact, except in specimens with many yellow spots on the rump, when stripe 1 is broken into white beads; and in some old males the black cross-bars invade the stripe 3. Even in the oldest specimens the black and brown cross-bar's are mostly confined to their respective fields. In one handsome male the upper chest 1s mottled pink and blue. Cuautla.—None reaches the stage in which the stripes are anywhere destroyed. The largest male shows no cross-bars, only double spots. Jojutla.—Striped ; nowhere with white spots. Txtla and Iguala (text-fig. 83 E, F, G)—In old males the stripes are very dull; black and light cross-bai's encroach upon the stripes, producing tiger-bars; with or without numerous small white spots on rump and thighs. Rio Balsas (text-fig. 83 A).—The stripes vanish into the ashy- brown or olive-grey ground-colour, which becomes studded with numerous small black spots on the back. On the flanks and sides of the trunk short irregular black bars alternate with grey or whitish short bars. There are no whitish spots on rump, thigh, or tail. These Balsas specimens, in their isolation, are remarkable for their general coloration and pattern, combined with a rather high number of femoral scales and pores. Chilpancingo.—Pale grey and black tiger-bars combined with vanishing first and second stripes are rather prevalent. Pale small spots are restricted to the hind limbs. The number of femoral pores is rather low. TrssELt 1Tus-Group. Specimens examined :— C, perpleaus. 2, Brit. Mus., 72 and 69 mm.; from Bernalillo Co., New Mexico. (. tessellatus. 2, Brit. Mus., 56 and 92 mm.; from Arizona, or New Mexico ? 1, Brit. Mus., 82 mm.; from Julian Mountains, Cal. (C. stejnegeri.) 1, Field Mus., 93mm.; from El Paso, (C. multi- scutatus.) C. maximus. 2, Brit. Mus, C. melanostethus. 2, Brit. Mus.; Fort Lowell, Arizona. 2, Field Mus.; Lerdo, Durango-Coahuila. (C. variolosus.) 368 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, Key to the Species &e. of the TESSELLATUS-Group. Nasal not touching second labial. Throat pale, not spotted. 7 stripes, no field-spots. Length 86 mm. New Mexico. C. perplexus. 8 stripes, no field-spots. Length 60 mm. Nuevo Leon. C. octolineatus. No stripes, no field-spots. Length 56 mm. Nuevo Leon. C. inornatus. Throat pale, with dark spots. Brown marbled. Length 120 mm. Lower California. C. maximus. With field-spots and stripes, ultimately spotted and barred with black and white. Length; , = { C. tessellatus. 102 mm. ...............south-western U.S.A. é : = stejnegert. Becomes unicoloured, with 3 rows of blackish spots. Thighs and tail below vermilion. Length 100mm. San Margarita Island, West Lower California. C. vwbidus. Throat and rest of under parts blackish. Vermiculated and spotted on bluish ground. ¢ 4 c ‘ C. melanostethus. Length 86 mm. North Mexico to Arizona. 5 1 =C. variolosus. Monochrome blackish. Length 82 mm. Sonora and San Martyr Island, Gulf ; , : { C. martyris. Gb California. pease char bee sae =O erhope Nasal in contact with second labial. Only 12 or 13 pores. Length 55 mm. Cedros Island, Lower California. C. labialis. TESSELLATUS-Group. Definition.—Cnemidophorus with 4 supraoculars, a collar com- posed of many small scales, and the posterior side of the forearm covered with granules only. This group, centred in Sonoraland, is composed of a great number of definable forms and has a very wide distribution ; roughly speaking, from San Francisco across Nevada to the Great Salt Lake, thence south-eastwards through the whole basin of the Rio Grande down to Laredo, from El Paso to Hermosillo in Sonora, and from the southern end of Lower California again to San Francisco, Nearly the whole of this wide range is inhabited by the central form (©. tessellatus with its correspondingly greatest amount of variation in structure and pattern of coloration. Almost all the other forms are rather local. CNEMIDOPHORUS PERPLEXUS Baird. Unfortunately only two specimens of this apparently least specialised kind could be examined. Some have been recorded from the Valley of the Rio Grande near and north of El Paso ; others from Pecos in Texas by A. E. Brown, Proc. Acad. Phil. 1903, p. 547. According to Cope, the colour-characters are the possession and retention of 7 stripes, absence of pale spots in the fields, and absence of dark spots on the throat and on the rest of the under parts. Larger humeral scales in 4 rows, femorals in 6 rows, counting from the largest to the pores which number 19; size from snout to vent 86 mm. 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 369 Two specimens in the Brit. Mus. from Bernalillo Co., New Mexico, 67 and 72 mm. in length, possess 7 complete white stripes, the central being zigzag, but there are white spots in the first and second fields. Under parts all creamy white; throat without spots. Structurally they agree with C. perplexws. Humerus with 4 rows of large scales, femur with 6 or 7 rows; anterior side of forearm and tibia with 3 rows; pores 18 and 19. Specimens from Pecos according to Brown :—Largest 64 mm. ; 7 stripes; pores 13-18, averaging 15 only. He remarks that a few of the scales (granules) of the posterior side of the forearm are sometimes a little enlarged, and that two of the specimens have “large scales on the edge of the collar” instead of granules. Brown therefore considers C. perplexus as a subspecies of C. sexlineatus. CNEMIDOPHORUS TESSELLATUS* Say. (Text-figs. 70 & 64 A.) Length of adult 80-100 mm. Humerus with 4 or 5 large rows (Brown, 4 to 7); femur mostly with 7, rarely with 6 or 8 rows. Pores, according to Cope, 17-21; according to Brown two specimens from Pecos with 24 and 25; fifteen specimens from Alamogordo, New Mexico, with 22-25, average 23. There is a variable number of stripes which tend to become destroyed by white field-spots. Throat and rest of under parts with sparse black spots. Range. From the Coast of California to Nevada up to 6500 ft., Utah, Arizona, New Mexico, Basin of Rio Grande and Pecos in Texas. Also in Lower California and on Cedros Island. The variations of the colour-pattern are enormous and seem to be progressive, bearing several striking analogies to these observed in the gularis and deppei groups. The successive changes, mainly as pointed out and figured by Cope, are as follows. It must be borne in mind that the individuals of local clans may stop short at any of these stages, cases of Himer’s ‘“‘ Genepistasis.” The young start with 6 or more stripes; the first and second of which break up into longitudinal spots, and a series of white lateral spots seems likewise frequent. White spots appear in the fields, and either join the white stripes, or they gradually break up the fields transversely. This may result in the formation of * CNEMIDOPHORUS GRAHAMI Baird & Girard. Based upon two specimens from between El Paso and San Antonio in New Mexico; two other specimens reported from Jule Cafion on the Staked Plain of Texas. According to Cope, C. stejnegeri (which itself is synonymous with C. tessellatus) differs from C. grahami in coloration only. If this were the case, the latter would also belong to the tessellatus-group, most likely to C. perplexus, with which the pattern of colour agrees very well. Possibly the grahami specimens have somewhat enlarged scales forming a central cluster on the mesoptychium, as is not uncommon in C. tessellatus, e.-g., from San Diego, aud this feature has been exaggerated in fig. 117 of Cope’s work. The figures on pl. 37 of the Mexican Boundary Commission are too fanciful to be considered. A. E. Brown records one specimen from Pecos, Texas, with 21 pores, “almost identical with C. sexlineatus in scale characters.” > 370 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, white and black cross-bars on the flanks. The stripes prevail on the neck, shoulder, and mid-back, while spots become predominant on the rump. ‘To such specimens applies the name of C. gracilis Bie G.* The next question is whether the white colour becomes prevalent and represents the ground-colour, with black spots and lines; and this condition leads to an extreme in which the white ground- colour turns to dull or brownish, interspersed with black spots only, which ultimately may be counted in transverse or in longi- tudinal rows (C. rubidus, text-fig. 70 E, see p. 293). Or, the black becomes prevalent ; and this condition leads to various appearances, namely, dark-coloured white-spotted (leopards), or with a trans- verse black and white gridiron pattern on the rump, or black and white cross-barred on rump and flanks (tigers). Such leopards, gridirons, or tigers, as the case may be (e. g. C. tigris of Baird & Gir., and also of Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soe. 1886, p. 283), occur in the Sonoran zone on the open desert, some- times together with the Leopard-lizard Crotaphytus wislicent, as pointed out by Merriam, quoted by Cope, p. 578. They are also common in the Mojave desert; in Utah, and in Nevada on Juniper Mountain up to 6500 ft. These spotted and barred individuals represent one kind of desert form; another kind is C. rwbidus, in which the whole dorsal surface has become uniform light brown, interspersed with black spots. These spots again may become evanescent from neck and shoulders backwards; such specimens are recorded from 8. Margarita Island, Lower California. It would be interesting to ascertain to what extent the more striped individuals coincide in their habitat with those districts which are decidedly not deserts, ¢. g., the neighbourhood of Laredo from El Paso to 8. Antonio in New Mexico, Fresno, Bernalillo and Los Angeles in California. ‘NEMIDOPHORUS MULTISCUTATUS Cope, based upon four specimens from Cedros Island, West Coast of Lower California, can scarcely claim distinctive rank. Cope gives the following data:—Length 85 mm. Humerus with 7-8 rows, but he adds that this number is not quite constant, one specimen having but 6 rows. Femoral rows 8-9, but I fail to count even 8 in Cope’s figure. Pores 20-22. Throat and collar with transverse black spots and bands; tail with black spots below; “belly black and light olive mixed.” Dorsal coloration like that of the (. gracilis stage of C. tessellatus. He adds that he caught a specimen structurally exactly like this multiscutatus near Pyramid Lake in Western Nevada. This, coupled with the fact that Cope himself records four specimens of * To none of these stages applies C. guttatus Hallowell, as Cope would have it. Hallowell distinctly states that the subgular fold is margined with a row of large smooth scales. 1906.) IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. Sit the typical C’. tessellatus from Cedros Island, restricts the supposed differences of his C’, multiscwtatws to a mere individual variation. Further, a specimen (text-fig. 64 A) obtained by Dr. Meek at El Paso fits exactly the C. tessellatus multiscutatus. Length 93mm. Humerus with 7 to 8 scales; femur with 7; pores 22/20. The throat and collar are pale blue, both with scattered jet-black spots. Chest white, with scattered black spots. Belly white to greenish yellow, here and there with half a black scale. Thighs below greenish yellow; tail below with blackish spots. Dorsal surface of black ground-colour with 4 pairs of light stripes, of which the first is broken up into yellow spots and bars, while the others are partly broken and zigzag. On the shoulders and neck the general colour is grey with about six rows of black spots, while the last traces of the former pale stripes are completely lost. Thighs above and behind with large greenish-yellow spots on bluish ground. As a peculiarity I mention in this specimen the existence of three enlarged scales across the lower eyelid, exactly as those figured by Cope, p. 584, in tessellatus rubidus. The artist no doubt saw correctly, but the author does not mention this peculiar arrangement. CNEMIDOPHORUS MAXIMUS Cope. From Lower California: Cape St. Lucas, La Paz, and the little island of Espirito Santo. ‘The largest species of the genus”; Boulenger returns the largest as of 120 mm. Humeral rows 4-5 in Cope’s key, p. 568, but in the text, p. 5/1, are stated 6-8. Anterior surface of forearm with 4 rows; posterior surface granular, but according to the figure with slightly enlarged granules on mid-arm., Femur with 7 rows; but in the figure I should certainly count 9. Pores 24-25; in the figure only 21 or 22. The young are said to have a median light stripe and two paired stripes on blackish ground. Each of the fields with two rows of pale spots. The adult are olive-brown with three brown stripes on each side as broad as the fields, ‘and so broken by spots of the ground-colour as to resemble series of confluent brown variations.” ‘Gular region blackish varied ; abdominal shields black-tipped.” Apparently these specimens from the southern part of Lower California constitute a large, coarsely marbled, and rather dull- coloured race of C’, tessellatus, CNEMIDOPHORUS RUBIDUS Cope. From 8. Margarita Island, West Coast of Lower California. Length 100 mm. Humeral rows 5-6; femoral rows 8-9. Pores 22. The young have traces of six stripes on light brown ground, and the fields are cross-barred with olive and black, as in the adult of C. gularis mariarum. Proc, Zoou, Soc.—1906, Vou, I, No. XXV. 25 372 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [Mar. 20, The adults have the upper parts dove-brown, with three rows of more or less obsolete black spots on the back, and vertical bars on the sides. There are no light stripes. The throat is spotted with black; the chest and belly are straw-coloured, tinged with green, and varied with black and red, the pale scales being black- edged. The under surface of the thighs, hands and feet, and of the distal half of the tail is bright vermilion. This race presents an unmistakable desert type, verging as it does towards the monochrome condition, with few dark spots. The isolated occurrence of these lizards, and their bright- coloured under parts, combined with the comparatively large number of pores, femoral and humeral scales, justify their sub- specific rank to C. tessellatus, with which they are closely allied. CNEMIDOPHORUS MELANOSTETHUS Cope=variolosus Cope. The types of melanostethus in the Smithsonian Mus. are from the Lower Colorado River, others from Tucson and Fort Lowell in Arizona. ‘The single type of C. variolosus is from Parras in Coahuila. Dr. Meek brought identical specimens from Lerdo in Nuevo Leon. These four localities lie in an almost straight line. This small species measures, adult, from 62 to 86mm, Its most striking character is the coloration: black-blue under parts ; upper parts bluish, all over vermiculated and spotted with white. The following description refers to a male and a female specimen from Lerdo:—4 supraoculars, with granules behind. No fren- ocular. Collar composed entirely of very small scales, and granules in several rows from the edge of the collar. Humerus of the male with 3 large and 3 smaller rows; of female with 5 large and 1 smaller row. Front of forearm: male with 3 complete very regular rows ; female with 3 very irregular rows. Posterior side of arm entirely granular, Femur with 6 to 7 rows. Tibia with 2 large and 1 or 2 smaller rows. Preanal isthmus with 2-3 rows of small scales. Pores: male 22/23; female 23/25. ‘Two specimens from Fort Lowell have 18/19 and 21 pores. Cope’s type-specimen from Coahuila is said to have 25 pores (pp. 568, 587), but the figure on p- 588 shows only 20. The hind limb of the type is said to reach the prenasal plate. That of the Lerdo male reaches between ear and eye; that of the female reaches the posterior angle of the eye. Golnestion of male: Throat blue, collar and chest black ; abdomen black with white edges to the scales; tail below much speckled with black-blue. Female: Throat, collar, and chest blue ; abdomen blue with white-edged scales; thighs blue and white ; tail mostly blue——Upper surface: bluish ground-colour, all vermiculated and spotted with yellowish white; in the female without traces of stripes, while in the male stripes 2 and 3 are still discernible. In a female specimen from Fort Lowell, British Museum, 70 mm., with eggs, stripe 1 is nearly gone, while stripes 1906. } IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 373 2 and 3 are still present, but grey; fields still with double rows of numerous spots; throat mottled. Cope, who had many specimens from the Colorado River, adds that the young have two pairs of narrow stripes, that the fields between them show a row of pale spots, and that the thorax is not black. The adult he describes as having about 14 rows of grey-yellow spots on grey-olive ground. In colour and pattern of the upper parts, this species strikingly resembles the C. scalaris of the C. gularis-group; on the other hand, the mottled throat of the Ft. Lowell female and the dorsal striation show that C. melanostethus is a smaller and nigrescent form closely allied to C. tessellatus. CNEMIDOPHORUS MARTYRIS Stejneger = ethiops Cope. From San Martyr Island in the Gulf of California, and from Hermosillo in Sonora. Length 82 mm. Humerals 4—5 ; femorals 6-7; pores 20-21. Immature, or females ?: with 7 narrow stripes, which are a little paler than the ground-colour ; fields obscurely spotted, but one of the females has the fields spotless and black; under parts white, throat and collar dusky. Old specimens are black above and below, except the hind limbs and the ventral line of the tail. The posterior side of the thighs is marked with three black longitudinal stripes. The following two species are based upon very insufficient material, possibly young specimens. They belong without any doubt to the éessellatus-group. CNEMIDOPHORUS OCTOLINEATUS Baird. The single specimen, from Pesqueria Grande in Nuevo Leon, measures 60 mm. Bluish olive, darker above, lighter below ; with 8 pale narrow stripes of the same tint; without any spots on body, tail, or limbs. Humeral rows of scales 5, femorals 6, tibials 3. Pores 17. Scales of the back depressed. CNEMIDOPHORUS INORNATUS Baird. Two specimens, from Pesqueria Grande, Nuevo Leon, of 56 mm. Uniform dark olivaceous above, pale olivaceous below ; without spots or stripes. Scales of the back tubercular and elevated. Humerus with 6 rows. Femur with only 4 or 5 rows according to Cope, but I count 6 very regular rows in the figure on p. 591. Pores 16-17. I am inclined to think that these are very young specimens. Cope remarks that ‘it is the smallest species, and yet shows no indication of stripes.” However, in very young examples of C’. guttatus, the spotted and dull-coloured forest-variety of C. im- mutabils, the stripes are frequently at first so very faint that they are visible only in certain lights, and they appear only later as stripes, soon to be broken up and to partly vanish again. Q5* 25 374 DR. H, GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, CNEMIDOPHORUS LABIALIS Stejneger. Based upon five specimens from Cedros Island, Lower California. Distinguished from all the other Cnemidophori by the nasal being n contact with the second upper labial, which latter completely separates the postnasal from the first labial. Supraoculars 4, but in the figure given by Cope the 4th or posterior supraocular is broken up into two or three smaller scales ; a condition which may be an individual abnormality, but which also is shown in the figures of C. sericeus and semifasciatus. The collar, to judge from the figure, is composed of decidedly small scales, only those of the middle being somewhat larger ; all the scales, however, form the posterior sharp margin of the collar, there being no granules. The posterior surface of the forearm is covered with granules, about three rows of which are slightly enlarged. Femoral rows 5, or only 4. Pores 12 to 13. Only two large preanal plates, the usual posterior pair being fused into one broad plate. Total length 55 mm. “Colour above dark brown, with six longitudinal light lines and a median clay-coloured band of the same shade as the top of the head ; two light longitudinal lines on fore limbs and three on hind limbs; under side whitish, more or less suffused with bluish, especially on the flanks.” This little species is very puzzling, The arrangement of the labials and nasals is unique. The condition of the collar is essentially that of the tessellatus-group, but recalling the gularis- group by the sharp edge without granules. However, a very similar collar is given to C. octolineatus and C. inornatus in Cope’s figures. The slightly enlarged granules on the forearm point to C. deppei and to C. sexlineatus, which latter is, moreover, closely approached by the colour-pattern. The three peculiar pale stripes on the hind limb recall the equally peculiar three black stripes of C. martyris. References to the original descriptions of species of Cnemidophorus, C. sexlineatus Linné, Syst. Nat. xii. 1766, p. 364. DEPPE!I-Group. C. guttatus Wiegm. Herpetolog. Mexicana, 1834, p. 29. =microlepidopus Cope, Proc. Am, Phil. Soc. xvii. 1877, “(98 ce Cope, ibid. C'. deppet Wiegm. Herp. Mexic. 1834, p. 28. =decemlineatus Hallowell, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1860, p. 482. =lineatissimus Cope, Proc. Am, Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 94. =alfaronis Cope, Proc, Ac. Philad. 1894, p. 199. C. immutabilis Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 93. =(C. guttatus var, striata Gadow, Proc. Roy. Soc. 1903, p. 155. 1906.] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 375 Guraris-Group. C. gularis Baird & Girard, Proc. Ac. Phil. 1852, p. 128. =guttatus Hallowell, nec Wiegm. op. cit. 1854, p. 192. C. mexicanus Peters, Monatsb. Berl. Ak. 1869, p. 62. C. gularis communis Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 95; 1886, p. 283. C. angusticeps Cope, ibid. 1877, p. 95. 2C’. costatus Cope, ibid. 1877, p. 95. C. mariarwm Giinther, Biol. C.-Americ., Rept. p. 28. C. sexlineatus var. bocourti Blgr. Cat. Liz, ii, 1885, p. 367. C. gularis scalaris Cope, Americ, Naturalist, 1891 ,p- 11385; Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1892, p. 47. C. gularis semifasciatus Cope, Trans, Am. Phil. Soc. 1892, p. 49. =’. g. sericeus Cope, op. cit. p. 48. C. septenwittatus Cope, op. cit. 1893, p. 40. TESSELLATUS-Group. Cnemidophorus (Ameiva) tessellatus Say, Long’s Exp. Rocky M. 1. 1823, p. 50. 2G) gracilis Baird & Girard, Proc. Ac. N. Sc. Philad. 1852, p. 128. =C'. tigris*, Baird & Girard, ibid. p. 69. =, tessellatus multiscutatus Cope, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1892, p. 38. C. stejnegert Van Denburgh, Proc. Cal. Ac. Sci. 1894, p. 300. C. perplecus Baird & Girard, Proc. Ac. N. Sc. Phil. 1852, p. 128. C. grahami Baird & Girard, ibid. 1852, p. 128. C. octolineatus Baird & Girard, ibid. 1858, p. 255. C. inornatus Baird & Girard, ibid. 1858, p. 255. C’. maximus Cope, ibid. 1863, p. 104. C’. melanostethus Oope, ibid. 1863, p. 104. =(. tessellatus variolosus Cope, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1892, p. 39. C. labialis Stejneger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1889, p. 643. C. martyris Stejneger, ibid. 1890, p. 407. =«thiops Cope, Report U.S. Nat. Mus. for 1898, p. 582. tessellatus rubidus Cope, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1892, p. 36. =< C. * Peters has remarked that C. tigris B. & G. is “undoubtedly ”=C. sackii Wiegm. Herpetol. Mexic. 1834, p. 29. I have been able to corroborate this, by examination of the type-specimen in the Berlin Museum. This synonymy does not apply to the three specimens collected by Sallé at Oaxaca, determined by Bocourt as C. sexlineatus var. sackii, Wiegm. 376 ON ABDOMINAL RIBS IN A SKINKE. | Apr. 10, April 10, 1906. Hersert Drucr, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. Mr. F. EK. Beddard, F.R.S., exhibited a partially dissected specimen of the Scincoid Lizard Z'rachysaurus rugosus, and made the following remarks :— The existence of a parasternum (“abdominal ribs”) is more Text-fig. 84. Portion of ventral surface of Trachysaurus rugosus. a, abdominal ribs; c, cut edge of superficial abdominal muscles; 1, ribs. obvious for purposes of demonstration in this Lizard than 1906.] ON THE SKULL OF A HORSE SHOWING PREORBITALTITs. 377 Tiliqua scincoides, in which species I have recorded * the structure in question as I believe for the first time; for the elements are larger and more thoroughly chondrified, and thus more easily distinguishable from the tendinous intersections of the abdominal muscles in which they lie than in Z%liqua, as will be seen in the figure (text-fig. 84). When the outermost layer of the abdominal musculature is raised from the deeper layer, the abdominal ribs are raised with the former and can thus be seen to overlie the true ribs which occur in the deeper layer of the ventral musculature. Three pairs of abdominal ribs meet in the middle line and thus form a series of three chevrons. The first two of these possess a forwardly-directed process of the triangular plate which forms the region where the two ribs of the pair are fused. Behind these comes one pair of abdominal ribs, which does not—but only just does not—meet in the middleline. A fifth and sixth rudimentary pair exists; there is a true rudiment on the right side of a seventh abdominal rib. Behind this only the tendinous inter- sections of the abdominal muscles are visible. In the region of the parasternum the true ribs do not reach the middle line as cartilaginous rods, and, as already mentioned, they are overlapped by the gristly rods of the parasternum. As Prof. Parker has pointed out 7, there are five pairs of true ribs attached to the sternum in Trachysaurus. He does not, however, mention that a pair behind these also meet and fuse in the middle line a little way behind the sternum. ‘These true ribs meet and fuse superficially and exactly resemble the succeeding abdominal ribs, so far as the median region is concerned. This, however, can invalidate no homology, for the exposure of a true additional piece of xiphisternum is simply due to the absence of pectoral muscles; and in any case the remaining pieces of cartilage so entirely overlap so considerable a portion of the true ribs that they cannot possibly be regarded as the equivalent of their median ventral extremities, which, indeed, themselves reach to within a millimetre or two of the ventral middle line. Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S., exhibited the skull of a Horse to show the preorbital pit, and made some remarks upon the occurrence of this feature in the skulls of extinct and existing Equide, and commented on its supposed homology to the preorbital pit of Hipparion and upon the systematic value that has been attached to it. The following papers were read :— * “On the Presence of Parasternum in... Tiliqua, &c.,” P. Z.S. 1904, vol. 11. p. 154. + Monograph on Shoulder-Girdle, Ray Soc. 1868 p. 114. MR. C. TATE REGAN ON | Apr. 10, 1. On the Fresh-water Fishes of the Island of Trinidad, based on the collection, notes, and sketches made by Mr. Lechmere Guppy, Junr. By C. Tare Reagan, BA. wise [Received January 26, 1906.] (Plates XXI.-XXV.*) The Fresh-water Fishes of the Island of Trinidad, West Indies, formed the subject of an important memoir by Dr. Th. Gill f in 1858. The following is a list of the species which he described, together with the names used to designate them in the present paper :— Polycentrus tricolor Gill Ctenogobius fasciatus Gill Cychlasoma pulchrum Gil = ss tenia Benn. = Crenicichla frenata Gill = Pimelenotus wilsoni Gill Callichthys kneri Gil = Polycentrus schomburgkii. Gobius fasciatus. Acara pulchra. Cichlosoma bimaculatum. Crenicichla saxatilis. Pimelodus wilsoni. Callichthys kneri. I Hoplosternum levigatum Val. = a littoralis. i. stevardii Gull = > thoracatus. Hoplosoma wneum Gill = Hypostomus robinii C. § V. Ancistrus guacharote C. SV. Macrodon ferox Gil/ Erythrinus cinereus Gill Pecilurichthys brevoortii Gil/ 55 teniurus Gill 44 pulcher Gill - unilineatus Gill Corydoras eneus. Plecostomus guacari. Ancistrus trinitatis. Macrodon trahira. Erythrinus uniteniatus. Tetragonopterus maculatus. “4 teniurus. Chirodon pulcher. Tetragonopterus unilineatus. Curimatus argenteus Gill = Stevardia albipinnis Gil/ Corynopoma riisei Gill a veedonii Gill Nematopoma searlesii Gill In Dr. Giinther’s Catalogue of Fishes (1859-1870) a little Cyprinodont was described from Trinidad under the name Girardinus guppyt =, and in 1873 and 1874 the late Prof. Liitken § published some critical notes on the Siluroid and Characinid fishes described by Dr. Gill. The present paper deals with a collection made by Mr. Lechmere Guppy, Junr., who has followed out a suggestion made by Mr. Boulenger to such good purpose that he has sent to the British Museum a series of well-preserved specimens representing thirty-five species, including all but three of those which have previously been described from the island. He has also sent Curimatus argenteus. = Corynopoma riisii. * For explanation of the Plates, see p. 393. Ann. Lyc. N. York, vi. pp. 363-430. This species was named after Mr. L. Guppy, Senr. Vid. Medd. Kjobenhavn, 1873, pp. 214-217, and 1874, pp. 220-240. att sg i= es ae |: 4 L. Guppy put. PY oE IBOUIOKS) TVA” a, oh 2.5 IRUAIP ILO) NOME WIENS) CIP sal, 1a HEXANE L® He 1 }. CURIMATUS ARK i) Co SHOWIN SUNTAGUNGL IOS Saat MIN Dy. IL SiORal ell clGQUNiOro yal th LIL by “+ 2e (Pp TIStlal VNOAONAMOO © SAHOO MaNOGOuIhD < ‘S21 WAEEIOLD SIOUNIGREelyAShS) I “YALL. OWLOAWay }o"[9p ue9dr) 5 qa Adding «T WDC Te VIP SIGS Za AVaASVd SNOUALGMINSEHONVaVd ' AMY (CHEMO aa 19] jo) WERE Ie and Addny 7 ¢ \ TAddns SNUaALlaINaHoOnvanasd “nscurel A yyy] Ourouyy) Je Tap w22844) INCOME ESIC Sal iret as) (@) 3 2 % G (S) » Cc) a 0} | 2 Gq 2 a i) SRIGIAIUE. ME ea) (SS N=. NT RUS- i Ce VEN POLYC IRAN. 72) f 1906. | FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. 379 notes on the habits and the life-coloration of these fishes, and a set of beautifully executed water-colour drawings made by him- self, some of which have been reproduced by Mr. Green to illustrate this paper. Mr. Guppy’s collecting was done in the northern part of the island, and most of the fish were taken on the Streatham Lodge Estate in muddy streams draining into the Caroni River, flowing through narrow ravines in which there is a considerable growth of rank grass. In times of drought these streams form a series of almost isolated pools. The Caroni River has a fair current ; during heavy rains it overflows its banks and the surrounding country is swamped; floods extending for miles round sometimes occur in the wet season, the egress of water from the river being checked by the high tides caused by the quantity of water poured into the Gulf of Paria by the Orinoco. Mr. A. J. Pasea, of Streatham Lodge Estate, accompanied Mr. Guppy on all his expeditions, put his seine nets and trained labour at his disposal, and gave him the benefit of his experience as to the best localities to fish in, while Mr. Balfour, of Frederick Estate, lent him a boat for use on the Caroni. Assistance was also given in various ways by Dr. Tulloch, Sir C. C. Knollys, the Hon. 8. W. Knagg, and Sir A. Maloney. To all of these gentle- men, and especially to Mr. Pasea, Mr. Guppy wishes to express his gratitude. I have prepared a key to the fishes which have so far been recorded from the fresh-waters of Trinidad, and I follow it with a list arranged in systematic order, with extracts from Mr. Guppy’s notes, and with full descriptions of those species which are not well known. Whenever possible I have placed the extracts from Mr. Guppy’s notes in inverted commas. Synopsis of the Species of Hresh-water Fishes so far recorded from Trinidad. I. Body scaly ; ventral fins present, abdominal; fins without spines. A. No adipose fin. 1. Mouth small; teeth Nar Anal fin with 15-17 rays... Liststerseesseserseeeee 20. Haplochilus harti. Anal fin with 8-9 rays. ........ vivtrscsseereee 26, Girardinus guppyt. 2. Mouth large; teeth esuieall Dorsal fin with 13-15 eee 38-40 scales in a longitudinal series ..... Sot ut “Macrodon trahira. Dorsal fin with 10-11 mays. "32-33 scales in a longitudinal series ......... Gand bab earicen Ve “Erythrinus uniteniatus. 3. Mouth email Wcoth ibomupreseed! notched or denticulated. ; 3. Corynopoma riisii. B. An adipose fin. 1. Teeth well developed, compressed, notched or denticulated. a. Premaxillary teeth in a double series. a. Lateral line complete. * Depth of body 3-33 in the length. Diameter of eye 2 the length of head (in specimens of 60- 65 mm.) ....... . 4, Petragonopterus teniurus. Diameter of he gu “the Jength of head (in specimens of 65- GES i091) oncenacc conc. aecibnd ase bdgHaneed bas nnbEobacooce 4a. LAN Heya 380” MR. C. TATE REGAN ON | Apr. 10, ** Depth of body 2-23 in the length 6. 7. maculatus. 3. Lateral line wanting posteriorly ... 7. 7. wnilineatus. 6. Premaxillary teeth in a single series . 8. Chirodon pulcher. 2. Teeth wanting ............sscccesessseeeecomeee 9. Curimatus argenteus. II. Body Sea says no ventral fins; no dorsal; anal very long......... Dees . 10. Carapus fasciatus. III. Body naked or with ‘Tony albttes moutral fins present, abdominal ; an adipose fin. A. Body naked ; adipose fin normal. 1. Gill-membranes with free posterior edge, not united to the isthmus. a. Adipose fin short. Teeth on the palate in two small separate patches. 11. Arius spivii. Teeth on the palate forming a broad continuous band. 12. A. herzbergii. 6. Adipose fin very long ..................... 18. Pimelodus wilsoni. 2. Gill-membranes broadly united to the isthmus. Caudal fin deeply forked ................ccceccseesseseeee 14, Pseudauchenipterus guppyi. Caudal fin obliquely truncate ........................... 15. Parauchenipterus pasee. B. Body covered on each side with 2 series of lamelle, overlapping on the mid-lateral line; adipose fin with a movable spine. 1. Two pairs of nuchal plates between parieto-occipital and basal shield of spine of dorsal fin. a. Coracoids not exposed on ventral surface. 16. Callichthys kneri. 6. Coracoids exposed ventrally. A median series of plates extending the whole of the distance from dorsal to adipose fin ..... 17. C. littoralis. A median series of plates in front of the adipose fn, not extend- ing forward to the dorsal.. PA Ue . 18. C. thoracatus. 2. Parieto-occipital ptodunel intoa process which reaches the basal shield of the spine of dorsal fin. 19. Corydoras encus. C. Body covered on each side by 4 or 5 series of bony plates ; adipose fin with a movable spine. 1. Upper surface of snout covered with small granular plates. a. Interoperculum little movable, not notably spinate or bristly. Eye moderate ; snout ovate .. teestssseeeeeescee 20. Plecostomus guacari. Hye small ; snout broadly rounded ...-..s.s0.0, 2L. P. robini. b. Interoperculum freely movable, with a bunch of slender apines with hooked apices, wh can be GVeNbed 4 co. senok. cess vescserere 22. Ancistrus trinitatis. 2. Upper sur a of snout naked: bene ing prominent fleshy tentacles in the males ..................... 23. Menocara cirrhosum. IV. Body elongate, eel-shaped, naked; no ae. fins; gill- openings represented by a single ventral slit. 24. Symbranchus marmoratus. V. Body elongate, enclosed in a series-of bony rings ; no ventral fins; snout produced, tubiform ............... 27. Doryichthys lineatus. VI. Body scaly; anterior part of dorsal fin formed of spines or a separate anterior dorsal formed of spines or of simple flexible rays. A. Ventrals separate, each formed of an outer spine and of five branched rays. 1. A single dorsal fin. Dorsal XVI-X VIII 7-8. Anal XIJJ-XIV 7-8... 33. Polycentrus schomburgkiz. Dorsal X VII-XX 13-16, Anal III 8-10 ......... 34. Crenicichla saxutilis. Dorsal XIITI-XIV 9-11. Anal IIL 7-9 ............ 35. Acara pulehra. Dorsal XIV-XV 9-11. Anal IV 8-9 ............... 36. Cichlosoma. bimaculatum. 1906.} FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. 381 2. [wo dorsal fins. a. Anterior dorsal of 4 spines. a. Jaws with bands of small pointed teeth. 28. Agonostomus monticola. B. Jaws with minute ciliiform teeth *; anal fin usually with III 8 rays; 32 to 36 scales in a longitudinal series. Second dorsal witha series of small scales behind each ray, other- wise naked . veseccceeeeee 29. Mugil brasiliensis. Second dorsal cov ered with small scales ............ 30. Mf. trichodon. 6. Anterior dorsal of 7 or 8 spines; anal with 8 spines, the second and third strong. 65-75 scales in a longitudinal series; second and third anal spines subequal ........ vessseseee OL. Contropomus undecimalis. 50-60 scales in a a longitudinal s series ; ; second anal spine consider- ably longer than third .. sealnuea lads . 32. C. ensiferus. c. Anterior dorsal aa 6 or 7 ines flexible spines ; anal with a single feeble spine f. Vomer toothed ; lower jaw projecting; scales small. 37. Philypnus dormitator. Vomer toothless ; jaws equal anteriorly ; scales rather large. 38. Dormitator maculatus. B. Ventrals united to form a disc. 1. Jaws with bands of small pointed teeth and an outer series of larger teeth. 32 scales in a longitudinal series........................ 89. Gobius fasciatus. 60-75 scales in a longitudinal series .................. 40. Chonophorus banana. 2. Teeth in the jaws in a single series ...... 41. Evorthodus breviceps. * Although only UM. brasiliensis and M. trichodon have been actually recorded from Trinidad, there can be but little doubt that all the species of Mugil which occur on the Atlantic coasts of America are to be obtained there. These may be distinguished as follows :-— I. Second dorsal naked except for a series of small scales behind each ray ; anal with III 8 rays (varely II 7 or III 9). 38 to 42 scales in a longitudinal series .................. cephalus Li. 32 to 36 scales in a longitudinal series ..................... brasiliensis Ag. II. Second dorsal covered with small scales. A. Anal with III 9 rays (rarely II! 8). 42 to 45 scales in a longitudinal series eee eee cieculisy an cocks 36 to 39 scales ina longitudinal series . I eurema C. & V. B. Anal with III 8 rays (rarely ll 7 or UE 9); 382 to 36 scales in a longitudinal series ..................... trichodon Poey. + Probably all the Atlantic species of Centropomus occur in the rivers of Trinidad. They may be distinguished thus :— J. Anal with III 7 rays, the second and third spines subequal. pectinatus Poey.. JJ. Anal with III 6 rays. A. Second and third anal spine ube 65 to 75 scales in a longitudinal series.......... wessaseee. Undecimalis Bl. B. Second anal spine longer ‘han third, 75 to 90 scales in a longitudinal series ..................... parallelus Poey. 50 to 60 scales in a longitudinal series ..................... ensiferus Poey. t Allied to Philypnus dormitator and certainly to be found in the rivers of Trinidad are two species which may be distinguished thus :— Vomer toothless ; lower Jay m Pojechings: ; scales small. Dorsal with VI, I 8 rays .. btetttsesresseeseseseeees Bleotris pisonis Gm. Dorsal with VIL, I 10 rays . Reed Seca ssa acca sensees . HE. quavina C. & V. 382 . MR. C. TATE REGAN ON | Apr. 10, 1. MAcropon TRAHIRA Spix. ** Guabin.” “ Much appreciated as an article of food, although rather bony ; they are purchased readily by the labouring classes. * A very small specimen’(30 mm.) was caught at Cumuto ; it was skimming along the top of the water when captured. Examples of this size can vibrate the pectoral fins with extreme rapidity ; they often rest as if asleep, hence the name ‘ Dormeuse.’ “Colour: greenish, a more or less distinct blackish longitudinal band and irregular cross-bars; vertical fins with series of dark spots.” Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela. 2. ERYTHRINUS UNITENIATUS Spix. “Yarrow.” ‘“‘ Found all over the island in muddy streams. “Colour ; greenish or olivaceous ; sometimes a dark longitudinal lateral stripe ; fins pink.” Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela. Genus CoRYNOPOMA. Slevardia Gill, Ann. Lye. N. York, vi. 1858, p. 424, Corynopoma Gill, t.c. p. 425; Giinth. Cat. Fish. v. p. 287 (1864). Nematopoma Gill, t.c. p. 428. This genus appears to be allied to 7'etragonopterus, from which it differs in the more posterior position of the dorsal fin, the absence of an adipose fin, and in the curious sexual characters. 3. CoryNoPoMA RustI. (Plate XXII. fig. 3.) Stevardia albipinnis Gill, Ann. Lyc. N. York, vi. 1858, p. 425. Corynopoma riiset Gill, t.c. p. 426; Giinth. Cat. Fish. v. p. 287 (1864); Liitken, Vid. Med. 1874, p. 223. Corynopoma veedoni Gill, t.c. p. 427; Giinth. l.c. Nematopoma searlesiz Gill, t.c. p. 429. Corynopoma albipinnis Giinth. |. ¢. Corynopoma searlest Giinth. t. c. p. 288; Liitk. l.c. fig. Body compressed, subfusiform, the depth 3-34 in the length, the length of head 43-4?. Snout much shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 23-24 in the length of head and nearly equal to the interorbital width. Mouth small, very oblique, the maxillary nearly vertical, just in front of the eye. Teeth compressed, with strong median cusp and 1 to 3 smaller cusps on.each side, in 2 series in the upper jaw, | in the lower. Operculum, in the female, with a short pointed projection ; in the adult male with a long, slender, curved process terminating in a compressed expansion at the level of the dorsal fin. Scales 38-44 pat 5 or 6 between lateral line and root of ventral ; lateral line complete. Dorsal 9-11, commencing 1906. | FRESH- WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. 383 above about the seventh anal ray ; when laid back, in the female not nearly reaching the caudal, in the adult male extending well beyond the base of caudal. Anal 25-30, commencing at ora little behind the middle of the length of the fish; last ray, when laid back, in the female not reaching the caudal, in the adult male extending well beyond the base of the caudal. Pectorals and ventrals extending to or nearly to the origin of anal; ventrals 7-rayed, Caudal deeply forked, the lobes equal in the female, the lower considerably produced in the adult male. Caudal peduncle 12-2 as long as deep. Olivaceous, with silvery reflections; a blackish stripe along the middle of the side ; fins pale. 14 examples, measuring up to 45 mm. in total length. The genus Stevardia was founded either on females or on very young males, with the operculum ending in a short pointed process and the fins not produced. Corynopoma included males of small size, with the opereular process short and the fins moderately pro- duced, whilst Vematopoma was for the fully developed males. Liitken pointed out that these supposed generic differences were to be found in examples of the same species, according to the size of the specimen taken. ‘These changes are now found to be con- fined to the males, and I see no reason to believe that more than one species has formed the basis of Dr. Gill’s descriptions. 'This genus has only been recorded from Trinidad. “The ‘Swallow-tailed Sardine’ is fairly plentiful in the Tacarigua River. Some have a peculiar pair of ‘ paddles’ attached to the gill-covers, whilst others have no trace of them nor do they have the exaggerated fins which the ones with ‘ paddles’ possess. ‘They are caught in company: and are, presumably, the same species. The scales are faintly defined, generally silvery; the back is translucent greenish.” 4, TETRAGONOPTERUS THNIURUS Gill. (Plate XXII. fig. 4.) Depth of body 3-31 in the length, length of head 4-41. Snout much shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 24 in the length of head and a little greater than the interorbital width. Maxillary extending to below the anterior 3 of eye, with a more é ; (GS or less evident series of small teeth. Scales 38 3, 5 between lateral line and root of ventral fin; lateral line complete. Dorsal 10, with 8 branched rays, its origin a little nearer to tip of snout than to base of caudal; anterior rays longest, nearly as long as the head. Anal 29-31, with 26 to 28 branched rays. Pectoral extending beyond base of ventral; ventrals originating in advance of the dorsal, extending to the anal. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle as long as, or a little longer than deep. Olivaceous or greenish above, silvery below; a silvery longitudinal band from operculum to base of caudal; a more or less distinct dark humeral spot; a black longitudinal band on the middle caudal rays, edged with yellow above and below. Here described from two specimens from Trinidad, 60 and 384 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON [ Apr. 10, 65 mm. in total length, one received from the Copenhagen Museum as 7’. trinitatis*. Guill’s description of 7’. taniurus is, so far as it goes, perfectly applicable to 7’. trinitatis, and there can be but little doubt of their identity. This species is known only from Trinidad. 5, TETRAGONOPTERUS GUPPYI, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 1.) “ Mountain-stream Sardine.” Depth of body 3-33 in the length, length of head 43-43. Snout shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 3-31 in the length of head and less than the interorbital width. Maxillary extending a little beyond the vertical from the anterior margin of eye, with a series of small teeth. Scales 38-40 a 4 to 63 between lateral line and root of ventral fin; lateral line complete. Dorsal 10, with 8 branched rays, its origin a little nearer to tip of snout than to base of caudal; anterior rays longest, shorter than the head. Anal 29-32, with 26 to 29 branched rays, Pectoral extending to or a little beyond the base of ventral ; ventrals originating in advance of the dorsal, extending nearly to the anal. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Silvery, back dark greenish; traces of a dark humeral spot; a blackish longitudinal band on the middle caudal rays; caudal lobes yellow. Five specimens, 65-85 mm. in total length. This species is allied to the preceding and also to 7’. wappi Cuv. & Val., which has a much larger head. “Found in clear pebbly brooks with rapid current and plentiful in the Glenside Estate Stream, at the foot of the Northern Range of hills.” 6. TETRAGONOPTERUS MACULATUS L. “« Pink-finned Sardine.” “By far the commonest of the Sardines; they swarm in the Maracas River, which is clear and at times very rapid. “Colour: Silvery, back darker; a dark humeral spot and a blackish spot at the base of caudal ; fins bright pink.” Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela. 7. TETRAGONOPTERUS (HEMIGRAMMUS) UNILINEATUS Gill. (Plate XXII. fig. 5.) “Sardine Dorée.” Depth of body 23-2? in the length, length of head 4. Snout much shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 23 in the length of head and slightly greater than the interorbital width. Maxillary extending slightly beyond the vertical from the anterior margin of eye, with a series of minute teeth. Scales 32-35 ccap 41-51 be- tween lateral line and root of ventral fin; lateral line on 9 to 12 * Liitken, Vid. Medd. 1874, p. 234, 1906. ] FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. 385 scales only, absent posteriorly. Dorsal 10-11, with 8 or 9 branched rays, its origin equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal ; anterior rays longest, nearly as long as the head. Anal 26-30, with 24 to 27 branched rays, produced anteriorly. Pectoral extending beyond the base of ventral; ventrals originating in advance of the dorsal, extending to the anal. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle as long, or nearly as long as deep. Olivaceous, with silvery reflections; an indistinct stripe from operculum to base of caudal; a blackish spot on the middle of the dorsal fin ; an oblique blackish stripe from the origin of anal to the extremity of the third branched ray; dorsal and anal yellowish ; caudal pink, with a pale margin. Here described from two specimens, 32 and 36 mm. in total length, from Trinidad. This species has not been recorded from other localities. “Found in drains and ravines in the high woods, Cumuto ; they cruise in small shoals.” 8. CHIRODON PULCHER Gill. (Plate XXII. fig. 2.) “ Sardine Dorée.” Depth of body 23-23 in the length, length of head 43-42. Snout 4 as long as eye, the diameter of which is 23 in the length of head, interorbital width 21. Maxillary extending to the vertical from the anterior margin of eye. Scales 32-34 pa 34-43 between lateral line and root of ventral fin; lateral line complete. Dorsal 11, with 9 branched rays, its origin equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal; anterior rays longest, longer than the head. Anal 23-25, with 21 or 22 branched rays. Pectoral extending to base of ventral; ventrals originating in advance of the dorsal, extending to or nearly to the anal. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Olivaceous; sides silvery or a silvery longitudinal stripe from operculum to base of caudal; an indistinct dark humeral spot ; a blackish spot at the base of caudal, posteriorly ending in a point and margined with yellow above and below ; dorsal and anal pink. Four specimens, measuring up to 40 mm. in total length. This species is known from Trinidad only. Found in drainsand ravines in the high woods, Cumuto ; they cruise in small shoals. 9. CURIMATUS ARGENTEUS Gill. (Plate X XI. fig. 3.) “ Stout Sardine.” Depth of body 24 in the length, length of head 33-4. Snout as long, or nearly as long as eye, the diameter of which is 34-3? in the length of head, interorbital width 2. Maxillary extending to below the nostrils. Scales 36 aon © or 5} between lateral line and root of ventral fin. Dorsal 11, with 9 branched rays, its origin nearer to tip of snout than to base of caudal; anterior branched rays longest, about as long as the head. Anal 9, with 7 branched xrays, reaching the base of caudal when laid back. Pectoral extending } or more than ? of the distance from its base 366° ™ MR. C. TATE REGAN ON | Apr. 10, to the base of ventral. Ventrals 9-rayed, originating in advance of the vertical from the middle of the dorsal. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle deeper than long. Silvery; a blackish spot on the caudal peduncle, another on the basal part of the dorsal fin ; fins pale yellowish. Three specimens, 70-100 mm. in total length, There are examples of this species from Dominica in the British Museum collection, but it has not yet been recorded from other localities. “ Plentiful in the Ravines of the Streatham Lodge Estate.” 10. CaRAPUS FASCIATUS Pall. * Cutlass Fish.” “ Found in the Bejucal Swamp and Cumuto. “ Colour: head and back dark olive-green ; sides with alternate oblique bars of blackish and grey; anal fin blackish; head and body sprinkled with metallic specks.” Hab. Paraguay to Guatemala. 11, Artus sprxi Ag. “ A silver-grey Cat-fish, found in brackish water at the mouth of the river Caroni, where it attains a large size.” Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela. 12. Arius HERZBERGI! Bl. ’ Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela. 13. Pimetopus (RuamprA) WILsonr Gill. Depth of body about 5 in the length, length of head 4}—4%. Head covered with skin, nearly as broad as long. Snout twice as long as eye, the diameter of which is 6 in the length of head ; interorbital width 21, Jaws equal anteriorly ; maxillary barbel extending to middle, or even beyond the end of adipose fin ; outer mandibulary barbel about reaching end of pectoral. Occipital process 24-3 times as long as broad, extending back beneath the skin, separated posteriorly by a distance about equal to its own breadth from the basal shield of the dorsal spine. Dorsal I 6; spine slender; middle branched rays a little more than 3? the length of head; free edge of the fin convex. Adipose fin com- mencing a short distance behind the dorsal and extending nearly to the caudal, its length 24-23 in that of the fish. Anal 11, low anteriorly, rounded posteriorly, the rays gradually increasing in length to the eigath or ninth, which is } the length of head. Caudal forked ; lobes of equal length, the upper pointed, the lower rounded, Pectoral spine with inner edge finely serrated, about # as long as the fin, which is + the length of head. Ventrals extending #-4 of the distance from their base to the origin of anal, Back olive-green or grey; sides blackish blue splashed with whitish ; lower parts white; body sometimes covered with dark 1906. | FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. 387 spots; fins dusky, the dorsal with a light band along the basal part. } “ Found all over the island, fairly plentiful, sometimes exceeding a foot in length.” Here described from two specimens of 180 and 200 mm, Known only from Trinidad, 14, PsEUDAUCHENIPTERUS GUPPYI, sp. n. (Plate XXIV.) “ Yellow Catfish.” Depth of body 44-42 in the length, length of head 4-42. Snout not longer than eye, the diameter of which is 4—5 in the length of head and 2-3 in the interorbital width. Head nearly as broad as long ; upper surface, excepting the snout, rugose, not covered by skin ; frontal bones not swollen; profile rising evenly from snout to dorsal fin. Lower jaw scarcely shorter than upper; maxillary babel extending to anterior + or middle of pectoral. Dorsal I 6, spine serrated posteriorly, as long as head. Anal 21; anterior rays longest, in the male thickened and considerably produced, Pectoral spine with serrated inner edge, as long as the head. Ventrals 8-rayed, extending to the origin of anal. Caudal forked. Upper half of body blackish green, with several vertical series of small yellowish-white spots; lower parts white, anteriorly with a dark longitudinal band; fins yellow, the dorsal dark at the base, the caudal with a blackish margin. Caroni River. Two specimens, 145 and 185 mm. in total length. “Caught in numbers, especially where small streams empty themselves into the Caroni.” 15. PARAUCHENIPTERUS PASE, sp.n. (Plate XXIII.) ‘“¢ Grouper Cat-fish.” Depth of body 31 in the length, length of head 4. Snout as long as eye, the diameter of which is 43 in the length of head and 3 in the interorbital width. Head as broad as long ; upper surface rugose, not covered by skin ; interfrontal fontanel oval, continued anteriorly as a narrow groove ; parieto-occipital a little longer than broad, a little longer than its distance from the base of the dorsal spine ; nuchal shield rounded posteriorly, its length equal to that of the basal shield of the dorsal spine (measured in the mid-dorsal line). Lower jaw somewhat projecting; maxillary barbel extending to anterior + of pectoral; mental barbel extending a little beyond the base of the post-mental, which reaches the base of the pectoral. Dorsal I 6; spine smooth except for a median anterior series of nodules, a little more than } the length of head. Anal 23, rounded anteriorly and posteriorly, slightly emarginate medianly. Pectoral spine serrated on both edges, nearly as long as the head; humeral process extending beyond the middle of the pectoral spine. Ventrals 6-rayed. Caudal obliquely truncate. Yellowish, spotted and marbled with blackish ; belly white, with small greyish spots. Caroni River. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XX VI, 26 388 —® MR. C, TATE REGAN ON | Apr. 10, A single specimen, 210 mm. in total length. “‘ Uncommon, only two specimens taken in a large pool near the Frederick Estate ; they were covered with thick slime, which peeled off in sheets soon after they were put in spirit.” 16. CALLICHTHYS KNERI Gill. “ Blat-headed Cascadura.” Depth of body 4-43 in the length, length of head about 42. Head broader than long. Snout broad, rounded, its length 34 im the length of head. Diameter of eye 9 in the length of head, interorbital width 12. Parieto-occipital broader than long. Inner barbel longest, extending beyond the middle of the pectoral fin. Coracoids not exposed on lower surface of body. Scutes a 5 Bi irregular series of small scutes in front of the adipose fin. Dorsal 8; first ray a short flat spine, second simple, the rest branched, the middle rays longest, 2 the length of head. Anal 6, when laid back extending to base of caudal. Pectoral spine from more than 3 to nearly 3 the length of head. Caudalrounded. Brownish or greyish brown, with obscure darker spots ; fins yellowish, with dark spots. Here described from two specimens, 115 mm. in total length, from Trinidad. This fish has not yet been recorded from other localities. “‘ Plentiful in the Bejucal Swamp, but found all over the island. This fish can shuffie along the ground rapidly and grunts faintly when handled.” 17. CALLICHTHYS LITTORALIS Hancock. “ Common Cascadura.” “Very plentiful in muddy swamps and also found in rivers and in ravines with muddy bottoms. In the dry season they are caught and sold in thousands, being much appreciated as food. When the water has subsided in the swamps they are easily captured by baling out the muddy pools. They can move along the ground rapidly and can live a long time out of water; when handled they make a grunting noise. This species constructs a floating nest on the top of the water, and according to Mr. Pasea they breed in the wet season in drains which dry up in the dry season ; they are very savage at this period and will make an offensive display when the water is disturbed near their nests.” Hab. South America, from Paraguay to Ecuador. 18. CatiicnutHys THORACATUS C. & V. Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela. 19. Coryporas £NEUvS Gill. “ Small Cascadura.” Depth of body 24-3 in the length, length of head 33. Diameter of eye 44 in the length of head, interorbital width 2. Profile evenly convex from snout to origin of dorsal. Lower lip free, with 1906. | FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD, 389 a pair of barbels which are shorter than the diameter of eye ; barbels at the angle of the mouth extending to the base of pectoral fin. Exposed parts of the coracoids widely separated 22 : A below. Scutes 5, 2 or 3 unpaired ones in front of the spine of the adipose fin. Dorsal 17; spine 3-2 the length of head ; anterior branched rays longest, ? the length of head. Anal I 6, when laid back extending to base of caudal. Pectoral spine with serrated inner edge, extending nearly to or a little beyond the base of ventral. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle much deeper than long. Head and upper part of body dark greenish ; lower parts abruptly lighter; fins pale yellow, the dorsal and caudal more or less dusky. Here described from 5 specimens, 65 mm. in total length, from Trinidad and Grenada, This fish has not yet been recorded from other localities. 20. PLecostomus GuACARI Lacep. Hab, Paraguay to Venezuela, 21. PuEcosromus RoBINI C. & V. Hab. Montevideo; Trinidad. 22. ANCISTRUS TRINITATIS Gthr. This little-known species may prove to be allied to A. bachi Bouleng. Apparently Liitken had a specimen of another species of this genus from Trinidad, which may be related to A. mega- cephalus Giinth. 23. XENOCARA CIRRHOSUM C. & V. “ Bearded Teta.” Hab. Paraguay to Venezuela. 24, SYMBRANCHUS MARMORATUS Bl. ‘“¢ Hel ” or “ Zangie.” “They live in holes or under rocks or buried in the mud and come out in search of prey, especially after heavy vain. They lie among the dead leaves at the bottom of the pools and grab at the small fry as they pass. During the wet season they may often be seen lying perfectly still at the bottom of the pools. “Colour: greenish or yellowish, spotted with brownish.” Hab. Tropical America. 25. HapLocuiLus HARTI Blgr. (Plate X XI. fig. 2.) “¢ Small Guabin.” Depth of body 43-53 in the length, length of head 33-4. Snout a little shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 34-37 in the length of head, interorbital breadth 12-2. Maxil- lary not extending to below the eye; jaws equal anteriorly ; 26* 390 MR, C, TATE REGAN ON [ Apr. 10, bands of small pointed teeth, with an outer series of enlarged teeth ; on each side of the lower jaw 1 or 2 teeth of the outer series are stronger than the others, curved, canine-like, 40-42 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 8-9, rounded, the longest rays 5-2 the length of head. Anal 15-17, commencing at a point equidistant from tip of snout and extremity of caudal, ending below the middle or posterior part of the dorsal fin; rays in- creasing in length posteriorly. Pectoral about 2? the length of head or of the distance from its base to the base of ventrals. Ventrals 6-rayed, extending nearly to the origin of anal. Caudal rounded or subtruncate, a little shorter than the head ; outer rays gradually increasing in length, several terminating at the upper and lower edges and comparatively few at the posterior edge of the fin. Olivaceous or greenish above; sides with bright green or blue longitudinal stripes alternating with series of dark red spots along the rows of scales ; vertical fins usually orange ; dorsal with 3 or 4 series of small dark spots; anal with 2 or 3 series of very small dark spots on its basal part, often with a narrow dark edge ; caudal often with a blackish ocellus on the upper part of its base, sometimes with undulating striz or series of spots, sometimes with a dark edge. Here described from 3 specimens, 60-85 mm. in total length, from Trinidad. Three much smaller specimens from Trinidad and Venezuela were described by Dr. Giinther under the name Rivulus micro- pus. The doubt which he expressed as to their identity with the Fundulus micropus Steind. of the Rio Negro was well founded, as these specimens show want of agreement with Dr. Steindachner’s description in several important respects. “ Found everywhere and the sole occupants of the large pools worn out of the solid rock by the rapid descent of the water in a series of cascades. They are able to reach these mountain pools, which ave often situated at considerable elevations, through their powers of leaping. They travel overland during wet weather. Very active and voracious; a female kept in an aquarium swal- lowed two good-sized ‘ Belly-fish’ (Gtrardinus guppyt), alive and entire, one after the other. They always jump out of any vessel in which they are placed, and if the sides are too high to clear at one leap they can stick on with their fan-like tails and leap higher; when about to leap, or to make an attack, they bend their backs and drop the dorsal fin.” 26. Grrarpinus Guppy! Gthr. (Plate XXII. fig. 1.) “ Belly-fish.” “This fish receives its name from the fact that the females usually have the abdomen distended with young. It is very plentiful, especially in such places as the ‘ Dry River,’ at Belmont, a suburb of Port-of-Spain, where they swarm in the filthy soapy water that drains from the yards of the dwellings along the river. They save a deal of trouble by consuming the mosquito worms. 1906. | FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. ; 391 The male is a very elegant little fish and varies considerably in colour and marking. “¢ Colour: Male olivaceous, silvery below ; a dark longitudinal stripe from eye to middle of side, another on the posterior part of the body; usually two to four blackish spots, including one at each end of the posterior stripe; these may be accompanied by reddish spots. Female olivaceous, silvery below, without spotsior stripes.” 27. DoryICHTHYS LINEATUS Kaup. Hab. Atlantic Coasts and Rivers of Tropical America, the African D, aculeatus being apparently distinct. 98. AGONOSTOMUS MONTICOLA Bancroft. Hab. Fresh-waters of the West Indies (Jamaica, Barbados, St. Vincent, Dominica, Trinidad) and of Mexico. 29. MUGIL BRASILIENSIS Ag. Hab. Cuba to Patagonia. 30. Muait tricHopon Poey. Hab. Florida to Brazil. 31. CeNnTROPOMUS UNDECIMALIS Bl., and 32. CENTROPOMUS ENSIFERUS Poey. «These fishes, known as ‘ Broche,’ ‘ Robalo,’ or ‘Snook,’ were caught in the Caroni River, where they have been taken over 20 pounds in weight. They are marine, but go a long way up: fresh-water streams in search of food. According to Mr. Pasea, they can be bred in artificial ponds or in large fresh-water pools that have no connection with the sea.” Hab. Atlantic Coasts and Rivers of Tropical America. 33. PontycenTRUS scHomBuRGEII Mull.& Trosch. (Plate XXV. fig. 2.) “The ‘King or Black Cascarob’ is a very peculiar little fish, which, when alarmed, changes almost instantly from black to» whitish or pinkish white, rapidly vibrates the pectoral fins, and,. instead of running away, turns on one side and remains for a long time in a crouching position. They are uncommon, and were: caught by means of a circular hand-net in the thick rank grass. which grows at the sides of the ravines.” Hab. Trinidad; Venezuela; Guiana. 34. CRENICICHLA SAXATILIS LL. “¢ Name ‘ Mulet’ (pronounced Mil-lay). Head olive or greyish: ereen; eye with a dark crimson splash; back dull olive and yellowish green, belly greyish or bluish grey; pale green metallic: spots on the sides often present, or if they be absent, blackish cross-bars ; sometimesa blackish longitudiral stripe; fins varying: 392 * ® ON FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. [Apr. 10, - from yellowish to blackish blue, sometimes edged with black and white. ‘“‘ Found singly or in pairs in most streams and pools and take a hook readily at times.” ' Hab. Rio Grande do Sul to Venezuela. 35. AcARA PuLCHRA Gill. (Plate XXYV. fig. 1.) ‘Small Cascarob.” “This is a very elegant fish, prettily marked with bright green and blue spots and with dark cross-bars on the sides. It was interesting to see one of these beautiful fish in charge of its family of about one hundred young ones, which he or she was vigorously defending. These small fry were moving under its body, and when any other fish made an attempt to snatch one, he or she suapped viciously at the offender. This species is plentiful everywhere.” Hab. Colombia; Venezuela; Trinidad. 36. CICHLOSOMA BIMACULATUM L. * Large Cascarob,.” ‘“‘ Plentiful in muddy rivers, ponds and swamps, but not in the clear streams.” Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela. 37, PHILYPNUS DORMITATOR Lacep. “Taken in the Caroni River; the specimen was very docile, allowing us to handle it and making no display of resistance.” Hab. West Indies and Atlantic Coast streams from Mexico to Guiana. 38. DorRMITATOR MACULATUS BI. “Taken at Bejucal Swamp in muddy pools.” Hab. Atlantic coasts and rivers of Tropical America. 39. Gosius FrascratTus Gill. Body compressed, elongate, the depth 6 in the length, the length of head 34-33. Snout as long as eye, the diameter of which is 4 in the length of head. Interorbital space narrow. Cleft of mouth slightly oblique, entirely below the level of the eye; maxillary extending to below anterior part of eye; jaws with bands of small pointed teeth and anteriorly with an outer series of larger teeth ; posterior tooth of outer series in lower jaw a curved canine. Gill-openings vertical, in front of the bases of the pectorals, not produced forwards below. Head and nape, thorax and lower part of abdomen naked; scales finely ctenoid, increasing in size posteriorly, about 32 in a longitudinal series. Dorsal VI, 12; rays of anterior dorsal, especially the third, pro- duced as filaments in the male. Anal 13. Pectoral without free rays above, as long as head, extending to the origin of anal. Ventrals extending nearly to the origin of anal. Caudal rounded, rather elongate, 1 the length of the fish. Greenish, with dark sey MeN SLA Re a © RPG Se Lie Via® mS ~ SSS Oe We Le ee Sf f ALS G. POG D Bom 20, »x0.,... “gg OPI ITS he! OCP NR GBPS SSA ae eariy S P.Z.S.1906, vol. 1. Pl. XXVIL G. Davidson del. Bale & Danielsson, Lt ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR PZ.S: 1906, vor I.. PL. XX Vie G. DAvIDSON DEL. Cart HENTSCHEL (1906) Lrp. ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. G. DAVIDSON DEL. DAS QOS, wor. I, Pts XOM< Cart HENTSCHEL (i906) LTD. ALCYONARIANS FROM. ZANZIBAR. IPL GS OG, sells Wh Pl. POO. Bale & Damelsson, rtd ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR G.Daxadson del PZ SalIO6, vol. liao G. Davidson del. Bale & Danielsson, Lt? ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR 1906. ] ON ALCYONARIAN FROM ZANZIBAR. 393 spots; upper part of head and body with irregular spots; an oblong spot on the lower part of cheek and a triangular spot on the operculum ; a series of 3 or 4 linear spots along the middle of the side; a spot at the base of caudal; series of small spots on the dorsal and caudal fins. Four specimens, 70 mm. in total length, from Trinidad. I believe this must be the species described by Dr. Gill as Ctenogobius fasciatus, although he gives the number of fin-rays as : Dorsal V, 11; Anal 10. 40, CHONOPHORUS BANANA C, & V. Hab. Tropical America, 41, EvorrHopDus BREvIcEPsS Gill. Hab. Trinidad; Surinam. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Prate XXI. Fig. 1. Tetragonopterus guppyi, p. 384. 2. Haplochilus harti, p. 389. 3. Curimatus argenteus, p. 385, PLaTEe XXII. Big. 1. Girardinus guppyi, S. la. 2, p. 390. 2. Chirodon pulcher, p. 385. 3. Corynopoma riisii, 6. 3a. 9, p. 382. 4, Tetragonopterus teniurus, p. 383. 5. Tetragonopterus unilineatus, p. 384. Puate XXIII. Parauchenipterus pasee, p. 387. Pratt XXIV. Pseudauchenipterus guppyi, p. 387. Prate XXV. Fig. 1. Acara pulchra, p. 392. 2. Polycentrus schomburgkii, p. 391. 2. The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa, from Collections made by Cyril Crossland, M.A., B.Se., B.Z.S., in the Years 1901 and 1902.—Aleyonaria. By Prof. J. ArraHuR THomson, M.A., University of Aberdeen, and W. D. Henperson, M.A., B.Se., Carnegie Fellow, University of Aberdeen. (Plates XX VI.-XXXI.* and Text-figure 85.) This report deals with the Alcyonarians in the rich collection of marine animals made by Mr. Cyril Crossland at Zanzibar in 1901-2. The Alcyonarians are mostly littoral forms, e.g. species * Wor explanation of the Plates, see p. 442. 394 PROF. J, A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [Apr. 10, of Clavularia, Sympodium, Xenia, Spongodes, Lithophytum, and Sclerophytum; but there are also some representatives of the deeper water fauna, e. g., species of Pieroeides and Virgularia. A few specimens * collected by Mr. Crossland at Cape Verde Islands have been included in the report. We have been indebted to the indefatigable collector for some notes on the colours of the living animals. List oF SPECIES. Order I. STOLONIFERA Hickson. Family CoRNULARIIDS. Clavularia garcie Hickson. mY ss var. mmermis, Noy. 5, Slava May. 55 gracilis May. BS reptans Hickson. 5 strumosa Ehrenberg. 3 margaritifere. Thomson & Henderson. 3 crosslandi, sp. ni. 55 repens, Sp. Nn. NG pulchra, sp. n. ar zanzibarensis, Sp. n. ne mollis, sp. n. és parvula, sp. n. 35 pregnans, sp. 1. Sympodium punctatum May. S cerulewm Ehrenberg. er fuscum, sp. n. 3 splendens, sp. 0. Family TUBIPORID2. Tubipora chamissonis Khrenberg. Order II, ALCYONACEA Verrill (pro parte). Mamily XENIID#. Xenia wnbellata Savigny. » quinqueserta May. > membranacea Schenk. » coerulea Ehrenberg. » ternatana Schenk, var. elongata, noy. 3) 2gida, sp. le Heteroxenia elisabethe Kolliker. Cespitularia cerulea May. Family ALCYONIID2. Alcyonium pachyclados Klanzinger. Sinularia brassica May. 3 fungoides, sp. 1. Sclerophytum polydactylum Dana. A: querciforme Pratt. ‘ marenzellert Pratt (= Lobophytum marenzelleri). 5 hirtum Pratt. An viride, sp. N. Lobophytum pauciflorum Ehrenberg. * Viz. Clavularia parvuta, sp. n., Lophogorgia crista Mobius, Leptogorgia ochraced, sp. 0. 1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 395 Family NEPHTHYID#. Subfamily SPonGoDIN”. Nephthya zanzibarensis, sp. ni. x var. mollis, nov. 0 armata, sp. Nn. Spongodes hemprichii Klunzinger. crosslandi, sp. Nn. zanzibarensis, Sp. 1. sf kiikenthali, sp. n. [All these species of Spongodes should, according to Kiikenthal, be named Dendronephthya, but we see no reason to change. | Stereonephthya zanzibarensis, sp. ni. Lithophytum elegans (Kik.)=Ammothea elegans May. viride (Kiik.) = Ammothea viridis May. brassicum (Kitik.)= Ammothea brassica May. ramosum (Quoy et Gaimard). thyrsoides (Kiik.)= Ammothea thyrsoides Ehrenberg. Ms var. durum, nov. Jlavum May. Paraspongodes striata Thomson & Henderson. bb) 29 ” Subfamily SIPHONOGORGINE. Siphonogorgia intermedia, sp. 2. Order III. PSEUDAXONIA G. von Koch. Family SCLEROGORGID2. Suberogorgia killikeri Wright & Studer, var. zanzibarensis, nov. Family MELITODID &. Wrightella erythrea Gray =Mopsea erythrea Klunzinger. 5 wvariabilis, sp. n. Order 1V. AXIFERA G. von Koch. Family GoRGONIDZ. Leptogorgia ochracea, sp. un. Lophogorgia crista MéInus. litkent Wright & Studer. 99 Order V. STELECHOTOKEA Bourne. Section A. AsSIPHONACEA. Family TELESTID&. Telesto rupicola Hickson & Hiles. arborea Wright & Studer. 39 Family CeLoGORGIIDZ. Celogorgia palmosa Wright & Studer. 55 repens, sp. 0. Section B. PENNATULACEA. Family VIRGULARIID®. Virgularia mirabilis amouroux, var. pedunculata Kolliker. i multicalycina, sp. 0. Fimily PENNATULIDS. Subfamily Prrronrpin2. Pteroeides brachycaulon Kolliker. rigidum, sp. Ni. pulchellum, sp. n. 3° ” ~ 396 PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D, HENDERSON oN [ Apr. 10, GENERAL NOTES. Before proceeding to the systematic description of species we may call attention to some facts of general interest :— (1) The collection includes specimens of over 60 species, of which 25 are new. But seven of these new forms belong to the prolific genus Clavularia. (2) The most interesting new forms in the collection are the following :—Clavularia pregnans (viviparous), Siphonogorgia intermedia (which seems an annectent type), Wrightella variabilis (a Melitodid with great variability of coloration), Celogorgia repens (with encrusting habit), Virgularia multicalycina, Pteroeides rigidum, and Pt. pulchellum. (3) Myr. Crossland’s Zanzibar collection (63 species) and Prof, Herdman’s Ceylon collection (42 species) have only 3 species in common, namely :— Clavularia margaritiferce, Aena umbellata, Paraspongodes striata. Lophogorgia lutkent, here recorded from the Cape Verde Islands, also occurred in the Ceylon collection. (4) We have given some illustrations of the great variability of the species of Clavularia and Xenia, e.g. as to the number of rows of pinnules, the number of pinnules, the bare streak on the tentacles, the spicules, and so on. (5) Vivirarity.—In Clavularia pregnans, sp. n., there are large embryos which cause a unilateral protuberance on the polyp-tube a short distance below the mouth. ‘They seem to be liberated by a rupture of the delicate body-wall. Embryos were also found m Clavularia parvula, sp.n. Viviparity was recorded by Hickson in Gorgonia capensis, and it is probably not infrequent in Alcyo- narians, as we have observed it in Chrysogorgia flewilis (Th. & H.) ; Ceratoisis gracilis (Th. & H.); Pennatula indica (Th. & H.); Distichoptilum gracile (Th. & H.); Umbellula elongata (Th. & H.), and Funiculina gracilis (Th. & H.), all from deep water in the Indian Ocean. Mr. James J. Simpson has also observed embryos in Isis hippuris. Nore oN Locauirires By Mr. CrossiAnpb. As the Aleyonaria are the most abundant and conspicuous part of the littoral fauna of East Africa, and as certain species and genera are characteristic of different localities, topographical information is of especial importance in connection with their description. As collections from East Africa have been described by some investigators who have contented themselves with giving as locality a small village or islet not to be found on any map, and 1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 397 only known to those having special acquaintance with these coasts, I ene here some notes on the various localities referred to in this report Té must be borne in mind that the Island of Zanzrpar has a length of 60 miles, and is 20 miles wide at the latitude of the town. It is unfortunate that as the same name refers to both island and town, the locality ‘Zanzibar’ would include every kind of habitat, while ‘ Beach near Zanzibar Town’ refers to only one, or to two, including the special point towards K1runeant which is referred to later. Zanzibar Harbour is really an open roadstead, partially protected by scattered islets to the north and west and by reefs to the south-west. A considerable amount of my collecting was done on Prison Island, which is one of these, while the name of another, Baui (or Bawe), occurs frequently in the reports of Stuhlmann’s collections. At low spring-tide the shores of Prison Island are over large areas literally bright blue with Xenias of that colour, and this is the case in very many parts of these coasts. Above the level of low spring-tides very little of anything occurs, the rock-flats being nearly bare. This applies to every part of these coasts, but some specimens, referred to in the report, were collected higher up the shore. The shore at ZaAnziBar Town is, at low-tide level, muddy, and Aleyonaria are nearly absent, except at one point towards KIUNGANI, where a copious salt-spring issues from under the slabs of conglomerate which form the upper part of the shore. Here an oasis of wonderful richness occurs in the desert of mud, and corals and alcyonaria cover the whole shore. Brown Xeniide and several fleshy Aleyoniide are found here in great abundance, some colonies of the latter attaining to the size of a yard across. Dredging just below this level gives ‘ood results, but at depths over 3 fathoms or so most of the eastern part of Zanzibar Channel is very barren. CuuakA Bay is a large indentation on the Hast Coast of Zanzibar Island, physically conspicuous, and so coming to be marked on good atlases, but of no commercial utility, producing only a little mangrove timber. At low spring-tides it presents a great expanse of mud, with channels of water one or two fathoms deep. ‘The lower parts are thickly covered with Halimeda sp., and the sides of the channels with grass-like Zostera. A large bank in the centre of the bay is covered with large sponges, looking like stones at a little distance. There is no coral anywhere in this area. Aleyonarians, chiefly Xenide, abound among and upon these weeds, encrusting forms on the bases of the Zostera. * For more detailed AICO see Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. xi. p. 493 & xii. p. 35 (1902). 398 PROF. J. A, THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON on [Apr. L0, Towards the mouth of the Bay, on the north side, there are three fathoms of water at low tide, and here another marine Phanerogam is abundant, one with a strong hard rhizome and stems, a tuft of opposite leaves arising from the top of each of the latter. On these hard stems great quantities of bright blue encrusting forms were brought up, and among them quantities of brown Nephthyide, &. The quantity and variety of these were most striking, Aleyonarians of one kind or another coming up literally by the sackful at many hauls. This spot was almost the richest in Opisthobranchs and other interesting forms that I ever dredged in. Kokotoni Harbour is a broad lake-like enclosure between the Tsland Tumpatvu and the north-western shores of Zanzibar. The village, now very insignificant, lies at its south-western corner. A bank in the narrow southern entrance to the channel upon which corals grow, is a garden of Aleyonarians of wonderful variety and beauty, but on the whole the shores are rather barren even of Xeniide. Dredging reveals a current-swept bottom practically barren of all life over the greater part, but in shallower water (5 fath. and under) off the north-west shores an area of great wealth was found, where Pteroeides is common. On the mainland Mompasa harbour and the reefs in its vicinity are very barren, even Alcyonaria occurring but sparsely and corals being absent. Sir Charles Eliot had seen a good deal of the coast before I arrived and had selected Wasty harbour as the best collecting-ground, This isa canal-like channel separating the island of Wasin from the mainland; the Anglo-German boundary is a few miles south of this. The richness of the shores was found to extend over the whole bottom of the channel. The dredge generally filled with Alcyonaria and sponges in a few minutes, a variety of branched and massive forms occurring in the inner or western parts about the Government station of Shimoni, while towards the open sea great quantities of a Zelesto, generally more or less overgrown with a red sponge, were brought up time after time, while large colonies of Lophogorgia with commensal ophiuroids and cirripedes, the latter embedded in the ecenenchyme, are common. One expects corals, not Aleyonaria, to be the most conspicuous and abundant form of animal life in tropical seas, but when it is considered that large strips of the East African shores are bare of coral, whereas Aleyonaria occur almost everywhere, and in many places with the profusion one associates with corals, their claim to be of first importance is seen to be well established. The corals are easily first in the Red Sea, where they abound practically everywhere. Alcyonaria, having the same macroscopic characters as those of East Africa, are present in magnificent abundance, but I have not seen numerous Clavulariid, and all the Xeniidee seemed to be brown or grey, not green or blue. 1906. | ALCYONARIANS. FROM ZANZIBAR. 399 DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES. Order I. STOLONIFERA Hickson. Family CoRNULARIIDS. Clavularia garcie Hickson. 9 garcwe Hickson, var. inermis, nov. 5 Jlava May. a gracilis May. reptans Hickson. ee strumosa Khrenberg. ie margaritifere 'Thomson & Henderson. 78 crosslandi, sp. 0. 3 repens, Sp. Ni. 3 pulchra, sp. n. i sanzibarensis, sp. 0. vs mollis, sp. n. 3 parvula, sp. 1. Bi pregnans, sp. i. Synypodium punctatum May, ceruleum Khrenberg, Ms Juscum, sp. n. a splendens, sp. N. 9? CLAVULARIA. Note on the Genus, The problem of species in this genus is very difficult. The differences between species are within a narrow range, and many of the distinctions utilised, e. g. number of rows of pinnules, number in each row, seem to be too quantitative in character to be very satisfactory. Moreover, what seem to be well-marked species are connected by intermediate forms, and even in one colony there is sometimes considerable diversity. Let us give some illustrations. (a) To Clavularia garcie, of which Prof. Hickson had one specimen, weare inclined to refer several separate colonies. In some of these the pinnules vary from 13 to 30 on each side, yet the proportions, the general appearance, and the spicules seem identical. Some have one distinct row of pinnules, others have one row with an occasional simulation of two rows, others have two or three rows. Other specimens agree absolutely with some of these except that we could find no trace of spicules, though some members of the same colony showed a few scattered rods. (5) In specimens which agree well with C. flava May, we found the pinnules in one row, in three rows, and in four rows; yet these forms were otherwise alike, showing, for instance, very minute ovoid spicules 0:02 in length by 0:015 in breadth. In another quite similar colony the spicules were rod-like—0:02 in length by 0:005 in breadth—and there were also some dises. > 400 = PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR, W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10, (c) To C. gracilis May we have referred a colony with pinnules in three rows as May described, and to the same species we have referred another colony with only one row. This seemed at first unjustifiable till we saw that in the’colony with three rows in the majority some polyps only showed two rows, while in the colony with one row in the majority some showed two rows. (Z) The total number of pinnules seems to us of more diagnostic importance than the number of rows, but in what we believe to be C’. garcie we find in one colony a range from 16-30 pairs. (¢) Comparisons of different colonies of the same species show that there is little use attaching much importance to the length and breadth of the bare streak on the tentacles unless one is sure that the forms compared are similarly preserved and in similar states of extension. (f) Cases like that which we have for purposes of convenience called C. garcie, var. inermis, lead us to agree with Prof. Hickson that the mere absence of spicules does not make a new species. Our general conclusion is that further investigation will show that a number of species of Clavularia should be merged in one, and that at present attention should be paid to the ‘tout ensemble ’ of characters rather than to any single peculiarity when that is of a quantitative nature. These remarks may serve to support our impression that some of the species of Clavularia are in a state of flux, but they may also suggest an inquiry as to the justifiability of adding seven new species to the already lengthy list. The general answer is supplied by the descriptions given; the characters of the new species seem to exclude the possibility of referring them to any of the species known to us from previous memoirs. It may be useful, however, to indicate briefly some of their outstanding features :-— C. crosslandi has characteristic exceedingly minute spicules like water-worn sand-grains and they are crowded in eight longitudinal white ridges. C. repens is like the well-defined C. margaritifere, but has very different spicules—minute capstans and some quadrangular forms with an axial cross. C. pulchra has unusually long polyps, tentacles, and pinnules, C. zanzibarensis has 6-8 rows of wart-like pinnules practically covering the short blunt tentacles, and the colour is peculiar. CO. mollis has grouped polyps, thread-like pinnules almost covering the tentacles, and an unusual amount of contraction. C. parvula has very unusual tentacles with only 9 pmnules on each side, though certainly mature, as the eggs and embryos show. C. pregnans has short conical pinnules all round the tentacles and a very large genital expansion with embryos. We may also call special attention to the viviparity readily demonstrable in OC. pregnans and also apparent in C. parvula. Very noteworthy in some of the species is the profuse abun- dance of zoochlorelle. 1906. ] ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR, 401 The beginning of a differentation of calyx and anthocodia in C. margaritifere may be regarded as a hint of the Sympodium type; the slight union of the bases of the polyps in C. mollis may perhaps be regarded as pointing towards the Yenia type. CLAVULARIA GARCL& Hickson. Several specimens appear to be referable to this species, if its diagnosis is made rather more elastic. The polyps are 10-13 mm. in length, with thin transparent walls, and show no sign of being able to contract. Mr. Crossland states that the living forms had very mobile tentacles opening and closing regularly. The tentacles are from 6-8 mm. in length and have the pinnules arranged so as to leave a wide bare space on the oral and a narrower bare space on the aboral surface. The long pinnules are in one row and they vary in number from 16 to 30 on each side, There is occasional simulation of two rows. The fact that the pinnules vary from 16-30 pairs shows that the number of pinnules is not in itself a character of much diagnostic importance. | Minute, slightly roughened, rod-shaped spicules are abundant throughout the colony and give ita peculiar glistening appearance; they are from 0:04-0:05 mm. in length and 0:007 mm. in breadth. Hickson describes the spicules of C. garcie as scattered and not crowded ; they are here densely crowded. Locality. Chuaka, KE. Zanzibar. Previously from Chagos Archipelago. In another group of polyps, which we are inclined to refer to the same species, there are some interesting differences. The bodies of the polyps are more substantial, but they are more con- tracted (5-4 mm. in length), The tentacles are about 4 mm. in length, and while some show two rows of pinnules with perfect. clearness, others show three rows equally distinct. The number of pinnules in a row varies from 12-15. In the body of the polyp and on the tentacles the spicules are closely packed, thus giving a granular glistening appearance to the polyp. The spicules are 0:05 mm. in length, and seem to be identical with those above described. Locality. Wasin, British East Africa. CLAVULARIA GARCIH Hickson, var. INERMIS, nov. The polyps, which rise from a membranous stolon to a height of 9 mm., are marked by annulations and also by longitudinal lines. The tentacles are long and pointed, from 3-3-5 mm, in length by 0°8 mm. in breadth at their proximal end. The pinnules are arranged in three rows on each side, in the outer row they may vary from 19-23 in number. They leave a free space on both the oral and the aboral surface. In some polyps we found no trace of spicules ; in others we found a few small rods. There are crowded zoochlorelle. > 402 PROF. J, A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D, HENDERSON oN [ Apr. 10, CLAVULARIA FLAVA May (non Hickson). (Plate XXX. fig. 4.) Four small pieces of a ight brown colour appear to be referable to this species. The basal membrane is soft and about 1 mm. in thickness, and bears crowded polyps. The polyps are substantial, marked by annulations and also by longitudinal furrows, 3-4 mm. in length by 0°75-1 mm. in breadth, with lanceolate tentacles fully 3 mm. in length, with acute ends. The pinnules are very short and blunt, arranged in four rows on each side, usually 17 in a row. The spicules are densely crowded, extremely minute, smooth oval dises, about 0°02 mm. in length and 0-015 mm. in breadth. Prof. Hickson speaks of the spicules of C. garcie as the smallest he had seen, but these are much smaller. Locality. Zanzibar shore, low tide among coral, Previously recorded from Zanzibar, In another clump, growing on a monocotyledonous twig, the polyps are usually 9 mm. in length by 1-1°5 mm. in breadth and ave longitudinally ridged. The tentacles are 8-3°2 mm. in length by 0°8 mm. in breadth, with the pinnules arranged in three rows on either side of the middle line. The pinnules, many of which are slightly clavate at the tip, leave a long bare space on the aboral surface which extends the whole length of the tentacle and tapers slightly, but on the oral surface the bare space is very wide at he base, narrows quickly, and becomes almost linear for the greater part of the length of the tentacle. The pinnules are from 0:18-0:25 mm. in length by 0°13 mm. in breadth. Abundant ova were present in the lower part of the polyps. The spicules are small rod-like bodies 0°02 mm. in length and 0-005 mm. in breadth, and there were also some discs, In another colony spreading on J/illepora some of the polyps showed only one row of pinnules on each side, while contracted forms showed three. The spicules were very minute, smooth, ovoid discs, 0°02 by 0018 mm. CLAVULARIA GRACILIS May. A small colony agrees with this species in having: (a) polyps of very diverse lengths, up to 20 mm. ; (6) short and thick pinnules in three irregular rows (some- times apparently in two rows) ; (c) no caleareous bodies ; (d) tentacles about 5 mm, in length. There is no funnel-like expansion * at the top of the polyp as was frequently observed by May; the bare streak on each side of * From what we have seen in C. pregnans, sp. n., we are inclined to suggest that these expansions, noted by various authors m different species, may be reproductive enlargements. 1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 403 the tentacles is broad rather than narrow; there are 20-30 pinnules in each row. Locality. Chuaka, Zanzibar. Previously recorded from Mozambique, Tumbatu. To the same species we refer another colony with a thin basal membrane, polyps about 12 mm. in length, tentacles 2-5 mm., and no calcareous corpuscles. Jn most of the polyps examined there is most distinctly only one row of pinnules, whereas in C. gracilis May there are three irregular rows. We have disregarded this difference because some of the polyps on our specimen showed two rows. As before indicated, this does not seem a specific character of much importance. Locality. Chuaka. CLAVULARIA REPTANS Hickson. A colony spreading over a monocotyledonous leaf seems referable to the Clavularia reptans of Hickson. The narrow stolon is from 0-5-1 mm. in breadth and forms a network. The polyps are distant, separated by an interval of 4mm. | t | i | | — i ©. celebensia | Dullolive-brown, | Thinstrands1-3 mm, | In groups. Largest 8 mm. long, Smooth. | Long and point. Numerous, long, | Absent (?) | Absent (?) S water, (Hickson). tentacles brig ht | broad sometimes co- i| maxi- ed, capable. of | densely crowded: ‘Tnlisso Island, N. when retracted, Forma collar at base of tentacles. green, | aleseing to form | iameter. No introversion. | In 4 rows an | Celebes (Hick { soul plate-like ox | great retraction. | 5X 0-794 mm, | each side (May). | li | oats eon) | pansions. ouge lbmm. | | | | || fay). | —, ©, viridis Olive-brown to Clumps 5 to Ginches Tubular connections | Few very large long | 23 anm, X0*L4 iin. } (Q. & G,). | Breen. high and 1 foot in between the body- | spindles with nume- j Yenitars (@- ova: || diameter, or peal alls of adjacent | 4 inm. long, | Tous small spines. | | lace). | s colonies polyps. 8mm. in oval din: | | Colebes (Hick: {| forming a network || t jcKson): | | ickson), ty CTE moter (Hicksor) | | | Shallow water. extensive plates. | | There is a horny | \ | l _ tkeleton, the pro- | | | duct of the meso- glues. | | | ©, conereta | White. ‘Thin basal membrane. Lym. apart. Calicesdinm.x2min, 8 ridges termi- | Short thick spindles | @2 to 0°08 mm, long Spindles, arranged | 0'246 x 00205 mm. | Off Newfoundland (Studer). i Retractile portion nating in 8 | with spines which) and0'03 toOO2mm.) “en chevron” atthe (Studer). i | 4mm. long. teeth. re often bifurcated. | broad. extremity. arg cyaria | White. | Thin busal membrane, | Sometimes axranged to8mn, Corrugated. | Thick spiny spindles Smaller spindles, nas, tudor). | | | in groups of 2 ord, | hi be Hotrutile | and Sub traight rao Fora, | part 2 mm. long, or cwrved. 07 to (Studer). | | | O34 mm. long and | | 0115 to 0007 min, | | | thick. ‘They extend | | to the base of the | | teutaeles and form | } |_®eollaret. | | C. rosea (Studer) Rosy red. Flat basis on stones || Closely | 9-10.mn. high. Tough, rough, Short. | Longitudinally dis- | 03-016 mm. in | iceseeeeeee | ceeeteeenes tere Kerguelen, 120 and shells, | with 8 ridges. posed thorny length. fathoms (Studer), | | | | spindles. ©. magellanica || Orange-ved, Membranous basis, — |) Far distant. G mm, high, 2 mm. | 8 strong ribs. Spiny spindles, | 7 01-03 ma. in ao Magellan Straits, 42 (Studer). I | broad. |) length. fathoms, Gltubarla | White. Flattened stolons, _| 17 mm. high, 2 mm, | Ribbed through || Spindtes, warted, also | 0:33 mm, 0067 mm. | Smaller spindles not | 0'1 to 018 mm. long |: ies (W.&S.). reticulate, 08 to 1°2 | | in diameter at top.| out their entire | warty clubs. ‘There | 0 mn.x0'0H mm. | continued into the | and 007 mu. broad, OnSS.). am. in breadth, | | Very marked ealyx, | length. || is a collaret wt the | 028 1nm.x016 mm, | pinnw. Flores, Azores | narrowed at base. ||_ base ofthe tentacles. | 0°82 mm.x013 mm. (Stuer). C. clout Groyishewhite, [Thin basal membran nly or in gronps, |12 mm. Swollen at | Distinct broad || Spindtes approaching | 0°88 mm.x 0042 mu.| Smaller spindles, | OF mm,<0'33 mm, |) 1000 fathoms off the | base. 4 mm. in | grooves, Show || elubs with sharp | 0:35 :nm.%0-058 mm, Arores (Wi. §° S.)- diameter, nn 8erayed star || spines. | Yellowish-white. | Bass | lutively thick. Arise vertie at) intervals of 1 to) 25 min, | Calyces ;| 8 ribs becoming 6mm. high. obliterated at the base and con- i ining longitu. bundles of apleules 0-43 nn. x 0067 mm. | 0°16 mm. x 0°05 min, illes arranged spiny, straight. 1 chevron,” blunt, | (02 ym, X0-025 mm. | 018 mm. 005 mm. | i 100-160 fathoms OWS 8.). O, gracilis (May). on Laminarian | sponge, and | Madropore. lwown, 2 mm.; very lank, longest’ O46 mm: at middle, like ahove. | Anarrowstreak | on each side, free on each | shortandthick, stirfiee, wart-like, | | C.flara (May). | Basal membrane on | sponge. Bright yellow. Touching basally or | with slight intervals. | | 10x] mn. Je yim, X 1mm. 4 rows on cach | Lancet - like, | side short, thick, | nsisfreethrongh- blunt. out length. Oval yellow - brown dises 0-02 x 0012 unin.; very numerous, C.longissina || Light or bright | Delicate membranous | ‘Touching basally. | 15-64 unm; eylin= 12mm. Cylin- {1 row, long || Absent. || Kokotoni, Zanzibar (May). Drown. | basis on Madvepore, drical or inflated at drical, pointed. | sausage - like, (lay). | either end. | curved upwants, | Light or bright ‘Phin basalinembrive | At intervals of 1 to 1-12 imn.; funnel- | 5 wm. X0'S wm, | 3 irregular yows |) Absont. Mozambique, ‘Tumnbatu (fay). Zanzibar (Route). Thick basal Urane. CG. frankliniana mem. | (Route). 1 ar disposi ot abundant. Where contracted 25 mm. high, 4 ‘4 to 5 nm. long. | oF 10 on each side cylindrical, | | Spindles | 0-25-0-4 mm. long. with spines some- | covered Spindles covered | with small spines. 70-200 pt, Franklin Is, (Route), Yellow, shadin: reading bands with towanls brown, an stellate fusiform Danielson. amd clavate spicules. /Monntiful violet. Stolou-like mem- | | branons expansion. | —EEe Cy arction Lower portions Thin ribbon-like, Korn & | brown, etre. expan. Daniebsen. tilepart yellow, | O borealia Kown & Danielsson, ; ———————— More or Tess distant, not numerous. —_—___ re Mostly isolated, somes 12-15 mm_ posterior — Longitudinal grooves, times in groupe o! two on the margi, 2-3 mom. apart. san eceupied by __ the basal verrnca or calyx portion. furrows: verruca yar foie cal anterior tell: Teas oat krooves. (7 mm. long; 3-4 8 fairly strong 2mm. long, nich ribs and deep in the and on et ——— 1-12 mam. high, Deeplongitudinal Short, fairly anterior retrac- spicales, | ja | Short, thick: | | | thick; aboral | surface densely tudinal Lancet-shaped. Few in one row. Spindleshay On verruce or calyces mostly elliptic ypinaes i igher: op) spindles 0-332 mm. x 0072 mm. snd subvclavates 7 e0qman. xOooS mn. EE oO [66 mm. * Lp oF ae Warty spindles and labs, Some crucifonn, ean erer cal portion. Abundant. ee Oommxot mm. Asin polyp. | | Touching basally. & mui. diameter, | | often a long’|| times bi- or tri | | | spacuseparating || lobed; numerous. | | the terminal | | ones, ( | | ©. strunosa Light yollow to Thin basal imembrane,| Almost touching, or 10 ini, 2 mm. of! /10mm.X2 mm.,, | 2 tod vows thick || Small blunt rough | 0033 x 0°08 inm, | As on polyps. Zanribar (Ehrbg.). | brown At intervals of stalk, and 8 min. of | lanceolate, and blunt. | rods, sometimes (Ehrenberg). | Simm. broad calyx. | | absent. | amboinensis | Pato yellow, Network of thin flat | In crowded groups, G6 mm high when | Smooth. delicate, | Cylindrical, None to be seen, |, Absent. Absent. Amboina (Burehnrdt). Brolane masally nats || rarely singly. half contracted; | translucent. rather blunt, although sexu- (Burchard?) rower than polyps. 2mm. broad at apes, ally mature. j | _ narrower at base, | | ©. coronater roy with Ribbon-like stolons, || Singly or grouped. 17 mm. high, 2-3) A crown of S| Abont 13 mm. | About 40 thick | Elongated rods, with | mm.xO'OLmm. | Sparse, translucent, | 0°045mm,x0012mm.|| Amboina (nrclat), eiites | not close togetlion |e am. ins diameter; broad points | in thickness at | worm-like| pin-|| two points of one, /'66 mum.XO07 mm. | twisted rods. |O-03Smim.x0000mm,| (Burehardt). | X52 amin. broad, often united by 2-3) below base of base. niles. often | often with twa lobes | Sie forming angular [_ gross bridges above | tentacles, dif nt one end. | Minuto plates. 0.049 min.x¢0000 mm, plates if thoy: eross, nse, “= - —— 33 P| 0 4m: 0-000 olive-groy with flue | | || warty needles up to | 07 nim. white lines. Long | lama. x OL min, (Oval or bean-shaped | 0018 mn. X0008m10, winety: clubs and ite | and smaller warty cleardiscson pinnules.| and less. regular spicules. || |\_ spindles. | ; } pantana | Yellowislegny ‘Thin, membranous | Densely crowded, or Up to 89 mm.; | With § shallow Up to 12mm.in| One irregular | Rods, with sharp as- |0°057mm.X0016mm.| Ax on polyps, but | As on polyps. | Ternate (Schenk). (Schonk). in spirit. Dusis,or ina y ina variety at inter- | 2-0 mm. uibreadth, ) longitudinal lengt! row of 35-10 | peritics, lying in all | less nbundant. stolons domin, ||| vals of San, | furrows, breadth. Yel-! on cach side; | directions. i Vroad, Jow-grey and} 2-3 mm. in| } | brown. | Tength. | | ‘ byglate Polyps yellowish. Thin, narrow, mem- Not crow i 6-15 mm. long; Quite stiff, with Short, rather | 17-20 long | Long simple, slightly 005-1 mm. Xx | In pinnules. BS Ternate (Schenk). SS Kt in spirit; branous basis, S-b/ tervals of8-biom, | -Omn, broad. “clea longitu- thick. Has iaitriealoot pinata Ren egureraoot Ketapee Pat eine Garena disce 0:08 nin. in diameter. | tentacles white. mm, broad. dinallines; up- | nules. cules on calyx. | Ovals. 0:003 mm. 001 mm. per part like a Lower down, large, 14-13 mi | 004mm. x 0012 mm. calyx with & warty spindles, | ee mm. 076 X01 mn. | | deep grooves; closely apposed, 07035 mm. X 0-012 mm. | the space be- often forkel: Also nore elongated | 028-03 mm.x002- | teen two | spicules. 0°09 mam. | grooves ends in In the axis of ten- a point. tacles, long simple | spicules and smaller | | | | formns as in pinnules. CLuspow | Brown in spirit. | Narra inembraue, 107mm. long; A substantial Straight at base or|098.8 mmx | | Ternate (Schenk). Rats 7-8 min. broad at — wallof spicules; curved rods ith (7057-0247 mm. | : | the lase, narrowing median warts in ! || | upwards, $-10 rows of 22-30. | { | Higher up smaller | ¢-393-0-703 mm.X | rods with fewer but (057-7075 mm. | | | relatively thicker | | | warts. North Atlantic, BY N., 8°20 B (Danielases). 5 T Ke 36 mm. X06 mm. ea eee é is ee e "» ; ‘ ia (Piuists~.- [ds ethers ae pend ALON wo) pers TA wm Es ‘ : : ? ri! at? , i y if y 4 i "i a7 Fi er - f Sar , LX a) ? iat < e ~ ~ — when ae 1 oe ee le - Oe ee E ' ia? vin (1etiety a © hy | 3 4 sai 7 z ": ’ y 7 a F _ i nw | ta j : 2 t . - - vinta en je -ae yey i iz Kokomo: ag ~ - a . i Y ct enon ge = ~ . ae nd r rc i “2 « d fj @o3 i P ek ; tits 4 6 wu 7 ’ 7 ‘ =. 4¢ bsé m ‘ 4 s : gests Partiod = og bees seh ceive yao harion ) . =i ‘q vi yi = = weve oh ——w 1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 409 stand. Between the larger meshes there are smaller ones on which young polyps are seen. The polypsare about 5 mm. in length, with tentacles of 1°5 mm., with about 8 short pinnules in a single row on each side. On the lower part of the polyp-body there are no spicules, but just below ‘the base of the tentacles spicules become abundant, at first arranged transversely, then in more or less regular converging double rows running perpendicularly, There are also a few small irregularly-disposed spicules in the tentacles. This species closely approaches Sympodium (Aleyonium) fulvoum Forsk., but differs in that the upper part of the polyp has no transverse ring of spicules markedly different in size from the longitudinally- disposed spicules, in the presence of spicules on the tentacles, and in other features. Localities. Wasin, Chuaka, Kiungani. Common. SYMPODIUM SPLENDENS, sp. n. (Plate X XIX. fig. 8.) A beautiful purplish-crimson colony, spreading around a mon- axonid sponge. The sponge has a tubular form (probably due to some foreign axis which has been lost). The basal membrane 1s about 2 mm. in thickness; the polyps occur irregularly, some- times almost touching, elsewhere separated by intervals of 4 mm. or so. <0A16: Of the last set (c) some are almost globular in form, owing to the strong development of the wart-like tubercles. Among them there are also a few six-sided flat plate-like scales which have a maximum length of 0:14 mm. and a maximum breadth of 0-11 mm. Locality. Kiungani, near Zanzibar, and wherever coral abounds. LospopHytum PAuCcIFLoRUM Ehrenberg. Large brown specimens of this widely distributed species were found at Stations 13 and 16. Family 3. NEPHTHYID4&, Subfamily SPoNGoDIN”. Nephthya zanzibarensis, sp. 1. % a: var. mollis, nov. AO armata, Sp. 1. Spongodes hemprichii Klunzinger. pe crosslandi, sp. 0. an zanzibarensis, Sp. 0. is kiikenthali, sp. 0. Stereonephthya zanzibarensis, sp. 0. Lithophytum elegans (Kiik.) = Ammothea elegans May. eS viride (Kiik.) = Ammothea viridis May. x brassicum (Kiik.) = Ammothea brassica May. a ramosum (Quoy et Gaimard). Be thyrsoides (Kiik.) = Ammothea thyrsoides Ehrenberg. bi thrysoides (Kiik.), var. dwrwm, nov. flavum (May). Paraspongodes striata Thomson & Henderson, Subfamily SrpPHonoGoRGIN#. Siphonogorgia intermedia, sp. 0. Subfamily SPONGODINA. NEPHTHYA ZANZIBARENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XX VII. fig. 3.) Two yellowish-white colonies, one attached to a monocotyle- donous twig, the other to a leaf. They are respectively in height and breadth, 4 by 3, and 5:5 by 4 centims. The whole colony in its preserved state is flaccid, but 1s densely covered by a layer of small white spindles with numerous larger ones distributed irregularly over them. 28* 422 PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D, HENDERSON ON [Apr. 10, The main stem gives off elongated conical branches, and these bear, especially on their lateral surfaces, numerous finger-shaped lappets covered with polyps. The Stiitzbiindel consists of 5, 6, or 7 straight warty spindles ; the polyp-stalk is covered by regularly arranged closely-fitting small spindles; the anthocodiz are at right angles to the Stiitz- biindel and are directed inwards towards the general surface of the colony. On the anthocodia there are eight double rows of ten to twelve spindles in each row; the opposite spindles in the double row converge and the whole double row teuds to stand out like a ridge on the surface. There is no sign of spicules on the tentacles. This species resembles V. cupressiformis Kikenthal in general appearance, but the polyp-bearing lobes are more finger-like, and both the general spiculation and the architecture of the antho- codiz are quite different. Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms. NEPHTHYA ZANZIBARENSIS, var. MOLLIS, nov. (Plate XX VII. fig. 5.) A somewhat flattened whitish-grey colony, 7 centims. in height by 3:5 centims. in maximum breadth and about I centim. in thickness. Ata short distance from the base it gives off a strong side branch, and both it and the main stem bear numerous elon- gated finger- like lobes or secondary branches bearing these. Almost all the branches and lobes are dev eloped to the sides. The colony is soft and flaccid, but the general ccenenchyma is covered with a feltwork of transversely-disposed colourless spiny spindles (0°2 to 0-9 mm. in length) which give it an almost striated appearance. No other type of spicule + was to be found in the colony. The polyps stand almost at right angles to their short stalks ; the Stiitzbiindel is composed of about four to six straight spindles (0:75 and 1:25 mm. in length), one of which projects for about 0:25 mm. The anthocodia is supported by eight double rows of about ten spicules in each row. This form is characterised by the absence of the irregular superficial layer of spicules and by its darker colour, so that we feel justified in making it a new variety. Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms. NEPHTHYA ARMATA, sp.n. (Plate XXVIT. fig. 4.) A stiff colony of a drab-grey colour, 3°5 centims. in height, 3°5 centims. in maximum breadth, and 2 centims. in thickness. A short trunk bears five main branches, from which arise numerous blunt and short finger-like lobes. The polyps are not densely crowded, but form an irregular spiral on the lobes. In every case the mouth is turned inwards. There is a well-developed Stiitzbiindel, often with four strong spindles and sometimes projecting for about 0-5 mm. The Stiitzbiindel spicules 1906. } ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR, 423 vary from 0:8 to 1 mm. in length and have an average diameter of Ol mm. They are straight warty spindles. Covering the anthocodiz there are numerous small spindles arranged in double rows ; the average dimensions are 0°5 mm. in length and 0°06 mm. in breadth. There are also minute spicules on the tentacles, horizontally disposed in two rows. A prominent feature is that the general ceenenchyma bears very large transversely-disposed spindles, which give it a wrinkled appearance. ‘The following measurements in millims, were taken :-— 2°6 x 0:2, 2°4 x 0°19, 1:6 x 0°16, and 1:-4x0-15. No other forms of spicules were to be found in the colony. This species should be referred to a position near WV, digitata Kukenthal. Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms. SPONGODES HEMPRICHIE Klunzinger. A form closely resembling this species, but the spicules are not red. The trunk has a leathery and rigid character and is rough in appearance, the larger spicules being easily seen. At its lower end it gives off a number of rhizoid-like offshoots, by means of which it is anchored in the sand. The colour in spirits is yellowish white, but in the living colony was a weak chocolate. One colony is 7 centims. in height, 6 in breadth, and 2°5 in thickness, while the corresponding measurements for another are 5, 7, and 3°5 centims. The stem divides almost immediately into three chief divisions, which bear numerous conical lobes densely covered with polyps. In architecture the polyps agree closely with the description given by Ktkenthal of S. (Dendronephthya) hemprichii. Kach double row of spicules on the anthocodia consists of four to six pairs, but five seems to be the commonest number. We cannot attach much importance to the fact that the spicules are not red as they are in the type, for the colour of the spicules in Spongodes is often variable. In S. kiikenthali, sp. n., we found red, yellow, orange, and colourless spicules. The spicules are long spindles, either straight or curved, and covered with numerous rough spines which are often branched. Their measurements, length by breadth in millims., are as follows :— Stiitzbiindel spicules: 2°2x 0-14; 2°4x 0°15. Other spicules: 2°6 x 0:18; 2°2x0:14; 2°3x015; 0°3 x 0:03. Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms; very common at lowest tides and below. Previously recorded from the Red Sea. SPONGODES CROSSLANDI, sp. n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 2.) A complete small colony of apparently divaricate type, 13 mm. in height by 12 mm. in breadth and 7 mm. in thickness. A short trunk gives off three main branches, which redivide and finally bear the polyps in bundles of 6-10, though a few also occur singly. The general colour of the surface is warm orange, but the anthocodiz and tentacles are covered with chalky-white spicules. 424 PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10, Almost all the polyps are directed towards one of the two flattened surfaces. The polyp-stalk is about 1°5 mm. in length, and is loosely covered with longitudinally disposed spicules. On the anthocodize there are eight double rows of spicules with about eight in each row. ‘Two or three pairs at the top of each row are longer than the others and converge into a triangular projecting point. The orange-coloured Sttitzbiindel spicule projects shghtly beyond the anthocodia for about 0°5 mm. The anthocodia has a rounded cauliflower-like form, and the tentacles are neatly incurved on the oral surface, exposing aboral rows of white spicules transversely arranged. The armature of the polyp is the distinctive feature of this species. Locality. Mouth of Wasin Harbour, 10 fathoms. SPONGODES ZANZIBARENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 1.) An incomplete specimen of a beautiful colony, predominantly of a canary-yellow with pink polyps. It belongs to the divaricate section of the genus, and as the contour is irregular and the polyparium flattened it should be referred to Kiikenthal’s cervicornis group. The dimensions are 2°5 centims. in height, 2°5 centims. in maximum breadth, 0°8 centim. in thickness. The polyps are by no means crowded, and occur singly or in bundles up to seven in number. Their stalks are short, about 1 millim. in length; their mouths are directed inwards and downwards: the Stiitzbiindel has a pair of projecting pink or yellow spicules extending for about 0°5 mm, beyond the anthocodia. On the wall of the anthocodia there are eight double rows of about ten pink spicules in each row; those on opposite sides converge, and each row ends in a triangular point. The tentacles bear a transverse series of yellowish spicules. Over the general surface there is a loose network of large, curved, yellow spindles, below which there is a crowded stratum of small semitransparent forms. All the spicules are spindles with numerous small spines. The following measurements of spicules were taken :—(a) Stiitzbiindel 383x015; (6) superficial spindles 2°5x0:12; (c) pink spindles of anthocodize 0:90:08; (d) subjacent ccnenchyma. spicules 0:2 x 0:03. This form does not agree with any of the short-stalked species in the cervicornis group. Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms. SPONGODES KUKENTHALI, sp. n. (Plate XX XI. fig. 5.) A very beautiful species which seems to be referable to a position near S. (Dendronephthya) coronata. It belongs to the umbellate type, is slightly flattened, and has an approximately regular outline. Its dimensions are 6 centims. in height, 6°5 in breadth, and 3°75 in thickness. The stem and branches are very rigid; five of the lower branches are foliate and nearly encircle 1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR, 425 the stem; the stem gives off a large number of primary branches which break up into secondaries and these bear the twigs with umbels of polyps. The trunk and base are wanting. ‘The spicules on the surface of the general ceenenchyma are transparent near the base and pale yellow higher up. Just below the polyp-bearing twigs some of the yellow spicules show a red core, and there is thus a gradual transition to the crimson-red spicules of the polyp- stalk, anthocodia, and tentacles. The polyps are arranged in small clusters of 7-10; and these are again grouped into larger umbels. Though there is no er owding, the polyps form a fair ly continuous covering, A polyp is usually about 1-5 mim. in length and is covered by longitudinally disposed spindles. Three large ones form a strong Stiitzbiindel which projects beyond the anthocodia for about 1 mm. The anthocodia stands almost at right angles to the polyp-stallk, and is supported by red spindles in 8 double rows, about 7 pairs in each row. A distinctive feature is that the topmost spicules of each double row project in triangular poimts beyond the bases of the tentacles. The tentacles are white, but bear numerous small red spicules arranged transversely, so that a fine tentacular operculum is formed over the contracted polyp. The spicules ave spindles with fine warts or short blunt spines, and show a great range of colour. Some are red, some are yellow, some are combinations of these colours, and others are transparent. The largest are those of the Stiitzbiindel, about 4 mm. in length by 0-2 in breadth, and some of those on the polyp-stalk are about 3°5 mm. in length. Those of the general surface of the cenenchyma are: 2X0'15mm.; 1:8x015; 15x01; 1:35x0:1; 0°38 x01; 0°35 x 0:04; 0°3 x 0:03. The red spicules of the anthocodiz are mostly about 0°6 x 0:04 ; a projecting one had a length of 1:2 x 0:06. Locality. Wasin. STEREONEPHTHYA ZANZIBARENSIS, Sp.n. (Plate XXXIJ. figs. 3 & 4.) A small but complete colony of a yellowish tint, 10 mm. in height and 8°5 in breadth. The trunk of the colony is imp, but the main polyp-bearing part is stiff and brittle. The polyps have short stalks about 1 mm. in length; some arise from the trunk, but most are borne on the branches. They occur close together, but ave not united into bundles. The anthocodia stands at right angles to the stalk and has its oral opening directed towards the branch. The Stiitzbiindel has one main projecting spicule (1:2 x 07125 mm.) supported by 2 or 3 bent spindles on either side; below these there are a few in the direct line of the projecting spicule, passing continuously into the superficial spicules of the ccenenchyma (0°6, 0°4, and 0:25 mm. in length). On the anthocodiz there are eight double rows of spindles, each row consisting of 15-20. The opposite members of a double row slope towards one another at an acute angle, which widens towards the 426 ~ PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [Apr. 10, base. On the tentacles there are transverse rows of spicules. All the spicules are warty spindles. As there is no sign of the union of the polyps into bundles, this form cannot be referred to the genus Spongodes (Kiikenthal’s Dendronephthya). \t falls vather into the old genus Spongodia, one of the features of which was the occurrence of isolated polyps. This is now termed iat as | by Kikenthal, and defined as follows :— Very stiff Nephthyidee, whose polyps are not disposed in lappets or bundles, but occur singly or in small groups directly on the stem or on the main branches, which have few twigs or none. Polyps with Stiitzbiindel. The spiculation of the anthocodia (15-20 pairs of spicules in each double row) is one of the well-defined diagnostic features distinguishing this form from the eight species recognised by Kiikenthal. Locality. Ganzibar, Chuaka. LItHoPHYTUM ELEGANS (Kiikenthal)= AMMOTHEA ELEGANS May. In this specimen the polyps vary from 1:1—-1:25 in length and have a diameter of 0°7 mm. 'The polyp-spicules vary from 0°16— 0-17 mm. in length with a diameter of 0-01 mm.; the stem- spicules vary in length from 0-3—0°4 mm., and in breadth from 0-01—0°02 mm. The colour of the specimen when living was pink with brown zooids. Locality, Ganzibar Channel, 10 fathoms, also Chuaka Bay, Kast Coast of Zanzibar. Previously recorded from Tumbatu, an islet near Zanzibar. LITHOPHYTUM VIRIDE (Kiikenthal) = AmMoruna viripis May. This species is represented by several specimens, which agree in every detail with the description given. The polyp- spicules vary in length from 0°1—0°24 mm., and in breadth from 0:015-0-03 mm. The stem- spicules vary from 0:08-0:18 mm. in length and from 0:04-0:06 mm. in breadth. The spicules in the inner canal-walls of the stem are in length and breadth, in millims. :—0:54 x 0:12; 0-3 x 0°067 ; 0°4 x -07. Locality. Wasin, 10 fathoms. Previously recorded from Baui and Muembha. LiIrHOPHYTUM BRASSICUM (Kiikenthal) = AMMOTHEA BRASSICA May. This species is represented by one specimen, which agrees very closely with the type. The polyps vary from 1—-1:2mm. in length and from 0°6—0°7 mim. in breadth. The polyp-spicules vary from 0'12—0°34 mm. in length, and in breadth from 0:016—-0:02 mm. ; the stem-spicules, which are slender with few wart-like spines, vary in length from 0°14—0-4 mm. and in breadth from 0-02— 0-03 mm. Mr. Crossland describes the colour of the living specimens as “‘ weak cocoa.” 1906. ] ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 4907 Locality. Zanzibar; very common among Zostera at low spring- tide. Previously recorded from Baui, an islet mm Zanzibar Harbour. LitHoPHYTUM RAMOSUM Quoy et Gaimard. A well-preserved specimen of this species showed no trace of any spicules even in the canal-walls. The colour of the preserved specimen is yellow-grey. Previously recorded from Zanzibar and New Guinea. LITHOPHYTUM THYRSOIDES (Kukenthal)= AMMoTHEA THY RSOLDES Ehrenberg. Several fine specimens of this common species, all belonging to what Kiikenthal calls the asparagus-like variety—that 1s to say, with cylindrical stalks rising parallel to one another and united by a common basis. The colour of the preserved specimens is yellowish white, in life it was brownish. One of the distinctive features of this species is that the polyps arise directly from the ends of the stalks. The polyps are from 2-3°5 mm. in length by 1-1-2 mm. in breadth. The spicules of the stalks and polyps are very slender spindles with few warts. The following measurements were taken of length and breadth in millims. :—(@) polyp-spicules: 0°09 x 0-01, 0:12 x 0:012, 0°18 x 0:016, 0-2 x 0-017, 0°25 x 0-016, 0°28 x 0-016 ; (6) stem-spicules: 0°12 x 0:016, 0°16 x 0-016, 0°3 x 0°02, 0°35 x 0-02, 0:4 x 0°02. Locality. Zanzibar. Previously recorded from Tumbatu Is- land, on the N.W. coast of Zanzibar, and from the Red Sea. Liraopuytum tHyrsorpeEs (Kiikenthal), var. DURUM, nov. From a flat spreading base a large number of almost hemi- spherical lobes arise. Each lobe is closely covered by the pro- jecting calycine portions of the polyps. The colour of the colony is pale orange. The cceenenchyma has a gritty structure, with fairly abundant spicules. The spicules of the ccenenchyma are long slender spindles, either straight or slightly curved, with small spines arranged irregularly or in whorls. Their length varies from 0:15—0°4 mm., and their width from 0:02—0-03 mm. Locality. Zanzibar, among coral, low tide. LirrHopuytumM FLAvuM (May). The species Lithophytum africanum, L. flabellum, and L, flavum seem to form a close group connected by intermediate forms. There are several specimens in the collection which closely approach L. flavum, but differ from it in being far from rigid and in having few spines on the spicules. We see no reason to emphasise this quantitative distinction, especially as the boundaries of the three species referred to are somewhat elastic. Their common features are that several cylindrical stalks spring from a common base, that the polyps are borne on short twigs springing from the ends > = 428 PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON | Apr. 10, of the stalks, that the stalks are united with one another for a variable distance, and that the polyps are restricted to the upper regions. In representative specimens theré are several upright branches dividing into finger-shaped ends, which bear numerous polyps not densely disposed. One colony is 6°5 centims. m height and 5 centims. in breadth at the top. The whole colony is soft and compressible, with longitudinal grooves corresponding to the canals. The preserved specimens are whitish yellow. The spicules are long slender spindles with very few small and distant spines. The polyp-spicules vary from 0:12-0°3 mm. in length and from 0:01—0°02 mm. in breadth; those of the stem from 0°16—0°3 mm. in length and 0:016—0-02 mm. in breadth. Locality. Zanzibar. - Previously recorded from Tumbatu Island, off Zanzibar. PARASPONGODES sTRIATA Thomson & Henderson. A very fine specimen, 15 centims. in height by 12 centims. in maximum breadth. In its preserved state it is quite flaccid and has an umber-brown colour. The polyps are borne in bundles of 9-21; all the polyps in a bundle reach nearly the same level. They ave about 1 mm. in length and 0°75—0°9 mm. in breadth. The polyp-spicules are slender spindles, usually straight and covered with few warts. They are from 0°16—0:4 mm. in length and from 0:015—0°04 mm. in breadth. The stem-spicules may be divided into three groups :—(a) long slender spicules with few spines, from 0°3-0°9 mim, in length and from 0:02-0-035 mm. in width; (6) ball-like spicules with many prominent spines ; and (c) small irregular X-shaped spicules, very rough and with pro- minent spines. The two last types vary in length from 0:06— 0-2 mm. and in breadth from 0:04-0°12 mm. Locality. Wasin, 10 fathoms. Previously recorded from the Gulf of Manaar. Subfamily SrPHONOGORGIN2. SIPHONOGORGIA INTERMEDIA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. figs. 1 & 2.) The most puzzling specimen in the collection is a small cream- coloured colony, with four finger-shaped lobes on a short trunk. On each lobe there are a few relatively distant polyps occurring all round. Most are well-expanded, but some are all but com- pletely retracted into the conenchyma. At first sight the colony suggested a small Aleyoniwm ; but the polyps have a well-developed anthocodial armature, and the walls of the stem-canals are supported by numerous spicules, some very large. Moreover, the whole somewhat granular surface is covered with a delicate but coherent layer of small spicules. The anthocodial part of the polyp is supported by eight triangles of sloping spindles, which diverge into a brush-like apex at ‘the base of each tentacle. In some there were 4-5 distinct pairs of 1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 429 spicules in the triangular sheaf. The triangles rise from a transverse ring of about three rows of spindles. The cortical spicules are slender spindles with a few rough warts. A common size was 0°8 mm. in length by 0-06 mm. in breadth. The inner spicules of the stem are strong spindles closely covered with rough warts. They vary greatly in size and in the number of warts ; some bear fine spines, and some are bifid or slightly branched at one end. A common size is 2°6 mm. by 0-175 mm. Probably the specimen is a young form, and we found no trace of ova. It seems to us undoubtedly a Siphonogorgid, perhaps intermediate between Siphonogorgia and Chironephthya ; but it is quite unlike any form known to us. With much hesitation we have, for convenience of reference, named it Siphonogorgia intermedia. Locality. Zanzibar shore. Order III]. PSEUDAXONIA G. von Koch. Family SCLEROGORGID &. Suberogorgia killikert Wright & Studer, var. zanzibarensis, n. Family MrELITODIDsA Wrightella erythrea Gray = Mopsea erythrea Klunzinger. 4, variabilis, sp. Nn. Family SCLEROGORGID 4. SUBEROGORGIA KOLLIKERI Wright & Studer, var. ZANZIBARENSIS, 0. (Plate X XIX. fig. 4.) (A.)—A small fragment consisting of a part of a stem or branch from which two lateral branches are given off on the same side. The stem or branch and the lateral branches ave all compressed in the plane of branching. The branches come off at an angle which approaches 90°, and then turn upwards and run roughly parallel to the main stem or branch. On both surfaces of the main and lateral branches there is an irregular groove which in some parts almost disappears, being marked only by a narrow strip of colourless spicules. The verruce aie arranged in a single row on each of the lateral surfaces ; they are disposed alternately, though at some places they are almost opposite; they are small, and appear as low rounded swellings on the sides. The polyps are completely retractile, and are white in colour. In the tentacles, which are short, there are small rod- or spindle- shaped spinose spicules which are from 0-08—0-12 mm. in length and have an average diameter of 0°02 mm. The spicules of the body of the polyp are flattened sword- shaped bodies with rough warts or teeth on the edges, and may be either straight or slightly curved. 430 ‘PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10, The spicules of the general ccenenchyma are all of one type— spindles covered with rough warts, which are arranged in regular whorls, and often blunt at, both ends. Some of the spicules are yellowish-amber colour, often almost colourless at the tips ; others are quite colourless. Their measurements, length by breadth in millims., are as follows :— Coloured: 0°2x0:05; 0:12x0°06; 0°16x0°05; 0:16x0°04; 0-14 x 0°05, Colourless : 0:06 x 0:03 ; 0°08 x 0:04; 0°12 x 0:05; 0:14 x 0°05 ; O-l x 0-04. Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms. (B.)—Another colony forms a thin encrustation on a piece of bivalve shell, about 25 mm. by 30 mm., with nine stems rising at various angles. Three of the stems le on the under concave surface of the shell and keep close to it; the four longest on the other side extend to 65-80 mm. from the shell. Two have a single branch. The greatest breadth is about 2 mm. There is a shght flattening in the plane in which the polyps for the most part avise. The general colour is a quiet orange. ‘The verrucz are inconspicuous and for the most part lateral; some of them show eight distinct. marginal lobes. The polyps are pure white. A longitudinal groove is distinct for a short distance from the base. The spicules are spindles with warts in whorls 0°12 x 0:04, 0-14 0°04 mm.; and double spindles 0°13 x 0:06, 0°12 x 0:05; and a few small almost orbicular forms. This form approaches S. kollikeri Wright & Studer, but differs from it in the size and prominence of the verruce and in the size of the spicules, but it is connected to that species by Suberogorgia kollikert, var. ceylonensis. But the Zanzibar form has smaller verruce and spicules than the Ceylonese variety, and the series may be regarded as illustrating progressive variation. Locality. Kokotoni Harbour, Zanzibar West, 5 fathoms. Family MELITODID. WRIGHTELLA ERYTHRHA Gray = MopskA ERYTHR#A Klunzinger. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 10.) Small, irregularly branched, rose-red colonies, fixed to coral. The branches are not always confined to one plane. The following measurements were taken of height and breadth in millims. :— 15x23; 23x8; 15x8. The specimens agree well with Klun- zinger’s description of dJopsea erythrea, e.g. in the presence of a single red spicule at the base of each tentacle and in the dimensions of the spicules generally. Localities. Wasin, low tide, growing on coral; Prison Island, Zanzibar Harbour. Previously recorded from the Red Sea. In the Aberdeen University Museum there is a specimen from Samoa which is superficially identical with these. It is labelled Mopsea erythrea. 1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 431 WRIGHTELLA VARIABILIS, Sp. n. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 3-9.) The collection included a considerable number of small delicate Melitodidee, of beautiful and apparently variable coloration, The branches tend to be compressed ; they lie for the most part in one plane ; the verruce are for the most part lateral; the spicules are warty spindles, straight and curved, sometimes kneed, and clubs with warty expanded ends which are not foliate enough to be called “Blattkeulen.” At the same time, the specimens seem nearer the genus Wrightella than any other, and till a large number of specimens is available it seems convenient to combine the various specimens in this collection under the common title W. variabilis. They differ not only in colour, but in respect to the proportions and warts of their spindles and clubs. Some of the colour-schemes of these closely-related forms are shown in Plate XXVIII. We may readily distinguish: (a) a form with a variable combination of red and colourless spicules, with more substantial and shorter branches than the others and a closer approach to IV. erythrea; (6) a form with yellow internodes and the usual brown nodes appearing as red; (¢c) a salmon-coloured form ; (¢@) a crimson form with yellow verruce; and (e) a reddish- brown form with red verruce. Locality. Wasin, among coral, low tide. Order IV. AXITFERA G. von Koch. Family GoRGONID&. Leptogorgia ochracea, sp. 0. Lophogorgia crista Mobius. ie luthkent Wright & Studer. Family GoRGONID&. LeproGorGiA OCHRACEA, sp.n. (Plate X XIX. fig. 1.) This apparently new species of Leptogorgia is represented by a beautiful dry specimen, 18°5 centims. in height by 15 in maximum breadth. It has a bright ochreous-yellow colour and expands for the most part in one plane with several anastomoses. The dise of attachment has been separated from the substratum and has been overgrown almost entirely by the canenchyma and a Polyzoon. From the basal expansion, about 22 mm. in diameter and 9 mm. in height, there rises a main stem, 4 mm. in _ basal diameter, which gives off numerous branches. Just at the base a large branch is given off, so nearly equal to the main stem in diameter (3 mm.) that it might be regarded as of equal im- portance. The main stem is at first circular, but soon becomes flattened in the plane of expansion ; the larger branches are also flattened, but the twigs are cylindrical. There i is no particular arrangement of branches, but the tendency to arise on one side, z.e, towards vacant space, is well-marked. The tips of the 432 “PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10, branches end in short sharp-pointed cones, as seen, for instance, in Leptogor gia australiensis. On the older branches the ccenen- chyma is thin and shows distinct longitudinal grooves, which can be traced up into some of the twigs where the canenc hyma is much thicker. Under a lens the general texture of the surface is granular, As to the polyps, many show wart-like protruding verruce, about 0°5 mm. in height, 0°75 in breadth, and 1 mm. in length, the elongation being in the plane of the branch. In many cases, however, the contraction is complete, and only slit- like apertures indicate the position of the polyps. They may occur at any point, but on the main stem and larger branches they tend to be lateral. The transparent pale yellow spicules of the coenenchyma are warty spindles, while some approach a club-shaped form. ‘They have the following measurements, length by breadth, in millims, :— (a) Spindles with warts in whorls: 0°18 x 0:04; 0:16 x 0:05 ; 0-18 0:05; 0:2 x 0-04. b) Spindles with irregularly-placed warts : 0°16 x 0-06; 0-18 x 0°05; 0-18 x 0:06. (c) Small irregularly-warted spindles: 0°08 x 0-04; O-1 x 0:04 ; 0-09 x 0:045. Locality. Cape Verde Islands. LopnogoreiaA crista Mobius. (Plate X XIX. figs. 5-7.) Two plume-like brownish-red colonies resemble Lophogorgia cristata Mobius in the following features :—(1) the general habit of the colony ; (2) the flattening of the larger branches in the iy of ramification; (3) the nature and thickness of the ccenenchyma (4) the hint of striations; and (5) the spiculations near the base. The two colonies measure 34 and 35 centims. m length, 6 and 10 centims, in breadth; the basal (broken) ends 7 and 6 mm. in one diameter and 3°25 and 5:4 mm. in the other. The spicules from the lower end of the colony are warty spindles, with the warts in 2-4 whorls. They are beautifully coloured, with the spindle-core red and the projecting warts of a pale translucent yellow. The following measurements were taken (in millims.):— (a) Of spindles with two whorls of warts: 0°09 x 0:05; O-1lx 0-06. (6) Of spindles with three whorls of warts: 0:09 x 0-05; 0-1 x 0°06. (c) Of spindles with four whorls of warts: 0:1 x 0°04; 0:12 x 0-06. Spicules taken from the tips of the branches are slightly different from those at the base. Many of them are longer, more slender spindles with up to 10 whorls of warts. The following measurements were taken of length and breadth in millims. :—0°18x 0°04; 0°19x0:04; 0:16x0:06; 0:13 0-06. The majority are coloured like those at. the base, but there are also some wholly yellow forms with warts either regularly or irregularly disposed. 1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 433 These specimens differ essentially from ZL. liithent Wright & Studer in the following particulars :— (1) There is no distinet “ irregular wavy line” on the branches. (2) The polyps are distributed all over the ccenenchyma. (3) The spicules never exceed 0°19 mm. in length (in L, liithent up to 0°54 mm.). (4) The colour of LZ. liithent is a dull yellowish red. From Z. crista Mobius they also differ in a few details :— (1) In ZL. crista there are numerous striations on the conen- chyma especially near the base, but these diminish in number in the younger branches; in our specimen the striations are very faint. (2) The figures of spicules given by Mobius are not quite like those in our specimen, but the variation in the size and form of the spicules in the different parts of the colony which we have noted in detail has led us to disregard the minor differences. It may be that the spicules described and figured by Mobius were taken from the cenenchyma near the base. (3) The colour, both of the specimens themselves and of the spicules, shows a marked difference, but this does not justify their separation from L. crista. Locality. Cape Verde Islands. Previously recorded from Algoa Bay. Lopnocoreta Lirkent Wiight & Studer. This species is represented by a piece of a colony 295 mm. in maximum height and 105 mm. in width. It is branched in one plane, with the branches flattened in the plane of branching and marked by a distinct groove along both the flattened faces. The polyps are confined to the lateral surfaces of the branches and twigs; their verruce are reduced to slight elevations of the general cenenchyma. The species 1s practically identical with the forms which we referred to Z. liitkeni Wright & Studer (Ceylon Pearl-Oyster Fisheries Reports), and shows the same minor divergences from the type. Locality. Wasin, British Kast Africa, 10 fathoms. Previously recorded from Cheval Paar, Gulf of Manaar. Order V. STELECHOTOKEA. Section A. Asiphonacea. Family TELESTID 4. Telesto rupicola Miller. » arborea Wright & Studer. Family C@LOGORGIID#. Celogorgia palmosa Wright & Studer. e repens, Sp. Ni. 434 "PROF, J. A, THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10, Family TELESTID &. TELESTO RUPICOLA Miiller. Under this species we have ranked three somewhat different specimens. ‘The first consists of a single axial polyp 141 mm. in length, the lowest part of which is covered by a monaxonial sponge through which the lateral polyps protrude. The colour of the living specimen was yellowish with white zooids, The axial polyp is 1°5 mm. in thickness near the point where it emerges from the surrounding sponge, but at the tip it is only 0-75 mm. The lateral polyps stand at regular intervals of about 6°5 mm. on all sides of the axial polyp; their height varies from 4-4-5 mm. and their basal diameter is 1'l1 mm. In the lateral polyps the tentacles are 1-2 mm. in length and about 0°5 mm. in breadth, with numerous pinnules, which have an annulated appearance. On both sides of the base of each tentacle there are two bands of spicules which extend down the anthocodial part and join the spicules of the calyx. On the axial polyp and on the lateral polyps there are eight prominent ridges. This specimen approaches 7'elesto rupicola of Hickson & Hiles, but there are some differences :-— (1) The tentacles of our specimen are longer. (2) The arrangement of the lateral polyps is more regular. 3) It does not very closely resemble Hickson’s figure (Willey’s Results, pl. |. fig. 1). We note, however, the variability of 7elesto rupicola as men- tioned in Hickson’s ‘ Aleyonaria of the Maldives,’ pt. i. p. 482, and also in the ‘ Challenger’ Reports, vol. xxxi. p. 262. In the second specimen the axial polyp is 2 mm. in thickness, growing gradually less as it rises higher, and becoming 1:5 mm, near the tip. After treatment with caustic potash the hollow axis is seen to be composed of two types of spicules, some long and slender with few and slight projections, the others short and stout with numerous strong projections. The first type varies from 0°45-0°63 mm, in length and from 0-02 to 0-028 mm. in width ; and the second from 0°15—-0°2 mm. in length and from 0-02—0°028 mm. in width. The third specimen differs shghtly from both the others, but it also seems referable to 7’. rupicola. Locality. Ma. Crossland notes: ‘ By the kindness of Captain Agnew, R.N.R., [ accompanied the steamer sent to overhaul the buoys and chains and found these specimens on the chains of the buoy nearest Zanzibar to the south,” TELESTO ARBOREA Wright & Studer. One of the specimens is dark in colour and consists of a few axial polyps. From the axial polyps lateral polyps arise, and among these there are some decidedly larger than the others, which may be the beginnings of axial polyps of the second order. 1906. ] ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR, 435 The tentacles were measured in two specimens and were found to vary from 2°95-3 mm. in length. The surface spicules (0°5 x 0°05) are longer than the spicules of any of the other specimens. The axial polyps vary from 57-59 mm. in length and from 1:2-1:3 mm. in diameter... The average length of the lateral polyps is 4 mm. The axial polyp treated with boiling caustic potash showed a firm compact tube marked by longitudinal ridges, and formed of two layers of spicules, an outer layer of stouter spicules, an inner of more slender forms. Locality. Wasin, 10 fathoms. In another specimen there is a rhizoid-like attachment. The primary axial polyp has been broken, but it is still 67 mm. in length. The complete secondary axial polyps are 95 mm. and 72 mm. in length. The lateral polyps are arranged irregularly on the axial polyps. On the lower part of the secondary axials they are 3 mm. by 3 mm., while on the upper part they are 2°6-3 mm. by 1°6 mm. The axial polyp treated with boiling caustic potash shows a coherent tubular axis formed of two layers of spicules, an outer layer of stouter spicules with more prominent spines and an inner of longer, more slender spicules with few spines. Locality. Wasin, 10 fathoms. In another specimen the colour was light brown, the lateral polyps were about 3 mm. in length, and the longitudinal grooves were much less marked than in those above described. The spicules are transparent spindles with long, irregular, sometimes branching spines. The following measurements were taken of length and breadth in millims. :—0:12x0:04; 0140-05 ; 0-18 x 0:05; 0:2 x 0-06. Locality. Kokotoni Harbour, Zanzibar West, 5 fathoms; Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms. Previously recorded from Arafura Sea, 49 fathoms. Family C@LOGORGTIDS. Ca@LocorerA PALMosA Wright & Studer. A number of fragments which are evidently the portions of a large colony. In some of the larger fragments the axial polyp of the first (?) order attains a diameter of 5 mm. The specimen agrees closely with the description given by Wright & Studer, except that in the tentacles, which are short and stumpy, there are four rows of pinnules on the oral surface, and in the outer row there are usually ten pinnules, not eight as stated in the ‘Challenger’ Report. The colour of the colony when preserved in spirit is a very pale green, but when dried it is almost white. The green colouring-matter is very soluble in spirit. rithe present specimen also shows a greater degree of elasticity than that ascribed to the ‘Challenger’ specimen; when dried, however, it is very brittle and hard. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XXIX., 29 436 © PROF, J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D, HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10, Locality. Station 12. Previously recorded from Zanzibar (Rousseau); Nossi Bé in the Mozambique Channel, 10-12 fathoms (Keller). CLOGORGIA REPENS, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 1.) Several spreading colonies hardly exceeding 6 mm. in height. There are numerous polyps, in some groups of which it is impossible to distinguish the primary axial polyp from the others. The smallest polyps are mere papille 1:5 mm. in height, rising from a basal membrane; the longest project freely for 6-8 mm. An average breadth is about 1 mm. ‘The surface is glistening white, and even to the naked eye appears rough and spicular. It is continuously covered with longitudinally disposed spindles. On the upper part of the polyps there are eight longitudinal ridges ending in triangular points, which bend inwards to form a kind of operculum over the inturned tentacles. Each ridge is composed of a double row of spicules, and the components of each row overlap so that there may be three abreast at any one place. In the lower part of the polyp the grooves between the ridges are sometimes prominent and bordered by pairs of spicules from the two adjacent ridges meeting like the letter V with the point downwards. In other cases the lower part of the polyp seems to be uniformly covered. The short and broad tentacles are completely inturned ; they bear about 6-8 rows of short conical pinnules (13-16 in a row) covering the whole of the oral surface. On the aboral surface there are numerous minute spicules arranged in chevron, The spicules of the general surface are spindles with irregular spines and warts. The following measurements were taken of length and breadth in millims. :—0°75 x 0:08; 0°7 x 0°05; 0°4 x 0°04. There can be but little doubt that these specimens represent young stages of colonies which have assumed an encrusting habit. They differ conspicuously from C. palmosa not only in the habit of growth, but in being rough and in having much larger spicules. Locality. Wasin. Section B. Pennatulacea. Family VIRGULARIIDA. Virgularia mirabilis Lamouroux, var. pedunculata Kolliker. ‘8 multicalycina, sp. 0. Family PENNATULIDA, Subfamily PrEROEIDINA, Pieroeides brachycaulon Wolliker. rigidum, sp. Nn. a, pulchellum, sp. 0. 1906. ] ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 437 Family VIRGULARIID &. VIRGULARIA MIRABILIS Lamouroux, var. PEDUNCULATA Kolliker. The rachis is 172 mm. in length, but the upper part (for 51 mm.) consists of nothing but the axis, which tapers to a fine thread. The axis is 0°42 mm. in diameter, brownish in colour, and marked by a large number of parallel transverse strie. Towards the upper end of the unweathered part of the rachis the transparent pinnules are very closely packed together and smaller than those on the lower part of the rachis. They are separated from one another by intervals of 6°8 mm., and vary in breadth from 0°9-1:05 mm. and in height from 0-6—0°7 mm. On each pinnule there are six or seven polyps in a single row. There is a clear streak on both rachidial surfaces of the rachis, but that on the prorachidial surface is slightly wider and has a groove running up the middle. The ceenenchyna is thin and transparent, allowing the axis to shine through on both surfaces. Locality. Kokotoni, Zanzibar Island. In the mud at ordinary low-tide level. Previously recorded from Scandinavia, Denmark, Iceland, and Gulf of St. Lawrence. VIRGULARIA MULTICALYCINA, sp.n. (Plate X XVI. figs. 4 & 5.) A well-preserved portion of a colony, probably near the tip. It has a light brown colour, and was described when living as “black and light drab.” In a length of 22 millims. there are on each side 11 pinnules, each about 2°25 mm. in height, and bearing about 66 polyps in 2-4 rows. The breadth of the vane is 8 mm., that of the axis 1°35. On the prorachidial surface there is a bare streak 2°5 mm. in breadth, with a median longitudinal groove. At the insertion of each pinnule there is a superficial ramification of the nutritive canal, forming a characteristic pattern. The metarachidial surface has also a bare streak, but this is entirely hidden by the interlocking of the pinnules, which form a quite continuous covering over the whole of that surface. Very characteristic is the undulatory curvature of the margin of the pinnule; the ends of the insertion are on about the same level on the prorachidial and metarachidial surfaces. The calices are very distinct, barrel-shaped with narrowed mouths and longi- tudinal ridges. A polyp with expanded tentacles is 1°25 mm. in length, the calyx occupying about 0°9 mm. On the prorachidial surface numerous minute zooids are to be seen, but no definite arrangement is recognisable. ‘The shape of the axis is peculiar. The cross-section shows an irregular quadri- lateral figure; the longest (metarachidial) side is 1°35 mm, in length and is slightly concave, the prorachidial side is 0°75 mm., and the two parachidial sides are slightly convex and about 0°75 mm. in length. On the surface of the axis there are longi- tudinally elongated elevations like interrupted ridges. This species resembles V. rwmphii Kolliker in the close-set pinnules, in the crowded polyps, in the branching of the nutritive ug 428 © PROF. J. A, THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10, canals, and in having a slightly flattened axis. It differs from it in having 66 polyps on a pinnule instead of 40—44, in having 2-4 rows of polyps instead of one row twisted so as to appear like two, and in having a different,disposition of zooids. Locality. Chuaka Bay, shore, lowest tide. Family PENNATULIDA. Subfamily Preronipin”. PTEROEIDES BRACHYCAULON Kolliker. (Plate X XVI. fig. 3.) Belonging to this species there are several large specimens witha short rachis and a large spindle-shaped enlargement on the stalk. millims. Length of pinnule-bearing portion ..................605 170 Breadth of pinnule-bearing portion .................. 80 Leneth of stale. melas scat Bsns itaboe nisstae'ssomeauabionas 50 On the rachis there is a broad bare space on the prorachidial surface; the corresponding part on the metarachidial aspect is hidden by the edges of the pinnules. The colour is creamy with irregular patches and streaks of a purplish-blue. The pinnules are 34 in number on each si le, with two or three rudimentary forms at the lower end of the rachis. A well- developed pinnule has a breadth of 44 mm. and a height of 31 mm., and is supported by 16-18 rays. The zooid-plate is median, leaving a crescent free from polyps at the basal insertion. Locality. Kokotoni Harbour, West Coast of Zanzibar, 5 fathoms. Previously recorded from the Philippines. PTEROEIDES RIGIDUM, sp. n. (Plate XX VI. figs. 1 & 2.) Two specimens of a stiff colony very long in proportion to its breadth, apparently of a bluish-brown colour. As the zooid- plate is large and basal and the length of the rachis is at least eight times its breadth, the position of this species should be in Kolliker’s group Pt. argenteum, but it does not agree with any of the forms there described, The following measurements were taken from the stronger of the two specimens :— millims. Total length ob COlMy i060 ccc sesso heeaesuan eee 230 Length of pinnule-bearing part ..................2-000+ 137 Hiength of stalks. steel ccaeseie ses otee a deco s oayse nacre 93 Maximum breadth of pinnule-bearing part ......... 17) ‘ Breadth of the middle of the stalk ..................... 8 Breadth of the swelling at the top of the stalk...... 10 Length of the swelling at the top of the stalk ...... 15 Breadth of the pinnule halfway up .................. 8 Height of the pinnule halfway up ..................64. D Distance between pinnules .................ceeceeeeeeens 15-45 Breadth of the axis near the base ...........-....ce.ce 4 1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 439 The stalk has a plump smooth appearance, but there are numerous small spicules in the cortical layer. The number of pinnules on each side is 46, but of these five on one side and seven on the other, situated at the top of the stalk, are rudimentary. The metarachidial surface shows a bare streak 3-4 mm. in breadth, loosely overlapped by the pinnules in its middle region. There is no visible zooid streak, but the surface is not very well preserved. ‘The prorachidial surface is smooth, and seems more deeply coloured than the rest; it varies in breadth from 3°5— 10mm. The rachis ends bluntly in a small bare area. In the other specimen the axis is exposed; it tapers rapidly to a fine point, and is soft and coiled for the last 14 mm. The pinnules are somewhat reniform, with a narrow insertion. Thus, on one of the largest pinnules the insertion-line is only 4°5 mm. in length, but the outer margin is at least double. There seems to be some irregularity in the number of the sup- porting calcareous rays, but in some of the pinnules 4-6 are very distinct and project for about 155mm. The specimen seems to have been somewhat battered, and no importance can be attaclied to the absence of rays in many of the pinnules, The zooid-plate is basal and strongly developed. It extends in some about halfway up the pinnule; it is ridged and has an undulatory upper margin. The polyps occur in three or four rows on each side of the margin of the pinnule, occupying a zone about 1:75 mm. in breadth. The spicules of the cortical layer of the stalk consist of small rods and irregularly-branched forms. The following measure- ments in millims. were taken :-— Rods :—0:2 x 0:08. Branched forms :—0°:25 x 0:175; 0:3 x 07175. Locality. Wasin Channel, 8 fathoms. PTEROEIDES PULCHELLUM, sp.n. (Plate XX VII. figs. 1 & 2.) A beautiful finely-preserved colony, 37 mm. in total length and 13 mm. in breadth. The stalk is 16 mm. in length and 2°05 mm. in average breadth. There are 15 (and 16) pinnules, of which 4 (and 5) at the base are very small. Each pimnule is supported by four rays of spicules, which may project about 2 mm. There are about 30 polyps arranged on the margin in a sinuous line, occasionally with young forms a little way down on either surface. The contracted polyps are barrel-shaped, with distinct longitudinal ridges, and the densely-crowded calices seem to differ much as to the depth of the indentation between them. A common height of calyx is 1 mm.; the expanded tentacles are 0°75 mm. in length and their tips enclose a circle about 1 mm. in diameter. There 1s a prominent oral cone and a circular mouth-aperture. ; ‘In some polyps the tentacles are pure white; in others they are backed by a chocolate-brown colour with a hint of blue. This colour is also seen in the calices and on the rachis, especially on its upper region. 440 © PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [Apr. 10, The stalk is uncoloured and covered by irregular longitudinal ridges. There is evidence of a slight basal expansion, but this may be partly due to a contraction of the basal ccenenchyma, through which the end of the axis has been thrust. There is a slight swelling at the top of the stalk. The central axis (almost 1 mm. in diameter) tapers markedly for the last 4 millims., and ends in a twisted coil. The metarachidial surface shows (1) an almost bare streak about 1°75 mm. in breadth, with a few (seven) zooids in a single row towards the upper end; (2) a deep median furrow which is evaginated as a ridge towards the base, doubtless a post-mortem result ; (3) fine, close-set, longitudinal striations, about 12 on each side of the middle line; (4) scattered superficial spicules. The median zooids have a diameter of about 0°25 mm., and show no trace of tentacles. The prorachidial surface has a bare space about 2 millims. in diameter ; it shows a deep median groove, longitudinal striations less marked than on the other side, and a few irregularly- scattered spicules. The end of the prorachidial insertion of the pinnule is almost on a level with the metarachidial insertion. The zooids occur on the inferior surface of the pinnules, and their insertion is what is termed median. Beginning with a cluster at the prorachidial insertion of the pinnule, they rise in a narrow crescent away from the base and descend gradually to the metarachidial insertion. They are white in colour and stand out like little octoradiate stars. This species falls into Kolliker’s second section with median zooid-plates and into the group Pt. pellucidum. It comes nearest Pt. gracile, but differs from it in many features, e. g. in having four main rays instead of 7—9,in having one row of marginal polyps instead of two, in having a very short zooid streak instead of a very long one (25 millims.). Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms. LITERATURE REFERRED TO. 1900. Asnworru, J. H.—‘‘ The Xeniide.” Willey’s Zoological Results, part iv. 1834. EKurenpere, C. G.—Die Corallenthiere des Rothen Meeres. 1870. Gray, J. Kh.—Catalogue of the Lithophytes or Stony Corals in the British Museum. 1887, Grine, J. A.—<‘ Bidrag til de Norske Alcyonarier,” in Ber- gens Museum Aarsberetning. Herxuorts, J. A.—Notices : Polypiers nageurs ou Penna- tulides. 1894. Eucxson, 8. J.—‘‘ A Review of the Genera of the Alcyo- naria Stolonifera.” Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. xiii. 1900. Tbid.—* The Aleyonaria and Hydrocoralline of the Cape of Good Hope.” Marine Investigations in South Africa, vol, 1, ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 44] . Hickson, 8. J.—‘ Southern Cross’ Reports, p. 293. . Ibid.—‘ The Alcyonaria of the Cape of Good Hope.” Marine Investigations in South Africa, vol. ii. part ii. . Ibid—Fauna of the Maldives, vol. ii. part i. Ibid.—Loe. cit. vol. 11. part iv. . Hickson, 8. J., & Hiss, Isa L.—‘ The Stolonifera and Aleyonacea collected by Dr. Willey in New Britain.” Willey’s Zoological Results, part iv. . Hoim.— Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Alcyonidengattung Spongodes.” Zool. Jahrb. viii. (Syst.). . JUNGERSEN, H. F. E.—“‘ Pennatulida.” The Danish ‘Ingolf’ Expedition, vol. iv. part i. . Kuunzincer, C. B.—Die Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres. 5, Kouuiker, A.—Icones Histiologice, pp. 131-142. . Ibid.—Die Pennatulide Umbellula und zwei neue Typen der Alcyonarien. Ibid.—Pennatulida of ‘Challenger.’ ‘Challenger’ Re- ports, vol. 1. . KtKentHat, W.—“ Alcyonaceen von Ternate.” Abhand]. Senckenberg. nat. Ges., Band xxiii. . [bid.—“ Versuch emer Revision der Alcyonarien. I. Die Familie der Xeniiden.” Zool. Jahrb. xv. (Syst.) pp. 635— 662. . Ibid.—L]. ** Die Familie der Nephthyiden.” Zool. Jahrb. xix. (Syst.) pp. 99-172. . MARENZELLER, EK. V.—“ Ueber die Sarcophytum bekannten Aleyoniden.” Zool. Jahrb. Bd. 1. 4. Marsuatit, M.—“ Report on the Pennatulida dredged by H.M.S. ‘Triton’.” Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. xxxii. part 1. . May, W.—“ Beitrage zur Syst. und Chorologie der Aleyo- naceen.” Jenaische Zeitsch. fiir Naturwiss. vol. xxiii. . Moxsius, K.—‘‘ Neue Gorgoniden d. naturhist. Museums zur Hamburg.” Nov. Act. Acad. Leop.-Carol. t. xxix. . Mororr, Ta.—“ Hinige neue Pennatuliden [ u. Gorgoniaceen | in der Miinchener Sammlung.” Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. xxv. pp. 579 & 582. Pratt, EH. M.—The Alcyonaria of the Maldives, vol. ii. part 1. . Purrer, A.—‘‘ Alcyonaceen des Breslaur Museums.” Zool. Jahrb. Bd. xi. (Syst.) Heft 5. . Ripuey, 8. O.—‘ Contributions to our Knowledge of the Aleyonaria.” Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) x. pp. 125-133. . Ibid.—Loe. cit. ix. pp. 184-193. . Ibid.—Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 231. . Ibid.— The Coral-fauna of Ceylon with new Species.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xi. pp. 250-254. . Ibid.—‘‘ Report on the Aleyoniid and Gorgoniid Alcyonaria of the Mergui Archipelago.” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. XX1. pp. 223-247, . Ibid.— Zoological Collections of H.M.S. ‘Alert’: Aleyonaria. 442 1902. 1896. 1878. 1887. 1888. 1889. 1901. 1905. 1906. 1864. 1868. 1897. 1889. Fig. 1 He Co bo ON ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. [Apr. 10, Rous, L.—Report on the ‘Southern Cross’ Collections: Aleyonaria. ScuEenck, A.—‘ Clavulariiden, Xeniiden und Alcyoniiden von Ternate.” Abhandl., Senck. nat. Ges., Bd. xxiii. Heft 1. Struper, T'a.—* Uebersicht der Anthozoa Alceyonaria der ‘Gazelle.”” Monats. k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin. Ibid.—“ Versuch eines Systems der Aleyonaria.” Arch. fiir Naturg. 53 Jahrb. vol. i. fase. i. Tbid.—‘** On some new Species of the Genus Spongedes from the Philippine Is. and the Japanese Seas.” Ann. Mag.,. Nat. Hist. (6) i. Ibid.—Supplementary Report on Aleyonaria of the ‘ Chal- lenger,’ vol. xxxii. Ibid.—** Aleyonaires provenant des Campagnes de |’ Hiron- delle.” Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques du Prince de Monaco, Tuomson, J. A., & Henperson, W. D.—‘“ Ceylon Pearl- Oyster Fisheries Reports—Alecyonaria,” No. xx. Roy. Soc. Lond. Tuomson, J. A.—Appendix to ditto. VERRILL.— List of Polyps and Corals, with Annotations.” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard College, vol.i. p. 29. Ibid.—* Critical remarks on Halcyonoid Corals.” Amer. Journ. Sci. & Arts, ser, 2, vol. xlv. pp. 411-416. W uirELecce.—‘ The Alcyonaria of Funafuti: Part 11.” Mem. Austr. Mus. i. part 5. Wricnur & StupEr.— Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’ — Alcyonaria, vol. xxx1. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Prats XXVI. Pteroeides rigidum, sp. n. Seen from the prorachidial side. About nat. size. p. 438. . Pterocides rigidum, sp.n. Seen from the metarachidial side. About nat. 2 3. 4 size. p. 438. Pteroeides brachycaulon Kélliker. A single pinnule, showing median zooid- plate and 18 calcareous rays. X 2. p. 438. . Virgularia multicalycina, sp.n. Portion of metarachidial surface covered with polyps. xX 12. p. 487. . Virgularia multicalycina, sp. n. Portion of prorachidial surface, with ramifying nutritive canals. X 12. p. 437. PLATE XXVIII. . Pteroeides pulchellum, sp.n. A single pinnule, showing polyps, median zooid-plate, and four rays. X 8. p. 439. . Pteroeides pulchellum, sp.n. Metarachidial aspect. X 2. p. 439. . Nephthya zanzibarensis,sp.n. A few polyps. X 1d. p. 421. . Nephthya armata, sp.n. 12. . Sclerophytum polydactylum Dana. X 3. p. 418. . Stereonephthya zanzibarensis, sp.n. Colony. Nat. size. p. 425. A e Portion enlarged. x 16. . Spongodes kuikenthali, sp.n. 16. p. 424. Fig. = ee A) 3. On Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes. By James I. Gumuitt, M.A., M.D. [Received February 20, 1906. } (Plate XX XII.*) I. Description; p. 443. II. Summary of Anatomical Details: p. 447. III. Causation: p. 447. IV. Comparison with Cyclopia in Mammals; p. 448. I. DeEscRIprion. Some time ago I obtained from the Lochwinnoch Trout hatchery four young Trout just escaped from their egg-membranes, which exhibited the condition of cyclopia. As I could not find that the anatomy of this very interesting abnormality had previously been described in the case of any of the lower vertebrates, I examined the specimens carefully in the hope that some light might be thrown on cyclopia in the higher forms. Classification.—The condition of the central nervous system * For explanation of the Pate, sce p, 449. ] 444° DR. J. F, GEMMILL ON [ Apr. 10, may best be taken as the basis of classification, and my specimens belong to two types. The first is characterised by fusion, more or less complete, of the cerebral lobes (one specimen); the second by fusion of certain structures in the mid-brain as well as of the cerebral lobes. (A) Cyclopia with Fusion of the Cerebral Lobes (one specimen). The external appearance of this specimen is illustrated by Pl. XXXII. fig. 1. The front of the head is wedge-shaped, its size being reduced in the transverse and increased in the vertical line. The large median eye is overarched by a mesial frontal process carrying a pair of small closely approximated olfactory pits (fig. 2). Upper and lower jaw arches are present. The posterior part of the head and the body are normal. Oranial Skeleton—The skeleton is greatly modified in front of the pituitary region. The trabecule cranti pass downwards so as to lie below the median eye (fig. 4). ‘They are widely separated from the base of the brain and they take no part in the formation of an olfactory capsular cartilage. Anteriorly they articulate with short palato-quadrate bars. In the normal Trout embryo at a corresponding stage the trabecule, though united, still show evidence of their double origin. But in all my cyclopean specimens the trabecule form an absolutely single piece right back to the pituitary space. A rudimentary olfactory capsule is derived from the united anterior ends of the supra-orbital bars. This united portion lies in the frontal process and is perforated by the two small olfactory nerves. Posteriorly the supra-orbital bars separate and pass along the dorso-lateral aspects of the brain to join the auditory cartilages, as in the normal condition. Near their place of separation each gives origin to an obliquus oculi superior muscle. The mandibular, hyoid, and palato-quadrate bars are appreciably shortened in accordance with the small transverse measurement of the mouth. Brain.—The cerebral lobes are slightly smaller than normal, and are in great part united along the inner faces. The longi- tudinal fissure penetrates for only a third of their depth in front at the place of origin of the olfactory nerves, while posteriorly close to the third ventricle the fissure in question appears simply as a shallow groove (fig. 3). The third ventricle and the optic lobe regions are well developed, pineal diverticula, optic recess, hypophysis, and hypoaria being present as in the normal condition. There is no dropsy of the central cavity of the brain or of the meninges. The cranial nerves are all present and are normal, with the exception of the first two pairs, the olfactories being small and closely approximated, while the optic tracts unite at the chiasma to form a single optic nerve. Eye.—Vhe globe is large and has its transverse diameter 1906. | CYCLOPIA IN OSSEOUS FISHES. 445 increased as also has the lens. The lens-cavity is not completely occupied by fibres, a space being left anteriorly which is filled by small round cells. Retina, choroid, cornea, vitreous humour, and sclerotic are well developed. The single choroidal fissure leads back to a large optic nerve formed, as above stated, by the union of the two optic tracts (fig. 4). There are two choroidal glands, one on either side of the optic pore. They are supplied, as usual, by choroidal arteries coming from the pseudobranchs. The fol- lowing eye-muscles are present :—two superior obliques, arising from the supra-orbital bars; two superior recti, arising along with two inferior recti from the fibrous capsule of the brain in front of the hypophysis; two external recti, which are normal in origin and are inserted into the right and left sides respectively of the eyeball. The inferior recti are united close to their insertion into the eyeball. Inferior obliqui and internal recti are absent. (B) Cyclopia with Fusion of Structures in the Mid-brain and of the Cerebral Lobes. Three of my specimens exhibit this condition, two of them possessing a single median eye, while the third, although showing the other essential features of cyclopia, has a pair of small closely- approximated eyes. 1. The specimen which has a single eye resembles type A in general appearance, except as regards its mouth-parts. In place of the lower jaw there is a membranous flap on either side projecting downwards and forwards from below the eye. In place of the lower jaw arcade there is a narrow mesial process projecting forwards to end just between the flaps. Microscopic examination of the flaps shows that they contain externally a number of young teeth and internally a commencing membranous ossification. They are probably to be compared with ununited maxillary processes, and in this respect they resemble the horn- like structures found by Paolucci* in his cyclopean Skate. The mesial process above mentioned contains a much elongated symphysis of the lower jaw, the Meckel’s bars of which diverge little from one another and articulate with suspensoria which are similarly approximated. Skeleton.—The trabecule cranii are represented by a single exceedingly short bar projecting downwards and forwards towards the wall of the pharynx. Quite separate from this are the palato- quadrates, the anterior ends of which, uniting below the eye, form a mesial plate replacing the defective trabecule. The supra- orbitals are different in the two specimens: in one they unite anteriorly in the frontal process, giving rise to a small olfactory capsule; in the other they are short and extend no further forward than the middle of the fore-brain. In this latter case * Atti della Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali, vol. xvii. 1874, 446° * DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON [ Apr. 10, the olfactory region is destitute of cartilage and there is no tegmen over the third ventricle. In both specimens the supra-orbitals are displaced downwards so as to be ventro-lateral to the brain. The auditory cartilages are displaced similarly but to a slighter degree. Brain.—The cerebral lobes are markedly reduced in size and are fused together, the longitudinal fissure being almost entirely absent. ‘The central cavity is slightly enlarged and extends downwards on the outer sides of the lobes further than in the normal condition. The pineal diverticula are small unstalked pouches. The optic lobes are of considerable size and are normal as regards their dorsal parts, but internally the meal furrow of the central canal is only slightly marked (fig. 5) and there is absence alike ot the optic recess, of the hypophysis, and of the hypoaria. Optic tracts and nerves are absent. As in type A, the olfactory nerves are small and closely approximated. Eye.—The single small deeply embedded eyeball has no choroidal fissure, vitreous humour, or optic nerve. The lens and the retina are, however, fairly well developed and there are two choroidal glands. The position of the optic pore is marked inside the eye- ball by an interruption of the retina exhibiting a few nerve-fibres, which, however, fail to pierce the hexagonal pigment-layer on the sclerotic (fig. 6). Two external and two superior rectus muscles are present. The other eye-muscles are wanting, with the exception of a pair of small superior obliques found in the specimen men- tioned as having its supra-orbital bars extending forward into the frontal process. ‘ Mouth.—The mouth-opening is represented by a minute canal, beginning at the bottom of the groove between the maxillary flaps and extending backwards above the symphysis of the lower jaw. In one case this canal ends blindly, in another it joins the pharynx. 2. The specimen which had two small eyes closely approximated but ununited shows the following characters :—cerebral lobes well developed, deeply cleft anteriorly, but united posteriorly ; pineal diverticula small; third ventricle almost obliterated ; fusion of structures in the floor of the optic lobes; rudimentary hypophysis and hypoaria; optic tracts and nerves absent; eyes small, embedded, almost touching one another, without choroidal fissure, vitreous humour, or optic nerve, but with well-developed lens, retina, and retinal pigment-layer; superior obliqui, superior and external rectus present for each eye, inferior recti and obliqui wanting; no mouth, the upper and lower jaws being sealed together; trabecule cranii extremely short, forming a single bar projecting downwards and forwards into wall of pharynx; olfactory capsules absent; supra-orbital bars ending separately in front, the tip of each giving origin to an obliquus oculi superior ; olfactory pits approximated and supplied by small olfactory nerves, 1906. | €YCLOPIA IN OSSEOUS FISHES. 447 Il. SUMMARY OF CHIEF ANATOMICAL DETAILS. Olfactory Organs.—Oltactory nerves and pits, reduced in size, are present in all my specimens. The olfactory pits he close together on the inferior aspect of the mesial frontal process. Brain.—Fusion of the posterior parts of the cerebral lobes is found in all my specimens. By itself, as in type A, this condition is compatible with the presence of a well-developed cyclopean eye possessing vitreous humour and an optic nerve, as well as with the presence of pineal diverticula, hypophysis, and hypoaria, and of optic tracts and optic recess. Fusion of the basal structures in the mid-brain, as in type B, is associated with greater defects—viz., reduction in the size of the eyeball, absence of choroidal fissure, optic nerve and optic tracts, and absence or rudimentary condition of hypophysis and hypoaria. Dropsy of the central cavity of the brain is conspicuous by its absence. Eye.—As seen in type A, the eye may be remarkably well- developed, possessing lens, retina, vitreous humour, retinal pigment, and optic nerve. A double set of normal eye-muscles, excepting only the internal recti, may be present. Paired superior and external recti are constant, while the superior obliqui and the inferior recti are variable. The remarkable set of conditions which accompanies fusion of mid-brain structures has been mentioned above in connection with the brain. Skeleton.—The trabecule cranii always appear as an absolutely single bar of cartilage underlying the median eye. Hither they formed a single structure from the first, and this seems to me most probable, or their fusion was remarkably early and complete. Olfactory capsular cartilages may be present or absent; when present they are developed in connection with the anterior ends of the supra-orbital bars. The palato-quadrate, the mandibular and the hyoid bars tend to be shortened, in correspondence with the general transverse narrowing of the mouth-parts. Til. Causation. My specimens are not young enough to afford direct evidence regarding the mode of origin of the cyclopic condition. Probably pressure is the causal factor in most instances. It will be remem- bered that the egg-membrane of the Trout is tough and strong, and that the cavities of the optic bulb and stalk and even of the central nervous system are developed secondarily in solid masses of cells. It may be supposed that undue lateral pressure (from whatever cause arising, e. g. partial solidity or coagulation of the yolk) might bring the optic buds together, and cause them to unite during their outgrowth. If only moderate in degree, this. pressure might by-and-by allow a central cavity to form in the now single optic 448 * ON CYCLOPIA IN OSSEOUS FISHES. [ Apr. 10, bulb and stalk. Such a central cavity would permit - the develop- ment of the secondary optic vesicle with its choroidal fissure. The choroidal fissure would enable mesenchymal cells to pass into the interior of the eyeball and form a vitreous body, and would enable also nerve-fibres growing from the retina to escape from the eye- ball, pass along the optic stalk, and form an optic nerve and tracts such as are actually found in type A. The effect of moderate pressure on the brain may perhaps be recognised in the fusion of the posterior parts of the cerebral lobes characteristic of this same type. A greater amount of lateral pressure might lead to such further degrees of fusion affecting the third ventricle and the mid-brain as are illustrated in type B. In the eye it might greatly hinder the formation of a central cavity in the primary optic vesicle and stalk. This condition might prevent the formation of a choroidal fissure by the usual method of ventral cupping. In the absence of a choroidal fissure, mesenchyma could not enter behind the lens to form a vitreous humour, and nerve-fibres formed in the retina would have no exit from eyeball to stalk, and the stalk itself pees degenerate. The condition in type B might then be realised, /, €. an eye, reduced in size, with choroidal fissure, vitreous humour, or optic nerve. Analogous conditions, almost certainly due to pressure, are sometimes seen in double Trout monstrosities. One or both of the twin heads may show lateral compression, the eyes and the olfactory pits being approximated, the mouth narrowed, and the trabecule cranil ventrally displaced. In extreme cases the whole anterior part of the head may be atrophied, the mouth being deficient, the brain profoundly malformed, and eyes absent or represented only by a lens. LV. ComMPpARIson wirH CycLoprA In MAMMALS. 1. While olfactory nerves do not seem to have been demonstrated in any mammalian cyclops, they are present in all my Trout speci- mens, being traceable from the cerebral lobes to the small olfactory pits on the under surface of the frontal process. I, as seems certain, this process represents the ‘‘ proboscis” of a cyclopean mammal, the ‘ proboscis” can have no relation with parts of the brain behind the cerebral lobes and in particular none with the hypophysis. 2. Dropsy of the central cavity of the brain is not characteristic of cyclopia in fishes. This may be contrasted with.the usually saccular condition of the cerebral lobes in cyclopean mammals. 3. The relatively good development of all parts of the brain, particularly in type A, isremarkable. Indeed there seems to be no reason why a specimen of this kind should not be able to survive and obtain food for itself, as in the apparently unique case recorded by Paolucci. P 25.1906, vel. lL PE ee Bale & Danielsson [4 lith J E.G. del. SUPERNUMERARY EYES AND ABSENCE OF NOTOCHORD IN TROUT i 1906. | ON ABNORMAL TROUT EMBRYOS. 449 EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXI. Fig. 1. Cyclopean Trout of type A, seen from left side. Fig. 2. Transverse section through frontal process of the same cyclopean Trout, showing the small approximated olfactory pits (O.) and the reduced olfactory capsular cartilage (C.). Fig. 3. Transverse section through posterior part of cerebral lobes of same. showing the cerebral lobes (#.B.) intimately united along their inner surfaces, and the pineal body Pin. The central cavity of the brain (C.F. B.)is not dropsical, and the cerebral lobes are almost normal in size. Fig. 4. Section passing through mid-brain, posterior part of eye, and mouth of same :— O.L. Optic lobes. M. Mouth. O.N. 4, nerve. T. Tongue. IRGGs op RAGASS, CO. So. Supra-orbital cartilages. R. swp. Rectus superior. Tr. Cr. Trabecule crann. Rinf. 5, | inferior: Pl. qt. Palato-quadrate. GL. Ch. Choroidal gland. Meck. Symphysis of lower jaw. Ret. Retina. LZ. Lymph space. Fig. 5. Section through mid-brain of embryo belonging to type B, showing obli- teration of the ventral groove which should pass down into the stalk of the infundibulum. Fig. 6. Section through retina of eye described on page 446, showing failure of deve- lopment of the optic nerve and of the choroidal fissure. Pg., pigment layer ; Ret., retina ; f., a few fibres, which do not, however, pierce the sclerotic. 4. Notes on Supernumerary Eyes, and Loeal Deficiency and Reduplication of the Notochord in Trout Embryos. By James I’, Gemuityt, M.A., M.D. [Received February 20, 1906.] (Plate XX XIII. *) (A) Supernumerary Eyes in Trout Hmbyros (two specimens). The first specimen is in some respects unique in vertebrate teratology. My attention was directed to it by the presence of an interruption or cleft in the right upper jaw, producing the appearance of a right-sided harelip in what seemed to be, in other respects, a normal newly-hatched Trout embryo. On cutting serial sections, I found that a small additional eye lay at the bottom of this cleft, in the roof of the mouth, to the right side of the middle line, in the same transverse plane as the normal eyes. The additional eye is embedded in confused muscular tissue, has a well-developed lens, a small retina, no choroidal fissure and no choroidal gland, Its optic nerve is represented by a small bundle of fibres which sweep over the edge of the retina to join the right normal optic nerve (fig. 1, Pl. XXXITI.). The retina is small and elongated antero-posteriorly. The pigment-layer is present as such only in the posterior half of the retina. Anteriorly, the * Por explanation of the Plate, see p. 452. ABO « DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON | Apr. 10, corresponding layer is non-pigmented, richly cellular, and becomes continuous with the brain-wall just in front of the optic recess, in such a way that the central cavity of the brain is prolonged into the space between the retina and the pigment-layer. An optic stalk, embryonic in condition, is thus present. Two deep grooves are found in the floor of the third ventricle and the mid-brain, each leading down into a separate infundibulum and hypophysis. The grooves are separated by a considerable ridge of brain-tissue. The right hypophysis and its hypoaria are somewhat compressed; the rest of the brain is normal. The right palato-quadrate bar is absent and the trabecule cranii are displaced to the left (fig. 1, Pl. XX XIIT.). Taken by itself, the supernumerary eye might seem to be simply a case of repetition, since its nerve is derived from the right optic nerve. But the persistence of an embryonic optic stalk, together with the presence of a double hypophysis in the brain, indicates rather that the explanation is to be found in an extremely local degree of axial duplicity which has become obscured by the growth of the predominant twin head. A somewhat analogous case is described by Gurlt (‘Lehrbuch der pathologischen Anatomie,’ ii. Theil, p. 221: Berlin, 1832). The right ramus of the lower jaw in a Lamb has an accessory ramus on its inner side with an accessory set of molar teeth. The tongue is double anteriorly. There are two pituitary glands and two infundibula arising from a single large tuber cinereum, two pineal glands, three pairs of corpora quadrigemina, and two aqueducts of Silvius. Three accessory nerves, arising from the mid-ventral line of the brain, go to an “ocular rudiment in the sphenoid.” This account is quoted from Taruffi (‘Storia della Teratologia,’ vol. ii. p. 155). For other examples of duplicity of the hypophysis see Ahlfeld (‘Die Miss- bildungen der Menschen,’ p. 73: Leipzig, 1880) and Bland Sutton (‘ Transactions of the Odontological Society,’ 1888). The second specimen was quite normal in appearance, except for the presence of a tiny refractive knob behind the left eye. Examination of serial sections showed the knob to contain a lens of considerable size, enveloped in muscle-fibre, but unaccompanied by any other eye-structure, lying in front of an exceedingly minute fore-brain and third ventricle. The cavity of this third ventricle communicates with the mid-brain cavity of the normal head (Plate XX XIII. fig. 2). The embryo was quite lively when obtained, and its chances of survival would probably not have been appreciably diminished by the small tumour in question. It will be seen from fig. 2 that the functional eyes and fore-brain belong to a predominant right twin head, as also do the olfactory organs, the mouth, and the anterior cranial cartilages generally. The back part of the brain and the whole of the body are, however, composite, since the left moiety of them represents structures which are continuous with the left side of the left (aborted) twin, while their right side is a continuation backwards of the 1906. ] ABNORMAL TROUT EMBRYOS. 451 right side of the right twin. This gives an even more complex mixture of “individualities” than is found in ordinary cases of symmetrical double monstrosity. In this case of aborted twin head the lens alone of all the eye-structures has survived. This is by no means infrequent, even in cases of atrophy of the head uncomplicated by duplicity. A good example is shown in fig. 3, which illustrates a transveise section of a single atrophic head. The mouth, the lower jaw, the trabecule, and the palato-quadrates are absent. One large lens, clothed with muscle-fibres, is present on the right side ventrally and compresses the lower part of the brain. A second smaller hour glass-shaped lens les beside it, all other ocular structures being deficient (Plate XX XIII. fig. 3). (B) Local Deficiency or Reduplication of the Notochord in Trout Hmbryos. While examining a number of Trout embryos in serial section I came across three cases of local reduplication of the notochord. In two of them the notocl ord is bifid at its anterior extremity, becoming single while still in the intra-cranial region. The para- chordal cartilages are broad in front and enclose both ends of the notochord. There is no duplicity of any other structure. It is perhaps remarkable that one of these embryos was a cyclops of type B. The third example of reduplication of the notochord was found in a set of sections which had been cut from an apparently normal embryo for the purpose of serving as a typical series. In the middle abdominal region the notochord is observed to divide into two limbs which le adjacent to, but quite separate from, one another for four or five segments, and then unite again. Where they are widest apart each has a separate sheath and separate sets of neural and hemal arch cartilages. The adjacent cartilages are disposed, exactly as in double monstrosities, at the region of transition from the double to the single condition. These cases seem to be examples of local fission affecting a single axial organ, rather than examples of true axial duplicity. Local deficiency of the notochord occurred in one specimen. Here the notochord, which is normal in the cranial and cervical regions, ceases abruptly just behind the level of the pectoral fins. After being absent for six somites, it reappears and runs back- wards normally along the rest of the trunk. Plate XX XIII. fig. 4 illustrates the appearance of a transverse section in the defective region. The neural and hemal arch cartilages have fused together to form a series of half-rings below the cord. Ventral to these the lateral muscle-masses meet one another in a mesial raphe above the dorsal aorta, forming a strong support and sling for the vertebral column and the cord. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XXX. 30 452 MR. PERCY I, LATHY ON [Apr. 10, EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII. Fig. 1. Transverse section of head of Trout embryo with supernumerary eye. ZL. Lens of supernumerary eye. Tr. Trabecule cranii displaced towards R. Retina ” 2 left. R.O. Right normal eye. | PL. Palato-quadrate bar on left side; N. Right optic nerve receiving fibres the right bar is absent. from retina of supernumerary eye. —-S.o. Supra-orbita] bar. C. Central cavity of brain with twodeep Aw. Anterior corner of auditory capsular grooves in its floor, each of which cartilage. leads downwards into an infun- dibulum and a hypophysis. Fig. 2. Horizontal section of head of Trout embryo with supernumerary eye. L. Lens belonging to the left (aborted) O. Functional left eye. twin head. CL. Functional cerebral lobes. CL’. Cerebral lobes belonging to ditto. CO. Cavity of optic lobes. 3rd V. 3rd ventricle belonging to ditto. OL. Optic lobes. C. Cranial cartilages belonging to Au. Auditory cartilage. ditto. Fig. 3. Transverse section of the atrophied single head described above. LZ. The larger lens surrounded by | JZ’. Thesmaller hourglass-shaped lens. muscle-fibres, VW. | P. Pineal body. C.L. Cerebral lobes. | T. Tegminal cartilage. Fig. 4. Transverse section through body of Trout embryo showing local deficiency of the notochord. Sp.c. Spinal cord. Ao. Dorsal aorta. N.c. H.c. Neural and hemal arch carti- @s,. (Esophagus. lages fused together. | Be. Body-cavity. M,, M,,M,. Divisions of the muscle- masses. 5. On Three New Forms of Butterfly of the Genus Heliconius. By Prroy I. Latuy, F.Z.8., F.H.S. [Received April 10, 1906. } (Plate XXXIV.) HELICONIUS PASITHOE Cram., FULVESCENS, var. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 1.) Q. Upper side. Fore wing black, with white markings as in typical pasithoé Cram., but the area between discal white markings and base chiefly fulvous. Hind wing black, with a long, narrow, fulvous fascia below subcostal nervure, two obscure whitish spots near apex. Under side. Fore wing similar to upper side, but fulvous markings paler and discal white markings slightly tinged with yellow. Hind wing similar to typical pasithoé with exception of following fulvous markings: a streak along costa as above but slightly wider and paler, and a short, wide fascia from anal angle. Antenne fulvous with basal half black. Hab. Demerara. Coll. H. J. Adams. One example of this remarkable form was obtained. I am PuZS.1QO'S, voll. 1. Pll, SOOM, Bale & Danielsson, Lt? Hth NEW FORMS OF HELICONIUS 1906. ] NEW FORMS OF BUTTERFLY. 453 inclined to think it may be a hybrid between H. pasithoé Cram. and H. vetustus Butl. HELICONIUS XENOCLEA Hew., SUPERBA, var.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 2.) 3. Upper side. Fore wing black, with large discal yellow patch edged with scarlet near anal angle, a subapical scarlet patch inwardly edged with yellow. Hind wing black, costal area widely greyish brown. Under side. Fore wing blackish brown, with markings as on upper side but yellowish white and pale pink in colour; below submedian nervure shining greyish brown; a short scarlet streak at base of costa. Hind wing blackish brown, a yellow streak along basal half of costa; four basal scarlet spots, of which the upper two are minute. Hab. Rio Colorado, Peru, 2500 ft. Coll. H. J. Adams. This most beautiful specimen was captured by Messrs. Watkins and Tomlinson in September 1903, and is, I believe, unique. HELICONIUS XENOCLEA Hew., CONFLUENS, var. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 3.) 3. Upper side. Fore wing black, with the whole of the discal area scarlet. Hind wing black, with area above costa shining greyish brown. Under side. Fore wing blackish brown, scarlet area restricted and replaced by pale pink; below submedian nervure shining greyish brown; a short scarlet streak at base of costa. Hind wing blackish. brown, a yellow streak along basal half of costa, three scarlet spots at base, and an obscure dull red streak along upper part of cell. 2. Upper side. Fore wing similar tomale. Hind wing similar to male, but with faint scarlet streaks in and beyond cell and without shining greyish-brown costal area. Under side. Fore wing similar to male, but pink area edged with pale red especially on lower margin, shining greyish-brown area absent. Hind wing similar to male. Ventral surface of abdomen greyish white in male, yellow in female. Hab. Pichis Road, Peru, 3000 ft. ; Rio Colorado, Peru, 2500 ft. Coll. H. J. Adams. One example of each sex obtained ; in typical wenoclea Hew. the patches are separated as in var. swperba. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV. Fig. 1. Heliconius pasithoé fulvescens, var. n., p. 452. ee wenoclea superba, var. n., p. 453. 3 ms 5) confiluens, var. n., p. 453. P. Z.S. 1906, pp. 1-178, were published on June 7th. Abraxas grossulariata, 129-133. — flavofasciata, 129. — lacticolor, 129-153. Acanthidositta, 142, 157, 59: chloris, 159. Acara pulchra, 378, 380, 392, 393 Acaulis, 100. Acharadria, 100. Acomys selousi, 164. subspinosus, 164. /Etheria elliptica, 186. Agonostowus monticola, 881, 391. Aleyonium brachyclados, 416. digitulatum, 416. pachyclados, 394, 416. spherophorum, 416. Alluroides, 217. pordagei, 216, 217, 218. tanganyike, 206, 215, 216, 218. Aimblysomus ; corri@, 160, 163, 166. Ameiva, 307, 354. Ammothea brassica, 395, 421, 426. elegans, 395, 421, 426. thyrsordes durum, 398, 421, 427. viridis, 395, 421, 426. Amphidasis betularia, 129. — doubledayaria, 129. Amphisbena, 20, 22, 24, 27, 28, 43. fuliginosa, 43. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XXXII. INDEX. Ampullaria ovata, 184. Anceya, 180, 181. giraudi, 183. rufocincta, 183, 186. Ancistrodon piscivorus, 36, 41. Ancistrus bachi, 389. guacharote, 378. megacephalus, 389. trinttatis, 378, 380, 389. Ancylus, 181. parallelus, 184. stuhlmannt, 184. tanganyicensis, 184, 186. Angerona prunaria, 125-128, — sordiata, 125-128, 133. Autilope acuticornis, 168. Apatolestes, 97. Apis dorsata, 97, 98. mellifera, 98. Aprosmictus cyanopygius, 230. Arius herzbergt, 380, 386. spixii, 380, 386. | Arvicanthis pumilio, 111, 160, 164. — bechuane, 111. — grique, \\1. Atya, 201, 203, 204. Atyaéphyra, 204. Atyella, gen. nov., 187, 201, 203, 204. brevirostris, 187, 201, 202, 206. Atyella longirostris, 187, 202, one Atyoida, 201. potumirim, 201. Aulia, 148. Batara, 1388, 141, 144, 152. cinerea, 136, 140. Bathanalia howest, 181. Bathyergus sutllus, 165. Bematiscus trevelyant, 163. villosus, 163. Bithynis, 188. Bitis nasicornis, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 40, 41, 44. Blastothela, 100. Boa, 15, 19, 37. madagascariensis, 30. Borhyena, 45, 55, 56, Ole Brazzeea anceyt, 185. Burtonia tanganyicensis, 184. Bythoceras, 181. tridescens, 180, 182, 186. minor, 182, 186. Callichthys kneri, 378, 380, 388. littoralis, 378, 380, 388. thoracatus, 878, 38, 388. Calotes versicolor, 227. Ol 456 = * Calotragus, 168. tragulus, 168. Calyptomena, 143. Calyptops, 237. granosus, 237. Canis Sos occidentalis, 73. Carapus fasciatus, 380, 386. Caridella, gen. nov., 187, 198, 201. cunningtoni, 187, 198, 199, 206. minuta, 187, 199, 200, 206. Caridina, 201, 203, 204. longirostris, 189, 190. qilotica, 189, 190. — gracilipes, 187, 189, 190. — minahasse, 190. paucipara, 191. wyckti, 189, 190, 191. — gracilipes, 189, 191. — paucipara, 191. Causus rhombeatus, 36, 41. Centropomus ensiferus, 381, 391. parallelus, 381. pectinatus, 381. undecimatis, 381, 391. Cephalophus jmonticola, 167. Ceratodus, 20, 44. forsteri, 168-178. Ceratoisis gracilis, 396. Cercopithecus crossi, 1. putas, 253. pugerythrus, 160. Cespitularia cerulea, 394, 410, 414. Chalina oculata, 920. Chameeleo, 39. Chasmorhynchus, 145. Chirodon pulcher, 378, 380, 385, 393. Chiroxiphia, 146. Chlamydoselachus, 170. Chonophorus banana, 381, 393. Chrysogorgia flexilis, 396. Chrysopelea chrysochlora, 228. ornatd, 228, 229. Chrysospalax, 163. Chytra Cichlosoma Cincloces, 185, 146, 147, Clavularia Cleopatra, 181. Celogorgia Coluber Cnemidophorus INDEX. kirkii, 181. bimaculatuny 378, 380, 392. 148. crosslandi, 394, 399, 400, 404, 443. flava, 894, 399, 402, 406, 443. garcia, 394, 399, 400, 404. — inermis, 394, 399, 400, 401. gracilis, 394, 399, 400, 401, 402, 403. inflata, 407. longissima, 408. margaritifere, 394, 396, 399, 400, 401, 403, 404. mollis, 394, 399, 400, 401, 406. parvula, 394, 396, 399, 400, 406. pregnans, 394, 396, 599, 400, 402, 407, 443. pulchra, 894, 399, 400, 405, repens, o94, 599, 400, 405. reptans, 894, 399, 405. strumosa, 394, 399,403, 408. zanzibarensis, 394, 399. 400, 405. palmosa, 395, 453, 439, 436. repens, 395, 396, 433, 436, 448. esculapii, 41. ethiops, 375. alfaronis, 374. amivoides, 301. angusticeps, 375. arubensis, 301. australis, 281. beldingi, 307, 308. bocourti, 278, 285, 294, | 368, 373, 302, 329, 338, 342, 354, BOO, 807, 308. Cnemidophorus communis. 277, 282, 285, 290, 292, 293, 294, 295, 297, 328, 305, 31, 309; ot, 342, 348, 345, 346, 347, 300) 8D), od08 357, 363, 365. — australis, 277, 288, 284, 293, 328, 329, 347, 348, 351, 352, She, coon foue: 360. — balsas, 345. — bocourti, 277, 328, 349, 356. — copei, 277, 293, 328. 329, 343, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 358. — occidentalis, 2777, 293, 297, 298, 328, 829, 339, 340, 344, 346, 347, 352, 353, 354, 355, 358, 360, 363. costatus, 375. decemlineatus, 374. deppei, 277, 278, 280, 282, 284, 285, 287, 288, 289, 290, 293, 294, 295, 303, 304, 306, 307, 308, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320, 321, 324, 326, 327, 307, dol, 852, 360, 363, 374. — cozumela, 277, 316. espeuti, 301. gracilis, 370, 375. grahami, 369, 375. gularis, 277, 289, 290, 292, 293, 300, 304, 305, 306, 328, 329, 330, 331, 338, 341, 342, 350, 358, 363, 3738, 375, — communis, 338, 339, 345, 350, 356, ayo) — gularis, 330, 331, 332, 334. — mariarum, 371. — mecki, 332, 334, 335. — mexicanus, 339. — ohsoletus, 330. —- scalaris, 375. — sericeus, 334, 379. — semifasciatus, 375. INDEX. AbZ Cnemidophorus Cnemidophorus Corbicula guittatus, 280, 283, 285, nurinus, 3801. radiata, 186. 987, 288, 289, 291, nigricolor, 301. Corydoras 293, 294, 306, 307, ocellifer, 300, 301. eneus, 378, 380, 388. 320; 321, 324, 325, octolineatus, 277, 368, | Corymorpha, 100, LOI. B2i, 352) 354, 3D; 373, 374, 3795. nutans, 100. 356, 357, 358, 370, perplexus, 277, 367, Corynopoma, 382, 383. 373, 374, 375. 368, 369, 375. albipinnis, 382. — guttatus, 277, 287, peruanus, 301. riiset, 378, 379, 382, 309. rubidus, 277, 298, 294, 393. — immutabilis, 277, 308; OU V oul) ) searlesii, 382. 287, 309. sackit, 375. veedonit, 378, 382. — striata, 326, 374. scalaris, 277, 291, 328, | Crenicichla heterolepis, 301, 307. 329) 33D) (336) 807, JSrenata, 378. hyperythrus, 277, 294, 390, 373. | saxatilis, 378, 330, 300, 307, 308. semifasciatus, 277, 328, 391. imnutabilis, 278, 280, 329, 334, 335, 3874. | Crocidura 281, 282, 284, 285, septemvittatus, 277, | argentata, 102, 103. 287, 288, 291, 294, 328, 329, 335, 375. deserti, 102, 103. 298, 306, 312, 316, sericeus, 335, 308, 374. jflavescens, 163. 39, 320) 321) 323, sexlineatus,. 277, 281, | Crotalus, 36. 324, 326, 338, 351, | 284, 285, 288, 289, | Crotaphytus 356, 359, 373, 374. | 293, 294, 302, 303, wislicent, 370. — guttata, 287. 304, 305, 306, 807, | Cryptobranchus, 174. tnornatus, 277, 301, | 308, 315, 319, 331, | Ctenogobius 368, 378, 374, 375. | 359, 3860, 369, 374. fasciatus, 378, 393. labialis, 277, 294, 300, | — bocourti, 375. | Curculio 368, 374, 375. — sackti, 375. griseus, 236. lacertoides, 301. | steynegert, 367, 368, pullus, 259. leachi, 300, 301. | 369, 375. tottus, 236, 265. lemniscatus, 300, 301. | tessellatus, 277, 283, Curimatus lentiginosus, 301. 293, 294, 300, 367, argenteus, 378, 3880, lineatissimus, 316, 374. | 368, 370, 371, 372, 385, 393. longicauda, 300, 301. BYiay Cychlasoma mariarum, 277, 328, | — multiscutatus, 371, pulchrum, 378. 329, 375. | 375. ‘aun, BIS martyris, 277, 294, | — rubidus, 871, 375. Cynictis 301, 368, 373, 374, | — variolosus, 375. leptura, 104. 375. | tigris, 370, 3795. ogilbyi, 104. maximus, 277, 294, tottus, 238, 239, 242, penicillata intensa, 367, 371, 375. 265, 266, 276. 104. melanostethus, 277, unicolor, 374, — leptura, 104. 335, 367, 368, 372, variolosus, 367, 368, — pallidior, 104. 373, 300: 372. steedmannt, 104. mexicanus, 277, 280, varius, 259, 260, 276. Cynocephalus 282, 283, 285, 289) vidwus, 238, 242, 264, porcarius, 234. 292, 294, 295, 297, 276. Cynodictis, 56, 57. 319, 328, 329, 338, viridis, 238, 239, 242, 339, 341, 351, 352, 269, 270, 271, 276. 354, 355, 356, 358, vittatus, 238, 242, 271, | Dasyurus, 48, 49, 50. 362, 368, 379. 276, 301. Dendrelaphis = balsas, 277, 278, wahlbergi, 238, 240, caudolineatus, 230, 284, 318, 345, 358, 242, 273, 276. | Dendrocolaptes, 152, 359, 363, 364, 365, (Ameiva) tessellatus, | 154, 155. 366. 379d. picumnus, 136, 140. — typica, 358, 3859, | Conopophaga, 147, 148, | Dendronephthya, 395. 360, 361, 362. TB, Way, Wf), Dendrophis microlepidopus, S74. Corallus Sormosus, 230, mulilineatus, 301... | madagascariensis, 1. pictus, 228, 229, 230, multiscutatus, 367,370, | Corbicula, 181, 185. Desmodillus Sie cunningtont, 186. auricularis, 106, Didynictis, 56, 57. Distichoptilum gracile, 396. Dolichotis magellanicus centricola, 97. patagonica, 97. salinicola, 96, 97, 123. Dorcatherium aquaticum, 118, — batesi, 113. — cottoni, 113. — typicum, 118. Dormitator maculatus, 381, 392. Doryichthys aculeatus, 391. lineatus, 380, 391. Edgaria, 180, 181. nassa, 182, 186. paucicostata, 182. Eleotris guavina, 381. pisonis, 381. Ephydatia blembingia, 227. multidentata, 227. plumosa, 218, 227. — brouni, 219, 226, | 227. — palmeri, 226. Erythrinus cinereus, 378. uniteniatus, 378, 379, 382 Eryx, 14, 27, 30, 31, 82. conicus, 27. jaculus, 27, 29, 31. Eudriloides, 210, 211, 212. durbanensis, 212. Hudrilus, 211, 212, 215. Eunectes, 12-39. murinus, 12-29. noteus, 12-29, 35. Euspongilla lacustris, 220. Evorthodus breviceps, 381, 393. Felis li ye, 66, 68, 69, eh — bor ea 68, 69, 70, Ga onca, a uncia, 123. Formicivora, 157. | Hatteria, 20, 24, 41, 43, 44. INDEX. | Funambulus insignis, 8. — castaneus, 8. — diversus, 8. — jalorensis, 8. — niobe, 8. — obscurus, 8. — peninsule, 7, 8. — rostratus, 8. — typicus, 8. peninsule, 7. Fundulus micropus, 390. Funiculina gracilis, 396. Galago sp., 2. Galictis, 112. Genetta tigrina, 163. | Georychus Syohy Lala cecutiens, 166. capensis, 165. — canescens, 165. holosericeus, 166. hottentottus, 166, 167. — talpoides, 166. ludwigi, 166. lugardi, 111. Gerbillus peba, 106. — schinzi, 106. tenuis, 106. Gerrhosaurus, 44. Girardinus IMPPYt 378, 379, 390, bene 180, 181. horez, 183, 186. preclara, 183, 186. Gobius fasciatus, 378, 392. 381, _ Gordiodrilus, 213. Gorgonia capensis, 396. | Graphiurus griselda, 105, murinus, 105, 106. nanus, 105, 106. smithii, 106. Hadrostomus, 143, | Halocordyle, 100. Haplochilus harti, 379, 389, 393. Heliconius pasithoé, 452. — fulvescens, 452, 468. vetustus, 453. xenoclea, 453. — confluens, 453. — superba, 455. Hemitragus Jemlaicus, 234. Herpestes cafer, 168. galera, 103, 163. pulverulentus, 163. Heterodon platyrrhinos, 43. Heterostephanus, 100. Heteroxenia elisabethe, 394,410,413. Hipparion, 377. Homorus, 186, 137, 152, 154, 155. Hoplosoma enewm, 378. Hoplosternum levigatum, 378. stevardii, 378. Hyena, 50, 51, 54. Hyznodon, 43, 52, 53, 54, 57. Hylactes, 185, 142, 147, 148, 149, 153, 154. megapodius, 136, 140, 145. Hylambates brevirostris, 179. rufus, 179. Hylobates agilis, 1 Hylocherus meinertzhagent, 3. rimator, 2, 3. Hypostomus robini, 378. Hypsiprymnus, 48. Hyrax, 47. Hystrix africe-australis, 167. Tanthocincla rufigularis, 230, Teuanodon bernissartensis, 121. Ilyogenia cunningtoni, 206. Tlysia, 31-34, 42. scytale, 31-34. Tsaniris, 237. Isis - hippuris, 396. | Kerria, 214. Lacerta, 18, 43. Lachesis gramineus, 36. Lanistes, 185. Lathria, 143. Lavigeria, 181. grandis, 182, 186. Legeada minutoides, 110, 165. Lemur catta, 124. Leptogorgia australiensis, 432. ochracea, 394, 395, 451, 443. Lepus saxatilis, 167. Linnea natalensis, 184. Limnocaridina latipes, 187, 191, 192, 196, 208. parvula, 187, 191, 192, 193, 200, 205. retiartus, 187, 191, 192, 194, 205. similis, 187, 191, 192, 195, 205. socius, 187, 191, 192, 195, 196, 205. spinipes, 187, 191, 192, 197, 206. tanganyike, 187, 191, 192, 194, 195. Limnocnida tanganice, 179. Limnotrochus, 181. thomsont, 181. Lioheterodon, 42. Lithophytum africanum, 427. brassicum, 395, 421, 426. elegans, 395, 421, 426. flabellum, 427. flavuin, 395, 421, 427. ramosuin, 89d, 421, 427. thyrsoides, 395, 421, 427 — durwin, 421, 427. viride, 395, 421, 426. Lobophytum marenzelleri, 394, 416. pauciflorum, 394, 421. Lophogorgia crista, »94, 395, 451, 432, 433. liitkeni, 895, 396, 431, 433. Lybiodrilus, 210. INDEX. Macrodon Serox, 378. trahira, 378, 379, 382. Melania, 185. tuberculuta, 185. Melissomorpha, gen. nov., 97. indiana, 98. Mellivora cottont, 112, 113. Mesonyx, 53, 57. Metschaina suctoria, 210, 212. tanganyike, 206, 209, 212. Midas rufimanus, 230. Miniopterus dasythrix, 161, 162. Sraterculus, 162. natalensis, 161. schreibersi, 102. Mitophorus, 237. Meeritherium, 73. Mopsea erythrea, 395, 429, 430. Mugil brasiliensis, 381, 391. cephalus, 381. curema, 381. incilis, 381. trichodon, 381, 391. Mus . sp., 109. auricomis, 107. — centralis, 107. bowerst, 10. colonus, 109. concolor, 11. coucha, 107, 109. decumanus, 11. griseiventer, 11. anas, 9, 11. jatorensis, 10, 11. jarak, 10, 11. Jerdont, 8, 10. klossi, 9, 11. maritimus, 165. muelleri, 10. musculus, 11. norvegicus, 11, 164. ochraceiventer, 4, 9. rattus, 11, 109, 164. sabanus, 8. swillus, 165. surifer, 9. validus, 10. verreauxt, 164. vociferans, 8. whiteheadi, 4, 9, 10. Mus woosnamt, 102, 108, u. Myosorex varius, 162. Nannodrilus, 214. Nectophryne afra, 59, 64. everett?, 61, 65. exigua, 59, 62. guentheri, 62, 65. hosit, 59, 61, 65. macrotis, 63. 65. maculata, 63, 65. miesera, 59, 64. parvipalmata, 61, 65. signata, 63, 65. sundana, 64. torniert, 63, 64, 65. tuberculosa, 61, 65. Necturus, 170, 175. Nematopoma, 382, 383. searlesit, 378, 382. Neothauma, 185. tanganyicense, 184, 220, 221. Nephthya armata, 395, 421, 422, 442. 180, cupressiformis, 422. zanzibarensis, 395, 421, 442, — mollis, 395, 421, 422, 442. Notoryctes, 58. Nototragus melanotis, 1, 168. Nyctea scandiaca, 1. Nycteris thebaica, 102. Nyctinomus bocagei, 103. Ocnerodrilus, 214, 215. (Llyogenia) cunning- tont, 212, 215. Ophisaurus, 24, Ortmannia, 201, 204. Otomys trroratus, 107, 164. Oxyzena, 04, 57. 203, Pavhyena, 45, 54, 57. Palzemon alcocki, 189. mooret, 187, 188, 189, 203, 205. niloticus, 189. 460 * Palemon scabriculus, 189. superdus, 189. trompt, 189. Paleomastodon, 73. Papio porcarius, 160. Paramelania, 181. crassigranuata, 186. damon, 182, 186. — imperialis, 182. Paraspongodes striata, 395, 396, 421, 428. Parauchenipterus pase@, 380, 387, 393. Pedetes caffer, 105. Pennaria, 100, 101. tiarella, 101. Pennatula indica, 306. Philepitta, 143, 145, 149, HONS as: gala, 140. Philypnus dormitator, 381, 392. Phlyctinus, 279. callosus, 237, 272 182 =n Pimelenotus wilsoni, 378 Pimelodus wilsont, 378, 380, 386. Pipistrellus kuhlii Juscatus, 161. Pipra, 157, 146. Pitta, 135, 137, 145, 146, 147, 148, 151. Planorbis, 181. crawfordi, 185. sudanicus, 184. — minor, 185. Platydrilus, 211. Plecostomus guacari, 378, 380, 389. robini, 380, 3889. Pleiodon spekei, 184. Pecilogale, 112. Pecilurichthys brevoortit, 378. pulcher, 378 teniurus, 378. unilineatus, 378. Polycentrus schomburgkti, 378, 380, 391, 393. tricolor, 378. Potamolepis welineri, 218, 222, 223, | INDEX. Procavia capensis, 111, 167. Proteles cristatus, 123. Protopterus, »169, 172, 176. Pseudauchenipterus guppyi, 880, 387, 393. Pseudocolaptes, 135, 140, V4); d42, 152) lo: 155. boissineauti, 136, 140. Pseudosisura, 137. Pteroeides argentewm, 438. brachycaulon, 395, 436, 438, 442. gracile, 440. pellucidum, 440. pulchellum, 395, 435, 489, 442. rigidum, 399, 396, 46, 438, 442. Pteroptochus, 154, 157. Pyrrhulopsis personata, 230. 171, 396, 148, 15s, Python, 19; 26, 29; 30, 34. bivittatus, 26. sebe, 27-51. sptlotes, 27, Rana goltath, \79. Raphicerus, 168. campestris, 168. Ratufa gi 4, 5. — typica, 5. epithe 5. — pyrsonota, 5. pyrsonota, 5. Rhinoderma darwini, 179. Rhinolophus augur, 102, 161, 162. denti, 102. Rhynchosaurus articeps, 125. Rivulus micropus, 390. Rousettus collaris, 161, 162. Rumella, 185. Saccostomus anderssoni, 110. campestris, 110. Suscus, 110. hilde. 110. Saccostomus lapidarius, 110. mashoneé, 110. Sciobius, 236, 2387. aciculatifrons, 238, 241, 256, 258, 276. angustus, 238, 242, 267, 276. arrowt, 238, 242, 272, 276. barkeri, 238, 239, 257, 276. bistrigicollis, 258, 259, 241, 251, 268, 276. brevicollis, 238, 239, 241, 249, 251, a cinclus, aoe 260, 2 cinereus, 238, 239, ei 244, 276 cognatus, 238. 240, 241, 247, 248, 276. cultratus, 238, 289, 240, 241, 243, 245, 276. curtus, 269. dealbatus, 238, 239, 240, 246, 248. 276. deplanatus, 252; (253, 276. geniculatus, 237. granipennis, 238, 252, oF 76. JES 238, 239, 243, 276. griseus, “238, 239, 258, 276 horni, 238, 239, 240, 242, 272, 276. Us: ollis, 238, 241, 249, 276. lateralis, 238, 254, 276. latipennis, 238, 241, 25527165 marginatus, 238, 239, 242, 261, 264, 267, 276. muricatus, 238, 266, 276: nanus, 238, 242, 270, ZOE obesus, 238, 240, 241, 245, 276. oneili, 238, 241, 252, 276. opalinus, 238, 239, 240, 241, 248, 267. paivanus, 236, 237, 275, 276. panzanus, 238, 242. 268, 276. péringueyi, 238, 242, 263, 276. Sciobius planipennis, 238, 241, 253, 255, 276. pollinosus, 238, 259, 242, 260, 273, 276. pondo, 238, 239, 242, 264, 276. porcatus, 236, 254, 260, 266, 276. prasinus, 238, 240, 242, 270, 276. pullus, 256, 238, 242, 209) 276: scapularis, 238, 239, 240, 241, 258, 276. schonlandi, 238, 242, 268, 276. spatulatus, 238, 242, 262, 276. _squamulosus, 238, 242, 274, 276. swhnodosus, 237. tenwicornis, 238, 241, 255, 276. Sciurus affinis, 4. bilimitatus, 7. Jinlaysoni, 7. mimatus, 6, 7. nigrovittatus, 7. — bilimitatus, 7. notatus miniatus, 5. peninsularis, 5, 6, 7. tenuis, 5. — surdus, 5. vittatus, 5, 6, 7. — miniatus, 6. Selerophytum hirtum, 394, 416, 419. marenzelleri, 394, 416, 419. polydactylum, 394, 416, 418, 443. querciforme, 394, 416, 419, viride, 394, 416, 420, 445. : Scytalopus, 157. Sinopa, 55, 57. Sinularia brassica, 394, 416. fungoides, 394, 416, 417. Siphonogorgia intermedia, 395, 396, 421, 428, 429, 443. Siptornis, 145, 152. Siteutes albicinctus, 237. Spekia . conata, 183. { | INDEX, Spherivin, 181. nyanze, 186. victorie, 186. | Sphenodon, 125. Sphrigodes margaritaceus, 237. Spongilla biseriata, 218, 219, 223, 224, bohmit, 219, 222, 223, 225. carter, 218, 219, 227. cunningtont, 218, 219, 220, 221, 227. Sriabilis, 219. lacustris multiforis, 225, loricata, 225. moore, 218, 219, 221, 227. multiforis, 225. nitens, 219, 222, 225. permenta, 222, 224. rousseletiz, 219, 223, 227. sumatrand, 224. tanganyike, 218, 219, 221, 222, 2277. zambesiana, 219, 225 227. Spongodes crosslandi, 395, 42}, 423, 443. hemprichii, 395, 421, 423, kiikenthali, 395, 421, 423, 424, 448. zanzibarensis, 895, 421, 494, 448. (Dendronephthya) co- ronata, 424. (—) hemprichii, 423. | Stauridium, 100. Stereonephthya zanztbarensis, 395, 421, 425, 448. Stevardia, 382, 383. albipinnis, 378, 382. Stuhlmannia, 211, 215. asymmetrica, 209. gracilis, 208. inermis, 206, 207, 208, 209. michaelseni, 208. variabilis, 207, 208, 209. Suberogorgia kollikert, 430. — ceylonensis, 430. — canzibarensis, 395, 429 443. 461 | Sus | dongirostris, 119. Symbranchus marmoratus, 330), 389. Sympodium cerulewm, 394, 399, 408. Juscum, 394, 369, 408, 443, punctatum, 394, 399, 408, 443. splendens, 2894, 399, 409, 448. (Aleyenium) /ulvum, 409. | Synallaxis, 135, 138, 144, 146, 152. | Systates, 237, 275. Tanganyicia rufofilosa, 183. | Tatera lobengule, 106. Telesto arborea, 395, 4338, 434. rupicola, 3895, 488, 434, Tetragonopterus, 382. guppyt, 379, 884, 395. maculatus, 378, 380, 384. teniurus, 378, 379, 383, 884, 393. trinitatis, 384. unilineatus, 378, 380, 384, 593. wappr, 384. Thamnophilus, 138, 141, 143. | Thylacinus, 48, 49, 50. | Tiliqua scincoides, 377. | Tiphobia, 181. horei, 181. lanka Trachysaurus rugosus, 376. Tragulus javanicus, 119. | Trichorhiza, 99. brunnea, 99, 100, 101. | Tropidonotus, 18, 41. maculatus, 228, 229. natrix, 41. | Tubipora chamissonis, 394, 409. musica, 409. | Tupaia Jerruginea, 4. — belangeri, 4. malaccana, 4. 462 * Umbellula elongata, 396. Ungalia, 34, 42. Unio, 185. burtoni, 184. lourdeli, 186. Ursus arctos, 231. — shanorum, 231, 232. — yesoensis, 251, 232. Uruguaya, 222, 225. Varanus, 28, 45. Verticaria, 289. Vespertilio capensis, 102. dasythrix, 161. Vipera berus, 35. Virgularia mirabilis pedunculata, 3895, 436, 437. INDFX. Virgularia multicalycina, 395, 396, 436, 487, 442. rumphii, 437. Vivipara, 181,185. constricta, 185. Vorticlava, 100. Wrightella erythrea, 395, 429, 430, 431, 443. variabilis, 395, 396, 429, 431, 443. Xenia cerulea, 394, 410, 412. membranacea, 394, 410, 412. plicata, 413. quinqueserta, 410, 412, rigida, 394, 410, 418. THE END. Xenia sansibariana, 412. ternatana elongata, 394, 410, 412. wmbellata, 410, 411. Xenicus, 157. Xenocara cirrhosum, 380, 389. Xiphocaris, 204. Xiphocolaptes, 135, 136, 146. 394, 396, albicollis, 139. Xiphorhynchus, 137, 158, 139, 143, 144, 146, 152, 154, 155. trochilirostris, 140. Zamenis gemonensis, 28. Zorilla, 112. Printed by Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. No. 25. ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.* January 16th, 1906. Howarb SAunvErS, Hsq., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secretary read a report on the additions that had been made to the Society's Menagerie during the month of December 1905. The Secretary also exhibited a series of photographs of the Red Deer illustrating the growth of the antlers, which had been presented to the Society by Mr. Walter Winans, F.Z.S. ~ Prof. E. A. Mincury, F.Z.S., exhibited a living specimen of a Lemur (Galago) which he had brought home with him from Entebbe, Uganda. Dr. F. G. D. Drewirr, F.Z.S., exhibited, and made remarks upon, a white variety of the Common Mole. Mr. OxnprietD T'HomAs, F.R.S., exhibited a skull of a Forest- Pig (Hylocherus) sent by Mr. G. L. Bates from the Cameroons, thus confirming the report, already published, that Hylocherus occurred near the West Coast. The species, however, appeared to be different from H. meimertzhagent, and was diagnosed as follows :— HyYLOCHGRUS RIMATOR, sp. n. General characters of skull as in H. meinertzhageni, but the teeth, and especially the last molars, conspicuously narrower and lighter, both above and below. * This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London, W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It wil] be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Sir Shillings per annum, payable in advance. : 2 Basal length 325 mm.; last upper molar 42°3 x 17:5; last lower molar 48°2 x 16. Hab. Ja River, Cameroons. Type. Old female skull. Collected by Mr. G. L. Bates. Mr. W. Srorrs Fox, F.Z.8., read a paper on some bones of the Lynx (felix lynx) found in a limestone cavern in Cales Dale, Derbyshire. This was only the third record of remains of this species having been met with in the British Islands. Mr. J. L. Bonnore, F.Z.8., communicated a paper dealing with a collection of Mammals recently collected in the Malay Peninsula by Mr. C. B. Kloss, and presented to the National Museum. The collection contained examples of 17 species, chiefly Rodents, of which two, representing well-known Bornean species, were described as new. There was alsoa series of Mus jarak, a species hitherto known from one specimen only and recently described by the author. Mr. Cuartes 8. Tomes, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., read a paper on the minute structure of the teeth of the Creodonts. The author stated that suggestions which had been made as to a_ possible relationship between the Creodonts and the Polyprotodont Mar- supials had rendered it interesting to see how far the structure of their teeth either supported or tended to disprove such specu- lations. Marsupial teeth possessed in the structure of their enamel a well-marked peculiarity, namely, the free penetration of the epiblastic enamel by tubes continuous with those of the mesoblastic dentine, and it happened that recent Carnivora, the descendants, more or less direct, of the Creodonts, also presented a disposition of the prisms of their enamel somewhat unusual amongst Mammalia. ‘Teeth of HWyenodon, Sinopa, Oxyena, Pachyena, Borhyena, Didynictis, and Cynodictis had been examined, and in none of them were marsupial characters ob- served; on the contrary, in most of them characteristic car- nivorous patterns were found, so that in Oligocene and Eocene times their enamel had already attained to its full specialisations, Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S., read a paper entitled “ Contri- butions to the Anatomy of the Ophidia.” Dr. JEAN Roux, the Curator of the Basle Museum of Natural History, communicated a paper containing a synopsis of the Toads of the genus Nectophryne, with special remarks on some known species ‘and description of a new species from German East Africa, 3 The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be held on Tuesday, the 6th February, 1906, at half-past Hight o'clock P.M., when the following communications will be made :— 1. Mr. E. 8. Russern.—On Trichorhiza, a new Hydroid Genus. 2. Dr. J. W. JENkrinson.—Notes on the Histology and Phy- siology of the Placenta in Ungulata. 3. Miss GerrruDE Ricarpo.—Description of a new Fly of the Family Zadanide. 4. Mr. Harotp Scuwann, F.Z.8.—A List of the Mammals obtained by Messrs. R. B. Woosnam and R. E. Dent in Bechuana- land. The following Papers have been received :— 1. Mr. Basurorp Dean.—Notes on the Living Specimens of the Australian Lung-fish (Ceratodus forsteri) in the Zoological Society's Collection. 2. Mr. Percy I. Latuy, F.Z.S.—On Three new Forms of Butterfly of the Genus Heliconius. 3. Mr. G. F. Spurrety.—On the Angle of the Jaw. 4. Mr. Guy A. K. Marsnatn, F.Z.S.—A Monograph of the Coleoptera of the Genus Sciobius. 5. Mr. L. Doncaster, F.Z.S8., and the Rev. G. H. Raynor.— On Breeding Experiments with Lepidoptera. 6. Mr. W. P. Pycrart, F.Z.8.—Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part VIII. The Tracheophone Passeres, with Remark s on Families allied thereto. 7. Mr. R. LyprexKer.—On a Central-African Ratel and Water- Chevrotain. Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the ZooLoGicaAL Society oF Lonpon should be addressed to P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary. 3 Hanover Square, Lonpon, W. 23rd January, 1906. Print) mbes Wee, vied Nt ase ah my ak 8G ac) Wain 7 ee > we Wie - pe Ret ee a fe act mag aliens! «eww eS. aa nvaeiia ermal ahh e bed aa Sb Teepe ny t& inat yei ‘ borin’ fat ores einaglep aris bie J > We. bei ele ith 1 ath? 4 «ate “7 ad ory (rR reat it ‘4 oalcah, GA) dx’ Teele Hie) (bya anlar ‘ (ee . © ’ me all A. gt Sar oe AY ohs fy ibct eae Sadun Ae resale i wee) = Peak ier Fy often. sgl oth Wien” ie a wy zh. SAS Righetti RENE haart tile Saleh ie a2 Pe > eee aha, Mitel hd Bid y pes ey ee i) sai by ‘fa! ia nwa ace! ea Sibi 5 1 0 Dow Pee oars ont _ ei ate. us IY por lee tae taeda ef af) oak ont, ot ee DP ae par rv, Bia 4 af naeunt ke hres Rf ie) . alae, 4 x 2 MW : np ih ie ; i 7th ¥ A r wr | oa EE a Terie ae gry Sle 4 : ad , ¥4 -_ ati 20 eyalisr if Matar TL mn Ly ea rhiiad ni )o wie & ot. bomotiba of tedia tga TO PRIOR Ree ‘‘ fi Meuseamie jain wild ey ids a “un We gs ee ro. we aU &. hari wi? ; No. 26. ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.” February 6th, 1906. G. A. Boutenerr, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. Mr. Frepertck Ginuerr, F.Z.S., exhibited a case of mounted cubs of the Timber-Wolf (Canis occidentalis) which he had obtained in the Province of Keewatin, Canada. He remarked that this wolf was scarce in that district, being seen only occasionally in the winter and scarcely ever in the summer. Dr. C. W. Anprews, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks upon some restored models of the skulls and mandibles of Maritheriwm and Paleomastodon. The models were prepared by Mr. F. O. Barlow from the original specimens collected from the Upper and Middle Eocene beds of the Fayim, Egypt, and now preserved in the British Museum and the Geological Museum, Cairo. Dr. Water Kipp, F.Z.8., exhibited lantern-slides of sections of skin from the palmar and plantar surfaces of twenty-four species of Mammals, and the plantar surfaces of seven species of Birds. The functions of the papillary ridges and the papillary layer of the corium in connection with the sense of touch were alluded to. Dr. J. W. Jenkinson read a paper on the Histology and Physiology of the Placenta in the Ungulata, and made the following remarks :— A recent examination of the histological structure of the placenta in the Sheep and Cow has shown : (1) That in the formation of the accessory cotyledons of the Cow the epithelium lining the cotyledonary crypts arises by simple modification of the uterine epithelium. * This Abstract is published by the Society at 8 Hanover Square, London, W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication at’ the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Sir Shillings per annum, payable in advance, 6 (2) That in the fully formed principal cotyledons of both Cow and Sheep there is complete continuity of the intra- with the extra-cotyledonary uterine epithelium. (3) That the greenish-brown pigment so abundantly present in the trophoblast-cells is’a derivative of the hemoglobin of the maternal corpuscles which those cells have ingested, The pigment—which contains no iron—is of two kinds, one of which has a definite absorption-spectrum resembling closely that of oxyhemoglobin. In acid solution the spectrum approaches that of acid heematoporphyrin. Sir Epmunp Loper, Bt., F.Z.8., exhibited a living specimen of a dwarf species of Cavy, probably the Salt-Marsh Cavy (Dolichotis salinicola), and remarked that, owing to Burmeister (the original describer of the animal) being under the erreneous impression that he had founded the species on young specimens and the fact that two distinct species occurred in the same district, some considerable confusion had been caused as to the status of the different forms of Dolichotis. He pointed out that the common Patagonian Cavy (D. patagonicus) differed from the dwarf D, salinicola and the larger D. magellanicus centricola (the two species found together) in having a broad dark band above the white rump-patch. A communication from Mr. E. 8. Russeiu contained a descrip- tion of 7'richorhiza, a new Hydroid genus, of which the diagnosis was as follows :—‘ Hydranth solitary, attached loosely by the hydrorhiza, which was filiform and branched. Invested by perisare, which formed a protective cup into which the hydranth was partly retractile.” The genus had been founded for a single species, 7’. brunnea, the type specimen of which was discovered clinging to the tentacles of a Corymorpha dredged in the Clyde. Reproduction in 7’. brunnea was by meduse, Trichorhiza belonged to the family Pennaride, Miss GertruDE Ricarpo communicated a description of the new genus Melissomorpha, formed for the reception of a Horse-fly of the Pangonine division of the family Zabanide, discovered by Col. C. T. Bingham in Sikkim. The insect closely mimicked the Indian bee Apis dorsata L., having the flattened wide tibiz characteristic of the hive-bee, the general resemblance between the bee and the fly being very striking. Mr. Haroup Scuwann, F.Z.S., read a paper on the Mammals collected at Kuruman and Molopo in Bechuanaland by Messrs. R. B. Woosnam and R. E. Dent. The specimens, numbering about 120 and belonging to 26 species, were of great interest as being topotypes of several species described by Sir Andrew Smith in his expedition to Kuruman and the interior of South Africa, 7 A communication from Mr. R. Lyprxxsr, F.R.S., contained a description of a new species of Ratel (dJellivora) from Central Africa, also notice of the occurrence of a new subspecies of Chevrotain (Dorcatherium) in that district. The author proposed to divide the genus into three geographical races, viz. the typical form from the Gambia, Bates’s Chevrotain from the Cameroons, and the present—Cotton’s Chevrotain—from the Ituri Forest. Mr. H.G. F. Spurrewt read a paper entitled “The Articulation of the Vertebrate Jaw,” and made the following remarks :— The object of this paper is to draw attention to the existence of two types of mouth in Vertebrates. In one type the articulation is in the plane in which the teeth meet; in the other type it is not in the plane in which the teeth meet, but in Mammals above, in Reptiles below that level. This alteration in level is attained in Mammals by an ascending ramus of the jaw, in Reptiles by a long quadrate bone. ‘The first type is best seen in carnivorous Mammals. It allows of a wide gape and a successive play of the edges of the carnassial teeth from back to front as in the blades of scissors, and is incompatible with lateral movements of the jaw. The second type admits of comparatively slight separation of the teeth ; it allows all the teeth to meet simultaneously ; and in Mammals it allows of lateral movements of the jaw for tri- turating vegetable food. In the modifications of this type are considered the angle which the ramus forms with the dentary portion of the mandible, the eminentia articularis, and the prolongation forward of the jaws separating the incisor from the molar teeth. These aré factors in obtaining the requisite movements of the jaw, especially a greater separation of the incisor teeth, than is required for the molars. The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be held on Tuesday, the 20th February, 1906, at half-past Hight o'clock P.M., when the following communications will be made :— 1. Mr. L. Doncaster, F.Z.S., and the Rev. G. H. Raynor. — On Breeding Experiments with Lepidoptera. 2. Mr. W. P. Pycrart, F.Z.S.—Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part VIII. The Tracheophone Passeres, with Remarks on Families allied thereto. 3. Messrs. OLprienD THomas, F.R.S., and Haroirp Scuwann, F.Z.8.—The Rudd Exploration of South Africa—IV, List of Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant at Knysna. 4. Mr. Basurorp Dran.—Notes on the Living Specimens of the Australian Lung-fish (Ceratodus forsteri) in the Zoological Society's Collection, 8 The following Papers have been received :— 1. Mr. Percy I. Larsy, F.Z.S.—On Three new Forms of Butterfly of the Genus Heliconius. 2. Mr. Guy A. K. Marswauy, F.Z.S.—A Monograph of the Coleoptera of the Genus Sciobius. 3. Mr. C. Tare Regan, F.Z.8.—The Freshwater Fishes of the Island of Trinidad, based on Notes and Sketches made by Mr. Lechmere Guppy, jun. 4. Mr. G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.—Fourth Contribution to the Ichthyology of Lake Tanganyika. Report on the Collection of Fishes made by Mr. W. A. Cunnington during the Third Tanganyika Expedition, 1904-05. 5. Dr. W. T. Cauman, F.Z.S8.—Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-05. Report on the Macrurous Crustacea. 6. Mr. Epear A. Suiru, F.Z.S.—Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cun- nington, 1904-05. Report on the Mollusca. 7. Mr. R. Kirxparricnk, F.Z.8S.—Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cun- nington, 1904-05. Report on the Porifera, with Notes on Species from the Nile and Zambesi, Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the ZooLoGicaAL Sociery oF Lonpon should be addressed to P, CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary. 3 HANovER Square, Lonpon, W. 13th February, 1906, INOne a: ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.* February 20th, 1906. G. A. Bounenesr, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secrerary read a Report on the additions that had been made to the Menagerie during the month of January 1906, and called special attention to a Snow-Leopard (/elis wncia) presented by Major A. H. Hussey, R.H.A., an Aard Wolf (Proteles cristatus), purchased, and a Salt-Marsh Cavy (Dolichotis salinicola), received on deposit. The Secrerary also read a letter from Maj.-Gen. Sir Reginald Talbot, K.C.B., Governor of Victoria, giving an account of the supposed breeding of a mule. An illustration of the dam and foal from ‘The Australasian ’ accompanied the letter. Mr. R. I. Pocock, the Superintendent of the Gardens, exhibited a photograph or a Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catta) carrying its young on its back. Dr. A. SmirH Wcoopwarp, F.R.S8., F.Z.8., exhibited a new drawing of the skeleton of the Triassic Rhynchocephalian, Rhyncho- saurus articeps, from the Keuper Sandstone of Shropshire. He pointed out the differences between this ancient reptile and the modern Sphenodon, especially noting the great expansion of its coracoids and ischia, and the probably diminutive size of its sternum. He inferred from the everted rims of the upwardly- turned orbits, and from the sigmoidal bend of the femur, that Rhynchosaurus was to a great degree aquatic in habit. * This Abstract is published by the Society at 8 Hanover Square, London, W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free for the sum of Sie Shillings per aunum, payable in advance. 10 Mr. L. Doncaster, M.A., F.Z.S., and the Rev. G. H. Raynor, M.A., communicated a paper on Breeding Experiments they had made with Lepidoptera. The species used were Angerona prunaria and its var. sordiata, and Abraxas grossulariata and its var. lacticolor. In A. prunaria the banding of the var. sordiata was dominant over its absence in the type, but the speckling characteristic of the type appeared in the heterozygote, so that the latter was both banded and speckled. The characters appeared to segregate in the typical Mendelian manner, but in several families there was an excess of prunaria over sordiata. In A. grossulariata the var. lacticolor was a Mendelian recessive, but was normally found only in the female. By pairing a heterozygous male with a lacticolor female, lacticolor males and females were obtained. Lacticolor male x female gave only lacticolor; lacticolor males by heterozygote females had « given all males of the type, all females lacticolor. Several typical families of each species were exhibited. Mr. W. P. Pycrarr, F.Z.S., read a paper on the “ Tracheophone Passeres,” which he described as a group differing frem all the remaining Passeres in the formation of the syrinx, which was tracheal—instead of tyracheo-bronchial—and peculiar among syringes of the tracheal type in the development of a cartila- ginous pillar for the insertion of the intrinsic muscles. The group was divisible into three sections: (@) having holorhinal nares and a single-notched sternum, (6) with schizorhinal nares and a single-notched sternum, and (c) with holorhinal nares and a doubly- notched sternum. He proposed to make the Tracheophone Passeres one of four great divisions of the Passerine stem. The most primitive of the divisions would contain the Eurylemide, Cotingide, and Phile- pitta. 'The second would be represented by the Tracheophone, the third by the Tyrannide and Pittide, and the fourth by the rest of the Passeres. A paper by Messrs. OLprreLp Tnomas, F.R.S., and HAronp ScHuwann, F.Z.S., was read, giving an account of a collection of Mammals made by Mr. C. H. B. Grant at Knysna, and presented to the National Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd. The collection consisted of about 150 specimens, belonging to 31 species or subspecies, of which the most noticeable was “Mrs. Rudd’s Golden Mole (Amblysomus corrie), the description of which had already been laid before the Society. A new generic name, Vototragus, was applied to the Grysbok, which differed from the other members of Raphicerus by its possession of supplementary hoofs. A communication from Prof. Basurorp DraNn contained an account of the habits of the Australian Lung-fish (Ceratedus Jorstert) as observed by him in the Society's Menagerie. 11 The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be held on Tuesday, the 6th March, 1906, at half-past Hight o'clock p.M., when the following communications will be made :-— 1. Mr. G. A. Bovutencur, F.R.S.—Fourth Contribution to the Ichthyology of Lake Tanganyika. Report on the Collection of Fishes made by Mr. W. A. Cunnington during the Third Tanganyika Expedition, 1904—05. 2. Dr. W. 'T. Catan, F.Z.S.—Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-05. Report on the Macrurous Crustacea. 3. Mr. Enegar A. Smrru, F.Z.8.—Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cun- nington, 1904-05. Report on the Mollusca. 4. Mr. R. Kirxparricx, F.Z.8.—Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cun- nington, 1904-05. Report on the Porifera, with Notes on Species from the Nile and Zambesi. 5. Mr. F. E. Brpparp, F.R.S8.—Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cun- nington, 1904-05. Report on the Oligocheta. The following Papers have been received :— 1. Mr. Percy I. Laray, F.Z.S.—On Three new Forms of Butterfly of the Genus Heliconius. 2. Mr. Guy A. K. Marsuaui, F.Z.8.—A Monograph of the Joleoptera of the Genus Sciobius. 3. Mr. C. Tare Recan, F.Z.8.—The Freshwater Fishes of the Island of Trimidad, based on the Collection, and Notes and Sketches, made by Mr. Lechmere Guppy, jun. 4. Prof. J. ARtHuR THomson and Mr. W. D. HenpEerson.—The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa from Collections made by Cyzil Crossland in the Years 1901-02. Aleyonaria. 5. Dr. J. F. Gemmitu.—Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes. 6. Dr. J. F. Gemminy.—Notes on Supernumerary Eyes, Local Deficiency and Reduplication of the Notochord in Trout Embryos. Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the ZOOLOGICAL Socrery oF Lonpon should be addressed to P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary. 0 HANOVER SQUARE, Lonpon, W. 21th February, 1906. y" Pele wh, ware ae ED thie aati etek ce 4 has | " coe LUGS ne Ge PROT welt cus Phat A ma tT ANE Pied “fk Wiig be "7 : nin ‘ipl i Ms #! way ty iW va hi, fda ay Pe ee Sa lle hehhaliat 4 Bsa a ee ; re We Aes Me i, rdunv aaa iis Pe Lutes Adie MV aac “D AEE, ahah tnt 3, om vied fen: altisls Lap palin FOAM ca learnt Se bi abs ahh abe 0 Safeco Lv rea ven ph aT pes Ph OF ba inSetl i ube es Ft ui) ti 1) wtih PHD, ie ‘eM init ™», if 4 oh A ae vind sieeve hd ifiyyh nL LF ’ ints not ; ary its hi da a al Ath Ved | Ne - fo ier ~ le —- f Wi iu Th lvaPashlinacs iv nhdengna tal CCU A bs re i - » ; y : > I # | ; hin, on, TIT) esak ata he opted: tay WR ne 4 ry r| a on m A bt Pat cad Ne Vad etal NS ued i fowp ih jal eek f WRC. Ve cece Cl ake KRY oy corm ud ee # ) Weare in Rae WP Ye ww, DLE Ts Pm aries Tai Mle YRS MY la ee aE oe re ; , 4 °F Gok iele rere ate ae ~/q xe f ER Te SARI ihe. A ESR SO I tee vs OLY: DCO WORE aes ce ATO ent Te eeied big bg a Wie WOR ea ie, Pe ae *) Nd i ly est | ‘VL ae ewes | De le) aed fe Muar i awe sds toch ay Aint ciiceal ATTA AA Onset Tait tadle ata tin rete a wih add A el ef) 135 . Lives ted: Rit zy Wise) HERD Ry aWichn Tweed ep N PD: ha proty ah L0y3 r Livat POE Hirer oirinnr ey RL Wi Be Ae on ace Sa Say Pet feet ie ‘hb Ap! AA Wy, ath ,, y wie Ag Wa ie . Sf eed Te apatite > ‘eipiegel alt an belong IE ey nea anodes ie Mie ed Ww) Tealan ; rel ‘ a tee ca area who nie Oe MHA LR! ie Treen, ODMR Seed NS Baa allt , a . ‘ : f Pau r) WT aus ey . i“ { nny ; eee ey) PO meee * wy : a a i ae > | Na ai as ‘ Be By RY i jie No. 28. ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. March 6th, 1908. Cuar.es 8. Tomes, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair, Mr. G. A. Bovutencer, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of Rana goliath, obtained by Mr. G. L. Bates at Efulen in South Cameroon. This frog measured 10 inches from snout to vent and was much larger than any frog hitherto known. Mr. R. Suetrorp, M.A., C.M.Z.S., read a note on “ flying” snakes, and made the following remarks :—The power of “ flying” has been recorded by natives to be possessed by three species of snakes in Borneo, viz. Chrysopelea ornata, C. chrysochlora (Opis- thoglypha), and Dendrophis pictus (Aglypha). All three species have the ventral scales with a suture or hinge-line on each side; by means of a muscular contraction these scales can be drawn inwards, so that the whole ventral surface of the snake becomes quite concave and the snake itself may be compared toa rod of bamboo bisected longitudinally. By experiments on C, ornata it was seen that the snake when falling from a height descended not in writhing coils, but with the body held stiff and rigid, and that the line of the fall was at an angle to a straight line from the point of departure to the ground. It is highly probable that the concave ventral surface of the snake helps to buoy it up in its fall; it can readily be shown that a longitudinally bisected rod of bamboo falls more slowly than an undivided rod of equal weight. * This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London, ‘W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to tle Publications, along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day ef publication at the price of Siapence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Siv Shillings per annum, payable in advance. 14 A series of Reports on the Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cunnington in 1904-05, was read. The Report on the Fishes was by Mr. G. A. BouLenaer, F.R.S., who stated that the collection consisted of 300 specimens referable to 84 species, 28 of which were new. Of Crustacea, reported upon by Dr. W. T. Carman, in addition to the two species already known from Lake Tanganyika, no fewer than ten specimens of new species belonging to the family Atyide, including the representatives of two new genera, were obtained. From Lakes Nyasa and Victoria Nyanza only a single species was got, the widely-distributed Caridina nilotica (C. wyckii). The absence of this common species from the gatherings made in Tanganyika emphasised the isolated character of the Macruran fauna of that lake. All the species found in Tanganyika and all but one of the genera were peculiar to the lake. There was no ground for regarding the Macrura of Tanganyika as having any specially “ marine” affinities. The other members of the groups to which they belonged, the genus Palemon and the family Atyide, were characteristically and all but exclusively fresh- water aninals. The collection of Mollusca, reported upon by Mr. Encar A. Smrru, 1.8.0., contained examples of 35 species, one of which was new. Mr. R. Kirkpatrick reported on the Freshwater Sponges obtained from Lakes Victoria Nyanza, Tanganyika, and Nyasa. The collection comprised eleven specimens representing five species, one from Tanganyika being new to science, two others from Tanganyika (Spongilla moorei Evans and S. tanganyike Evans) having already been recorded from that locality. Small specimens of a fourth species, viz. Spongilla carteri Bowerbank, were obtained from the Victoria Nyanza, and a fairly large specimen of a fifth, viz. Spongilla biseriata Weltner, was collected in a swamp bordering Lake Nyasa. Included in Mr. Kirkpatrick’s report were descriptions of two new species and a new variety of Freshwater Sponges, based on material obtained from the White Nile. The Oligochete Worms were reported upon by Mr. F. E, Bepparb, F.R.S. They comprised examples of four new species. Mr. R. T. Gwunruer exhibited and made remarks on the Meduse of the genus Zimnocenida obtained during the Expe- dition. 15 The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be held on Tuesday, the 20th March, 1906, at half-past Hight o'clock P.m., when the following communications will be made :— 1. Mr. G. A. K. Marsnatt, F.Z.8.—A Monograph of the Coleoptera of the Genus Seciobius. 2. Dr. Hans Gapow, F.R.S.—A Contribution to the Study of Evolution based upon the Mexican Species of Onenidophorus. 3. Mr. Percy I. Lary, F.Z.8.—On Three new Forms of Butterfly of the Genus Heliconius. The following Papers have been received :— 1. Mr. C. Tare Reean, F.Z.8.—The Freshwater Fishes of the Island of Trinidad, based on the Collection, and Notes and Sketches, made by Mr. Lechmere Guppy, jun. 2. Prof. J. AntHUR THomson and Mr. W. D. Henperson.—The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British Kast Africa from Collections made by Cyril Crossland in the Years 1901-2. Aleyonaria. 3. Dr. J. F. Gemmiin.—Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes. 4. Dr. J. F. Gemmrii.—Notes on Supernumerary Eyes, Local Deficiency and Reduplication of the Notochord in Trout Embryos, Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the ZooLoGicAL Socrety of Lonpon should be addressed to P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary. * 3 Hanover Square, Lonpnon, W. 13th March, 1906. ete © We ty ee Te ovr 7 ary y View ae _* ty @ “SOs FE aha ne “At el i a “Bietea le init AOE ey Ua de Oi RR aah 0 Lite 1 ahs =< aie ook 1 bit i at 5 og he es " | “aby fin fete Rares © Awe a oA )8 wee iy TY al | ty Vi Pay ah Ae eae md thin if a ‘t FE vii WH. 4 ¥ ae ee ss 2, de oy?’ A= i Wen: Woe aond la b s ti ites _" Hie Je at ie bea - - : “ ‘ = , : << tie f mye a nw h4 iyi e, «i 7 \ »! “wT ft 7 aA wit a Ae y - | j af y by \ ¢ at 7 i { MNT) ar ¢ P et ¢ wa hid bg yee ‘ % ~~ i n 4 pear ij PNM Fea ome T hee 1, ae on ’ , mi Tie | . iio" We ove . 7 a. a * 1 a, ‘9s pet Sree ) Abe egies >< Beh " ‘9 : GQ * i PS y ‘i by 7 : a a , ; Ss : 3 t i & - | —¢0n t d ih may ' - - T— = uJ + LI, wt, i 7 - ro + or PAL ris “us 347 > 479 a wei wat @i z ry . 7 si = ‘ =. os ihe : %) a * 3 ; : No. 29. ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON” March 20th, 1905. Dr. Henry Woopwarpd, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secrerary read a report on the additions that had been made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1906. The Sxcrerary exhibited a paper cutting representing the print of the fore foot of a large wild Indian Elephant, which had been taken from an impression left in the soil, by Mr. C. A. Sherring, Deputy Commissioner at Almora, India. The circum- ference of the print was 66 inches. The Srecrerary also exhibited, on behalf of Mr. Joun Bowes, F.Z.S., a tooth of the Mammoth from the sand in the estuary of the East Swale, about three miles west of Herne Bay. Mr. Ou_prietD THomas, F.R.S., F.Z.8., exhibited a Brown Bear from the Shan States, which appeared to represent a new form of the A. arctos group. It was diagnosed as follows :— URSUS ARCTOS SHANORUM, subsp. n. Most nearly allied to U. a. yesoensis Lyd., but smaller and with much shorter, broader teeth. Basal length of skull 295 mm.; last upper premolar 17 x 15. fab, Shan States. Type. Male. B.M. No. 6.3.16.1. Received in exchange from the Caleutta Museum, to whom it had been presented by the late Mr. Rutledge. * This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London, W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, along with the ‘Proceedings’; but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Sic Shillings per annum, payable in adyance. 18 Mr. R. E. Houprye exhibited, and made some remarks on, specimens illustrating anomalies and variations in the teeth of animals. Dr. Watrer Kipp, F.Z.S., exhibited, and made remarks upon, a second series of lantern-slides of sections of the skin from the palmar and plantar surfaces of Mammals. Dr. C. G. Seticmann, the Society’s Pathologist, read a paper which contained, in tabulated form, the causes of deaths that had occurred amongst the mammals and birds in the Menagerie during the year 1905, A communication from Mr. Guy A. K. MarsHatt, F.ZS., contained descriptions of the species of the Coleopterous genus Sciobius. The genus comprised 41 species, of which 22 were described as new by Mr. Marshall. Dr. Hans Gapvow, F.R.S., F.Z.S., read a paper entitled ‘“ A Contribution to the Study of Evolution based upon the Mexican Species of Cremidophorus.” The main object of the paper was to trace the correlation of certain variations exhibited by the lizards of this genus, and the environmental, bionomic conditions. To do this a revision of the numerous species of the genus had been necessary, most of the ample material for which had been collected by the author himself. Especial attention had to be paid to an exhaustive study of the surprisingly great variability of certain characters, in particular the changes of the colour-pattern and the scutellation of the collar and of the limbs. The distribution of the many races, into which some of the species seemed to have recently differentiated themselves, was likewise followed up in detail. The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be held on Tuesday, the 10th April, 1906, at half-past Hight o'clock p.m., when the following communications will be made :— 1. Mr. C. Tart Reaan, F.Z.8S.—The Freshwater Fishes of the Island of Trinidad, based on the Collection, and Notes and Sketches, made by Mr. Lechmere Guppy, jun. 2. Prof. J. ArrHuR THomson and Mr. W. D. Henperson.—The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa from Collee- tions made by Cyril Crossland in the Years 1901-2. Aleyonaria. 3. Dr. J. F. Gemmiiyi.—Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes. 4, Dr. J. F. Gemmitit.—Notes on Supernumerary Eyes, Local Deficiency and Reduplication of the Notochord in Trout Embryos, hg The following Papers have been received :— 1. Mr. OtpFreLpD Tuomas, F.R.S.—On Mammals collected in South-west Australia for Mr. W. E. Balston. 2. Mr. F. EK. Bepparp, F.R.S.—Contributions to the Know- ledge of the Vascular and Respiratory Systems in the Ophidia, and to the Anatomy of the Genera Boa and Corallus. 3. Mr. J. N. Hatperr.—Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Hxpedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-05. Report on the Hydrachnide. Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the ZooLoGicaL Society or Lonpon should be addressed to P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary. 3 HaNovER Square, Lonpon, W. 27th March, 1906. a cP PeetialGgy. eat cahe ‘and mbes ee oth rth ahh WE palertiar sd, 1 - c is ss! 7 bee's a dalled ;? ae # .. 7 im while? wilh ae edie aoe ial aale in Valea tae oa Oh we Miv = yf, mh rh | af revi) Bo | + Rie nits “ id “un ‘; oe a re if factyolendy pear et " a gen: mate LF re a Vis resi oF Pals ae f Pe ivattng hu nid we tw Pie rd 7 7 ‘ Maal Grrrtivas Ste Sat Ieee rat tht tei Pyeetilgie AERC Fl et ATW. Oia wa ’ LE A ie ral y : ( AP Aa ,f We cio 7 o) an i A weit SS * / , ! 7 R by a . . hee % e rT 4 i ia - No. 30. ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. April 10th, 1906. Hursert Druce, Esq., F.L.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S., exhibited a partially dissected specimen of the Scincoid Lizard, Trachysaurus rugosus, to show the existence in that species of abdominal ribs. Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.8., exhibited the skull of a Horse showing pre-orbital pits. Mr. C. Tare Rucay, B.A., F.Z.S., read a paper dealing with the Freshwater Fishes of the Island of Trinidad, chiefly based on a collection made by Mr. Lechmere Guppy, Jun., and presented by him to the British Museum. The collection was accompanied by natural history notes and by a series of beautifully executed water-colour drawings. Forty species of Freshwater Fishes were now known from the island; these were enumerated in the paper and four of them described as new to science. The Secrerary read a communication from Prof, J. ARTHUR Tomson and Mr. W. D. Henperson, which contained an account of the collection of Aleyonarians made by Mr. Cyril Crossland at Zanzibar in 1901-02. Specimens of sixty-five species or varieties were contained in the collection, of which twenty-seven were described as new. A paper from Dr. J. F. Gemmint treated of Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes, as observed by him in several advanced Trout embryos. A detailed account of the anatomy of the specimens was given and a comparison made with Cyclopia in Mammals. The author’s views were also put forward regarding the mode of origin of this condition in Fishes. * This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London, W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications, along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sirpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Siv Shillings per annum, payable in adyance. ' 22 A second paper by Dr. GrmMiLt contained descriptions of cases of supernumerary eyes, and local deficiency and reduplication of the notochord, in Trout embryos. A communication from Mr. Percy I. Larry, F.Z.S., contained descriptions of three new varieties of Butterflies of the genus Heliconius. The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be held on Tuesday, the Ist May, 1906, at half-past Eight o’clock p.M., when the following communications will be made :— 1. The Hon. Watrer RoruscHiLp, M.P., F.Z.8.—Additional Notes on Anthropoid Apes, with exhibition of specimens. 2. Mr. Otprirtp Tromas, F.R.S., F.Z.8.—On Mammals col- lected in South-west Australia by Mr. W. E. Balston. 3. Mr. H. J. Ewes, F.R.S., F.Z.S.,and Sir Grorcr HAmpson, Bt., F.Z.8S.—On the Lepidoptera collected during the recent Expedition to Tibet. The following Papers have been received : 1. Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S.—Contributions to the Know- ledge of the Vascular and Respiratory Systems in the Ophidia, and to the Anatomy of the Genera Boa and Corallus. 2. Mr. J. N. Harserr.—Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-05. Report on the Hydrachnide. 3. Mr. OLDFIELD ''nomas, F.R.S.—On Mammals from Northern Australia presented to the National Museum by Sir William Ingram and the Hon. John Forrest. 4, Prof. W. B. Bennam, D.Sc., and Mr. W. J. DunBar.—On the Skull of a young Specimen of the Ribbon Fish (Regalecus). 5. Mr. Anwin K. Haacner, F.Z.8.-—A List of the Mammals of Modderfontein, Transvaal, with Notes on their Habits. Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the ZOOLOGICAL SoctEry oF Lonpon should be addressed to P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary. 3 HANover Square, Lonpox, W. 17th April, 1906. JHE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tuts Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp Rarrtes, Mr. J. Sasrne, Mr. N. A. Viegors, and other eminent Naturalists, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829. COUNCIL. HIS GRACH THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.G., President. Srr ALEXANDER Barrp, Br. Jon Rose BrapForp, Kse., M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President. Mason THe Hon. Wituram E. CaviNDISH. F. Dawrrey Drewitr, Ese., M.A., M.D. Caartes Drummonp, KEse., Treasurer. Sir Epwarp Dovranp, Br., C.B. Freperick Ginterr, Kse., Vice- || | Davin Seru-Suira, Esa. President. W. R. Ocitvie-Grant, Esa. Mason Tue Marauis oF Hamitron, M.P. JosEpH Jackson Lisrrer, Esa., M.A., F.RS. Srr Epuunp Gites Lover, Br., Vice-President. K. G. B. Meapz-Watpo, Ese. P. Coatmers MircHett, Esa, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary. K. Lorr Purnties, Ese. Toe Hon. Water RoruscHiip M.P., Pa.D. Howarp Saunpurs, Esa., Vice- President. | OxtprreLtD THomas, Esa., F.R.S. Cuartzes 8. Towns, Ese., M.A, F.R.S., Vice-President. Heyry Woopwarp, Ksa., LE.D., F.R.S., Vice-President. 2 The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and Corresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws. The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m. till Sunset. ‘The Offices and Library (3 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Saturdays, when they close at Two o'clock P.™. The Library is closed for cleaning purposes during the month of September in each year. The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every month of the year, except in September and October, at Four P.M. The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice a month, except in July, August, September, and October, at half- past Hight o’clock p.m. The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, or the nearest convenient day, at Four p.m. The dates of the General Meetings are now posted with the annual supply of tickets to all Fellows of the Society on or before January 1st in each year. TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS. Frrtows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri- bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance, or a Composition of £30 in leu thereof; the whole payment, including the Admission Fee, being £35. No person can become a Frrrow until the Admission Fee and First Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments have been compounded for. Fetiows elected after the 3lst of August are not liable for the Subscription for the year in which they are elected. PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS. Frttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the entrance gate. The Wire or Husnanp of a FeLtow can exercise these privileges in the absence of the Fellow. 3 The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Frttow on the 1st of January in eve ry year, upon filling up and returning the form of Standing Order supplied to Fellows. Hvery Frtnow is entitled to receive annually 60 undated Green Cards, and, when no specific instructions are received, the supply will be sent in this form. If preferred, however, 20 Green Cards may be exchanged for a book containing 2 Orders for each Saturday * throughout the year. A similar book of Sunday Orders may also be obtained in lieu of 20 Green Cards. A Green Card may also be exchanged for 2 Buff Cards for the use of Children under 12 years of age. It is particularly requested that Fellows will sign every Ticket before it goes out of their possession. Unsigned Tickets are not available. Green and Buff Tickets may be used on any day and in any year, but in no case can two Children be admitted with one Adult Ticket, or an Adult admitted with two Children’s Tickets. Frttows are not allowed to pass in friends on their written Order or on presentation of their Visiting Cards. Frettows are exempt from payment of the fee for Painting, Sketching, and Photographing in the Society’s Gardens. Frttows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s ordinary Publications issued during the year upon payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of January, and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Frntows are likewise entitled to purchase these Publications at 25 per cent. less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if above the value of Five Pounds. Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of ‘ The Zoological Record,’ which gives a list of the Works and Publications relating to Zoology in each year, for the sum of One Pound Ten Shillings. Separate divisions of the volume can also be supplied. Full particulars of these publications can be had on application to the Secretary. * The Saturday Orders are not available if the Fellow introduces friends personally on that day. . + Frettows may obtain a TRansrERABLE Tvory Trckrr admitting Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship, on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum, A second similar Ticket may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Ten Pounds upon the recommendation of the Council. Any Frttow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the Secretary notice in writing, have his or her name placed upon the “ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of the annual contribution during such absence. Any Frttow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to withdraw his or her name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary. Ladies or Gentlemen wishing to become Fellows of the Society are requested to communicate with the undersigned. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, M.A., D.Sc., F.B.S., Secretary. 3 Hanover Square, London, W., August, 1906. MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON FOR SCIENT LEI} SU SINESS: (AT 8 HANOVER SQUARE, W.) 19006. Tunspay, November 13 and 27 | Turspay, Decemser 11 1907. Turspay, January 15 Turspay, APRIL .. 9 and 23 - Fresruary 5 and 19 i May’...7 1 Qamdyas a Marck .. 5, 5 19 45 JuNE.... 18 The Chair will be taken at half-past Hight o’clock in the Evening precisely. LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and ‘‘ Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien- tific meetings, but also all the papers read at snch meetings and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates and engravings are issued in the volumes of the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark- able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such illus¢rations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the first of the months of June, August, October, and Apri, the part published in April completing the volume for the last half of the preceding year. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes. The ‘‘ Transactions”? contain such of the more important communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are issued at irregular intervals. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni- versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the Society’s Publications for the year. ‘They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of 30s. (which includes cost of delivery), payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the 1st of December following. The following is a complete list of the publications of the Society already issued. [ August, 1906. ] TRANSACTIONS* OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 4to. 16 vols. and Index. Price to Price to the Fellows. Public. Vel. I:, containing 59 Plates.... (1833- =o0) ssan £0 139° °6 .. 0. ee lon , ee i9 (i ss wet (eo ..., 4 0° 0...5- 5 em 5) ae = G3 4, Otc. be Bod. 4 11> OF > eV * A, ie LEO -OAy uae 6 2-0, “8 2 Ge “ M;, if SY ger or be UISO2-—BO) near Oo 42° 3. 619 0 Pee RIS. 5 02 25 eee ULSb GOO) es kt) 5. 20.3 15 OG eae ay 7 Ca oe s« (1QB9—(59; 10 4 0)... 18 ee sc ie - Sons i: (IST2=74): o.5. “OS 3)... 12a 5 5 Se — OO ea enn (MOCO ta \is ite a ale GB 16 28 5 ee E 25. 3; Ba (0c) ane siren lO Mart 8 Tal 18 7 @ Tyidaxs Vols: LAX... chit atosreetee (1835=79) e293 O° S86. ee) OS Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates... (1880-85) .... .9 12 0.... 12 16°90 4 Xl, 9) PD Tela iy (LOCO OO Wana Ocoee 7 400 7 5 OR, cn CEUI-OOy een, 2 Sosa S11 ae. ae » 4f 4 «+. (1896=98) 5: sor0ns TDs A) pee Ee yo OL Gage (ancl Gee 1901). BD Los terme 714 0 ee Gat: iy OS” yy a ree el COT AIG) ot aD ee ae 7 40 CN Vid uP ile 5, Dy oy Sen, Ace: OOS) A Oa 140-0 _ “RViL. ey aes QO. hp a (CAMO IOOR) Oe eee 018 0 VIL Feo a AB 5) een, WaCd) ea ete 110° 0 OVE a Br teas... (eR TII0S) ae Lae oe 110 0 jo: WLU cies Ap cr thay wo hataeneeen (Dee. 1905) 0-15; 10% 1 Ore PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). Part 1. 100 ” 1830-351. 1882. 1 vol. 8yo. ” Price to Price to the Fellows. Publie. cpa uevanreorshate tiers 4s. 6d. 6s. wubb us icte larelecie set encaiee 4s, 6d. 6s. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) and Index. Price to Price to the (First Series.) Price to Price to the Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Part I. 1833.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.f | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. Gs. 5 ot. 1834. + AS A0Me ts) OS: a X. 1842. a 4s, 6d. .. 6s. 5» LE. 1830: 5 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 4 XI. 1843. 9 4s. 6d... Gat 53 SL S36. + 4s. 6d. .. 6s. jg il 1844. ” 4s. 6d... 6s. =) Vs ABST. y 4s. 6d. .... 6s. 9 NL 1845, 5 43: Gd. 5 Was > NI TESS; oy Ae. (Ci, 5 OR gf) LV Lea. . 4s, Od, .. 68.F 3 VL. LS3a0: 9) 4s. 6d. .. 68.7 XV. 1847, ns 4s. 6d... 6s. 5 MLL 1840; “5 4s, 6d. ., 68. Index 1830-1847, * 4s, Gd. .. 6s. 8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.) Letterpress only. With Plates coloured. Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Fellows. Pul lie. Fellows. Public. Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ORS, caters oo yshe tt £1 0 8 815 % AVIT. 1849) “3 4s. 6d. CiBn Caine vit) Secs Lt Ors LZ 408 . oe VEE 1850; % 4s 6d. OSe- Wyk egerereteis 1, KS 118 OF 53 XIX. 1841. 4s. 6d. Gai y Gohan ata O W159 1 2 30 XX, 1852. 5 4s. Gd. OS.) rate cae a ak Oleg lL oo Gy » XXI. 1853, oF 4s. 6d. LS Ae aie eee O18 710 1 4307 ‘3 XXII. 1854, A 4s, 6d. OBIS orate pscaselne Oasis 1 6 30+ 5 XXIII. 1855. ‘) 4s, Gd. OSS Ge aire Ll 856 128 0 » XKILV,TS56: a 4s. 6d. Gate P tepeata seh POT Ee is: - XXV. 1857. ~ 4s, Gd. (SS eee ee ote 1.20 88 lt BF OVA ss? s 4s, 6d. Gai. Bee tenareys Lee 2 2 OF » AXVII. 1859. ye As. 6d. LS Fe ere terete St Leh 4G 2 ar 5 ee VIEL, SEO; 4s. 6d. OSame rein cal 1 eG 2 2 OF Index 1848-1860. fe 4s. 6d. Gs, ii Out of print. * In consequence of a re-arrangement of the stock of the ‘Transactions,’ the Society is now able to offer for sale, at the reduced price of £80, sets from Vol. v.—xvi. inclusive, and separate papers at about one-fourth their published price. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Letterpress only. With Plates uneoloured. MEETINGS OF THE 8vo. 40 vols. and 4 Indices. With Plates coloured. Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. ublic. MSG AshaGdie os 6sue oe, Ys. pee le Seba ene Bas, Beh soos 45s. MSs: Gd. hn OSH kan. 9s. PAS ola tie Ba, Cee soos 458.7 GOS 55 4485 GE oes G8 wou nos 9s NDS.» 5 BES Oh coor 45s, 1864 .. 4s. Gd. HNO Sek hare 9s, DDS ea reacties BRS, OWh soos 453.7 USES. 59 4, Gh Sic o GS osccde 9s. 1D see Bo, Be sono 2459; IETS o 6 4a, Ge So a5c OSBea ants 9s. Bei shatveny By We coo o ZDS SCM eo ee ites eat owe 9s, 5 NDB E3, 3 BS, BN cave GS: WSOSM eran sas cee weno 9s. net Uae Ne tie BOS, Bi, sooc 45s. HS COMP Rta race sh ccieo nw sca howe 9s, AED Shean ae be BE Oh cacao os: USO | os ates eu eee te aR 9s. Fpuled Simeone B35, Bh sooo GR ImdexliS6I-V870 66. leas ence als (Bh ooo 0 6s. NSP ee oe Sea ee ane 9s. , 12s.* oem B80 soos 45s, STD we:SiG 8 Agate ene ea a rao 9s, ; Wee. odo wo Ba Oh, soos 45s.t WSTB. co eG eI Ren ena 9s, : 1 ee ek ie SI Bh ooao 44, BISWA eth Bec ee Bek ie 9s. , 128+ 36s. 48s.+ SOM ea mnt a R Ruee ee Qs. ? TS reree ae 36s. 48s. TSB 5 abies Betts Blew ale Ca uae 9s. : 12s. 36s. 48s. ISTT oSolee cee eee ee aes 9s. Ae Ges Ta ie Benes 36s, 48s. USS. ‘olo5'b pO RO Aree are 9s. Alii el oa laa ati 36s. 48s. USS 5-6 he dia eae eee 9s. siete come Gee me aan aa 36s. 48s, TKO) 5 5 36.05 Cae eee IA ee ae 9s, p AED) ores Se 36s. 48s, indexslS@1-V880) 20. ecb ees ASG sooo 6s. SSI 6 é pb oer Os f 2s: 36s. 48s, LISD 6 S:0- 5 A Ee ee 9s. ND Sher NN ae 36s. 48s. ICES 5 ole ak RO Ne ree 9s. 12s. 36s. 48s. BS SAR eee rc iehisa ae cre vecla gia rere 9s. a Sarg 36s. A8s. SS ME Ie rc eo ee ege 9s. ble Gere Steet 36s. 48s. USS Ge ep tte es Pane wats 9s. 5 LBs 36s. 48s, TCS : ios oBton eee eee ae ae 9s. bi coeed OO ESaIe an es yon 36s. 4 48s, SSS 6 6 poo ho Gane 9s. eran DSH 228 che 36s. 48s. ESO 5 oo Se ae OC eee eee 9s. Bie Spa DSH wad cad 36s. A8s, WSS OMAP rere area issccectesuansianncs 9s. Bee LOSh lee 86s. 48s. lindexeslISSINSSOM et ances 4S. Ooh ooo c 6s. eT 4 99 6 bib1 DLO E eb CARO NDE RESIN 62S ae en ae 386s. 48s. ES MR EE rae? oir a its cared cate bute: Sowcdass lig aoe ouaviedsiie. 6 36s. 48s. WDB ~ “9.0.0 Sea wil gro iosoets a EreArae EEN SUE ee ae en 36s. 48s, ee 50.8 oie G5 8 Gee IO OIE Ce NERCT CHE CaS Ui nto na ee Po 36s. 48s, LES a5 ibid. Gio Sey Bete GOERS en Re yp earner et ee 36s. 48s. WENS 5.6 0:0:9-0-5:6:6 SiO too, DLS Oe aa ar a 36s. 48s, NGOY .c0ds'6 SRO Ra OCS e en ar ete ee a 36s. 48s, LESS SMC PY ele ie ohtldits ad ive ace sated algae guaulals 36s. 48s, OD 9 ob 000.06 OS ALES ELS eee ene emer ae 36s. 48s. UNOD 9 6.00 0.60 Bu Oe Oe 8 RS a ee ne he earn Un 36s, 48s. nidext SOI N900; Fee... 5 als, Behinoco OS * No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print. PROCEEDINGS or THE GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS or tar ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 11 vols. Price to Price to the Fellows. Public. 1901, Vol. Tice ia awalae sks .a eee Re ei atanmen ile TGS: ais oaks 24s. _ 5p line caw tag clad cabeasisin CRE oe eRe eee ete iC Seeerngic.: 24s. AGO. 45 aDlas tees Sih le Aha cotacerale ee eee eRe Pe tenieeorea everenee SS. Peasveterte 24s, & Pat | Rae OR CRT aris area i ot eet 24s. TOOB oj ak citi ca ain y me eet meme Gree Steere Rise ee ek ta tee | ot PRPC ee PP ip Ls ORNL tenes a cls Tear hia haat See RE Saat RS Ss reeteees aes W904 Sr Meee aietite tec k cei ei deie va shea eM ERO AERO CCT eee 18a; ah eee 24s. a hy Me hs. Siatety cca tin Blaverate ene Nia de Siero aE eee ate eR LSS Araketen 24s, NOOB Oi SIL cane aie cts a5 & Wm e's ele eteeie yarn te Reread te ve gore 183:-.538aee 24s, Pa 5, WL tee STOW 6 ORE GF NTS icles eae OREM EU Soner as femme 18s; Sees 24s, 1906; ppy VSAG2 | 4. a ctawersia rere eye wise Rpoaratere Sie ed «eee ror 183. % ss npeeneaeene LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Kighth Edition.) 8vo. 1883. Cloth, 4s. 6d. List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vyo. 1896. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s. Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.) 8vo. 1902. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s. These publications may be obtained at the Socrrry’s OFFICE (3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row, E£.C.), or through any bookseller. THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD. ———-05900-—_—_. \HE object of the Zoonocican Recorp is to give, by means of an annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during the year preceding the issue of the Volume, together with full information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory that will retain its value for the Student in future years. The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published by the Society at the price of 40s. per volume. But all Members of the Zoological Society of London have the privilege of receiving it, including the cost of delivery, at a subscription price of 30s. per annum. This Sub- scription is due on the Ist of July in every year, and the privilege of Subscription is forfeited unless the amount be paid before the Ist of December following. The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of the ‘Zoological Record,’ is able to supply complete sets. The thirty-seven Volumes to the end of the nineteenth century, and the Index-Volume (1880-1900) in addition, will be supplied for £15 net (or without the Index-Volume, for £14 10s. net). Volumes of any single year (exclusive of the last five volumes and Vols. 4 and 6) can likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume net. The price of the Index Zoologicus (Index-Volume 1880-1900) is 20s., to Fellows 18s. Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record’ are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also ‘supplied to those who prefer that mode of payment. This order, when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for registration ; it will then be sent to the Agents named therein. Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the ‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of the Zoological Society. The divisions of the ‘Zoological Record,’ commencing with Vol. 39, may be obtained separately as shown on the next page. SEPARATE DIVISIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD. At present each Volume of the Zootocican Recorp consists of 20 separately paged Divisions. These may be obtained separately, in paper covers, stitched and lettered. The following are the Divisions and their net prices, viz. :— List of abbreviations of journals, etc. Special Records, viz. :— I. Il. Ill. PY. . Pisces . Tunicata . Mollusca . Brachiopoda .. . Bryozoa . Crustacea . Arachnida . Myriopoda . Insecta . . Echinoderma . Vermes .. XVI. XVII. XVIII. General Subjects .. Mammalia Aves oh cae mains Reptilia and Batrachia. . Coelenterata .. Spongize Protozoa Index of new names of genera and subgenera — bo NNFWWDHDRPNYONYHE HE BE DOH aNY Dw d. 0 tao) SCOHPOSEOMDSBOADSSOCQARCo® On receipt of the price any Division will be forwarded as soon as ready. These separate Divisions can be obtained from the Zoological Society, 3 Hanover Square, London, and also from Messrs. Fried- lander & Sohn, 11 Carlstrasse, Berlin. Cheques and Post-Office Orders should be made payable to “The Zoological Society,” and crossed ‘‘ Drummond’s.”’ P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary. August, 1906. Zoouoaicat Sociuty or Lonpon, 3 Hanover Square, W. LIST OF VOLUMES or vax ‘ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.’ The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864-1866, Vols. 1.-111., and 1868, Vol. v. Edited by Atpert C. L. G. Ginruzr, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.8., &. Price 10s. each Volume. Net. (1867, Vol. rv., supplied with sets only.) The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869, Vol. v1. Edited by Apert C. L. G. Gtintner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e. London, 1870. Price 30s. The Zoological Record for 1870-1872, Vols. vit.-1x. Edited by Atrrep Newton, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., &c. Price 10s. each Volume. Net. The Zoological Record for 1873-1883, Vols, x.-xx. Edited by Epwarp Catpwett Rye, F.Z.S., M.E.S. Price 10s. each Volume. Net. The Zoological Record for 1884, 1885, Vols. xx1.,xx11. Edited by F. Jurrrey Bert, M.A. Price 10s. each Volume. Net. The Zoological Record for 1886-1890, Vols. xxi11.-xxvu. Edited by Franx EK. Bzepparp, M.A., F.Z.8S. Price 10s. each Volume. Net. The Zoological Record: for 1891-1899, Vols. xxvi1I.-xxxvl. Edited by D. Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &. Price 10s. each Volume. Net. The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-seventh; being Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1900. By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W. Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, A. Willey, and E. A. Minchin. Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &. London, 1901. Price 30s. The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-eighth; being Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1901, By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, Alice L. Embleton, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, 8S. Pace, Albert Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, and E. A. Minchin. Edited (for the Zcological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A.,, F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1902. Price 30s. The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-ninth ; being Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1902. By D. Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T. Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. A. Bather, E. A. Minchin, and H. M. Woodcoek. Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Swarr, M.A., F.RS., F.Z.8., &. London, 1903. Price 30s. The Zoological Record, Volume the Fortieth; being Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1903. By D. Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T. Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. A. Bather, E. A. Minchin, and H. M. Woodcock. Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davi Suarp, M.A., F.RS., F.ZS., &e. London, 1904. Price 30s. The Zoological Record, Volume the Forty-first ; being Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1904. By D. Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T. Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. Silvestri, E. Simon, F. A. Bather, W. Woodland, and H. M. Woodcock. Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e. London, 1905. Price 40s. Index Zoologicus. An alphabetical list of names of genera and subgenera proposed for use in Zoology, as recorded in the Zoological Record, 1880-1900; together with other names not included in the ‘ Nomenclator Zoologicus’ of 8. H. Scudder. Com- piled (for the Zoological Society of London) by Cuartes Owen WaxernHousE and edited by Davip Suarp, Editor of the Zoological Record. London, 1902. Price to Fellows, 18s.; price to the public, 20s. These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s OFFICE (8 Hanover Square, W.). THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, Tuts Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp RaFrtes, Mr. J. Sasine, Mr. N. A. Vreors, and other eminent Naturalists, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829. COUNCIL. HIS GRACE THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.G., President. Srr ALEXANDER Barrp, Br. Ksa., Vice- JoHN Rose Braprorp, WED so IDES, JaaSks President. Mayor Tae Hon. Writtiam EK. CaviNDISH. F, Dawrrey Drewirttr, Esa, M.A., M.D. Caartes Drummonp, Ksa., Treasurer. Siz Epwarp Duranp, Br., C.B. Frepverick Ginterr, Kse., Vice- President. W. R. Oeinvie-Grant, Esa. Mason Tue Marauis oF Hamitrton, M.P. JosEPH Jackson Lisrer, Ksa., M.A., F.R.S. Str Epmunp Gites Lover, Br., Vice-President. E. G. B. Mrapz-Watpo, Esa. P. Caatmers Mivcnett, Esa, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary. EK. Lort Parzries, Esa. Howarp Saunpers, Ese., Vice- President. Davin Seru-Suita, Ese. OxtprietD Tomas, Esa., F.R.S. Cuartes 8. Tomes, Hse., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President. Aveustus F. Wrenzr, Esa. Henry Woopwarp, Hse., LL.D. F.R.S., Vice-President. 2 The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and Corresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws. The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m. till Sunset. The Offices and Library (8 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Saturdays, when they close at Two o’eclock P.M. The Library is closed for cleaning purposes during the month of September in each year. The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m. The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice a month, except in July, August, September, and October, at half- past Light o'clock p.m. The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, or the nearest convenient day, at Four p.m, The dates of the General Meetings are now posted with the annual supply of tickets to all Fellows of the Society on or before January Ist in each year. TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS. Fritows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri- bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance, or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment, including the Admission Fee, being £35. No person can become a Fertow until the Admission Fee and First Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments have been compounded for. Frtiows elected after the 31st of August are not liable for the Subscription for the year in which they are elected. PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS. Fettows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the entrance gate. The Wire or Huszanp of a F'e.iow can exercise these privileges in the absence of the Fellow. 3 The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Fettow on the 1st of January in eve ry year, upon filling up and returning the form of Standing Order supplied to Fellows. Every Fettow is entitled to receive annually 60 undated Green Cards, and, when no specific instructions are received, the supply will be sent in this form. If preferred, however, 20 Green Cards may be exchanged for a book containing 2 Orders for each Saturday * throughout the year. A similar book of Sunday Orders may also be obtained in lieu of 20 Green Cards. A Green Card may also be exchanged for 2 Buff Cards for the use of Children under 12 years of age. It is particularly requested that Fellows will sign every Ticket before it goes out of their possession. Unsigned ‘Tickets are not available. Green and Buff Tickets may be used on any day and in any year, but in no case can two Children be admitted with one Adult Ticket, or an Adult admitted with two Children’s Tickets. Frttows are not allowed to pass in friends on their written Order or on presentation of their Visiting Cards. Frttows are exempt from payment of the fee for Painting, Sketching, and Photographing in the Society’s Gardens, Fettows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s ordinary Publications issued during the year upon payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea. This Subscription is due upon the 1st of January, and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Frtrows are likewise entitled to purchase these Publications at 25 per cent. less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if above the value of Five Pounds. Frttows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of ‘The Zoological Record,’ which gives a list of the Works and Publications relating to Zoology in each year, for the sum of One Pound Ten Shillings. Separate divisions of the volume can also be supplied. Fuil particulars of these publications can be had on application to the Secretary. * The Saturday Orders are not ayailable if the Fellow introduces friends personally on that day. + Frrtows may obtain a TRANsFERABLE Ivory Ticker admitting Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship, on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar Ticket may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Ten Pounds upon the recommendation of the Council. Any Fetitow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the Secretary notice in writing, have his or her name placed upon the “ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of the annual contribution during such absence. Any Fetrow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to withdraw his or her name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary. Ladies or Gentlemen wishing to become Fellows of the Society are requested to communicate with the undersigned. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, M.A., D.Sc., Secretary. 3 Hanover Square, London, W., June, 1906. MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS. (AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.) 1906. Turspay, JANUARY 16 Turspay, Aprm .. 10 5 Frsrvary 6 and 20 hf May .... 1,15 and 29 is Marner 2251655) 920 Pe JUNE... 19 The Chair will be taken at half-past Eight o'clock in the Evening precisely. LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “‘ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien- tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recommended to be published in the ‘‘ Proceedings” by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates and engravings are issued in the volumes of the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark- able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the first of the mouths of June, August, October, and April, the part published in April completing the volume for the last half of the preceding year. From January 1901 they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes. The ‘ Transactions” contain such of the more important communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are issued at irregular intervals. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni- versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the Society’s Publications for the year. ‘They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of five pounds. Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of 80s. (which includes cost of delivery), payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the 1st of December following. The following is a complete list of the publications of the Society already issued. [ June, 1906. TRANSACTIONS* OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 4to. 16 vols. and Index. eerie te Price to the ellows. Public. Vol. _1., Gontaining 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .... £3 138 6 .... £418 Of is ue x Vl o%, — Seaueileaoet rnd 40 10%. 5 6 GF » JEL, 59 63° 0 Sh. ee et 1S 8: 411 Ot 55 cola 55 TT sy asco KLSOL=B2) eo. 6. 2-20. , 8.2 165 3 Wir io 67 4, “sos ULSE22DO Geer eO 64: 35 5 619 0 ee a ule 92) 5, 0, G@SGCLagy ee taal 252 027, 100mm 6. - 13) 33) tees. (AS0OR2 Ne. eel OO): 7. Lo ae 5 ALTE. fs Bo Oe cs CLSie- ae) eee Ome mae 12 11 7G as 0.95 4 O95 enn (ESLO=0 1) Gree elo): 16 250 XS, 95. jpn cate (CLELTRAM9) Ay. HOO 13 728 Index, Vole ke oe ier e8 (1833-79): 25% Of 7 Oh OOD Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates.. (1880-85) .... 912 0....1216 O is olde syle: wOD Igy. sas (CLBBG-90), Site er Seale 7 4A 0 yy RE, iy. JOD. ogy © we (LSOE-OD) 3 Sea Sto SIN eg teal (iso8osy ap ae Oe 7 00 1 Ney 0) 65B (18981901)), 5 15) 6) ee 5 si Sp OOin 24, ce et LOO =O 08) 22 sor aS nee 7 4-90 NLL Pt a, Bis cea ean CAEL OOS. )o%, de ale a aes 1100 "XV, 2, 8. Gy as (Ams, 1008)... 0.18 -6 ee RYT get ey damma te. Octal yan. mln teas 110 0 Begs fae tao Boe, he (Oct MQ05) es ID Ose 1100 SPORONALL ie AON Wig. © actor etn (Dee. 1905) O15 10% 1/0030 PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). rice te Price ee Fellows. emis Ji, IR BOSR Ibo hyOs ScocbGaogeoude As (Gd. |v. svn OS ah oy . Se2. Tp te OEsuguosn aig 5 AS. (OAs: ale wee PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) and Index. (First Series.) Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Fellows. Public. Fellows, Public. Part I. 1833.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.f | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6a-7 Pn ese as ved aos yo 1842." | Seas Pe INT es5,0 9 0 9 ds. /ed, ee es . X1-1848, 7), 9 4S eae 2 TV a886) 4,9 4a, <\., Ge: XU 1844.5, 2 4ss6qeueee Be VE VSS temete qi i4e sod eee. , Xt, 1846. 4, .. 4a,Gaaam rw dese, ge a Sasa ee » XIV.1846. ,, 48.60, .. Oat pe yiremieso) Sie Te Aatied eter XV. 1847. | Aaegaaieene ee » VII. 1840. + Ass Gd. OSs; Index 1830-1847. “f 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 8vo. 13 vols. ond Index. (Second Series.) Letterpress only. With Plates coloured. Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Fellows. Publie. Fellows. Public. Part XV Sete sali ola Svi0.-48.6d.0e 2 QenOSt. Beane alee £1...0.-8: , ,.. en 9 XVII. 1849. 5 AS Od. Gey (OSi ceteris os 1 0 8 2.” Sein o SSCV MIUBGOM ey sted! ne MOMeerdakc ale 1 196 118 Of+ a XIX. 1851. ay ASHOG ss Pe FOS ee io @ ils Or 4 XX. 1852. c6) ASSOG!. ova IOS Saayactrcuia OSES 1 OF 56 X XI. 1853. p AS AGG wm tots ie OS Saar e Rene Baca O iisy (0) LAO Geen © Cit wee ha a RE SURO AY i 019 6 1 6 OF a XXIII. 1855. oa Als AGL werstn MOStm Meisior ices ts it aks; (Oy; + XXIV. 1856. op 45460.) Fh Os, setae LORS aor Ah XXV. 1857. As Gas BP: OSS hey tcterkes: OS We ete Sir “7 XXVI. 1858. op Bis GOs” hig SG8ie. eeedneteivens Phy -@ 2. 210% BSR XVIL 1850, . 4,7 12 aca! eee mien ae Tee 6 2 2 OF oR KV ITL. 1800, 1 goo!) Slang ec eens ee 1 ee 2 2 OF Index 1848-1860. o 4s. 6d. 6s. t Out of print. * In consequence of a re-arrangement of the stock of the ‘ ‘Transactions,’ the Society is now able to offer for sale, at the reduced price of £30, sets from Vol. y.—xvi. inclusive, and separate papers at about one-fourth their published price. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 40 vols. and 4 Indices. Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured. Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Fellows. Public. Fellows, Publie, Fellows. Public. USGL. oo 4 Geb o550 OS ooscon 9s. ster euelg MUO Sh ee tere tae SB BW ooo AESNF WSO 55 44s Gah bose OSs ase e aie 9s. Tyaeriya eS eee BI Bh oace 458.7 SOB op 41. Gh S506 OS sence 9s. Sei Osta ee Ae eh B85 nooo CDS UGE o 4 219. Qe ooo5 CRE boone 9s, eatery ule at spans CO, BW soon GHD MSGS 65 21 Gh sooo Oise he once 9s. ioe Sener OOS IO Cae acne ose UGGS 0.6 AY Gh ols oOo sons 9s. Rn al Saten anwar Sikh 8h cooe Zkas, SC epraeera cree tar etn eke eye es 9s. 5000 JOE os acne Goh Mh soos 45s. MSG Siena conten sey at scan eeees 9s. Sits eee es tae B35 Veh ooo. ZR TCKOS): SSRs eres eee ce eres 9s. LARS UN var OOS ROC eee ge TSO) cece ents eae es ett hak 9s. Sooo LAB ob 5060 bot OG coon CER Innclesc, UIGMANSO “Sosboosbooun AS GG ana 6s. BS Ulnar ne Set ay ek aiae cc mee ihewe 9s. Woes eee ee Say Ch soon CG WS Become cece isc yA otros TaN RN te 9s. Beat LES RRR ete BG Qh sooo Zigar SB \ pee eae te ee Sera 9s. ee OSes ape a Ba, Bh coon tie JUS (2S aia nae ak oe Re GI 9s. relat anne ces OS? ee losat LSS) waren Beer aatice, Aa phe area 9s. Bethe LD Gy aR canoes 36s. sooo 4s SOB apes stet \esmaacaeas ote Lene ec cn 9s. Hea enal Day te Be ee 36s. Sooo Ze. ISH iierne es eu runt tase eels erie nae 9s. Rie Ooi meee 36s, do06, 2483 JUSYAGS.. oR NASIR SAR ae RCI IEE 9s. Fen Sekar incre tes 36s. 5000. CHR ISN) 5: Soctch eats ERROR ROM EE arte eee 9s, Ne Ae GS. e parcels 36s. so00 Ee USSSA Ne 9s. Lan LOS ape teeta OSS oc00 UkeK, Ihaglese, ICVEMGSON Gren sige sone: 1 4S th cos 6s. SST 5 is SES RAD ini a et a Qs: See sRe apse OS cee 488: SSO BeMee Marne tare cin ves tabs Seine: 9s. SR Sia ta ies ws OS: ao00- 24% WS So eure a ch ga euler al ering 9s. apes cetenw cat. ROS: aos: NS Steer weer aitvatnatne have shes Saas 9s. Spt dey ShMma ye es sre 36s. so00 4485, IUSIRD “ay Si TO ee Eee rns 9s. Hof ood PASO VS Hi eR OCR sooo Les SSC Mee ets a Oars tint cl hae 9s, MT ol Sue GSS Ad Se SOY sso bela oe a a eee 9s. Lipase Shey sa aie 3@s. 60.00. CAs USS Sieben ie cvacuels devas nlewiaNe 9s. MOSM eee OSs sooo “ks, MSS OR ne a aiecye ua amis 9s. Baie ce ioe is wien 36s. od00 Chee, ISO OR nr Rates tai) weatvac ee elie 9s. Palsaciaey al WPA dea etal nes) OX ao04 CS, Ingles, JUSSI USO Sogeoooooecd 4s. Gd. .... 6s. tO LO Geka oer RRL SORA STON CHOC) O SICTONECCOr OL CRSTE GSE eres 36s. sooo Gkee. LUCIE 5 dis 8 OREO Cl ROPE OS RELA In al 36s. ooo. GksS, ISIS ~ aa He ane Ae CICS OIC a IRE ERT NAT CSS a Ue aR 36s. so00 GSR, WS Ate ret earth ee sics att apse ol em cence mene RMN ho ad oe 36s, sooo Chess LEED ic oS GuG ee EE ara a ae: aE ae Ce at RADE Rg eR 36s 48s BRS) Barrer e ed aera ven ei scL sae us eh os acy leash suave Wivasa: fea Sele als 36s 48s USM 5° 5 56.05 Cito RS OG CE eae eer ee .. 368 48s LES — Sy oG.oc6 Bo CU CON HOS AIEEE een aan nn nea 36s 48s MSO iarateuma aa ace ea. NA SPH Reis are N LA ar coals ak mrevarabonal sualtabneiaiel des 36s 48s UQOO oo obocon toh be HHinS EO GE RAG ee ea Ree ene 36s. 48s index SOT SNO0OR ye. AG, (Gah oboo (OS * No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print. PROCEEDINGS or toe GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS or tur ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 10 vols. Price to Price to the Fellows. Public. TOOL, vol. Moca: piss shes dando Ee De tee ce Moe ee eae ee TS86 wigs. 05 a8. » LM ao eee ste avtak coh qd eegesel ole ceil ios leks TNs eT eee eI AS sheets ete 24s ho) ee ot rere iron ERNE nIAT Acar chte oom nian co 5b b INSK em era sine bo h OULD ie SK Cd See GOP SR ie hates oy eee MSs so08 24s DDO Se pgs Uae ete eS Ahe id crcscxs GAA WG ohne thal ater Se eeoeae a, SER WSs Swe bcos 24s. es Pig) UP eee ar a ee a eanen Sch MRA Cr A NSS e ee eos: TOGA re el eee as eis cideciate Werte eh betehetale eee NUE eame Tome LSso0 ess - sos HMM. Maver dete oth t-at Aeceuat ete Tarek heen egcl eee ee eats Raber es © Ss eee ae 24s DOOD + sep os eae SA eset chatilanerscd otal otele"s una ome aesstohetan ake & 18s. eee 24s, os US SA cure ea SR etn ing are Th on ie a L88. ie wee 24s DOOG,“PpeleaMS sratike ask oe WevalaPste uhelel NerMereasatens ete tetalts % Sanieavele 98.60 cea Wee LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Kighth Edition.) 8vo. 1883. Cloth, 4s. 6d, List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vyo. 1896. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s. Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.) 8vo. 1902. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s. These publications may be obtained at the Socrnry’s OFrrice (3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Low, E.C.), or through any bookseller. THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD. 009300 — MNHE object of the Zootogrcan Record is to give, by means of an annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during the year preceding the issue of the Volume, together with full information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory that will retain its value for the Student in future years. The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published by the Society at the price of 40s. per volume. But all Members of the Zoological Society of London have the privilege of receiving it, including the cost of delivery, at a subscription price of 30s. per annum. This Sub- scription is due on the Ist of July in every year, and the privilege of Subscription is forfeited unless the ameunt be paid before the Ist of December following. The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of the ‘Zoological Record,’ is able to supply complete sets. The thirty-seven Volumes tc the end of the nineteenth century, and the Index-Volume (1880-1900) in addition, will be supphed for £15 net (or without the Index-Volume, for £14 10s. net). Volumes of any single year (exclusive of the last five volumes and Vols. 4 and 6) can lkewise be supplied at 10s. per volume net. The price of the Index Zoologicus (Index-Volume 1880-1900) is 20s., to Fellows 18s. Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the * Record’ are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Ferm is also supplied to those who prefer that mode of payment. This order, when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for registration; it will then be sent to the Agents named thercin. Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the ‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of the Zoological Society. The divisions of the ‘Zoological Record,’ commencing with Vol. 39, may be obtained separately as shown on the next page. SEPARATE DIVISIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD. At present each Volume of the Zootogican Recorp consists of 20 separately paged Divisions. These may be obtained separately, in paper covers, stitched and lettered. The following are the Divisions and their net prices, viz. :— List of abbreviations of journals, ete. Special Records, viz. :— I. 1a 10k Vs . Pisces . Tunicata . Moilusea . Brachiopoda .. . Bryozoa . Crustacea . Arachnida . Myriopoda . Insecta .. . Echinoderma . Vermes .. XVI. Ove: XVIII. General Subjects .. Mammalia Aves Se aren ee Reptilia and Batrachia.. Ceelenterata .. Spongive Protozoa Index of new names of genera and subgenera eI NHNHrF WWD Fr DDH eH BH Do bw Dw bo d. 0 SC OSCSFSCPMWOGGCASCITOC AQ asCaOD On receipt of the price any Division will be forwarded as soon as ready. These separate Divisions can be obtained from the Zoological Society, 3 Hanover Square, London, and also from Messrs. Fried- liinder & Sohn, 11 Carlstrasse, Berlin. Cheques and Post-Office Orders should be made payable to ‘“‘The Zoological Society,” and crossed ‘* Drummond’s,” P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary. June, 1906. Zoouoaicau Society or Loxpon, 3 Hanover Square, W. LIST OF VOLUMES or tue “ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.’ The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864-1866, Vols. 1.-111., and 1868, Vol. v. Hdited by Axnsrrr C. L. G. Gunruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.8., &. Price 10s. each Volume. Net. (1867, Vol. 1v., supplied with sets only.) The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869, Vol. v1. Edited by Assert C. L. G. GinrHEer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. London, 1870. Price 30s. The Zoological Record for 1870-1872, Vols. vir.x. Hdited by Atrrep Newron, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &c. Price 10s. each Volume. Net. The Zoological Record for 1873-1883, Vols. x.-xx. Edited by Epwarp Canpwett Ry, F.Z.8., M.E.8. Price 10s. each Volume. Net. The Zoological Record for 1884, 1885, Vols. xx1.,xx1r. Edited by F. Jerrrey Bert, M.A. Price 10s. each Volume. Net. The Zoological Record for 1886-1890, Vols. xx1.—xxvi. Edited by Franx E. Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.8. Price 10s. each Volume. Net. The Zoological Record for 1891-1899, Vols. xxvitI.-xxxv1. Edited by D. Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. Price 10s. each Volume. Net. The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-seventh; being Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1900. By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W. Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, A. Willey, and E. A. Minchin. Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin SzHarp, MGAG, HOR Ss E:Z:S:, &c london, 190i, Price 30s: The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-eighth; being tecords of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1901. By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, Alice L. Embleton, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, 8. Pace, Albert Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, and E. A. Minchin. Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1902. Price 30s. The Z oological Record, Volume the Thirty-ninth ; being Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1902. By D. Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T. Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. A. Bather, E. A. Minchin, and H. M. Woodcoek. Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A., F.RS., F.Z.8., &e. London, 1903. Price 30s. The Zoological Record, Volume the Fortieth; being Records cf Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1903. By D. Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T. Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. A. Bather, FE. A. Minchin, and H. M. Woodcock. Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davip Swarr, M.A., F.R.S., F.ZS., &e. London, 1904. Price 30s. The Zoological Record, Volume the Forty-first; being Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1904. By D. Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T. Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. Silvestri, E. Simon, F. A. Bather, W. Woodland, and H. M. Woodcock. Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davip Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1905. Price 40s. Index Zoologicus. An alphabetical list of names of genera and subgenera proposed for use in Zoology, as recorded in the Zoological Record, 1880-1900; together with other names not included in the ‘ Nomenclator Zoologicus’ of 8. H. Scudder. Com- piled (for the Zoological Society of London) by Cuarrus Owen Warernousr and edited by Davip Suarp, Editor of the Zoological Record. London, 1902. Price to Fellows, 18s.; price to the public, 20s. These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s Orrice (3 Hanover Square, IV.). - Contenns (continued). " Mareh 20, 1906 ohana. Page Dr. ‘Walter Kidd, BR Z.S8. Exhibition of lantern-slides of sections of skin ge the palmar MOE Aaa iy SPEC CRN OE WAIN ALS viata oe, wd oe «xe Soa nial Clo diets op Minie daibinn fad ose 231 | AS TN Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Description ofa new subspecies of Bear, Ursus arctos shanorum. 281 Mr. R. E. Holding, Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens illustrating anomalies and variations DRUG UMMM mre rapes ciate nay siezs wrelo.! Vie ons sp ctc cio técta tate aeee te eiae LEE ats - 233 1, Note on Deaths occurring in the Pogiety s Gardens during 1905. By C. G. Sutiemann, Per OLE. 5). bs ae wlelclesia eles ie OCP ACICREDIS, CESARE LER separ een GTP pipe 234 2. A Monograph of the Coleoptera of the Genus Sciobius Schh. (Curculionide). By Guy A. he MASH AnT, BZ.S. . (Platesex VIET GX UX lees cewek cee or lye endeacetata 236 eon A Conuabation to the Study of Evolution based upon the Mexican Species of Cnemido- meena by banc GAnOW, E't.p.3 84.0. (Plate XX). oe fea os ewe ba wees 277 April 10, 1906. My. F. H. Beddard, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a dissected specimen of the Lizard Trachysaurus rugosus showing abdominal ribs ..... Maire, Sone) op eg Meee me ator eestor 376 Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S. Exhibition of the skull of a Horse showing preorbital pits .... 377 1. On the Fresh-water Fishes of the Island of Trinidad, based on the collection, notes, and sketches made by Mr. Lechmere Guppy, Junr. By C. Tarn Ragan, B.A., F.Z.8. Reema PSE ANNOY (1) 58 2 ere ney Laieta ve tant klate ckisiaYy ence rato a oe Guin tle blew ane belewia® 378 2. The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British Hast Africa, from Collections made by Cyril Crossland, M.A., B.Sc., F.Z.S., in the years 1901 and 1902.—Alcyonaria. By Prof. J. Arruur Tuomson, M.A., University of Aberdeen, and W. A. Henperson, M.A., B.Sc., Carnegie Fellow, University of Aberdeen: (Plates XXVI.-XXXI.) .... 393 8. On Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes. By Jamus F. Geumitt, M.A.. M.D. (Plate XXXIL). 443 4. Notes on Supernumerary Hyes, and Local Deficiency and Reduplication of the Notochord in Trout Embryos. By Jamas F. Gaui, M.A. M.D. (Plate XXXIIL) ........ 449 Bee On Three New Forms of Butterfly of the Genus Heliconius. By Purcy I. Larny, F.Z.S., Halim alee Let NN EV) if ae Mareen e aie sib; shese ay's(aila dats sje /elaiaheie wimlel eli © ween tet ee ee es 452 nse RMP RMOM Neate SICA), Cecile Vieete viele, wel aise elaieietis. Sie a.sib eel ed efuaie e's, e'els alley 455 eee ay SIE ias «= oie, ow Mitel oltinin wlohe kein olu:'s a(n Stairs wine) o/m aie) 2a y auchalto/ ol Shalehg i Hirer arene Connie H Le eg NCL OTE COTIS (acl ieee soe) ane) Gs a synod ole we she son's) ate. sinks) wajijove is s).eluial ere faietuelan els e Penn WOmneHts Maco. 6). ove es se nena RE ie Sea ee NR Os Va 8 a iil Peete Bene BOE GE OORT TDUILOTA 6 «cise sare's/si ace vis oe n\n, «:0i'e'0, ohne a,6 Soalgial @apa'ei ale ald aval’ w/a alee 1x Thivsie Gi TEI es el cole GS BIA en gy oi en RUE XVil UNS TH Ege abr Ue ie yA 0A RR Ra ea a Sas RRC DU ya Ney en aOR xix ¥ ‘LIST OF PLATE me J _ Plate 7 X. Mollusca from Lakes Tanganyika and Victoria ....... XI. 1-la. Palemon moorei. 2-8. Limnocaridina — a By L. parvula. Steet eset ttt eect ee ee eis ici ica | XIII. 38-44. Limnocaridina spinipes. 45-52. Caridella ¢ tont. 58-56. 10. mina s abs ee eo eee XIV. 57-64. Atyella brevirostris, 65-72. A. longirostris .. VF | ation Freshwater Sponges .... 22-01. ..00++ ne XIX, ‘| Coleoptera of the Genus ‘Grobies we bee eases aoe ve XX. Distribution of Cnemidophorus in Mexico .......... XXI. Tetragonopterus guppyi. 2. Haplochilus harti, 3. Ct argenteus we winaje! odhaions'c) ble’ ajeliele' els) mape acne te eae XXII. Girardinus guppyi, 3. 14a. Q. 2. Chirodon snlche 3. Corynopoma riistt, gd. 3a. 2. 4, By agonopte teniurus. 5. T. wnilineatus teen eee tee eee ences XXIII. Parauchenipterus pase@ ..++.0..ceccsecsteeces tetas are XXIV. Pseudauchenipterus guppyi....++secseesscccsercnvenenee | XXV. 1. Acara pulchra. 2. Pomeah tens schomburghii 1.6.2 * $ Aleyonarians from Zanzibar .... 2.0.2... -eesseneeree Coe ) XXXII. Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes ............++-. NOTICE. The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in fowr parts, forming two as follows:— Papers read in January and February, in June. af » March and April, in August. us »» May and June, in October. November and December, in April. n” ” The Abstracts of the papers read at the Scientific Mee 5 March and April ane gee in this Part. 4 : 442 4! 1B N12 ur ae i hoy be HUAI